O X F O R D I B D I p l O m a p R O g R a m m e E n v ir o n m E n ta l s ys t E ms and 2 0 1 5 s o c iE t iE s Jill Rutherford Gillian Williams C O U R S E E D I T I O N C O M PA N I O N Roe/Shutterstock; Shutterstock; p390: p417: Muellek Josef/Shutterstock; Shutterstock; p419: p390: iStock.com; p410: SRM. 3 Artwork Great Clarendon Street, Oxford, OX2 6DP, United by Although Oxford the by University University’s publishing Press is objective a department of worldwide. excellence Oxford is a of in the University research, registered of Oxford. scholarship, trade mark of It and furthers education before Press in the UK and in certain other we Oxford publisher University moral rights of Press the the 2015 authors have been published in will to third rights a reserved. retrieval prior has any not to been errors or trace and possible in omissions contact all at all cases. the If copyright notied, earliest holders the websites are provided by Oxford in opportunity. good only. Oxford contained disclaims in any any third responsibility faith and for party website for referenced in work. author and No part of this publication may be reproduced, following system, or transmitted, in any form or by any publisher permission in writing of Oxford University Press, or as copyright are grateful for permission to reprint extracts from material: stored means, from A Sand Country Almanac by Leopold (1968) from ‘Foreword’ and without ‘The the rectify party materials extracts in this 2015 the All OUP effort asserted The First and every countries this The Marbles made publication information © Red have Oxford Links University Six Kingdom Land Ethic’, reprinted by permission of Oxford University Press, USA, expressly (www.oup.com). permitted by law, reprographics the scope of University by licence rights the above Press, at or under organization. should the be address terms agreed Enquiries sent to the with concerning Rights the appropriate reproduction Department, outside extracts Mifin above. com) You must not circulate this work in any other form and you must from Carson, Oxford impose Harcourt on behalf condition on any Library Cataloguing in Publication Publishing of the Rachel Roger Carson, Christie, Company Estate of and Rachel copyright reprinted Pollinger Carson and © by 1962 by Rachel permission Limited the L. Houghton ( www.pollingerltd. Frances all rights Collin Literary reserved. from article ‘Here’s the good news: 126 new species discovered in Data Greater Data by by acquirer extract British Spring 1990 this Agency, same Silent renewed Mekong’ by AFP, 19 December 2012, copyright AFP, 2015, reprinted by available permission. 978-0-19-833256-5 extract 1 3 5 7 9 10 8 6 4 2003 Paper used in from the production of this book is a natural, recyclable product by Bill wood grown in sustainable House manufacturing process conforms to the environmental regulations of of Nearly by Everything by Doubleday, Bill Bryson, reprinted by copyright © permission of Group Limited and Broadway Books, an imprint of the The Crown ‘The Group, a division Millennium of Random Development House Goals’, LLC, from all rights reserved. www.undp.org, reprinted by origin. permission Printed of published the from country History forests. Publishing The Short Bryson, made Random from A 2 by Bell and Bain of UNDP Brazil. Ltd. from ‘Neotropical plant diversity’ by Andrew Henderson, Steven P. Churchill, Acknowledgements James The publishers would like to thank the following for permissions to use their image: Rapho/Getty and Marit Library; A MA/Shutterstock; Images; p16: Jentoft-Nilsen, p30: reprinted C. M. NASA Shutterstock; p2: Public Buddle; GSFC; p30: Domain; p18: p22: Reto Roger Shutterstock; p6: SHONE/Gamma- Stöckli, Nazmi El Saleous, Ressmeyer/CORBIS/ p36: Tom Image from with by Biodiversity: book’ via p58: Images; p51: Kim Library; p53: Tom Library; p62: Brakeeld/CORBIS/Image p61: Nigel iStock.com; Reeves William Library; Ormerod/Visuals Cattlin/Visuals p60: Tim Unlimited, p67: Mark Unlimited/Corbis/Image Medcalf/Shutterstock; Photography/Shutterstock; Shutterstock; p61: p67: p67: Library; from Shutterstock; iStock.com; p68: & p77: Sergey Uryadnikov/Shutterstock; Gonzalez/Shutterstock; Shutterstock; from p67: Mitrofanov p110: O. Wu/Minden Paul from p109: p106: Shutterstock; Alamany & E. Pictures/Getty Shutterstock; p109: Vicens/CORBIS/Image Images; p112: UK; Burton/Robert p127: NHBS, Society/Corbis/Image Extension p146: Domain; p167: and Arthur p158: p137: Public Getty Jurgen Florin Images; John TBD; p159: p175: David p177: p146: Joyce Menno p167: Library; James L. State /Getty J. Images Steele/Shutterstock; Mar/Shutterstock; p175: p177: Library; Libray; library; p215: Papilio Photo University p155: News/ p172: Public Getty Images; Shutterstock; Geographic/ Shutterstock; Simon p192: jianpeng qd - Imaginechina/AP 232: Pete Atkinson/Photographer’s Madacky/Shutterstock; p247: The Shutterstock; p268: p266: Nicolas Shutterstock; 2015 Library; p236 Images; Shutterstock; p232: p176: Shutterstock; Images p252: Shutterstock; 269: p271: iStock.com; p290: extract p295: p291: Corbis/Image p326: iStock.com; TopFoto; p302 Library; Antonio V. Visions/Science com; p378: p381: & p232: Public p268: p316: & Jimmy NASA; Philip Photo Library; p378: Lisa S./Shutterstock; Mueller/Shutterstock; p337: NASA; iStock.com; James Images; p294: p316: p344: & in a for by the Peter Raven, Advancement reprinted of by Science). of the by Kevin Byrne, publishers, (Nelson Oxford Thornes, University 1997), Press. in Israel Press, after 19 prolonged March 2008, drought, but reprinted by supply to permission © 2015, all rights reserved. from http://www.fao.org/aquaculture/en/, FAO 2015, Food and Agriculture Organisation accessed of the 1 United by permission. of from the Science IPCC, 2014: – to Assessment the Fifth Change, Summary Assessment, Mastrandrea, (eds.)]. E.S. T.E. Kevin Report Change M. of the C.B, Levy, S. Meteorological 2014: Thornes, Impacts, Adaptation, of Working Intergovernmental Barros, K.L. Ebi, MacCracken, Organization, 1997), reprinted by Press. Contribution V.R. Chatterjee, (Nelson University Policymakers. …[Field, A.N. Byrne, Oxford Climate for Bilir, Kissel, World by publishers, Panel on D.J. Dokken, K.J. Y.O. Estrada, R.C. P.R. Mastrandrea, Geneva, and Group II Climate Mach, M.D. Genova, and Switzerland, L.L. B. White reprinted by permission. from Summary IPCC, for 2014: Climate 386: Policymakers. Change Contribution 2014: of Mitigation Working of Climate Group III to Change the Fifth p198 Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, p246: A. O., R. Adler, Pichs-Madruga, I. Baum, S. Y.Sokona, Brunner, P. E. Farahani, Eickemeier, B. S. Kadner, Kriemann, K. J. p267: S. Schloemer, University C. Press, von Stechow, Cambridge, T. Zwickel United and Kingdom J.C. Minx and New (eds.)], York, NY, p269: reprinted by permission of IPCC. p375: Habbick Lianem/Dreamstime. Shutterstock; extracts adapted from ‘ All Shutterstock; p389: howtogermany.com, reprinted About by Recycling in Germany’ from www. ‘ An bioscience permission. Bettmann/ iStock.com; p378: 399 Shutterstock; p308: Victor Mattil/Shutterstock; p350 reproduced ‘republish /ChinaFotoPress/Getty Lange/Shutterstock; p372: Spicer, Domain; Tran/Shutterstock; ChinaFotoPress 293: I. format Xinhua/Xinhua Boarding1now/Dreamstime.com; Oquias/Shutterstock; Shutterstock; Ulrich p274 306: Association Copyright Vulnerability p. Images; © reprinted permission USA, Shutterstock; John the king-holmes/ Thibaut/Photononstop/Getty & in http://atlas.aaas.org, Science looms Press Environmental Girma, Bratt/Shutterstock; James from Cambridge Press/Corbis/Image Gaston, Inc. Library/Photographersdirect.com; Choice/Getty p268: from Associated ‘ Aquaculture’ Savolainen, iStock.com; J. Center. (American shortage Associated Seyboth, p254: AAAS permission ...[Edenhofer, Michal Kevin p127: Geographic Wilson/Shutterstock;p170: Shutterstock; Staneld/National by Publishing, Clearance Environmental by Assessment & Clearance p112: Schaefer/Shutterstock; Shutterstock; Peter p114&171: Carnemolla/Corbis/Image photo Zhao Copyright p108: – p231: via Mihai/ Stewart/National Rice/Iowa p152: Handout Vinces/Shutterstock; p172: E. Introduction Blackwell continuing’, extract Science Ltd. 1991, Freund/naturepl.com; Imagery/Corbis/Image Hewitt Marlin Kooij/Shutterstock; Domain; Shutterstock; World Richard p132: Bidouze/Shutterstock; p172: p178: der Shutterstock; Christian Stephane p130: Library; Outreach; van Harding UK; an of ‘Foreword’ of ‘Water Nations, Adam Publishers copyright Alexander/ February NHBS, 21-22, 62: denition p121: pp. iStock. p56 of Norbert Macmillan 351, Graham/Corbis/ Inc.; Jordan Leonardo of Vol. iStock. reprinted com; 1991, Nature Brakeeld/Digital Kyung-Hoon/Reuters/Image table Image May Copyright permission com; 2 permission permission extract Vision/Getty Luteyn, Center. photographs: Cover L. Huguette exercise Willmott & to and Francis, teach Tim M. reprinted tandfonline.com). students Harrison, Journal by permission of of about plagiarism’ Biological the by Education, 1 publisher (Taylor & Chris June J. R. 2003, Francis Taylor Ltd, www. Contents 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 . vi Foundtions of nvironnt systs nd socitis 1.1 Environmental 1.2 Systems 1.3 Energy 1.4 Sustainability 41 1.5 Humans 48 and and value systems 1 models 17 equilibria and 27 pollution ecosysts nd cooy 2.1 Species and 2.2 Communities 2.3 Flows 2.4 Biomes, 2.5 Investigating of populations and energy ecosystems and zonation 56 64 matter and 79 succession ecosystems – 99 Practical work 125 Biodivrsity nd consr vtion 3.1 An introduction 3.2 Origins 3.3 Threats 3.4 Conservation of to to biodiversity 144 biodiversity 150 biodiversity of 163 biodiversity 180 Wtr, food roduction systs nd socity 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Access 4.3 Aquatic 4.4 Water to to water systems 198 freshwater food 207 production systems 214 pollution 227 Soi systs nd socity 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Terrestrial 5.3 Soil to soil food systems production degradation and 236 systems and food conservation choices 245 265 atoshric systs nd socity 6.1 Introduction to 6.2 Stratospheric 6.3 Photochemical 6.4 Acid the atmosphere 274 ozone 278 smog 286 deposition 292 Cit chn nd nry roduction 7.1 Energy choices and security 7.2 Climate change – causes 7.3 Climate change – mitigation and 302 impacts and adaptation 318 340 8. Hun systs nd rsourc us 8.1 Human population 8.2 Resource 8.3 Solid 8.4 Human use in domestic dynamics 350 society 371 waste systems and 381 resource use 392 9. Intrn ssssnt 402 10. ex trn ssssnt – xs 410 11. ex tndd ssys in eSS 416 12. Dirctory/fur thr rdin/rsourcs 426 Indx 429 About the authors Jill Rutherford board currently to IB teachers. Director degrees writing of the about Gillian leadership Gillian and is In In her Oxford. from 2011 part Experiential School and Deputy began and Her Head, the in lies on Head on of She in the of and has two and taught international has Year held and IB workshop Director IB course. is Global is founding holds the a the teaching Societies Gillian She IB Education Zengcheng and TOK advising of England. She workshops Examiner, University career review. vice-chair passion and schools. offering Chief School, Systems international she administrative national included Reading Geography curriculum UK Systems Oakham of including face-to-face) International at teaching, and International, have Environmental Societies currently of Ibicus positions Systems, position and of graduated 1993. Department. Systems (online IB years Environmental Diploma Williams since IB University the Environmental circuit IB the 30 international director Previous Board, from some within academic Examining of has experience various Head Environmental leader Mentoring at Team. Utahloy China. vii IntroductIon This book Diploma is a Course Programme Systems and Companion course Societies. – to the to IB Environmental Although this the wet and and gaining had a history of some decades in the one that you are studying now culmination of the ideas and errors or some the big IB the heart their that we mission IB of students. environmental world The in and work of this introduces issues prole facing you Course humans course. As to studies and which you is read also and consider questions expressed is at refer 1. and we point the learner as a with learner prole. The Acquire and earth to environmental enquire and up our into knowledge problems. taking and actions reference the across it decisions on We about so to many must the that disciplines Governments, mind the and actions. balance We in groups risks not be Apply the by planet which our unless we actions globally, after act we live, care and due locally’ and 4. analyse variety to solve issues with it, the IB Diploma Value the you are of Programme carrying out could also CAS involve Be of have some environment, ideas for this CAS and we hope this been this Diploma varying these Course possible Programme ways busy biomes, and a team or that for 6. ‘Think many authors living ecosystems and in are understanding variety of of scales. methodologies and skills systems and issues at dynamic interconnectedness systems and societies of and taking personal, in making responsible local informed actions on issues. aware that these that and exploited, could resources be are inequitably nite, distributed is and the that key to management of these sustainability. Develop awareness environmental of value the diversity of systems. and Develop critical awareness caused and that environmental solved by decisions of you may by individuals and societies that different not We 9. IB grateful countries environments. of are based knowledge. Engage with of the controversies environmental that surround a issues. have Many contributed most areas gain 8. different are repairing would have a requirement. approach. teachers the people, edition. of book. Companion without and at perspectives critically variety Writing next principles course activities, protecting from the their maxim this the and on your from suggest scales. environmental made these to open accountability driver systems combination global problems If and must an guardians The knowledge environmental decisions 7. of for environmental of Appreciate and individuals benets about accept a are of build order adequate reection. is updates knowledge, inequities the communication these continue can and viewpoints the would the human- environment we environmental different of your 5. evaluate those to characteristics faces issues. think within where and the between induced entirely examples, 3. the welcome out environmental the a characteristics are and to case data Aims f eSS characteristics, Companion, collecting to 2. this of many inhabit. statement, learner It purpose omissions improvements teachers the is you the for understanding. several authors forms, muddy courSe course Any has eSS Create issues in innovative by solutions engaging actively to in environmental local and global contexts. to and believe Wy Big Qsis? that this team approach gives the book a truly The international avour, with case studies from intention and viewpoints. Thank you to all The book would not have been is to written were it not encouraging for past students who, with viii and interest, were willing to Questions of the (BQs) course in the ESS together are a not holistic view examined of but the help subject. link These topics goodwill, together enthusiasm Big topics at questions all the the these by teachers. of glue many course countries get cold, and show the interconnectedness of ESS. They may essay be weaved questions in into Paper the responses to the LP liks eSS aims a 2. Big Qsis They stimulate an approach to ESS that should The allow you to apply higher-order skills such that analysis, synthesis and evaluation in your learning addressed in and prevent the topics learner the IB programme you the Big to Questions reect on connections at The the your end of learning between each and topics. and it practical topic to work you this anyway and these for engage you of the characteristics in is linked to following the aimsof an ESS. and internal assessment in developing learner prole; all the course should attributes of the explore Good aim 4 should help you to develop teaching questions of being principled, open- reinforce caring, risk-taking, balanced and reective; you. aims The list develop allow minded, this a undertakeinthis yourcharacteristics provides is youto being isolation. assignment The prole expect (concept- IB based) IB as main themes in the Big Questions are: 1 about and ESS, 2 help apply you and andcommunicate 1. Equilibrium: the 2. EVSs: 3. Sustainability 4. Strategy: systems environmental it to become inquire to knowledgeable into that knowledge others. approach value systems IB appas aig a laig management effectiveness of human environmental 5. Biodiversity: of the a Earth's strategies – the intervention in solving There are guide). issues global viewpoint on the ve These approaches are ● Thinking ● Social ● Communication ● Self-management ● Research. future to learning developing skills (p11 ESS in: environment. interactions t six Big Qsis A. Which strengths approach revealed B. To what from and of extent this the topic already What and weaknesses use this have been in of the have systems been topic? the impacts, which of models There solutions directed environmental systems C. the through environmental of and at Inquiry-based ● Conceptually ● Contextualized ● Collaborative ● Differentiated ● Informed or environmental the systems approaches addressed in How does your with the How teaching. These are: focused extent restoring impacts have to this are at play resolving in the the causes issues personal others of you issues are value have raised system compare encountered in this in the the to issues addressed sustainability or together this to Knowing topic? in and approached assessment. learning in try how us these to make the face in the ways sense world global IB and should we of works the is challenges. be should work world. essential The IB to recognizes topic three relevant by topic? helping E. to occurred? value context approaches ● Teaching D. six preventing limiting impacts, emerging are phases of learning in the circle shown in sustainable gure I.1. In the inquiry In the reection development? F . In which in this of human from ways topic might alter the your societies solutions predictions and the phase, we learn new things. explored for biosphere the state decades between the phase, things we we have make connections learned and gain now? ix I n t r o d u c t I o n to t h e e S S c o u r S e nquiry hw is bk liks Big Qsis, ps, x a This of book the takes the BQs and applies them to each topics. n topic has e A i discussion, might use reection them sometimes or your as IA. understanding. Theory of you the should bias help In just as you the IB time evaluate you do in encourages ESS the in to reect evidence TOK. reection action The but probably and BQs on BQs are to for Sometimes debate develop questions phase, in we learn which fairness, we by in in this in you class, practical book are work indicative create as you of go many not more through the that you course. and at three levels: ● Top ● Reective level BQ in the ESS guide. your recognize should doing. make integrity are developed also content of reective action with action. and reect. principled choices Diploma have knowledge, or issues knowledge The in stimulate Figure I.1 will deeper as ideas The exhaustive (TOK) should o n a which c t ▲ BQs it R o Each This is responsible honesty. ● Action BQ the BQ – essay under are practical the developed practical knowledge topic questions throughout be – book for scheme TOK work and your of questions study. of knowledge ideas some or are of individual work, based Many ESS on these questions. listed these could investigation, extended topic. hw y mig s Big Qsis The ESS guide states that you might use the BQs: action ● In learning topic and as an each topic either introduction building on the last or at in one the start group or as of a BQ discussions revision reective BQ themes. top level ● Or as student assignments – formative BQ assessment. ▲ Figure I.2 Topic Big Questions A B C D E ✗ ✗ ✗ F Foundations of environmental systems and societies ✗ Ecosystems and ecology ✗ ✗ Biodiversity and conservation ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ Water, food production systems and society ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ Soil systems, terrestrial food production systems and society ✗ Atmospheric systems and society ✗ Climate change and energy production ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ Human systems and resource use ▲ x Figure I.3 Big Questions relevant to ESS topics Topic Concepts Systems E VS Sustainability Management approach Global viewpoint strategies Foundations of environmental 1.2, 1.3 1.1 1.4 1.5 1.1, 1.5 2.5 2.4 systems and societies Ecosystems and ecology Biodiversity and 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 conservation 3.1 3.4 3.2, 3.3 4.1, 4.3 4.2 4.3, 4.4 4.4 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 5.1, 5.2 5.3 5.2 5.3 5.2, 5.3 6.1 6.1 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 6.1, 6.2 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 8.1 8.3 8.4 8.3 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 Water, food production systems and society Soil systems , terrestrial food production systems and society Atmospheric systems and society Climate change and energy production Human systems and resource use ▲ Figure I.4 ESS sub-topics par ticularly relevant to concepts content contex t knowledge and understanding, case studies and examples skills and applications Big Questions concepts systems approach, EVS, sustainability, management strategies, global viewpoints ▲ The order not prescribe It is up to in which the the that syllabus order individual arrangement Figure I.5 Integration of Big Questions, content, context and concepts in ESS in teachers suits is which their to arranged it is does taught. decide on an circumstances. papers these of above shows how the inter-related the subject can be ESS course is principles approach. underpinned The revisited by a in each You can that only are central concepts above are set in and context given genuinely principles context. wide of range advantages of this concept-based approach are Facilitates through on page ii appreciate This of ESS the of the course when and disciplinary for and interdisciplinary connections other to be made subjects. ‘Big this chapter. Deepens your dynamic ecosystems. understanding of complex and overarching the the allowing should ● concepts application concept- ● Questions’ a follows: with be the in situations. learning based explore integrated. ● This to and strands as of you The The diagram require concepts concepts examination Allows you existing to integrate new content into knowledge. xi I n t r o d u c t I o n The key concepts Questions’. are These to t h e e S S connected address the to c o u r S e the ‘Big overarching hw s is bk issues This that the 1. you ESS Is a it will encounter throughout the duration guide. you could possible what for individuals and societies to act in manner? extent teacher are and what extent value societies are systems held bigger 4. Is it all ecosystems interconnected always solutions 5. Do To what each each which You at no Go learning does part a of teaching topics order a end of the in the though doubt, that the have systems of the of of of authors it and you ESS and do There book of in are any many because the order so your cross-references you concepts, that will build examples up and as you follow the course. the end of each of the eight topics effective issues? approach the enhance systems? reective ideas are BQs are included, action BQs. loads more have should better in not deepen the BQs yet is a review a topic. work think the picture book by issues? environmental basis this For that topic, the review ● Big ● Reective, ● A Questions appropriate environmental of practical for for in nd societies examples the topic, links about. xii topic, to address extent could will, make to and understanding provided For sequence ecosystem? environmental individuals our For possible to strategies 6. the not dynamic? section. global read throughout At To is decides. themes individuals 3. This course. sustainable To follows ESS a 2. book of and thought your assessment! quick TOK self-test questions of questions. section contains: Foundations oF en vi ron men tal 1 systems and societ i e s 1.1 Evoeta vae sstes sg : app k: ➔ Historical events, among other inuences, ➔ Dscss the view that the environment can aect the development of environmental have its own intrinsic value. values systems and environmental ➔ Evaate the implications of two contrasting movements. environmental value systems in the context of ➔ There is a wide spectrum of environmental given environmental issues. value systems each with their own premises ➔ Jstf the implications using evidence and and implications. examples to make the justication clear. Kwg g: ➔ Signicant historical inuences on the of education and encourages self-restraint in development of the environmental movement human behaviour. have come from literature, the media, major ➔ environmental disasters, international has st sstaab aage the goba agreements and technological developments. ➔ sste. This might be through the use of taxes, A evoeta vae sste (E VS) s a environmental regulation and legislation. wod vew o paadg that shapes the wa a Debate would be encouraged to reach a d vda, o gop of peope, pece ves ad consensual, pragmatic approach to solving evaates evoeta sses, inuenced by environmental problems. cultural, religious, economic and socio-political ➔ contexts. ➔ ➔ A techocetc vewpot ages that techoogca deveopets ca povde An EVS might be considered as a ‘system’ in the sotos to evoeta pobes. This is sense that it may be inuenced by education, a consequence of a largely optimistic view of experience, culture and media (inputs) and the role humans can play in improving the lot involves a set of inter-related premises, values of humanity. Scientic research is encouraged and arguments that can generate consistent in order to form policies and understand how decisions and evaluations (outputs). systems can be controlled, manipulated or exchanged to solve resource depletion. A There is a spectrum of EVSs from ecocentric pro-growth agenda is deemed necessary for through anthropocentric to technocentric society’s improvement. value systems. ➔ A athopocetc vewpot ages that A ecocetc vewpot integrates social, ➔ (eg deep ecologists – ecocentric – to cornucopian – spiritual and environmental dimensions into technocentric), but in practice EVSs vary greatly with a holistic ideal. It pts ecoog ad ate as culture and time and rarely t simply or perfectly ceta to hat and emphasizes a less into any classication. materialistic approach to life with greater self- suciency of societies. An ecocentric viewpoint prioritizes biorights, emphasizes the impor tance There are extremes at either end of this spectrum ➔ Dierent EVSs ascribe dierent intrinsic values to components of the biosphere. 1 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s TOK Ke te 1. a n d s o c i e t i e s Using a global An evoeta vae sste (E VS) is a worldview or paradigm that shapes environmental issue of the way an individual or group of people perceive and evaluate environmental your choice evaluate issues. This will be inuenced by cultural, religious, economic and socio-political how one of the ways of context. knowing inuences our EVS approach. 2. To thk abot Using a local environmental issue of Our environmental value systems will inuence the way we see environmental your choice evaluate issues. how one of the ways of knowing inuences our 1. List other value systems that inuence how we view the world. 2. Outline one named global and one local environmental issue. EVS approach. 3. Evaluate how your Describe your opinion on these issues and explain how your value systems emotion has aected your inuence it. response to this issue. ‘ Whatever befalls the Earth – dp f h befalls the sons of the Earth. The Humankind has not woven environmental BUT humans environment have for movement been much as we concerned know about it originated the effect we in the have 1960s on the longer. the web of life. We are but one thread within it. Whatever ● Romans ● Between reported on problems such as air and water pollution. we do to the web, we do to ourselves. All things are disease bound together. All things connect.’ the produced ● Soil in Such years To did events caused concern ● elicited the Powerful also ● been those to a to who see those for ▲ Fge 1.1.1 The only known photo of Chief Seattle taken in the 1860s 2 ie its do it the goods who we save in mid with China, 16th the century, spread India and a these to of waste epidemic Peru as early widespread public we activism must look until back at of reason in for services managers) that for media, people’s we (deep our or impacts groups pressure and individuals, ‘grass groups they have roots’ philosophy conserving to of governments impacts. independent divide value it rise environmentalism individuals, to use and believe spiritual of and their (environmental ● the environmental Nations make give modern over continuing supply practised really responses United though movement and associated which: individuals inuential was not ● the century was ago. understand historical and 14th Europe. concerns recently. the late humans conservation as2,000 Attributed to Chief Seattle, 1855 by are now catalysed movement. very the There has between: nature humankind in a as being to sustainable continue way and should and sake or conserve nature self-reliance for its sake? unconditionally, ecologists); 1 . 1 E n V i r O n m E n T A l V A l u E S y S T E m S Who is involved in the environmental movement? To eseach It is probably spend much brought of a to fair to time their number of say that focusing attention groups the on or have majority of people environmental affect them in issues directly. the world unless they However, the do not Look up Chief Seattle on the are activities web. His famous speech was in the Lushootseed inuenced language, translated into ● norms of behaviour (eg purchasing recycling) and choices such as dolphin-friendly Chinook Indian trade tuna and language, and then into ● political choices (eg the successes of the ‘Green Party’). English. While he may not have said these exact words, Inuential individuals often use media publications (eg Aldo does it matter? Leopold’s An A Sand Inconvenient Independent County Truth) Almanac, to pressure raise Rachel issues groups use and Carson’s start the awareness Silent Spring, Al Gore’s debate. campaigns to effect a ‘ We abuse land because we change (eg Greenpeace on Arctic exploration, World Wildlife Fund on saving regard it as a commodity tigers). They inuence the public who then inuence government and belonging to us. When we see corporate business organizations organizations. (NGOs). ‘Friends of These the groups Earth’ is are called another non-governmental land as a community to which example. we belong, we may begin to Corporate and businesses transnational (especially corporations – multinational TNCs) are corporations involved since – they MNCs – use it with love and respect.’ are Aldo Leopold, supplying consumer demand and in doing so using resources and creating A Sand County Almanac environmental impact (eg mining for minerals or burning of fossil fuels). (reprinted by permission of Governments planning the permission country other (eg for to Environment different stages Legislating enough of about food environmental issues facing bring together use), controls consider the Earth in is and and world all must as NGOs be the and development as so are is (laws) also of (eg involved in all corporations to manage are with at there may put aware nding Earth Oxford University Press, USA) individuals. are Nations holding to (eg United sure countries priority, ones meet countries different making United by They agreements different levels times legislation Different but While such recent environmental factories). important that governments, apply UNEP). different bodies more and over awareness, population. at including international Programme, awareness inuential environmental land emissions for the decisions environmental Intergovernmental highly policy emissions governments Nations is make of the solutions. have become Summits consider to global issues. TOK In 2013, 30 Greenpeace activists on board the Greenpeace ship Arctic Sunrise peacefully protested in Arctic international waters against the Russian Gazprom oil platform drilling for oil in the Arctic. They were arrested by armed Russian commandos and kept in prison for 100 days before being freed. Read about this at www.greenpeace.org and news websites. Do you agree with what the activists were doing or do you agree with the Russian authorities in stopping them? Debate the issues in this with three teams: one represents Greenpeace views, one the Russian state and the other the Gazprom interests. To what extent can we rely on reason to evaluate the Greenpeace approach to this issue? 3 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s The gowth of the ode evoeta oveet ote Evet ipact neothc ● Humans settled to become farmers instead of nomadic hunter-gatherers ● Human population began to rise ● Local resources (food, water, fuel) were managed sustainably from around the settlement ● Population growth and resource usage escalated ● Large scale production of goods and services for all ● Burning of large amounts of fuel in the form of trees and coal ● Mining of minerals from the ear th to produce metals to make machines ● Limestone quarried for cement production ● Land was cleared, natural waterways polluted, cities became crowded and smoky ● Our urban consumer society arose ● Mechanized agriculture and boosted food production massively ● Required the building of machinery and burning of enormous amounts of fossil fuels such as oil ● Technology was applied to agriculture ● New crop varieties were developed and fer tilizer and pesticide use rose sharply ● The world population grew to about 3 billion ● Our resource use and waste production rocketed ● The impacts became more global: collapsing sh stocks, endangered species, pesticide Agcta revoto (10,0 0 0 eas ago) idsta revoto (ea 180 0s) Gee revoto of the 1940s to 19 60s mode evoeta poisoning, deforestation, nuclear waste, ozone layer depletion, global warming, acid oveet precipitation, etc. ● (19 60s owads) A new breed of evoetasts surfaced who had scientic backgrounds and spearheaded the modern environmental movement Evoetas ● Greenpeace founded 1971 ● Inuential individuals wrote books (eg Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring) ● NGOs campaigned and the media repor ted ● Governments formed nature reserves and put environmental issues on their agenda ● Some businesses marketed themselves as environmentally friendly ● UNEP organized Ear th Summits on the environment ● The movement became public and gained momentum ● More research on loss of biodiversity and climate change leading to more action to protect toda the environment and encourage sustainability from governments, corporations and individuals ● Small number of climate sceptics voice doubts over climate change ● Discovery of fracking process to release shale gas and oil shale reserves increases tensions between technocentrists and ecocentrists ‘And this is why I c – h h sojourn here, Alone and palely loitering , There is general agreement that the modern environmental movement Though the sedge is wither ’d was catalysed The title by Rachel Carson’s book, Silent Spring, published in 1962. from the lake, And no birds sing.’ the was comes effects being of from the pesticides passed along John on Keats insects, the food poem both chain (right). pests to kill and Carson others, others, warned and how including of this birds From La Belle Dame Sans Merci (hence by John Keats 4 a silent spring). What really gained people’s attention was her 1 . 1 belief that pesticides persistent, such synthetic accumulating in as DDT insecticide) fatty tissues, E n V i r O n m E n T A l ( dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane, were nding causing higher their risks way of into people cancer. V A l u E a and S y S T E m S ‘For the rst time in the history of the world, Chemical every human being is now industries tried to ban the book but many scientists shared her concerns subjected to contact with and when an investigation, ordered by US president John F . Kennedy, dangerous chemicals, from conrmed her fears, DDT was banned. the moment of conception In the decades since as scaremongering of DDT the publication of Silent Spring, it has been criticized until death.’ without enough scientic evidence. The banning Rachel Carson, Silent Spring, 1962 the may mosquitoes causing Al to caused that millions Gore, book his have of former carry malaria than to vice-president, involved documentary harm good survive (see and so 2.2) by spread allowing the disease deaths. US become more on in was heavily environmental climate change An inuenced issues, by the particularly Inconvenient Truth, ‘Now I truly believe that with 2006. we in this generation must This come to terms with nature, raised awareness of climate change – then called global warming – and and I think we’re challenged, clearly stated that global climate change was a result of greenhouse as mankind has never gases released moral issue. president focus on of by human George the activities Bush’s USA was technologies response ‘Doubt that and it’ enable that to the and us to he we had to act documentary later live said better as when that lives this we and is he a was should protect the been challenged before, to prove our maturity and our mastery, not of nature but of environment. ourselves.’ Mercury nervous is a heavy system coordination Mercury makers of ‘mad illnesses a Chisso and was the the gas, at The In of event and a and poisoning industry is the Alice It affects speech causes into the illnesses basis in the But bodies morning in of and the lack insanity 20th name and or Rachel Carson, Silent Spring, 1962 of death. century. although Wonderland the the of the Hat source the ‘Mad phrase a of factory in Minamata, by-product humans, was Japan methylmercury causing mercury total of the 40 be December of of people This the 1984, Madhya tonnes 3,000 deaths. to 3 state has world’s methyl and in the Pradesh, called worst centre Union isocyanate ultimately been a (MIC) causing the Bhopal industrial disaster. shock. miles air in nearly considered the north an in reactor which over Fission worst of the and number material caused and much nuclear Kiev, explosion meltdown drifted Scotland. chemicals released radioactive to a years. India, plant highest) uranium this in killing where uncontrollable and animals. hearing mental This Carroll’s for Chernobyl, few USSR) (the is was at moderator from Severe suffer built the 15,000–22,000 was the of Bhopal, pesticide 1986, the hours of world This legs. to 2.2). immediately least vision, unknown. successful (see early city Disaster poisonous hat-making Lewis bioaccumulated Carbide of often Corporation very poisioning of to is hatter’. The In loss the was in and and in known character as which arms used were such Hatter’ causing in was metal of products it a split to Russia from then 4. so of ever resulted reactor re. The highly occurred. Ukraine exposing and the of re The catch cloud disaster capital (then in a vessel the went radioactive Europe as 7 containing graphite reactor radioactive part level far west cloud, into material eg as Wales isotopes 5 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l of s ys t e m s caesium, a n d strontium and s o c i e t i e s iodine, have a long half-life and were TOK accumulated in selling from sheep food chains. some In 2009, there Welsh farms due were to still their restrictions levels of on radiation. Chernobyl has become There is much debate about how many people have been affected by synonymous with the the radiation as long-term effects, such as cancers and deformities at dangers of nuclear power birth, are difcult to link to one event. 31 workers died of radiation and the green political lobby sickness as they were exposed to high levels in trying to shut down argued that all nuclear power the reactor and some had a lethal dose of radiation within one minute generation should stop. But of exposure. Estimates of later deaths vary but some state about 1,000 nuclear reactor accidents are extra cases of thyroid cancer and 4,000 other cancers caused by the very rare and safety levels fallout cloud. Other estimates state that 1 million people will have died ever higher as new plants as a result of the disaster. are developed. The authorities of the day did not announce the disaster but it was More people are killed picked up in Sweden when fallout was found on the clothing of workers in car accidents or when at one of their nuclear plants. shopping than by nuclear power accidents. Views about the rights and wrongs of using nuclear power are not based on evidence Even shell arch today, but is the the being estimates of reactor other built the is still reactors as the date of dangerous. continued concrete to shell completion It was run only have encased until has been in 2000. a lifetime put back a concrete Now, to of a 30 metal years but 2016. but on emotions. The In 2011, there was another nuclear accident at the Fukushima Daiichi rare accidents in nuclear nuclear plant in Japan. An earthquake set off a tsunami which caused power plants (Three Mile damage resulting in meltdown of 3 reactors in the plant. The water Island (Pennsylvania, USA ooding these became radioactive and will take many years to remove. in 1979), Chernobyl and Although the radiation leak was only about 30% that of Chernobyl Fukushima being the big and radiation levels in the air low, one third of a million people were ones) have resulted in some evacuated as the plant was sited in a densely populated area. Later countries banning nuclear reports showed the accident was caused by human error – it was not power generation. But our built to withstand a tsunami even though it was close to the sea in an need for more and more earthquake zone. The plant is still not secured. energy may mean it has to be used. After the countries disaster, and there Germany were anti-nuclear announced it was demonstrations closing older in other reactors and To what extent do you think phasing out nuclear power generation. France, Belgium, Switzerland the arguments about nuclear all had public votes to reduce or stop nuclear power plants. In other power are based on emotion countries, plans for nuclear plants were abandoned or reduced. rather than reason? ▲ 6 Fge 1.1.2 The Chernobyl nuclear reactor plant after the explosion in 1986 1 . 1 E n V i r O n m E n T A l V A l u E S y S T E m S To eseach 1. Ear th Day Research these environmental disasters and write a shor t paragraph on each: Green Revolution Deepwater Horizon oil spill Kyoto Protocol London smog 3. Research and Love Canal one society. 2. one local local environmenta l environm enta l Create an action dis as te r pres su re plan for ea ch group to or provid e Research these environmental movements and write innovative solutions to the d isa ster a nd a 5-year a shor t paragraph on each: plan for the environm enta l press ure grou p or Chipko movement society. Rio Ear th Summit and Rio +20 A evew of ajo adaks evoetas yeas 10,0 0 0 s BP Evets neothc agcta evoto Sgcace Settlements, population increase, local resource management began. Ea 180 0s late 180 0s idsta evoto Eope Increased urbanization, resource usage and pollution. ieta dvdas sch as First conservation groups form and nature reserves Thoea ad m wte books o established. NGOs form (RSPB, NT). cose vato 1914 1930s ad Oce the ost poc bd, the Conservation movement grows. Concern for tigers, passege pgeo becoes ex tct rhinoceros, etc. Dstbow no th Aeca Recognition that agricultural practices may aect soils and 1940s 1940s 1949 climate. Gee revoto – tesve Resource use (especially fossil fuel use) and pollution techoogca agcte increased. Human population rises sharply. leopod wtes ‘A Sand County Concept of ‘stewardship’ is applied to nature. Almanac’ 1951 uK ’s te natoa Paks ae Recognition of need to conserve natural areas. estabshed 1956 to 19 68 maata Ba Dsaste Emphasizes the ability of food chains to accumulate toxins into higher trophic levels, including into humans. 19 62 19 60s ad rache Caso pbshes ‘Silent General acceptance of dangers of chemical toxins aecting Spring ’ humans. The pesticide DDT is banned. nGOs ga geate foowg Public awareness grows. ea 1970s 1972 WWFN, Greenpeace, Friends of the Ear th all formed. Fst Ea th St – un Declaration of UN conference. Cofeece o the Ha Action Plan for the Human Environment. Evoet Environment Fund established. Formation of UN Environment Programme (UNEP). Ear th Summits planned at ten-year intervals. 1975 C.i.T.E.S. foed b iuCn Endangered species protected from international trade. 7 1 F o u n d at i o n s md 1970s 1979 o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s Evoeta phosoph Recognition that nature has its own intrinsic value. estabshed Stewardship ethic grows. Jaes loveock pbshes ‘Gaia Systems approach to studying the environment begins. – A new look at life on Earth’ ad Nature seen as self regulating. pesets the ‘Gaa hpothess’ 1982 1983 naob Ea th St Ineective. un Wod Cosso o Sustainability established as the way forward. Evoet ad Deveopet pbshes the Bdtad repo t 1984 Bhopa Dsaste World’s worst industrial disaster. 1986 Cheob Dsaste Nuclear fallout aects millions. Btsh Atactc S ve Tea Public awareness of ozone depletion and risks of skin cancer. md 1980s detects ce sheets thg ad ozoe hoe 1987 1980s motea Potoco Nations agree to reduce CFC use. Gee potca pa tes fo aod Political pressure placed on governments. the wod 1988 iPCC foed b unEP Advises governments on the risks of climate change. 1992 ro Ea th St ad Koto Agreement to reduce carbon (CO ) emissions to counter 2 Potoco enhanced greenhouse eect and global warming. Agenda 21. 1990s Gee awaeess stegthes Environmentally friendly products, recycling and ecotourism become popular. 20 02 Johaesbg Ea th St Plans to globally improve: Water and sanitation Energy supply issues Health Agricultural abuse Biodiversity reduction. 20 05 Koto potoco becoes a ega 174 countries signed and are expected to reduce carbon eqeet emissions to some 15% below expected emissions in 2008. It expires in 2012. 20 0 6 20 07 F ‘An Inconvenient Truth’ Documentary by Al Gore, former US vice-president, describing eeased global warming. nobe Peace Pze Awarded in 2007 jointly to Al Gore and the IPCC for their work on climate change. iPCC eease 4th assesset Repor t states that ‘Warming of the climate system is epo t nov 07 unequivocal’ and ‘Most of the observed increase in globally averaged temperatures since the mid-20th century is very likely due to the observed increase in anthropogenic greenhouse gas concentrations.’ un Ba eetg Dec 07 187 countries meet and agree to open negotiations on an international climate change deal. 2012 8 ro +20 Paper ‘ The Future We Want’ published. 1 . 1 E n V i r O n m E n T A l V A l u E S y S T E m S To do To eseach Evoeta heades Look up these people who were involved in environmentalism and 9 March 2014 Lucy Hornby, Beijing in Financial Times write three sentences on each. ‘Only three Chinese cities meet air quality standards’ Mahatma Mohandas Gandhi 11 March 2014 Suzanne Goldenberg, The Guardian Henry David Thoreau ‘California drought: authorities struggle to impose water conservation measures’ Aldo Leopold A. Look at newspaper headlines for one week . John Muir Copy out the headlines that refer to environmental issues. E O Wilson Put these in a table or on a notice board. To do Good ews Bad ews Find a local environmental issue where a pressure group is ghting for a cause. Describe the issue and state the argument of the pressure group. What are the opposing arguments to their case? These may be economic, aesthetic, socio- B. Discuss with your fellow students what the environmental headlines may political or cultural. State your be in 2020 and 2050. own position on this issue and defend your argument. ‘Nothing in this world is so To do powerful as an idea whose time has come.’ Ea th Das Victor Hugo 1802–1885 Ths s jst oe of a ages pootg Ea th Da – what ese ca appy H o d? In the late 1960s, after Silent Spring, environmentalism turned into action, par ticularly in Nor th America. Founded then were ‘Ear th Days’ to encourage us all to be aware of the wonder of life and the E a a r t hd y need to protect it. There are two dierent ones. The UN Ear th Day each year is on the Spring equinox (so in March in the Nor thern hemisphere and September in the Southern when the Sun is directly above the equator). John McConnell, an activist for peace, drove this concept. The other Ear th Day is always on 22 April each year, and was founded by US politician Gaylord Nelson as an educational tool on the environment. Up to 500 million people now take par t in its activities worldwide each year. Some are critical of Ear th Days as marginalized activities that do not change the actions of politicians. Do you think they have an eect? 9 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s th p f ● Different societies comparing ● The EVS we economic ● The For are to much And of humans of have subdue in improves half full the glass is not to the the been to to the us It all. Earth to But is with now not that true. only the no A and choices. religious, we were the is of or in driven limitless. that Humans is a resources them smaller beast’, running human The words ‘conquering recent and even for to humans) that may the Mars. conquer economic be on ideology Earth’s that about Prometheus’ explore, This the times think ‘unbound growth. clearer of many. very the worldview value value environment: habitable arrival Earth’s fear among ‘man intrinsic this environment. much environment it own our the been industrial it on seen its measure with nature’, make of we species have the when world been our heralded will different cultural, have been them has control the philosophies make by place one we against development of just conditions planet has has how ‘battle industrial as that can How we exploit elements’. Revolution lot value can has able inuenced viewpoint we societies contexts. organism the describe (altering the limitless past been the be environmental why humans. history survival’, ‘beating will any our of use technological reigned the glass is the we Industrial and or value that much terraforming The and in for Everest’, its history, for phrases ‘ghting of understanding population and hold different explain socio-political environment unlimited out. hold helps each and regardless key these has growth resources rst are species to half empty change the conditions on Earth and so make it unt for human life. What is your environmental worldview? You of ▲ have life – a view your Fge 1.1.3 Is this half full or half you live. empty? pessimistic This in of the world background, is your that culture, paradigm outlook – see the or is formed through education and worldview. glass as half the You full or your experiences society may half be in which optimistic or empty. To do Evoeta atttdes qestoae 7. Humans have every right to use all resources on the planet Ear th. Consider these statements and decide if you agree strongly, agree, don’t know, disagree or disagree strongly with each. 1. Humans are par t of nature. 8. 9. Technology will solve our energy crisis. We have passed the tipping point on climate change and the Ear th is warming up and we cannot 2. Humans are to blame for all the world’s stop it. environmental problems. 10. 3. Animals and plants have as much right to live on We depend on the environment for our resources Ear th as humans. (food, water, fuel). 11. 4. Looking at a beautiful view is not as impor tant as Nomadic and indigenous peoples live in balance economic progress. with their environment. 12. 5. Species have always become extinct on Earth and so it Traditional farming methods do not damage the does not matter that humans are causing extinctions. environment . Discuss your responses with your colleagues. Do they 6. Nature will make good any damage that humans have dierent ones? Why do you think this is? do to the Ear th. 10 1 . 1 E n V i r O n m E n T A l V A l u E S y S T E m S TOK TOK Consider these words: O eatoshp wth the Ea th ● Environment ● Natural ● Nature. Can you think of other phrases that describe our relationship with nature and the Earth? Think about what they mean to you. Write down your responses. The words we use are often Now discuss what you wrote with two of your classmates. Do you agree? evaluative and not purely descriptive. What have you written that is similar or dierent? How do you think our Why do you think your responses may be dierent? language has inuenced How dierent do you think the responses of someone from a dierent century or human perspectives on the culture may be? Discuss some examples. environment? How does the language we use inuence your viewpoint? A classication of dierent environmental philosophies categories of EVS ecocentrists ▲ ● no like to to environmental mangers greater respects nature the so The has use of is to there The a are manage in in centred) the or of of ecology less the life EVSs and nature materialistic Is is as approach life-centred dependence which philosophies are: of – central to life which humans earth-centred. on Extreme ecologists worldview the global humans are – believes system . regulation not humans This and dependent might must be through legislation. on nature Is human- but nature humankind. technocentric can worldview provide Environmental technocentrists environmental societies. environmental which benet problems. a and view and categories puts of nature deep developments Many of holistic taxes, – – emphasizes anthropocentric centred major self-sufciency sustainably the categorize, The worldview and rights ecocentrists and this. ecocentric humanity with ● self-reliant soft ecologists classify exception The to ● technocentrists Fge 1.1.4 EVS categories Humans are anthropocentrists are industrial – believes solutions managers that technological to environmental are technocentrists. Extreme cornucopians world technocentric have an (planetary anthropocentric management) (human- worldview. In this 11 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l humans the s ys t e m s seen as the environment to suit they are are useful ● We ● There ● We will ● We can ● Economic are the will In to always solve growth – all and and or nothing see – as problems and We and degradation believe The that moment of us to living the value hunting cause us harm not rights which We we 12 are just do manage have value if charge. successful. always keep the sake, or nd thinkers just for any this live. An to If we holistic beings no and who nature more can the To stops all the it is lot sees of a control planet. crew. If we for other of our above alive that and so so a we an animals shing. this it is at the arrogant can shall continue of either inherent are We is is we fall and is – for not does should animal (earth- habitats integrity this it value just ecocentric and further, others. environment, it what obligation the not should that which ecological than too Earth whether broaden ethical managers us. having the economies. standard ecosystems To are environment are on we high themselves of thrive. our as species, call the and there us. interact of that – environmental species, view a are So protect view tending Environmental think as to needs sustainable beneath important alter the and that protect views has life lakes of to after they preserve will the from looks protection can life and captain duty make possible also through them, paradigm garden species extreme the its intervene. it alive any For government hold humans. individual then species, of to all. see for logging, Others out it a suffer how not This ethical that it that improve markets are legislate what person or neither. of to know just this. as an and planet, extinction systems, sentient duty manage is of having environmental standards. to as think it. who believes not trees the a world any wealth managers to the minimal Earth have it. solve we steer those every growth species one We not can believe. emphasize are can see manage and the know afuent harm broaden of see the even we of own good the can cause. solve living and way to can has after until eating, the complexity some not most activists centred) in or in be Cornucopians with governments state premature cause way we worldview do the can can our spaceship (life-centred) and the are and we we who we overexploitation look that its in Environmental the treadmill for best a we people capitalism compensate growth the as certainly think as we then exploit. that and answers stand – need we We Biocentric a and if and economic off to do, improve the worldview. from ecocentric simplistic. we resources humanity. managers we need we those machine, Earth. resources may thing inventiveness, the Earth the the these to and only as: species, problem good benet should stewardship nurture a provide Environmental the to economy the understand is Earth species summarized resources pollution continually interference Some more on Other important whatever our will free-market be manage include and that and growth resources problem can most species needs. growing. Cornucopians technology our be any s o c i e t i e s dominant This Earth’s summary innite us. control economy ● a n d to the Earth. Because our duty to 1 . 1 restore degraded environmental To summarize ecosystems, the ecocentric The ● Resources ● We should ● We must work ● We need the Ecocentrists action and is here are for and deal with global forms occur. S y S T E m S species. growth with Earth believe in our the of so that Earth, more the actions and all view: limited. manage the materialism pollution V A l u E problems. ● Earth remove E n V i r O n m E n T A l than not it importance for more benecial against needs individuals need only of us. small-scale, making as it. a wrong local difference. and do not community They like view centralized decision-making. At the value end on rights of where humans policies think all have to includes ecology the nature be a continuum than species no right altered decrease is not about an our Another way consider them to in and to reduce the looking but have this. impact with set the of in an on the and and (technocentric/anthropocentric). These and are more value ecologists and would consuming and our to obligations value extremes Deep help us towards systems or like which less. values intervening two put universal environment, environmental (ecocentric) – inherent guidelines Earth who biorights Deep population a these nurturing ecologists believe with our human at deep ecosystems ecoreligion as the They interfere relationship of are humanity. is it. to ‘A thing is right when it manipulative of tends to preser ve the the integrity, stability and spectrum on environmental values but most of us also think in both beauty of the biotic ecocentric and technocentric ways about issues and we may change community. It is wrong when our minds simplistic depending to say that on we various t into factors one or and the as we other get older. group all It the is too it tends otherwise.’ time. Aldo Leopold As we can only experience the world through our human perceptions, our (reprinted by permission of views of rights but the environment are biased by this viewpoint. We talk of animal Oxford University Press, USA) Most of green’) can us – demands resource classied will faith and use as an the or of in banks, environmental our our who survival of view communities recycling with problems of and to the to work aluminium in to faith in appliance very few in green human are rights – Some deep of to and of the reduce so us be are science ecologists and (‘light- environmental together cans) 1.1.6. the viewpoint. environment adapt gure believe the anthropocentric institutions managers (‘bright-green’) the using accommodating and bottle ‘dark-green’) above these ability changes environmental green’ Earth discuss take in (eg cornucopians solve only to (‘deep- survival of the species. To thk abot Cost-beet aass ad the evoet Environmental economists working in industry may be at a high cost nancially and, in doing so, the company asked how much pollution should be removed from a may not be able to aord cleaning up the outow of smokestack of a chimney before the waste is released to heavy metals into a nearby ditch. The oppor tunity cost of the atmosphere. All the pollutant could be removed but the action is high. There are limited funds and unlimited 13 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s demands on those funds. Usually costs are passed on an undisturbed ecosystem or a wild animal or human to the consumer. So decisions may have to be made that health? Cost-benet analysis is still used in decision- mean some pollution escapes but both demands are met making for industry as it is transparent but it may not to some extent. Often a cost-benet analysis is carried out be the best way. Later in this book , we talk more about to trade o the costs and benets. how to value the environment, but do be aware that an environmentalist may not always promote the total cleanBut valuing the environmental cost is very dicult up or eliminate solution if the oppor tunity cost is too high. and it can be argued that cost-benet analysis cannot When you add in questions of ethical practice and what is apply to these nonmarket eects. How do you value fair to do, you can see how complex this can become. To do Practical For a Work named local 1. environmental Draw a table with two columns labelled ‘Ecocentric’ and ‘Anthropocentric/ issue, Technocentric’. investigate the relationship 2. b etween position in Put each of the words or phrases below in one of these columns. Don’t think society for too long about each one. Go with your instinct now you have read about and EVS. environmental value systems. Investigate b etween the age b etween the environmental national this lead (eg one to often Ecology Manipulative Authoritarian Economy Nur turing Belief in technology Feminist Par ticipatory Capitalism Global co-existence Preservation Centralist Holistic Reductionist Competitive Human-centred Seeking progress Consumerism Individual Seeking stability of Cooperative Intervening Utilitarian cross and conict clash of systems about resources. named ocean Animal rights attitudes. the value exploitation Managerial and may from dierent For relationship boundaries may arising Ear th-centred attitudes. gender Ecosystems Aesthetic and environmental Investigate relationship Then put a tick next to the words that best describe your environmental viewpoint. example shing, whaling, Draw a line with ecocentric on the left hand side and technocentric/anthropocentric tropical rainforest exploitation, on the right. Antarctica), research the issue Put a cross which you think gives your position and get all your classmates to and consider the actions taken mark their own as well. by dierent exploitation countries of the in the resources. Review this at the end of the course and see if you have moved along the line – to left or right – or moved relative to your classmates. To do Copy and complete this table to show the main points of the dierent environmental philosophies. Evoeta vae sste Environmental management strategies Environmental philosophies Labels and characteristics Social movements Politics 14 Ecocetc Athopocetc Techocetc 1 . 1 E n V i r O n m E n T A l V A l u E S y S T E m S ‘ The earth shall rise on new v ww foundations: We have been Communism and capitalism in Germany nought, we shall be all!’ After the Iron Cur ta i n a nd Be r li n Wa ll f el l in G e rm a ny in 1 989 , Taken from the Internationale, the western journalis ts r us he d to s ee Ea st G e rm an y and r ep or t u po n anthem of international socialists it. Communism was seen as the a nt i do te to c a pi t al is t gr e ed and and communists communists than capitalism curing social journalists the its Buna and ills one chemical did in a with a clean some the of as the it a d ay the smo ky it was not spri ng a w he n in wa s suc h ma de B ut c a rs e m it t i n g w e st e r n c a pi t a li sm ha d a nd car wou l d i t se lf. pr ot e c t e d s h er m en s m e l t er s int o G er m an n on -p ol lu t e r st a t e wit h m er c u r y We st a that a fa r m e r s we re pr oce ss Tr a ban t as we a lt h Ge r m a n y mor e m o no xi de tha t cr op s E as t two -s t r oke comm un i st la w t he com pa ra ble n ot li ke in mo re d eg r ad a t ion . t i m es me s s ag e wa s p r o duce r s The r e a ca r bon T he but te n tha n pr od uc e eve n ly, c ou n t r y d umpi ng p a te r na l is ti c environment. co u ld mo re pol l ute d co nv e r te r. – s ys t em e nvi ro nme nt a l much indus tr y in in And primar y pollute a w o r ks river yea r. ways interests on times catalytic up thei r d i s tr ib ute reporte d hundred tha t incl ud ing neighbouring plant In claime d s hu t t he an d do wn so t he an d so gr owin g . Native American environmental worldview While there their views have a and is use that by down (descent extended as follows to hold in a the and natural for democratic side) objects broad as they come opposed gods) have a and In to The money, consensus laws a are matrilineal patriarchal, terms hold use to have of that of (communal), than process. density. generalization common rather communities population many a in goods Politically, Most female low views, property barter tradition. (worshipping as American technologies. oral families well tend economy, participation by polytheistic plants native they low-impact handed are many subsistence agreements line are with religion, animals they and spirituality. Worldviews of Christianity and Islam The two and Islam, in separation a religions ‘dominion’ citizenship Christian or book of own The and Are of in humans humans for and or their Judeo-Christian the matter over the the most some 3.6 or Earth. Judaic love commands dominion to just that be the after Earth sustenance. model in a But are the soul the to the and stewards the which the the and biblical earth, what Do of the perhaps the Earth? of view have In But belief notion Greek West. 1:28). of a covenant ‘replenish (Genesis Christianity share ancient of of are They examples views it’ or and notion humans over masters look adherents billion. body anthropocentric God states with unconditional the have something Quran spirit democracy, Genesis, it; Earth numbering mastery view distorted mean? of and been subdue on together and does this stewards it? (and The its bounty) Quran number of does areas has been given differentiate from to the however. 15 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l ● s ys t e m s Humans are not a n d given s o c i e t i e s mastery or dominion over the Earth but rather To do have been difference granted as it it as implies a gift or inheritance. caretaker status of This God’s is a signicant work not rulers over it. Shades of gee: Whee ae we ow? ● The Quran also recognises that the animal world is a community In any political movement, there will equal to There is the human one. be changes and developments. It is now dicult to avoid marketing that ● more emphasis on the trustee status of human beings and 1 is based on environmental well-being, thus the imperative towards charity (the 3rd pillar of Islam). often related to human well-being. Another layer comes from ecofeminism as an environmental movement Organic, biotic, low emissions, energyin which ecofeminists argue that it is the rise of male-dominated saving, sustainable, free-range, green societies since the advent of agriculture that has led to our view of credentials are all terms used in green nature as a foe to be conquered rather than a nurturing Earth mother. marketing of products although exactly what they mean and how we perceive them is questionable. ‘Greenwash’ and Buddhism’s environmental worldview – a religious ‘Green sheen’ are terms that describe ecology activities that are not as good for the Buddhism has evolved over 2,500 years to see the world as conjoined environment as the producer would like in four ways – morally, existentially, cosmologically and ontologically. us to believe. Buddhists believe that all sentient beings share the conditions of birth, A way of classifying environmentalists old age, suffering and death and that every living thing in the world is co- today is as dark greens, light greens dependent. Buddhist belief teaches that as we are all dependent on each and bright greens. other, whether be plant Dark greens are dissenters seeking cannot more political change in a radical way as they loving-kindness or animal, important and than we are other compassion not not autonomous living just to things life believe that economic development and industrial growth are not the answer. They see a change in the status quo and a reduction in the size of the human population as the way to go. Light greens are individuals who do not want to work politically for change but change their own lifestyles to use fewer resources. For them, it is an individual choice. Bright greens want to use technological developments and social manipulation to make us live sustainably and believe that this can be done by innovation. For bright greens, economic growth may be benecial if it means more of us live in ecient cities, use more renewable energy and reduce the size of our ecological footprints while increasing our standard of living. For them, we can have it all. The viridian design movement is a spin-o from the bright greens and is about global citizenship and improved design of green products. What shade of green are you? 1 Personal communication from Kosta Lekanides to the authors. 16 but and to and must the humans extend Earth itself. 1 . 2 S y S T E m S A n D m O D E l S 1.2 S stes ad odes sg : app k: ➔ A systems approach can help in the study of ➔ Costct a system diagram or a model from a complex environmental issues. given set of information. ➔ The use of models of systems simplies ➔ Evaate the use of models as a tool in a given interactions but may provide a more holistic situation, eg for climate change predictions. view than reducing issues to single processes. Kwg g: ➔ ➔ A sstes appoach is a way of visualizing matter across its boundary while a cosed ecological or societal. sste only exchanges energy across its boundary. These interactions produce the emergent proper ties of the system. ➔ An ope sste exchanges both energy and ➔ a complex set of interactions which may be An soated sste is a hypothetical concept in ➔ which neither energy nor matter is exchanged The concept of a system can be applied to a across the boundary. range of scales. Ecosstes ae ope sstes. Closed systems ➔ ➔ A system is comprised of stoages ad ows. ➔ The ows provide inputs and outputs of energy only exist experimentally although the global geochemical cycles approximate to closed and matter. systems. ➔ The ows are processes and may be A ode is a simplied version of reality and can ➔ either tasfes (a change in location) or be used to understand how a system works and tasfoatos (a change in the chemical predict how it will respond to change. nature, a change in state or a change in energy). A model inevitably involves some approximation ➔ ➔ In sste dagas, storages are usually and loss of accuracy. represented as rectangular boxes, and ows as arrows with the arrow indicating the direction of the ow. The size of the box and the arrow may represent the size/magnitude of the storage or ow. ‘Nature does nothing Wh ? uselessly.’ A system can be living or non-living. Aristotle (384–322 BC) ● Systems you, and ● a a Open, can be bicycle, on a any car, scale your – small home, a or large. pond, an A cell ocean, is a system asmart as are phone farm. closed systems are and open isolated systems exist in theory though most living systems. 17 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l ● s ys t e m s Material owing ● and course is There is a called Science together case in together study are a in a drop an if We also as set to can be transformations useful A In as in helping an an in us book biome of integrated and can clear a be You to seen a as boundaries. (as be an is of plants, sometimes You on We scales coral whole they emphasis many a but also which ecosystem, The the approach. on forest, this geography), this systems can to or and not components study system view, they why environments. the the tree of separately geology and approach, sets units. complex elements ocean, considered systems not distinguishes Societies systems: biology, of and you the integrated parts other has Have complex such this to Systems atmosphere takes in water of form the linkages ecosystem ecosystem but emphasis. and or course continent. an a sciences and pond island helps and next. Studies. in component ecosystems of or as relation The relationships consider rocks the them part. seen other as transfers the Environmental difference soils, to limitations that the Ke te their is function undergo storage environment animals, s o c i e t i e s systems. Environmental is? one have understand This energy from Models a n d reef from to though biosphere it is an well. consider other systems such as the social and economic systems A sste is a set of inter-related that make our human world work. Decisions about the environment parts working together to make are rarely simply decisions based on ecology or science. We may want to a complex whole. save the tigers systems which A system is a way may of The opinions on system all be may occur – their parts, make an with decisions abstract at within or energy – inuence remain systems ones constrained the concept world. for their and for matter in environment. example a a own ecosystems, and their stable by we as economics, we system how long as that you time they living computer is draw you or may and political are more all tangible. system consists may information than the It a of your than quickly. be exchange more as it. change which usually a hold evaluate systems, Systems something can environment and society make. well Usually, value environment of outputs be environmental the Systems other will looking diagram. A but made inputs in up and non-living the sum materials of used to it. The human place in the biosphere The biosphere (atmosphere), which layer life yet about a fragile rocks occurs. we the is little the on the (lithosphere) Humans know effects skin and about human all planet and water other how it species is is Earth. It includes (hydrosphere) organisms regulated having live or upon the within within this self-regulates, it. tp f ▲ 18 Fge 1.2.1 The Ear th and its Systems Moon viewed from space isolated. can be thought of as one of three types: air open, closed and thin or 1 . 2 An open (see system gure exchanges matter and energy with its S y S T E m S A n D m O D E l S surroundings 1.2.3). biosphere = atmosphere + lithosphere Represented by: All systems have: + hydrosphere + ecosphere atmosphere hydrosphere STORAGES or stores of matter or energy a box FLOWS into, through and out of the system arrows INPUTS arrows in OUTPUTS arrows out lithosphere BOUNDARIES lines PROCESSES which transfer or transform Eg respiration, energy or matter from storage to storage precipitation, diusion biosphere ▲ Fge 1.2.2 Relationships ▲ Fge 1.2.3 Systems terminology within the biosphere light P consumption death noitaripser taeh storage death and waste C detritus nutrient 1 pool consumption death and waste ni thguorb doof removed by wind and ▲ decomposers C water 2 Fge 1.2.4 Energy and matter and exchange in an immature forest detritivores recycling ecosystem Transfers and transformations Both ● matter (or transfers: the ■ form the material) water of ■ the movement the being of from of of a other a to or ow the sea, herbivore through through to living ecosystems chemical a energy carnivore as: in or: organisms animals) material by move river from material carried movement energy moving eating movement (water ■ moving sugars (carnivores and a energy in a non-living process stream) (ocean currents transferring heat). 19 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l ● s ys t e m s transformations: a n d liquid s o c i e t i e s to gas, light to chemical energy: Ke tes ■ matter Tasfes occur when energy in to matter (soluble glucose converted to insoluble starch plants) or matter ows and changes ■ energy ■ matter ■ energy to energy (light converted to heat by radiating surfaces) location but does not change its state. to to energy (burning matter fossil fuels) (photosynthesis). Tasfoatos occur when energy or matter ows and changes its state – a change Both types energy of and ow are require therefore energy; more transfers, efcient being than simpler, require transformations. in the chemical nature, a change in state or a change Flows and storages in energy. Both energy ecosystems within Practical Create a the and but, matter at ow times, (as they inputs are also and outputs) stored (as through storages or stock) ecosystem. Work model general scheme of ecosystem biogeochemical cycles in a plastic soda bottle atmosphere (sub-topic5.4). Construct home, with Evaluate a model of storages climate your and ows. respiration weathering change elements rock cycle models (7.2). combined in elements animal locked in feeding tissue sinks ▲ elements Fge 1.2.5 The Biogeochemical combined in plant tissue Cycle illustrating the general volatile gases ows in an ecosystem. Energy absorbed sedimentation ows from one compartment to and fossilisation another, eg in a food chain. But when one organism eats another nutrient organism, the energy that moves elements in between them is in the form soil and of stored chemical energy: the water body of the prey organism More on systems To do labe the pts, otpts, stoages ad ows. Exapes of sstes An ecosystem is a good example of a ‘system’. Using the model below, draw your own systems diagram inputs ows for: 20 a) A candle d) You b) A mobile phone e) Your school c) A green plant f) A lake ▲ Fge 1.2.6 storages ows outputs less 1 . 2 Most systems exchanging In forest are Plants ● Nitrogen ● Herbivores x as Forest ● Mineral energy from a ● ● Water ● Heat res air live is xed within but by the when are open m O D E l S systems environment. forest are leached lost to streams through exchanged of the models matter oceans and even systems out during photosynthesis. bacteria. may graze may of they be the in adjacent enrich the removed soil and by ecosystems soil with wind feces. and transported rain. in rivers. and transpiration surrounding from environment plants. across the forest. can are even be applied exchanged energy extremely carbon, with to the the remotest atmosphere, oceanic island – surrounding birds. exchanges are hydrological, the migratory system which and system return evaporation with the soil they nutrients and the ecosystems their entering topsoil system closed light the energy Closed All with expose is is the that boundaries A systems. energy from grassland, groundwater Open and A n D ecosystems: ● such open matter S y S T E m S rare and but in not matter nature. nitrogen with However, cycles are its on closed – environment. a global they scale, exchange light energy only energy and no matter. The planet itself can be thought of as an from the Sun ‘almost’ Light closed energy eventually small is in not truly the large returned amount enter system. a of space matter closed Earth’s amounts to is enters as the exchanged system. What atmosphere Earth’s long-wave and between types what of system radiation the matter types that and (heat). Earth can and you leave some is (Because space, think of a it that it?) long-wave energy (heat) returned Most examples of closed systems are articial, and are constructed for to space experimental purposes. An aquarium or terrarium may be sealed so ▲ that only energy in the form of light and heat but not matter can Fge 1.2.7 A closed system – be the Ear th exchanged. usually do example carbon went that Examples not not is survive enough dioxide, wrong in is include and for food bottle long for equilibrium is 2 at the the organisms Biosphere as p or system animals, die. (see gardens An 22). becomes or not example An sealed terraria a example oxygen closed of they unbalanced, enough of but a or system closed for that system http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/ article-2267504/The-sealed-bottle-garden-thriving-40-years-fresh-air- water.html An isolated system environment. to think Sste of exchanges Isolated the entire systems universe neither do as not an matter exist isolated Eeg matte exchaged exchaged Open Yes Yes Closed Yes No Isolated No No nor energy naturally with though it its is possible system. 21 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s To thk abot Bosphee 2 Biosphere 2, a prototype space city, was a human attempt to create a habitable closed system on Ear th. Built in Arizona at the end of the 1980s, Biosphere 2 was a three-hectare greenhouse intended to explore the use of closed biospheres in space colonization. Two major ‘missions’ were conducted but both ran into problems. The Biosphere never managed to produce enough food to adequately sustain the par ticipants and at times oxygen levels became dangerously low and needed augmenting – they opened the windows so making it an open system. To do There is a TED talk about this http://www.ted.com/ talks/jane_poynter_life_in_ ▲ Fge 1.2.8 Biosphere 2 biosphere_2. Watch it. Inside were various ecosystems: a rainforest, coral reef, mangroves, savanna, Qestos deser t, an agricultural area and living quar ters. Electricity was generated from 1. Why do you think this natural gas and the whole building was sealed o from the outside world. was called Biosphere 2? For two years, eight people lived in Biosphere 2 in a rst trial. But oxygen levels 2. Biosphere 2 has been dropped from 21% to 14% and of the 25 small animal species put in, 19 became described as a ‘closed extinct, while ants, cockroaches and katydids thrived. Bananas grew well but system’. What does this there was not enough food to keep the eight people from being hungry. Oxygen mean? levels gradually fell and it is thought that soil microbes respired much of this. 3. Biosphere 2 was Carbon dioxide levels uctuated widely. A second trial star ted in 1994 but designed to include closed after a month when two of the team vandalized the project, opening up some of the major doors to the outside. Cooling the massive greenhouses was an issue, using ecosystems of the Ear th. three units of energy from air conditioners to cool the air for the input of every one unit of solar energy. So there were social, biological and technological 4. List the ecosystems problems with the project as the team split into factions and questions were and divide them into asked as to whether this was a scientic, business or ar tistic venture. terrestrial (land based) 22 and marine (sea-water The result was to show how dicult it is to make a sustainable closed system based). when the complexities of the component ecosystems are not fully understood. 1 . 2 S y S T E m S A n D m O D E l S To thk abot Atos Fo B Bso’s ‘A Sho t Hsto of nea Evethg ’ All matter is made up of atoms. You are taught this in some ‘Why atoms take this trouble is a bit of a puzzle. Being of your rst science lessons. Living things are made up you is not a gratifying experience at the atomic level. For of atoms, grouped into molecules and macromolecules, all their devoted attention, your atoms do not actually organelles, cells, tissues, organs and systems. care about you—indeed, they do not even know that you are there. They don’t even know that they are there. Read these two excerpts and think about what makes They are mindless par ticles, after all, and not even you you. themselves alive. (It is a slightly arresting notion that if you were to pick yourself apar t with tweezers, one atom Fo ‘Qat theo ad eatvt expaed’ at a time, you would produce a mound of ne atomic (Da Teegaph 20th novebe 20 07) dust, none of which had ever been alive but all of which ‘Quantum theory has made the modern world possible, had once been you.) Yet somehow for the period of giving us lasers and computers and iPod nanos, not to your existence they will answer to a single overarching mention explaining how the sun shines and why the impulse: to keep you you. ground is solid. The bad news is that atoms are fickle, and their time Take the fact that you are constantly inhaling fragments of d ev o t i o n is f leeting indeed. Ev e n a long human of Marilyn Monroe. It is stretching it a bit to say that this life adds up to only about 650,000 hours, and when is a direct consequence of quantum theory. that modest milestone Nevertheless, it is connected to the properties of atoms, the unknown, Lego bricks from which we are all assembled, and quantum disassemble, theory is essentially a description of this microscopic world. it for you. Generally your atoms and S till, go you speaking f lashes will off may in shut to be you that universe, for reasons down, other rejoice the past , silently things. it it And happens that's at doesn't ...so all. far The impor tant thing to realize is that atoms are small. It as we ca n tell.’ would take about 10 million of them laid end to end to span the full stop at the end of this sentence. It means Bill Bryson continues to say that ‘life is simple in terms that every time you breathe out, uncountable trillions of of chemicals – oxygen, hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen make the little blighters spread out into the air. up most of all living things and a few other elements too – sulfur, calcium and some others. But in combination Eventually the wind will spread them evenly throughout and for a shor t time, they can make you and that is the the Ear th’s atmosphere. When this happens, every miracle of life.’ lungful of the atmosphere will contain one or two atoms you breathed out. So, each time someone inhales, they will breathe in an atom breathed out by you – or Marilyn Monroe, or Alexander the Great, or the last Tyrannosaurus rex that stalked the Ear th.’ m f A us model is something we just many ● a do simplied a how changes. not forms. of version system Systems know could be: model, for the software a always It physical model ● a understand solar model, (Lovelock’s the work what example system, for of works an real and in rules wind of or climate use what ways, are. tunnel aquarium example We predict predictable these a thing. to A or models to happens following model river, a can help if rules, take globe or terrarium change or evolution Daisyworld) 23 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s ● mathematical ● data Models some or for ow have of the to s o c i e t i e s equations diagrams. their limitations complexities simplicity), change a n d an they input to of allow the as the us well real to as strengths. system look While (through ahead and they lack predict of may omit knowledge the effects of system. To do Copae these t wo odes social-environmental environmental-economic environmental environmental justice energy eciency natural resource use natural resources stewardship subsidies/incentives for environmental management locally & globally use of natural resources pollution prevention (air, water, land, waste) sustainable economic social prot cost savings standard of living economic growth education research & community development economic-social business ethics fair trade worker ’s rights ▲ Fge 1.2.9 The spheres of a sustainable model. Only when all three overlap is there sustainability Why are any of these circles in the Venn diagram outside the environment? Is culture relevant to these models of sustainability? economy Where would you draw it in? Does the model change how we treat our environment? Evaluate these models. (Consider their strengths and society weaknesses.) environment ▲ Fge 1.2.10 An alternative model of sustainability representing all other systems within the environmental system 24 a 1 . 2 The strengths of models S y S T E m S A n D m O D E l S are: To do ● Easier ● Can be used ● Can be applied to work with than complex reality. http://gingerbooth.com/ to predict the effect of a change of input. ash/daisyball/ links to the ● Help ● Can us be things The see used weaknesses Accuracy ● If ● Predictions our is other similar situations. Daisyworld game. Have a go. patterns. to (solar ● to visualize really small things (atoms) and really large system). of models lost are: because assumptions may be are the model wrong, the is simplied. model will be wrong. inaccurate. Sstaabe deveopet odeg See 1.4 for more on sustainable development and sustainability. To thk abot Gaa – a ode of the Ea th 3. The oceans’ salinity is constant at about 3.4% but rivers washing salts into the seas should increase this. The ‘Great Aerial Ocean’ was Alfred Russel Wallace’s description of the atmosphere. He was Lynn much criticized Margulis who over worked this with hypothesis him also but suppor ted ‘ You can cut the atmosphere with a knife’ is a common his views the Ear th though uses less emotive language about saying. If we could see the atmosphere, perhaps we as an organism. Lovelock has defended would consider it and look after it more. As we cannot, his hypothesis for 30 years and many people are perhaps we take it for granted. now accepting some of his views. He developed a In 1979, James Lovelock published The Gaia Hypothesis. Daisyworld as a mathematical simulation to show that In it he argued that the Ear th is a planet-sized organism feedback mechanisms can evolve from the activities and the atmosphere is its organ that regulates it and of self-interested in this organisms – black and white daisies connects all its par ts. (Gaia is an Ancient Greek Ear th case. goddess.) Lovelock argued that the biosphere keeps In Lovelock’s 2007 book , The Revenge of Gaia, he makes the composition of the atmosphere within cer tain a strong case for the Ear th being an ‘older lady’ now, boundaries by negative feedback mechanisms. more than half way through her existence as a planet He based his argument on these facts: and so not being able to bounce back from changes as 1. The temperature at the Ear th’s surface is constant well as she used to. He suggests that we may be entering even though the Sun is giving out 30% more energy a phase of positive feedback when the previously stable than when the Ear th was formed. equilibrium will become unstable and we will shift to a new, hotter equilibrium state. Controversially, he 2. The composition of the atmosphere is constant with suggests that the human population will survive but with 79% nitrogen, 21% oxygen and 0.03% carbon dioxide. a 90% reduction in numbers. Oxygen is a reactive gas and should be reacting but it does not. 25 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s To do 1. Dene a system 2. Fill in the gaps Ear th, although the biosphere (or Gaia) itself can be considered a ________ system.) ● The terms ‘open’, ‘closed’ and ‘isolated’ are used to (No such systems exist, with the possible exception describe par ticular kinds of systems. Match the above of the entire cosmos.) names to the following denitions: ● A __________ system exchanges neither matter nor energy. A ___________ system exchanges matter and energy with its surroundings (eg an ecosystem). All ecosystems are ________ systems, because of the input of _______ energy and the exchange of ________ with other ecosystems. ● A __________ system exchanges energy but not matter (The ‘Biosphere 2’ experiment was an attempt to model this. These systems do not occur naturally on Bg cade Inputs Outputs Energy and material transfers Energy and material transformations 26 3. Systems circus Look at the following simple systems and complete the table: Bog kette A pat Aa popato 1 . 3 E n E r G y A n D E Q u i l i B r i A 1.3 Eeg ad eqba sg : app k: ➔ The laws of thermodynamics govern the ow of ➔ Expa the implications of the laws of energy in a system and the ability to do work . thermodynamics to ecological systems. ➔ Systems can exist in alternative stable states ➔ Dscss resilience in a variety of systems. ➔ Evaate the possible consequences of tipping or as equilibria between which there are tipping points. points. ➔ Destabilizing positive feedback mechanisms will drive systems toward these tipping points, whereas stabilizing negative feedback mechanisms will resist such changes. Kwg g: ➔ ➔ ➔ The st aw of theodacs is the pcpe ➔ when the output of a process inhibits or reverses energy in an isolated system can be transformed the operation of the same process in such a way but cannot be created or destroyed. to reduce change – it counteracts deviation. The principle of conser vation of energy can be ➔ tend to amplify changes and drive the system food chains and energy production systems. toward a tipping point where a new equilibrium is adopted. The secod aw of theodacs states that ➔ The esece of a system, ecological or social, Etop is a measure of the amount of disorder refers to its tendency to avoid such tipping in a system. An increase in entropy arising from points and maintain stability. energy tasfoatos reduces the energy ➔ available to do work . speed of response to change (time lags). ➔ a food chain and energy generation systems. As an open system, an ecosystem, will normally exist in a stabe eqb, either a stead-state or one developing over time (eg Diversity and the size of storages within systems can contribute to their resilience and aect the The second law of thermodynamics explains the ineciency and decrease in available energy along ➔ Post ve feedback oops (destabilizing) will modelled by the energy transformations along the entropy of a system increases over time. ➔ negat ve feedback oops (stabilizing) occur of cose vato of eeg , which states that Humans can aect the resilience of systems through reducing these storages and diversity. ➔ The delays involved in feedback loops make it dicult to predict tppg pots and add to the complexity of modelling systems. succession), and maintained by stabilizing negative feedback loops. 27 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s eg Ke tes Energy in all systems is subject to the laws of thermodynamics. The st aw of According to the rst law of thermodynamics , energy is neither theodacs is the created nor destroyed. What this really means is that the total energy in pcpe of cose vato any isolated system, such as the entire universe, is constant. All that can of eeg, which states happen is that the form the energy takes changes. This rst law is often that energy in an isolated called the principle of conservation of energy. system can be transformed but cannot be created or chanch destroyed. chemical energy is metabolized and lost from the food chain as heat 1 2 3 4 parasitic wasps move reected solar energy water heat photosynthesis stored chemical energy is passed along as food caterpillar of no new energy is created it is sycamore moth some is lost from the food chain as heat energy enters the system as light energy sycamore tree Photosynthesis conver ts light energy to stored ▲ chemical energy (glucose). Fge 1.3.2 The fate of the Sun’s energy hitting the ▲ Fge 1.3.1 A simple food chain Ear th. About 30% is reected back into space (1), around 50% is conver ted to heat (2), In a power moving station, water) is one form converted of or energy (from transformed eg into coal, oil, nuclear power, electricity. and most of the rest powers In your body, food provides chemical energy which you convert into the hydrological cycle: rain, heat or kinetic energy. evaporation, wind, etc (3). Less than 1% of incoming light If we is used for photosynthesis (4). photosynthesis. The look at second isolated the sunlight law system of not falling on Earth, thermodynamics in equilibrium will not states tend all of that to it is the used for entropy increase over of an time. Ke tes ● theodacs refers Entropy is spreading The secod aw of ● More ● Over a measure out entropy or = of disorder dispersal less of of a system and it refers to the energy. order. to the fact that energy time, all differences in energy in the universe will be evened is transformed through out until nothing can change. energy transfers. Etop is a measure of the amount ● Energy ● When conversions are never 100% efcient. of disorder in a system. energy is used to do work, some energy is always dissipated An increase in entropy (lost to the environment) as waste heat. arising from energy 28 tasfoatos reduces the This energy available to do work . input process and can be outputs. summarized by a simple diagram showing the energy 1 . 3 energy work = heat + (and other wasted E n E r G y A n D E Q u i l i B r i A energy) heat heat generated heat generated heat generated during work during work during work eg respiration eg respiration eg respiration input energy useful energy: work conversion process ▲ Fge 1.3.4 Loss of energy to the environment in a food chain ▲ Fge 1.3.3 The second law of thermodynamics In the example energy level ● gure consumed by 1.3.4, one the trophic energy level is spreads less out than the so the total useful energy at the below. Depending energy ● in to on Herbivores about on 10% metabolic the the stored of type average the chemical is plant, energy escaping energy efciency in its at converting solar 1–2%. assimilate plant and the around only total processes stored of sugars (turn they from cells into animal consume. the into The carnivore. useful matter) rest This work is lost in changes (running). Ke te But during converted its to attempted heat and escape lost from some the of the food stored energy is chain. Etop is a measure of the amount of disorder in a ● A carnivore’s efciency is also only around 10% (see 2.3). As with system. the herbivore trying ● So as to catch energy reduction ● That 0.1 ● This in means = is a means battle of energy, of paddling life is the stored chemical energy, in this case herbivore. dispersed the amount to the of energy carnivore’s the environment, total passed on efciency in there to will the the always next chain be trophic is 0.02 × a level. 0.1 × carnivore against cannot by example loses most of its energy as heat into the environment. entropy exist. upstream. downstream Simple the metabolize 0.0002%. surrounding Life they the of Stop and, without Consider for current of a this moment the constant pictorial and replenishment view(gure you are swept 1.3.5) back entropy. entropy: Living processes Entropy ▲ Fge 1.3.5 A representation of life against entropy 29 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l The s ys t e m s situation depicted thermodynamics, untidy, a a n d in since situation of s o c i e t i e s gure the high tidy 1.3.6 obeys room entropy. In of the low the second entropy process, law of becomes entropy increasesspontaneously. Solar energy respiration, appliances. electricity. power Tidy room has order: low the this input happen of of photosynthesis. all activities potential These are all us via of energy They are photons macromolecules in Chemical life. of a high-quality processes. reaches bonds all waterfall forms like of ordered solar energy, Electrical rays; sugars; turns a energy, forms runs all turbine energy. energy potential home to because of chemical the through energy produce they Solar is energy stored of in falling entropy water Does The useful energy the powers powers naturally without falls. is due These to the specic ordered forms position have low of water, disorder, namely so low that it is high and entropy. energy? On the form contrary, of energy. warming is it up. disordered. high heat Heat Heat In may is not simply dissipates other words, power any dispersed to the heat is process; in space, environment a form of it is a being low-quality capable without energy any only of order; characterized it by entropy. To thk abot ipcatos of the secod aw fo evoeta sstes We experience the second law in our everyday lives. All living creatures die and Untidy ▲ room has disorder: high entropy in doing so: ● entropy or disorder tends to increase ● the creatures move from order to disorder ● but organisms manage to ‘survive’ against the odds, that is against the Fge 1.3.6 Which is your room? second law of thermodynamics ● living creatures manage to maintain their order and defy entropy to stay alive by continuous input of energy by continuously getting chemical energy from organic compounds via respiration ● energy is even required at rest – if they do not respire they die. This is the same as the example of the room; the only way to keep the room tidy is to continuously clean it, that is to expend energy. In any process, some of the useful energy turns into heat: ● Low-entropy (high-quality) energy degrades into high-entropy (low-quality) heat. ● So the entropy of the living system stays low, whilst the entropy of the environment is increasing. ● Photosynthesis and respiration are good examples. ■ Low-entropy solar energy turns into higher-entropy chemical energy. ■ Chemical energy turns into even higher-entropy mechanical energy and is ‘lost’ as heat (low-quality, high-entropy). 30 ● This increases the entropy of the environment, in which heat dissipates. ● As a consequence, no process can be 100% ecient. 1 . 3 E n E r G y A n D E Q u i l i B r i A TOK Ke te A last philosophical implication is that, according to physics, the fate of all the Ecec is dened as the energy that exists today in the universe is to degrade into high-entropy heat. useful energy, the work or When all energy has turned into heat, the whole universe will have a balanced output produced by a process temperature, and no process will be possible any longer, since heat may not divided by the amount of turn into something of higher entropy. This is referred to as the thermal death energy consumed being the of the universe. input to the process: What may happen after that? eciency = work or energy produced / energy consumed eciency = useful output/ cpx b input Most ecosystems ows for a than and storages. more a down stable simple removed. others one has will a stability. may ● likely can, a not road system can nd of as ecosystems Monocultures fairly (farming one and more the simple lemming systems is route is for hand which wiped by to percentage. is a by eat are broken- If and in a disease, prey simple populations to express eciency as a better roads. out Multiply by 100%, if you want makes one other them thus if blocked on links, change over systems population in and take one and complexity road prey other of feedback stress can alternative is on many level pathway predators If eg high are withstand where an there are widely, There a can another increase. uctuate that which as increase may Tundra is complex. number will ● It vehicles numbers lack very system Imagine truck; community the are they them numbers. there is only one major Ke te crop) of a are pest also or simple disease and thus through a vulnerable large area to the with sudden spread devastating effect. negatve feedback The spread of potato blight through Ireland in 1845–8 provides an oops are stabilizing and example; potato was the major crop grown over large areas of the occur when the output island, and the biological, economic and political consequences of a process inhibits or were severe. reverses the operation of the same process in such a way to reduce change – it eqb counteracts deviation. Equilibrium following can these of think equilibria as here. dynamic the tendency disturbance; components We is that of at Note the system equilibrium, a to return state of to an balance original exists state among the system. systems well of as in that as the equilibrium being stable in or term this in dynamic unstable (steady-state) equilibria. steady-state We equilibrium or static Ke te discuss each is instead used of of A stead-state eqb is a characteristic of open book. systems where there are Open systems tend to exist in a state of balance or stable equilibrium. continuous inputs and Equilibrium avoids sudden changes in a system, though this does not outputs of energy and matter, mean that all systems are non-changing. If change exists it tends to exist but the system as a whole between limits. remains in a more-or-less A steady-state are continuous whole remains equilibrium inputs in a and is a characteristic outputs more-or-less of energy constant of and state open systems matter, (eg a but climax where the there system as a constant state (eg a climax ecosystem). ecosystem). 31 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l Negative down, it s ys t e m s feedback neutralize stabilizes results In a in be small changes, Some or results system removal may develop Successions of a 2.4) are equilibria. deviation steady-state are no short return the time in the will of any there in undergo over (see steady-state from It an tends to damp equilibrium, (dynamic) and equilibrium. It system. equilibrium the the systems they stabilizes uctuations and following as systems s o c i e t i e s counteract self-regulation steady-state may or a n d long-term term, to its eg in changes response previous but to there weather equilibrium condition disturbance. long-term while good changes retaining examples to their integrity of to equilibrium the system. this. Examples of a steady-state equilibrium 1. A water change 2. In In out but death A of a rates same rain the 6. The is stable ants there are growing, are no is It it is but away the any born empties, in a there steady there are no net like a time, in as gases, soil. die. change forest, is is no net state. ows being out of heat of all in capital in It usually the same and size. – looks and younger light in the much other ones. inputs respiration; lost years, trees by through over the birth steady-state system salts stay these population replaced the lost outputs However, in in may If changes. although and and organism and long-term of outputs and or are dying ows energy example body our no food. steady We core of a steady-state weight, maintenance example. body that out. leaching inputs matter and and balance. from there of periods rainwater constant get rate and be ecosystem, there there washing Another a are same in organisms equal, long sun, in outputs 5. as the may population for However, inputs market climax organisms at ows market. are equilibrium from lls individual mature, the it water a the ecology, size 4. If the economics, and 3. tank. but In thus cases of equilibrium ‘burning’ all increasing the or is people calories decreasing maintaining (energy) body we weight state. of sweat a constant to cool temperature is body ourselves about 37 temperature and shiver is to another warm up but our °C. body temperature etats metsys average state goes up – we sweat body temperature goes down – we shiver time ▲ Fge 1.3.7 Steady-state equilibrium Maintenance feedback 32 of a steady-state mechanisms, as we equilibrium shall see is later. achieved through negative 1 . 3 E n E r G y A n D E Q u i l i B r i A Another there is unless new kind no of equilibrium change toppled over over. equilibrium as When a is time, a result called eg a static of the a pile static of equilibrium, books equilibrium disturbance. which is does disturbed A pile of in which not it move will scree etats metsys Static equilibrium adopt material a (a time mass of weathered rock fragments) piled up against a cliff could be said ▲ Fge 1.3.8 Static equilibrium to exist and in the remain of or equilibrium . components unchanged (the in The rock their forces within fragments, relationship the to the cliff one system and the another are in balance, valley for long oor) periods time. Most of static non-living static state, bricks This and systems equilibrium. ie they stay in cannot matter look the the same occur with in the like This a pile means same of that for rocks they long or do a building not periods of are change time in their and a state position the rocks or place. living systems as life involves exchange of energy environment. (a) (b) Unstable and stable equilibria Systems In a can stable also be stable equilibrium equilibrium after a the or unstable system tends to return to the same disturbance. ▲ In an after unstable the system returns to a new and (b) unstable equilibrium equilibrium disturbance. Possibly this is happening to our climate and the new state will etats metsys be equilibrium hotter. Fbk p Systems the are system. continually Simple affected examples of by information this from outside and If you the start heating time inside If you this is feel feel up. the The hungry, systems you sense can of either cold is put the on more clothes information, or putting act you eat in have food, a or exactly choice do the not of reactions eat same and feel as a result more of on processing hungry. Fge 1.3.10 Stable equilibrium turn reaction. ‘information’: Natural cold etats metsys clothes 2. to disturbance are: ▲ 1. Fge 1.3.9 Diagrams of (a) stable disturbance way. time Feedback loop mechanisms can either be: ▲ ● Fge 1.3.11 Unstable equilibrium Positive: ■ Change ■ Destabilizing a system to a new state. Ke te as they increase change. A feedback oop is when ● Negative information that starts a ■ Return ■ Stabilizing it to its original state. reaction in turn may input more information which may as they reduce change. start another reaction. 33 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s Examples of negative feedback 1. Your body walking sensors you 2. A in start your temperature in the your to skin plant 3. the be by to and maintained the gure clouds so 1.3.14 and global because a it °C. when or is are The rising capillaries device a of that the it so under can sense the temperature rises piece to of another industrial temperature. melt. solar temperatures interprets you 45 heat. when to more the lose limits caps is temperature on off narrow ice °C in building, clouds, which is system a causing more to system level, room, within rises means a ow attempts heating 37 temperature surface blood heating predetermined above air your as body a So rise the that red Your central temperature with go switches atmosphere reected this a a detect temperature. can Global to in It starts sun and increases. thermostat warmer skin sweat temperature. decreases tropical More water radiation fall. But in is compare differently. rising global temperatures melting ice caps falling global temperatures more solar more water radiation available for reected by evaporation clouds more clouds ▲ 4. Fge 1.3.12 Negative feedback dampening change Predator–prey interactions. The Lotka–Volterra model (proposed prey in predators 1925 noitalupop shows the When prey the If there are in prey of is also (eg owl) The so which fewer The (eg mice) eat more there in as the numbers they eat prey, change numbers. known changing populations predators decrease. time 1926) effect predator more ▲ and is prey increase, less predator of more prey snowshoe predator–prey food prey and numbers hare and is breed the the lags model predator there and so on more more, food predator behind for resulting numbers Canadian and numbers. numbers the lynx in decrease. change is a well- Fge 1.3.13 Cycles of documented example of this (see box, p36). predator and prey in the Lotka–Volterra model 5. Some organisms changes are high, feedback 34 have occurring internal that promoting breeding loops as such feedback prevent these systems, breeding when that they when are maintain low. ‘the physiological population It is densities negative balance of nature’. 1 . 3 Positive output feedback that pushed taking to a new the state of ever-increasing Alternatively, or results enhances factor. the a further in may feedback of be increase the equilibrium. amounts process Positive in change The input in a It the decrease is process until stopped results or system. in may speed by A n D E Q u i l i B r i A the destabilized system abruptly ‘vicious E n E r G y and up, collapses. an external force circle’. Examples of positive feedback 1. You are that it help lost is to raise insufcient processes do on not a cooling your to to so snowy 37 body restore start work high below core various at When body down, again. the As if a senses as shivering these your enzymes temperatures. body such But temperature, because lower your mechanisms temperature normal slow well mountain. °C, are metabolic that result control you them become Ke te lethargic and body to body will cool sleepy even and move further. around Unless you less are and less, rescued allowing at this your point, your Postve feedback oops reach a new equilibrium: you will die of hypothermia. (destabilizing) will tend to 2. In some to poor family standards planning growth circle 3. developing and of Global of illness, and adding In the causes absence hygiene, further to illness this the of and knowledge contributes causes contributes of to of population poverty: ‘a vicious amplify changes and drive the system toward a tipping point where a new equilibrium is adopted. poverty’. so (reecting Compare change poverty education. methods temperature exposed that countries more ability this can of with result predicting rises solar a causing radiation surface) gure in climate of 1.3.12 positive ice is or change caps Earth and so you negative is to melt. absorbed. so This global can Dark soil reduces is the temperature see that feedback. the This is albedo rises. same one reason difcult. rising global temperatures melting ice drop in albedo caps ▲ Whether may (see be 2.4) system its a a system matter is in long-term natural shows a way. dark soil is absorbed exposed Fge 1.3.14 Positive feedback in global warming is of viewed the state undergoes more solar radiation of stability ux – long-term integrity, A as better and since way all being timescale. to it in An changes changes. it is in or this nature steady-state undergoing constantly. However, functioning describe systems static ecosystem In the show succession, system properly, situation is equilibrium succession in a that stability the retains balanced, the by system default. 35 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l Both natural Generally, so s ys t e m s and we negative human wish to feedback However and feedback positive so attend they move to a systems usually there is Systems classes are the regulated helpful are and and situations Societies and eg of feedback in positive where if its they feedback better is state, is usually needed enjoy want assignments. being mechanisms. present change students lessons, complete equilibrium by environment advantageous, regularly new s o c i e t i e s preserve is undesirable. Environmental a n d their to learn more, Consequently educated about the environment. We shall come particularly in back to climate feedback change loops and in various sustainable sections of this book, development. To do Pedato–pe teactos ad egatve feedback Figure 1.3.16 (adapted from Odum, Fundamentals of Ecology, Saunders, 1953) shows a plot of that data. We have to assume that the numbers of animals trapped were small compared to the total populations and that the numbers trapped were roughly propor tional to total population numbers. Also assumed is the prey always has enough food so does not starve. Given that, the cycles are remarkably constant with the lynx populations always smaller than and lagging behind the hare ones. 1. On average, what was the cycle length of the lynx population? 2. On average, what was the cycle length of the hare population? ▲ Fge 1.3.15 Canadian lynx chasing snowshoe hare 3. Why do lynx numbers lag behind hare numbers? 4. Why are lynx numbers smaller than hare numbers? The Hudson Bay Trading Company in Nor thern Canada kept very careful records of pelts (skins) brought in and sold by hunters over almost a century. This is a classic Things are never as straightforward in ecology as we set of data and shows this relationship because the hare expect though. In regions where lynx died out, hare is the only prey of the lynx and the lynx its only predator. populations still continued to uctuate. Why do you think Usually things are more complicated. this was? snowshoe hare lynx 140 )sdnasuoht( slamina fo rebmun 120 100 80 60 40 20 1845 ▲ 36 1855 1865 1875 1885 1895 1905 1915 1925 Fge 1.3.16 Snowshoe hare and Canadian lynx population numbers from 1845 to 1940 1935 1 . 3 E n E r G y A n D E Q u i l i B r i A To do 4. Here are a number of examples of how both positive As Ear th warms, increased evaporation produces more clouds. and negative feedback mechanisms might operate in the physical environment. No one can be sure which Clouds increase albedo, reecting more light away of these eects is likely to be most inuential, and from Ear th. consequently we cannot know whether or not the Ear th Temperature falls. will manage to regulate its temperature, despite human Rates of evaporation fall. interference with many natural processes. 5. Label each example as either positive or negative feedback. As Ear th warms, organic matter in soil is decomposed faster: Draw diagrams of one example of positive feedback and More carbon dioxide is released. one example of negative feedback using the examples given, to show how feedback aects a system. Include Enhanced greenhouse eect occurs. feedback loops on your diagrams. Ear th warms fur ther. 1. As carbon dioxide levels in the atmosphere rise the Rates of decomposition increase. temperature of the Ear th rises. 6. As Ear th warms, evaporation increases: As the Ear th warms the rate of photosynthesis in Snowfall at high latitudes increases. plants increases, more carbon dioxide is therefore removed from the atmosphere by plants, reducing Icecaps enlarge. the greenhouse eect and reducing global More energy is ref lected by increas ed a lbe do of temperatures. ice 2. cover. As the Ear th warms: Ear th cools. Ice cover melts, exposing soil or water. Rates of evaporation fall. Albedo decreases (albedo is the fraction of light that 7. As Ear th warms, polar icecaps melt releasing large is reected by a body or surface). numbers of icebergs into oceans. More energy is absorbed by Ear th’s surface. Warm ocean currents such as Gulf Stream are Global temperature rises. disrupted by additional freshwater input into ocean. More ice melts. Reduced transfer of energy to poles reduces 3. As Ear th warms, upper layers of permafrost melt, temperature at high latitudes. producing waterlogged soil above frozen ground. Ice sheets reform and icebergs retreat. Methane gas is released in an anoxic environment. Warm currents are re-established. The greenhouse eect is enhanced. Ear th warms, melting more permafrost. r f The resilience more resilient is the ability it has low is or eucalypt and the a system system, a generally forests regenerate of more return enter as it produce to a a after a of re new a re survive lot its it responds is state see thing, as a also they can state – res. which because it stability seen forest litter initial good maintains Australia, to how disturbance considered evolved quickly to will ecosystem have trees it measures the system resilience, individual eucalypts a of Resilience In of to after the major If in a society, system. is But highly easily. buds The Resilience disturbance. hazard. oil burns with. 1.3.17. whether of disturbance. a gure Their have a deal But within ammable the their trees trunks 37 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l and plants s ys t e m s that would a n d s o c i e t i e s have competed with them are destroyed. The tipping point ecneiliser eucalypts current state tree In are species that managed predict this that does resilient. cannot systems, the not But when withstand such amount happen, the as of re, it can agriculture, food there indigenous we can be be we grow is eucalypts replaced by devastating. want about disastrous are stability the so same we each consequences, for can year. If example additional state the Irish potato famine or the Sahel drought and famine. initial state But ▲ resilience is not always good, eg a pathogenic bacterium causing a Fge 1.3.17 Resilience can be fatal disease could be very resilient to antibiotics which means it will kill modelled as a ball in a bowl. If the many people so, in this case, its resilience is not so good for us. ball is pushed upwards, it returns to the bottom of the bowl – its initial state. But if it is pushed enough, Factors aecting ecosystem resilience it will leave the bowl and settle ● The more diverse and complex an ecosystem, the more resilient it elsewhere – in an additional state. tends to be as there are more interactions between different species. The higher the walls of the bowl, the ● The greater the species biodiversity of the ecosystem, the greater the more resilience the system has as likelihood that there is a species that can replace another if it dies out the more energy you need to push and so maintain The greater the equilibrium. it out of the bowl ● resilience. if diverse gene Species ● The larger each The is can growth. The is faster faster. as In So ● Humans a shift their easily the the and have or a species, rice can resistance water at remove are is in be the greater wiped which a (2.4) the is out more the by a likely in a as more animals resilient. can nd edge-effect. Arctic, slow species with mitigate are regeneration down growth of plants photosynthesis rates are fast as and light, limiting. than invasive ranges resilience less forests, not better or an – rain which system more there temperatures tropical reduce the resilience r-strategists can within wheat geographical and low rate the pollutant, of plants ecosystem, the recolonize the affects slow temperature ● of more climate diversity pool. the other very so none that genetic monoculture disease ● ● the A a can fast reproducing threat species) means reproductive slowly the reproduce to and the this system will rate recovery can K-strategists. (eg result remove in faster recovery. Tipping points ping Tip t poin Small changes But when as tipping a Then An a ecological to a and Fge 1.3.18 Illustrating a tipping point ● They state the of involve perpetuating; increases 38 systems re may is which services positive it not the there make over transform are when to a a into system reached a a an huge difference. threshold, very new steady ecosystem signicant known different changes experiences to its points: feedback which which reduces causes forest makes the regional dieback. change rainfall, one. state. provides. deforestation risk, may equilibrium drive point in and the loops tipping eg tip system tipping Characteristics ▲ the feedback new biodiversity in changes point, positive shift occur these self- which 1 . 3 ● There is a threshold beyond which a fast shift of E n E r G y ecological A n D E Q u i l i B r i A states occurs. ● The threshold ● The changes are long-lasting. ● The changes are hard ● There is change a point cannot signicant and ecological the to be precisely predicted. reverse. time lag appearance between of the impacts, pressures creating driving great the difculties in management. Examples of tipping points 1. Lake may eutrophication not lake to change a new much state – – if nutrients until then enough plants are added nutrients grow to a are lake added excessively, light ecosystem, to is shift it the blocked Practical Create decomposing plant material, oxygen levels fall and animals die. Work by a model of a feedback a model of a food The loop. lake becomes eutrophic and it takes a great effort to restore it to the Create previous 2. state Extinction ecosystem 3. Coral dies Tipping is people the today. in say But others, complex other If climate new, in fast best don’t a (eg new acidity is elephants) state which levels local we and or reaching caused warmer that some in are change ecosystems to change point, The we much evidence were respond the ocean well-known whether wetter and if species to rise from cannot enough, a savanna be reversed. the reef coral regenerate. be see regional a by state – global in ecosystems tipping human as warming drier respond global decision-makers. would we a – it activities much in others. differently, as one The 8 °C region global often but point. will there Some force warmer and than cooling system is so independently of ecosystems. there for are that to keystone death about Earth a transform cannot points debate of can reef and web. (4.4). in enough. there is what case. Some once That nothing approach know do while, tipping we will Such can may it is lead can have happen risk think to do may there that reached, could we points, management below all lost point the but is is inaction now’ be exactly are this as or of implications point, society despair take not much could – the not ‘what’s view. precautionary can the major steps responsible one to where modify route to we what take. 39 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s To do 1. Negative and positive feedback control. Look at this example of feedback control. a) How is the growth of the animal population regulated in the diagram? b) Explain why it is an example of negative feedback control. good supply of food the number of grazers increases in an area through migration grassland becomes overgrazed and eroded a decreased food supply limits the number of grazers, so they migrate or die negative feedback ▲ 2. Fge 1.3.19 Negative feedback amongst grazing animals Explain with a named example how positive feedback may contribute to global warming. 3. Complete the diagram of a generalized ecosystem showing inputs, outputs and stores. Remember to add in human activities. inputs 40 stores outputs 1 . 4 S u S T A i n A B i l i T y 1.4 Sstaabt sg : app k: ➔ All systems can be viewed through the lens of ➔ Expa the relationship between natural sustainability. capital, natural income and sustainability. ➔ Sustainable development meets the needs of ➔ Dscss the value of ecosystem ser vices to a the present without compromising the ability of society. future generations to meet their own needs. ➔ ➔ Dscss how environmental indicators can Environmental indicators and ecological be used to evaluate the progress of a project footprints can be used to assess sustainability. to increase sustainability, eg Millennium ➔ Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) play Ecosystem Assessment. an impor tant role in sustainable development . ➔ Evaate the use of EIAs. ➔ Expa the relationship between ecological footprint (EF) and sustainability. Kwg g: ➔ ➔ Sstaabt is the use and management of ➔ Evoeta ipact A ssessets (EIAs) resources that allows full natural replacement of incorporate baseline studies before a the resources exploited and full recovery of the development project is under taken. They assess ecosystems aected by their extraction and use. the environmental, social and economic impacts of the project, predicting and evaluating possible nata capta is a term used for natural impacts and suggesting mitigation strategies resources that can produce a sustainable natural for the project. They are usually followed by an income of goods or ser vices. audit and continued monitoring. Each country or ➔ nata coe is the yield obtained from region has dierent guidance on the use of EIAs. natural resources ➔ ➔ EIAs provide decision makers with information in Ecosystems may provide life-suppor ting services order to consider the environmental impact of a such as water replenishment, ood and erosion project. There is not necessarily a requirement to protection, and goods such as timber, sheries implement an EIA’s proposals and many socioand agricultural crops. economic factors may inuence the decisions made. ➔ Factors such as biodiversity, pollution, ➔ Criticisms of EIAs include the lack of a standard population or climate may be used quantitatively practice or training for practitioners, the lack of as environmental indicators of sustainability. a clear denition of system boundaries and the These factors can be applied on a range of scales lack of inclusion of indirect impacts. from local to global. The me Ecosste Assesset gave a scientic appraisal of the condition and trends in the world’s ecosystems and the ser vices they provide using environmental indicators, as well as the scientic basis for action to conser ve and use them sustainably. ➔ An ecoogca footpt (EF) is the area of land and water required to sustainably provide all resources at the rate at which they are being consumed by a given population. Where the EF is greater than the area available to the population, this is an indication of unsustainability. 41 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l ‘The ultimate test of a moral s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s sb society is the kind of world Sustainability that it leaves to its children.’ Dietrich Bonhoeer, German theologian ‘interest’ But means about an is Economists what living sustainable sustainability people. as or a word have sustainable adjective in within natural front a that means means different means. of the income The words nature, different view word such of generated as from by on the natural things to capital. different environmentalists sustainable resource, is often used development and ‘He who slaughters his cows population. today shall thirst for milk tomorrow.’ Any society natural that capital is supports itself in unsustainable. part There by is depleting a nite essential amount of forms of materials on Muslim proverb Earth as Ke tes and well make as we the are using interest. progress much Our outside of of it unsustainably societies and – living economies environmental limits on cannot (gure the capital grow or 1.4.1). Sstaabt is the use and Ecological overshoot management of resources that According to UN data (gure 1.4.1) humanity has overshot its allows full natural replacement of the sustainable level of resource exploitation. resources exploited and full recovery of the ecosystems aected by their 160 extraction and use. 140 has been dened as ‘development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.’ )%( toohsrevo ht raE The term ‘sstaabe deveopet’ Maximum level of sustainable resource 120 exploitation. This shows we need 18 months 100 to replenish resources used in 12 months. 80 This demand is due to the 60 40 • level of overall consumption • per capita consumption. (From Our Common Future, the report of 20 the World Commission on Environment 0 and Development, 1987). 196 1 2001 2014 year ▲ It Fge 1.4.1 Ecological overshoot is more in some parts of the world and cannot continue indenitely. Sustainability indicators How we be we can measure use anything poverty to or gender to global. need a sustainability together, from US$ GDP parity. The global air We both quality, (Gross can smaller crucial and to get per many capita, sustainability more the are vulnerability Product) measure the there socio-economic. environmental scale, measurement and Domestic also the is ecological accurate whole it on and life scales can indices These be could water expectancy from but we local also picture. To thk abot 42 The me Ecosste Assesset (mE A), funded last decades and predicts changes that will happen. In by the UN and star ted in 2001, is a research programme 2005, it released the results of its rst four-year study of that focuses on how ecosystems have changed over the the Ear th’s natural resources. It was not happy reading. 1 . 4 ● The repor t said that natural resources (food, freshwater, sheries, timber, air) are being used in ways that degrade S u S T A i n A B i l i T y Nutrient pollution has led to eutrophication of waters and dead coastal zones. them so make them unsustainable in the longer term. ● Key facts repor ted are: ● Species extinction rates are now 100–1,000 times above the background rate. 60% of world ecosystems have been degraded. ● ● About 25% of the Ear th’s land surface is now cultivated. ● We use 40–50% of all available surface freshwater and water withdrawals from underground sources We have had more eect on the ecosystems of Ear th in the last 50 years than ever before. Some recommendations were to: ● have doubled over the past 40 years Remove subsidies to agriculture, sheries and energy sources that harm the environment. ● Over 25% of all sh stocks are overharvested. ● Since 1980, about 35 % of mangroves have been ● Encourage landowners to manage proper ty in ways that enhance the supply of ecosystem services, such as carbon storage and the generation of fresh water. destroyed. ● ● Protect more areas from development, especially in About 20% of corals have been lost in 20 years and the oceans. another 20% degraded. To thk abot Using the gure below think about the following questions. Are you optimistic or pessimistic about the results of the impact of humans on the Ear th? What evidence are you using for your decision? If you had the power, what actions would you force governments to take now to safeguard the environment but also protect humans from suering? Give your reasons. 3.0 19 60–20 08 ecological footprint 2.5 20 08–2050, scenarios sht raE tenalp fo rebmun moderate business-as-usual rapid reduction 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 years ▲ Fge 1.4.2 43 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l But how You can may perhaps s ys t e m s we ● Inertia: ● The to result destroy of the anyone. benets to do its may you the economic of their be but will think what the if your the do the of all know that hunt it to be so. It is real gross world trillion per year, yet soil, water biodiversity (see Topic and so short starving eat of clean so it is but none each for individual they continue may the capital (total only air but is species and many resource there term natural are when a result only in source it. product we (4.3), harvest happen, the to worth the will difcult. endangered are it to resource in an family too commons ’ this resource to seems that of value we self-interest hunting probably that we of own obvious taking if including: future example, value US$65 continues ‘tragedy in long-term For people as about loss the from so. food, Some same It this factors changing act extinction of why many when individuals s o c i e t i e s change? wonder due a n d just and to is global about the output) beginning measure to the – give cost of 8). Natural capital and natural income Ke tes Capital nata capta is a term used tools, is what economists machines – and is term used to the means create of goods production which – factories, provide income. for natural resources that can Natural capital is the goods and services that the environment provides produce a sustainable ata humans with in (natural capital) order to provide natural income. For example, a forest coe of goods or services. an agricultural services, waste. for See provides crop provides example in more timber erosion detail in (natural food for control, Topic us. income); Natural water a shoal capital of also management, sh or provides recycling 8. To thk abot The Millennium Development Goals Goal 3: Promote gender equality and empower women http://www.undp.org/mdg/ Goal 4: Reduce child mor tality The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) are eight Goal 5: Improve maternal health goals to be achieved by 2015 that respond to the world’s Goal 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, malaria and other diseases main development challenges. The MDGs are drawn from Goal 7: Ensure environmental sustainability the actions and targets contained in the me Goal 8: Develop a Global Par tnership for Development Decaato that was adopted by 189 nations and signed Are we on target to reach these goals? Research what by 147 heads of state and governments during the un actions have been taken since 2000. (Try searching me St in September 2000. the web for Millenium Development Goals BBC and you Goal 1: Eradicate extreme pover ty and hunger should nd some BBC webpages with an update.) Goal 2: Achieve universal primary education Do you think these were attainable goals or too ambitious? e p An environmental before to plant the 44 a a impact development forest relative or assessment project convert advantages or to elds or change to a EIA the golf disadvantages is a use report of course. of the prepared land, An EIA for example weighs development. It up is 1 . 4 therefore necessary community would EIA will to and amenity try look happen are if at often natural the EIAs on is to from the as have This human how to occurs. deal or is also of like options a to now the where and a forecast and about scenic what the effect effects for may impacts development. development effect These positive likely biotic An study. proposed the economic and ahead. biodiversity, baseline questions an went development. negative consider true have environment scheme proposed Both with can especially health abiotic microclimate, the production other they the development environment well environment populations. effect as a changes development considered While if resulting represent what the establish quantify value measurements EIAs to change S u S T A i n A B i l i T y a on on might the human have an community. What are EIAs used for? EIAs are often, though governments set They a that provide can be EIA but process as The when ● major types ● airport ● building power ● building dams ● quarrying ● large-scale parts road and way in of part large of the developments most new always, law evidence certain in not in documented used development. country, out of the examining that need the world. EIAs to be that considered. process differ tend These process are environmental decision-making developments of planning developments from impacts of any new country included in to the include: networks port developments stations and reservoirs housing projects. Where did EIAs come from? In 1969, Act the (NEPA). natural US part are the becoming of made environment environment NEPA Government NEPA their carried statement) same law to needs a any the be land as US, policy. determine to passed the priority status in planning out in it In if for use National federal planning. economic many the an EIA undertaken This priorities. other US, Environmental agencies gave countries (called led EIS – with the also Policy consider Within environmental and to 20 years included federal of EIAs assessments environmental the the natural as (EA) impact agencies. What does an EIA need in it? There is no minimum possible to set way of conducting expectations break ● Identifying ● Predicting ● Limiting an the what assessment impacts the of scale effect an EIA, should down be but various included into three in main countries an EIA. It have is tasks: (scoping). of of potential impacts to impacts. acceptable limits (mitigation). 45 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l There is s ys t e m s always understand the a a n d s o c i e t i e s non-technical summary so that the general public can issues. Weaknesses of EIAs Different hard of to the how countries compare have them. investigation much indirect does impacts should the of different Also, EIA a it be. cost? is standards hard How It is development to large also so for EIAs determine an very some area, how difcult may which where be to makes the many it boundary variables, consider all missed. To thk abot EIAs are models of the system under study and allow us to predict the eects of the proposed change. A model is only as good as its parameters and asking the right questions is crucial. A change of land use will always have an eect but whether this is a net positive or negative one depends on the criteria used to measure it. Simplistically, if a factory blocks your view of the mountains that may be a loss to you but it may bring employment to the area, produce goods that would otherwise be impor ted and reduce the country’s ecological footprint. Cost-benet analysis measures impacts of a development or change of land use translated into monetary values. In theory, this puts all costs into the same units of measure – money – so they can be assessed. Of course, how the assessment is made is critical to the values assigned and there are several ways to do this. For example, it may be based on the cost of restoring the environment to its previous state (eg after an open cast mine operation) or ask people which of several options Practical Work they would select or be prepared to pay for. Investigate what Ecological Strategic environmental assessment tries to measure the social and Footprint modelling can tell environmental costs of a development but this can be subjective or a not very us about resource use. accurate prediction. Does it also depend on the environmental worldview of Consider whether sustainable those planning the assessment? development is a term that Imagine a development or change of land use in an area near to your school contradicts itself. or home. Decide amongst your class what this will be (it may be an actual one Can sustainability only be agreements that is about to happen or has happened) and discuss: international? What ● is the point of a nation What criteria you would use to select the factors you think will change b eing (eg number of jobs provided, net prot, land degradation, habitat loss, sustainable if the rest of the pollution). world is not? ● How you value these (is there another way of measuring them apar t from nancial?) ● Ke te How you weigh up the evidence to make a decision on whether the project should proceed or proceed in a modied state. An ecoogca footpt (EF) is the area of land and water required to sustainably Ecological footprints provide all resources at EF is a model used to estimate the demands that human populations the rate at which they are place on the environment. The measure takes into account the area being consumed by a given required to provide all the resources needed by the population, and population. the 46 assimilation of all wastes. Where the EF is greater than the area 1 . 4 available to population EFs and may the vary include production population, exceeds the signicantly aspects such systems, this is carrying land from as an country lifestyle use indication capacity and (8.4) to of of unsustainability the country choices (EVS), as S u S T A i n A B i l i T y the area. and person productivity to of person food industry. carbon represents the amount of forest land that could sequester CO emissions from the 2 burning of fossil fuels, excluding the fraction absorbed by the oceans which leads to acidication. cropland grazing land represents the amount represents the of cropland used to grow amount of grazing crops for food and bre land used to raise for human consumption livestock for meat, as well as for animal feed, dairy, hide and oil crops and rubber. wool products. forest built-up land shing grounds represents the amount represents the amount calculated from the of forest required to of land covered by estimated primary supply timber products, human infrastructure, production required pulp and fuel wood. including transpor tation, to suppor t the sh housing, industrial and seafood caught, structures and reser voirs based on catch data for hydropower. for marine and freshwater species. ▲ Fge 1.4.3 Ecological footprint (EF) (© WWF) 47 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s 1.5 Has ad poto sg : app k: ➔ Pollution is a highly diverse phenomenon of Costct systems diagrams to show the ➔ human disturbance in ecosystems. impact of pollutants. ➔ Management strategies can be applied at Evaate the eectiveness of each of the three ➔ dierent levels. dierent levels of inter vention, with reference to gure 1.5.6. Evaate the use of DDT. ➔ Kwg g: ➔ Pollution is the addition of a substance or an agent to ➔ source, persistent or biodegradable, acute than that at which it can be rendered harmless by or chronic. the environment, and which has an appreciable ➔ eect on the organisms in the environment. ➔ Pollution may be non-point or point an environment by human activity, at a rate greater Pollutants may be primary (active on emission) or secondary (arising from primary Pollutants may be in the form of organic/ pollutants undergoing physical or chemical inorganic substances, light, sound or heat change). energy, or biological agents/invasive species, ➔ and derive from a wide range of human activities Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) exemplies a conict between the utility of a including the combustion of fossil fuels. ‘pollutant’ and its eect on the environment. Ke te Poto is the addition of a substance or an agent to Help! an environment by human I can’t activity, at a rate greater breathe! than that at which it can be rendered harmless by the environment, and which has an appreciable eect on the ▲ Fge 1.5.1 Does the ear th need a gas mask? organisms within it. P p Pollutants ● 48 matter are released (gases, by liquids atoms) or ● energy (sound, ● living human or activities solids) which and is may organic be: (contains inorganic light, organisms heat) (invasive species or biological agents). carbon 1 . 5 There H u m A n S A n D P O l l u T i O n are: To thk abot ● primary pollutants which are active on emission eg carbon It is sometimes said that a monoxide from the incomplete combustion of fossil fuels, which pollutant is a substance in causes headaches and fatigue and can kill the wrong place, in the wrong ● secondary pollutants which are formed by primary pollutants amount or at the wrong time. undergoing physical or chemical changes eg sulphuric acid forms Could this be true of carbon when sulphur trioxide reacts with water. dioxide, ozone or nitrate? Photochemical (see sub-topic Since and extent. burning years. with these effect of higher has mixture been and of then primary improved we are coal levels and than secondary we that would has monitor polluted caused lower, pollution we pollution as have products has were development living Revolution Earth, waste However, economic of on and pollutants. the also a population standard Industrial it have Sewage wood When is pollutants 6.3). humans lesser smog of air the may has pollution be an given increased a greater but for 1,000 could inevitable most had. we a far Since deal legislate cope side- humans have how and or communities environment otherwise industries to human the with against ▲ excessive Fge 1.5.2 Poster from pollution. the USSR before 1950 encouraging production mj f p Figure 1.5.3 considering lists some some of major these sources later of by saying that the smoke pollutants. We shall be from chimneys is the breath of Soviet Russia on. majo soce Potat Eect Cobsto Carbon dioxide Greenhouse gas – climate change Sulphur dioxide Acid deposition – tree and sh death, respiratory disease in humans of foss fes Nitrogen oxides Respiratory infections, eye irritation, smog Photochemical smog including Secondary pollutants (formed from others in the atmosphere) – tropospheric ozone, PANs, VOCs damage to plants, eye irritation, respiratory problems in humans (volatile organic compounds) Carbon monoxide Binds with haemoglobin in red blood cells instead of oxygen – can lead to death by suocation Doestc waste Organic waste (food and sewage) Eutrophication, waterborne diseases Waste paper Volume lls up landll sites, forests cut to produce it Plastics – containers, packaging Volume lls up landll sites, derived from oil Glass Energy required to manufacture it (as with all products), can be recycled but most goes into landll sites idsta waste Agcta waste ▲ Tins/cans Can be recycled but also goes into landll Heavy metals Poisoning, eg mercury, lead, cadmium Fluorides Poisoning Heat Reduces solubility of gases in water, so less oxygen so organisms may die Lead Disabilities in children Acids Corrosive Nitrates Eutrophication Organic waste Eutrophication, disease spread Pesticides Accumulate up food chains Fge 1.5.3 Major sources of pollutants and their eects 49 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s P -p p Non-point ● Is the for source release example spread ● May on ● fertilizer many travel it Air So and Point source ● the Is a Is easier ● Is usually be to a the It may and be dispersed vehicles, virtually phosphates ground or before of as origins, chemicals impossible not be which runoff draining nitrates would blown hundreds chimneys set limits monitor to detect and on into a are the lake or phosphates possible to say spread surface. river so as It and much which that farmer mix for all what of with kilometres those farmers they from and actually all and chemicals others. industries to reduce do. pollution: of pollutants factory into ● of fertilizer. to then release works occurs. open is it nitrates kilometres can (PS) example widely systems from. concentration from solution emissions numerous, exhaust and coming collect excess pollution one is many the the released from the inltrates eutrophication ● from sources it can as increasing spread pollutants gases where Rainwater may of pollution: elds. have exactly (NPS) from chimney or a single, the waste clearly identiable disposal pipe of a site, for sewage river. see who easier to is polluting manage as – it a factory can be or house. found more easily. P g p (PoP) bgb p POPs to were often breaking Because of down this, biomagnify Examples Other ▲ in of POPs (PCBs) and ● high ● not ● highly manufactured and they food these are remain chains are active (see DDT 2.2) (see They in the in in can and cause dieldrin, (PVC), have the past. environment animal and 2.2), chloride solvents. molecular pesticides bioaccumulate polyvinyl some as They for human signicant chlordane resistant long tissues time. and harm. and polychlorinated similar a are aldrin. biphenyls properties: weight Fge 1.5.4 Practical Create wiki a on cell Work poster/website/ the b enets ● of a using systems show pollution of in water fats and lipids – which means they can pass through molecules, often with chlorine. were widely used in electrical apparatus and as coolants since the DDT. but banned by 2001. They cause cancers and disrupt hormone diagram functions to soluble in membranes halogenated 1930s Construct soluble and PCBs disadvantages very a and have a similar structure and action in animals to dioxin local which is one of the most deadly chemicals that humans have made. ecosystem. Because well 50 as they in are animal so persistent, tissues, even PCBs in the are found Arctic everywhere Circle. in water as 1 . 5 Biodegradable down or quickly. physical sewage, is by may processes, degradable glyphosate down pollutants They soil eg be light plastic which do not broken or bags farmers persist down heat. made use to in by the kill environment decomposer Examples of starch. weeds. are soap, One It H u m A n S is and A n D P O l l u T i O n break organisms domestic common degraded herbicide and broken organisms. a h p Acute lot of was pollution harm. accidently Cornwall them. small in tipped UK ● it is ● it often it It goes usually example example is is the 1988 was was in from a in are chemical a people Bhopal the pollutant the place many the of when wrong and undetected more amounts this serious water drank Disaster long-term released, treatment water of of a in a sulphate works which 1984 release causing aluminium in poisoned India (1.1). pollutant but in because: for difcult a to long clean time it up widely. often asthma, of of results spreads pollution large into in example amounts. often an when pollution ● for is example the Another Chronic Air An chronic causing bronchitis, chronic air non-specic emphysema. respiratory Beijing’s poor diseases, air quality is ▲ Fge 1.5.5 Chronic air pollution in Beijing 2014 pollution. To thk abot The Psoe ’s Dea The best economic scenario for a polluter is to keep polluting as long as he/she is not found out. Not to confess. A big question about us is whether we are, by nature, The cost of the pollution is then shared between everyone loving or aggressive, noble or selsh, nice or nasty. Do and the polluter does not have to spend money reducing we not steal or cheat because we may be found out or their own personal or business pollution. If the polluter because we know it is wrong. Is it our default position confesses, they may be punished by a ne, imprisonment to be kind and helpful to each other or to be top even or having to spend money in reducing the pollution. if, or par ticularly if, it hur ts someone else? Scientists, sociologists, philosophers, politicians and all thinking people want to know about our innate nature and why we react as we do. But, just as in the Prisoner ’s Dilemma, while keeping silent and polluting is ne in the shor t term, in the longer term, the best scenario is ‘tit for tat’ – if I cooperate with you – stop polluting, you will cooperate with me – stop There is a type of game that you can play as an example polluting too and the world will be a cleaner place – of Game Theory and it is called the Prisoner ’s Dilemma. we both gain. If we keep betraying each other, we will Here is a version of it. both be losers at the end. And that is where we are Two people A and B are suspected of a crime and with pollution. If we pollute with NPS pollutants, we are arrested. There is not enough evidence to convict them unlikely to be found out and everyone pays for the clean unless they confess. The police separate them and oer up. An individual, company or country can gain from noneach one the same deal. If one admits that they both did compliance in the shor t term if the others comply. the crime and betrays the other, that one goes free and But what will happen in the long term? the other goes to prison for 10 years. If both stay silent, they both go to prison for a year. If both confess, they both go to prison for 5 years. What should they do? The best scenario for one is to confess and the other stays silent. But they don’t know what the other will do. What has this to do with pollution? Quite a lot. Think of two par ticular types of pollution (one in the atmosphere and one in water) that could be examples of NPS pollution. What does this mean for international agreements on pollution? 51 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s d g f p Pollution Direct air or can be measured measurements record measurements ● the ● amount acidity of of nitrogen a of indirectly. amount of a pollutant in water, the gas, oxides for in of particles ● amount of lead in nitrates ● amount ● heavy Indirect which and of carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, by a diesel engine atmosphere. water matter or soil pollution include testing for: or bacteria concentrations. measurements pollution result of record the changes pollutants. in an abiotic Indirect or biotic factor measurements of include: measuring oxygen only maggot abiotic content recording are of organic the measuring: phosphates metal are include atmosphere emitted the measurements ● pollution example the amount Direct air rainwater ● ● the or soil. Direct ● directly the if water) that change as a result of the pollutant (eg water) presence found in factors of the or or absence of indicator conditions are either unpolluted (eg leafy species polluted lichens – (eg on species that rat-tailed trees). P g g Pollution can managed ● by changing ● by regulating ● by working The pollution available in throughout Pocess of poto be the or to in human clean up the category book or the ways: which release restore model of when main activity preventing management each three in of the damaged Figure management specic produces pollutant pollutants or ecosystems. 1.5.6 and it lists will are be the actions referred to considered. leve of poto aageet Ateg ha actvt The most fundamental level of pollution management is to change the human activity that HumAn ACTiViTy PrODuCinG leads to the production of the pollutant in the rst place, by promoting alternative technologies, lifestyles and values through: POlluTAnT 52 ● campaigns ● education ● community groups ● governmental legislation ● economic incentives/disincentives. 1 . 5 rElE A SE OF H u m A n S A n D P O l l u T i O n Cotog eease of potat POlluTAnT inTO Where the activity/production is not completely stopped, strategies can be applied at the level EnVirOnmEnT of regulating or preventing the release of pollutants by: ● legislating and regulating standards of emission ● developing/applying technologies for extracting pollutant from emissions. Cea-p ad estoato of daaged sstes Where both the above levels of management have failed, strategies may be introduced to imPACT OF POlluTAnT recover damaged ecosystems by: On ECOSySTEmS extracting and removing pollutant from ecosystem ● replanting/restocking lost or depleted populations and communities Fge 1.5.6 Pollution management targeted at three dierent levels e s a c ▲ ● ddt q Agency. banned most public health malaria from in a is proposed walls adult in is most DDT of that used Also, become resistant its may and develop a Malaria incidence of ban the on so carry could ones is its be where involves as to kill spraying and malarial used, the means for exempted that survive, repel parasite. DDT job. is Outside persistence that been banned organophosphate the at since not world recently good of has it control persistence (the but furniture, because toxicity. DDT areas was chemicals persistent not of malarial backs other and use MEDCs, worldwide for mosquitoes cheap ▲ DDT and Although DDT use endemic. chemicals. the The other y d u t s Protection and mosquitoes breed and Fge 1.5.7 Malarial mosquito sucking blood from population of resistant mosquitoes). a human In 1970, the WHO (World Health resistance, banned the use of DDT, a persistent It is still used in some countries in but in small quantities for spraying to kill the malarial mosquito, is the vector for malarial question is whether than banning DDT did a is year, to and people to areas where malaria is In treating with the other cause, DDT chemicals, use is mosquito just one nets of stagnant water where mosquitoes and breed. is hyperbole, debate on DDT bias but and misinformation malaria probably in does not good. believed infects due use more receive It partly land parasites. the harm in Anopheles, There The of along removal which increasing, changes inside tool houses to the endemic. tropics partly organochlorine migration insecticide. is Organization) that mostly malaria children 300–500 kills under million a 2.7 the year. It million age is of also people ve, a enough disease of the funding for research as it is mostly poor. and thought that To do DDT So prevented why the millions ban? In her of deaths book, due Silent to malaria. Spring, Rachel Do your own research on DDT. What evidence can you Carson discusses prey thinning the effect of DDT on birds of nd for both sides of the argument? in their eggshells and reducing their Be careful in looking at sources. Are they biased? Can population numbers. But some say that evidence they substantiate their claims? was slight effective for bird egg insecticide shell against thinning the and malarial DDT is an mosquito. Do you now think that DDT should have been banned or should still be used? The US manufacture in 1972, on and the use advice of of DDT the was US banned in the Environmental 53 1 F o u n d at i o n s o F e n v i r o n m e n ta l s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t i e s W E I VE R State the environmental value Explain how your own system that you identify in environmental value system your choice of lifestyle and how compares with others. sustainable it is. BiG Questions F f Examine in what ways might the solutions explored in the Discuss what are the strengths pollution management model and weaknesses of using alter your predictions for our models to assess sustainability. future. r q ➔ Environmental environment. the ➔ a are The EIAs of ways subjects, ➔ On do such pursuit what ➔ What ➔ Human ➔ the way systems To of basis we shape perceive the way the we view know of which reality. aspects In of the the construction world to ignore? laws are examples differ to the of scientic laws of laws. human In science economics? baseline studies extent before should a development environmental project concerns is limit knowledge? might they impact models to what we decide between the judgements of the disagree? your EVS? crosses international Can construction we scientic as inuences issues? 54 if can which incorporate experts on shape value thermodynamics undertaken. our simplied how and laws what ➔ a model, include, ➔ systems other world? Models of value What national environmental facilitate boundaries. issues international be How can agreement reached? collaboration on environmental 7. Qk w The carrying given Each 1. question A system A. a is worth may set of 1 best capacity of an environment for W E I VE R R E V I E W a species mark be dened components that A. can B. is never be exceeded. as greater for a population with a slow function reproductive rate. predictably. C. B. an assemblage of parts and is achieved when birth rates equal death their rates. relationships forming a whole. D. C. a set of components that can only use of be exceeded with unsustainable function resources. unpredictably. 8. D. an assemblage of functioning parts Which of the following unsustainable inputs 2. Inputs A. to or a matter closed system only energy harvesting may What do consist C. matter and only D. outputs Energy B. Matter C. Energy D. Neither I. Harvesting II. Regularly heat lake of a lead to forest? from an trees before they are fully mature. the open harvesting the full natural income forest. only system mineral content of soil through harvesting. A. I B. III III only C. I and II only only D. I, II and III only. and Sustainable a nor stream only system by which matter. owing annual death into evaporation, is it, but an with II. example isolated B. stable can at growth and (total be dened as biomass time and recruitment – annual emigration. at time t + 1) – (total biomass t). is III. the A. yield matter. energy with lost and only. I. water a of? A. A would from energy 9. 4. timber be III. Reducing 3. of outputs. from B. conditions without C. unstable and closed be highest rate exploited at which without natural reducing capital its can original stock. 5. Which the A. of and the closed following ecosphere The D. input being of open factors classied solar would as a A. I and II closed system? B. I and III energy. 10. Which likely B. The re-radiation C. The arrival of to rocks space as of heat only C. II and D. I, II III only prevent of to only the be following and populations III are most sustainable? energy. meteorites Popato mea dvda Hgh dest cospto depedece o high low from space. A. D. The unstable state of its renewable equilibrium. resources 6. Which statement is correct? B. A. A lake B. An The are D. A an open matter C. is system with most closed its of an exchanges isolated energy but not system its high systems found exchanges renewable resources C. high high non-renewable resources on Earth systems. with high system. surroundings. common closed matter example D. low low non-renewable resources energy but not surroundings. 55 2 E c o s y s t E m s a n d E c o l o g y 2.1 Secies ltis sii ie: appii ki: ➔ A species interacts with its abiotic and biotic ➔ Iterret graphical representations or models environment, and its niche is described by of factors that aect an organism’s niche. these interactions. Examples include predator–prey relationships, ➔ Populations change and respond to interactions competition, and organism abundance over time. with the environment. ➔ ➔ All systems have a carrying capacity for a Exli population growth cur ves in terms of numbers and rates. given species. Kwee ueri: ➔ ➔ A secies is a group of organisms sharing ➔ predation, herbivory, parasitism, mutualism, produce fer tile ospring. disease, competition are termed bitic fctrs A hbitt is the environment in which a species ➔ normally lives. ➔ population dynamics of others, and upon the A iche describes the par ticular set of abiotic organism or population responds. carrying capacity of the others’ environment . ➔ and which are capable of interbreeding. of conditions and resources in which a species ➔ ➔ S and J lti cr es describe a generalized describes the actual conditions and resources in response of populations to a par ticular set of which a species exists due to biotic interactions. conditions (abiotic and biotic factors). The nonliving, physical factors that inuence the organisms and ecosystem, eg temperature, sunlight, pH, salinity, precipitation are termed bitic fctrs 56 A lti is a group of organisms of the same species living in the same area at the same time, The fetl iche describes the full range could sur vive and reproduce. The relize iche Interactions should be understood in terms of the inuences each species has on the and biotic conditions and resources to which an ➔ The iterctis between the organisms, eg common characteristics that interbreed and ➔ Liitig fctrs will slow population growth as it approaches the carrying capacity of the system. 2 . 1 This topic covers the ecology of the ESS S p E C I E S a n d course. p o p u L a T I o n S ‘And this, our life, exempt from public haunt, nds Tis tongues in trees, books in the running brooks, sermons When you study this: in stones, and good in ● Use named exles to illustrate concepts or your arguments. ● Always give the full name of the animal or plant you are mentioning, for everything.’ William Shakespeare example not ‘sh’ but ‘Atlantic salmon’, not ‘tree’ but ‘common oak tree’. ● When you use a habitat or local ecosystem as an example, give as much detail as possible about it, for example not ‘beach’ but ‘rocky shore, nor th facing, at Robin Hood’s Bay, Nor th Yorkshire, UK’. Wh i wh i e Ecosystems are interactions Examples given the a of species scientic species and made the up between are name name. genus of the the living humans, is giraffes of names given rst and non-living composed Scientic name organisms and two are with physical and pine parts: always a environment components the trees. within Each genus underlined capital C e Scietic r biil e Human Homo sapiens Girae Giraa camelopardalis Scots pine Pinus sylvestris Aardvark Orycteropus afer species name or and in the them. and is then italics letter: Ke ter A secies is a group of organisms (living things) sharing common Snails of another two one species pond are populations may cause a in from density pond different speciation Population a is each (see the form a population population. other and A stop example gazelles km them or the river snails may characteristics that in separate interbreeding. And this interbreed and produce fer tile ospring. 3.2). average number 2 for road but , of individuals in a stated area, 3 or bacteria cm Ke ter Three factors affect population size: A lti is a group ● natality(birth ● mortality ● migration: rate), of organisms of the same (death rate), species living in the same and area at the same time, and which are capable of ■ ■ This immigration emigration natural populations A niche is (moving (moving environment of different how an into out of includes species organism (a the the the area) area). physical community) makes interbreeding. a living. (abiotic) environment. may share the This includes: same Many habitat. Ke ter A hbitt is the environment Biotic factors: in which a species normally lives. ● every ● where relationship it that organism may have lives 57 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y ● how it responds ● how it alters to resources available, to predators, to competitors Ke ters these biotic factors. abitic fctrs are the non Abiotic factors: living, physical factors that ● how ● availability inuence the organisms and much space there is ecosystem, eg temperature, of light, water etc. sunlight, pH, salinity, No two species can inhabit the same ecological niche in the same place pollutants. at the same time: if many species live together they must have slightly Bitic fctrs are the different needs and responses so are not in the same niche. living components of an ecosystem – organisms, their interactions or their waste – that directly or indirectly aect another organism. For example, African down savanna bigger cheetahs gazelle lions but cheetahs they herbivores will and and focus on hunt such the both live different as zebra smaller in the prey. and Lions Cape antelopes same area typically Buffalo such of as the take whereas the Thompson’s impalas. A iche describes the par ticular set of abiotic and biotic conditions and resources to which an organism or population responds. ● Fetl iche describes the full range of conditions and resources in which a species could survive and reproduce. ▲ ● Figre 2.1.1 Lion preying on a zebra Relize iche describes the actual conditions Limiting factors prevent a community, population or organism growing and resources in which larger. There are many limiting factors which restrict the growth of a species exists due to populations in nature. Examples of this are phosphate being in limited biotic interactions. supply tundra (limiting) which Limiting carrying in most freezes factors will capacity of the slow the aquatic soil and systems, limits population and water growth low temperature availability as it to in the plants. approaches the system. T thik bt Itertil-ieess Ke ters The btter eect is a term from chaos theory and refers to small changes Liitig fctrs are factors that happen in a complex system that lead to seemingly unrelated results that which slow down growth of a are impossible to predict. It was rst used in meteorology by Edward Lorenz population as it reaches its in 1972 in a talk entitled ‘Does the ap of a buttery’s wings in Brazil set o a carrying capacity. tornado in Texas?’ Since then, it has been applied to systems other than the weather eg asteroid travel paths, human behaviour. Crrig ccit is the 58 maximum number of a One risk in applying the buttery eect to complex environmental issues is species or ‘load’ that can be that we might then think there is nothing to be done to improve things. But sustainably suppor ted by a there is order in systems however complex and there is no evidence as yet to given area. show that even many butteries apping their wings aect weather patterns. 2 . 1 S p E C I E S a n d atmosphere biotic factors wind speed producers humidity p o p u L a T I o n S consumers light intensity detritivores precipitation decomposers temperature interactions competitors water parasites ph and salinity pathogens dissolved nutrients symbionts dissolved oxygen predators herbivores soil available nutrients moisture pH structure temperature ▲ Figre 2.1.2 Biotic and abiotic factors and interactions within an ecosystem Ppui ieri No organism change too. ground, a can Animals water habitat ows greatly. path including with many livestock of human Each rare of Interactions mutualism, result in others between the the a 1 risk damage. an Fire, that are shade may plague The only hit natural in their study of the factors that cause changes to population sizes. crop, spraying disasters between ecosystems others plti ics is the the Madagascar rice aerial habitats change vegetation Interactions of All and too. the carrying species. eg predation, termed effect capacity all change sizes and locusts. and ecosystems. dies. migration locust billion at and grow devastate communities for ages plants severe population having eats, Animal can organisms, carrying it, it. were competition species on of and the of over change environment disease, leave 2013, with the Ke ter grows, locusts In some all it out animals inuences one and stopped the of each wild and and crops. populations species capacity our same: enter into activities individuals, the Plagues swarms, and insecticide and stay on of the the biotic herbivory, factors. population others’ All parasitism, interactions dynamics of the environment. Competition All the organisms organism only in a in that limited competition When the any supply. takes Intraspecic in ecosystem ecosystem. Also When have any these some resource two effect in on any conditions every other ecosystem apply exists jointly, place. competition numbers of a is between population are members small, of there the is same little species. real 59 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y competition Practical Work are not will Investigate light of the intensity impact on photosynthesis the in be too between small for individuals individuals for to resources. nd mates, Provided the population numbers growth high. of rate Take, for example, a seagull colony on an oceanic outcrop (gure 2.1.3). aquatic plants. number of eggs Investigate insect herbivory that successfully on hatch decreases pressure for a plant. bir th rate good nesting decreases sites increases population population grows falls competition for bir th rate good nesting increases sites decreases number of eggs that successfully hatch increases ▲ Figre 2.1.3 Competition within a seagull colony As the for is population the resources reached. In larger share Some species deer. that and at An are deal hence have does with competition the often carrying the or intraspecic pair holds successful access between capacity stronger of individuals individuals the ecosystem claim the to an competition area and reproductively more resources, by fends will and being off hold will rivals. the be territorial, Individuals biggest more eg territory successful breeding. competition something S-shaped (see tends called population a competition : the a balance, outcome the is number plants a of can of that especially not only owering in a temperate trees woodland in spring woodland in totally may a of very oor. get small out by closely population logistic section, of share totally different garden the that An has together, curve species competition resource. out-compete exclusion . numbers. growth It which is p62). Interspecic species coexist example become The the of often the is limiting be result other other: both overrun but could may this of by is these weeds. original A domestic excluded. deciduous cannot shaded have seen species been true both species or Individuals resource. competitive be temperate Figre 2.1.4 Snowdrops one weed have species which that principle outcomes in same stabilize changes competing for to sigmoid Interspecic In the resources. produces in 60 the most so eventually situation, individual the Intraspecic ▲ this of grows, until woodland enough light owering trees but light will plants by overlapping a die on shrubs leaves, out the and in a resource. woodland bushes resulting Plant woodland. in as an oor well. This that is are Beech almost bare 2 . 1 But even in woods snowdrops, European these and of deciduous species tree species is species, as grow, into that reduces in leaf. when the an the spring. and for by energy capacity is grow. key of to p o p u L a T I o n S of Northern the success the directly completing and a n d Carpets all before competing light most same The to part reproduce competition the manage integral avoid them carrying use are They require the species owers ower out-compete cycle both trees, bluebells woodlands photosynthesis Competition by and they burst would yearly greatest that species that their shaded primroses S p E C I E S of shrub with the therefore stages the less. for each of the competing resource(s). Predation Predation prey. moose. eat is when Examples The other one are predator animals, and other and the small kills some hare the like the prey. Look in predator, lions plants animals. snowshoe feedback animal, plenty, eating Be eats aware that (insectivorous at the sub-topic as and not plants) example 1.3 another zebras of an the animal, wolves only animals consume insects Canadian example of the eating lynx negative control. Sometimes, however, a wider denition of predation is used: predation ▲ is the consumption of one organism by another. This broad Figre 2.1.5 Poplar sawy denition larva (Trichiocampus includes not only predation in the narrower sense of the word but also viminalis) eating an aspen herbivory and parasitism. leaf (Populus tremula) in Glen Aric, Scotland, UK Herbivory Herbivory Some or dened plants spines (eg between have (some chemicals small is larvae an animal defence cacti), (poison (eg as a ivy). of leaf (herbivore) mechanisms stinging miner against mechanism Herbivores may insects eating be that this, (eg the green for (stinging large eat a plant. example nettles), elephants, inside of thorns or toxic cattle) leaves) or or in rabbits). Parasitism Parasitism (the Normally high of is a parasite) relationship lives in parasites parasite parasites or do not population are vampire between on another kill the host, densities bats and two (the can species host), unlike lead intestinal to in which gaining in the one its predation. host’s species food from it. However, death. Examples worms. ▲ Figre 2.1.6 A lichen Mutualism Mutualism and none types one of is a relation suffer. symbiosis partner epiphyte is such as people close association alga on to the a are an think benets benets is helped Most fungus It by from a of the or lichens fungus obtaining minerals two or more symbiosis parasitism and orchid of of between form (above) other fern as is examples from water in of a green up a A alga fungus eg top. alga. absorbs an trunk). lichen on benet other (when tree photosynthetic the all harmed, mutualism. the that The commensalism half-way and which together). signicantly growing sugars and and not underneath species (living is a The The and passes alga. 61 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Another clover, live example vetch, inside the soil root and The photosynthesis. very earliest often poor to Mycorrhizal a ▲ Figre 2.1.7 Nitrogenxing root nodules on a legume root sheath with with better Sea they anemones food for stinging the the and sea during they it protect are poor of also soil. from sugar from legumes plants soil. are They The to is The photosynthesis. the also soil. fungi provide tree live among Clover example. form the provides Both tree the grow one. mutualistic. form with bacteria ammonium agricultural trees. the from other the the many from produces in leguminous of (beans, The nitrogen form enables on plants Rhizobium. absorb the another of – bacteria content are up the in the succession take clownsh They relationship roots leguminous bacteria plant supply roots without anemone tentacles the nutrient tree that do turn feeding that glucose than legumes. to consequence, the and the in a increase fungi the mutualistic As between nitrogen-xing in plants species around relationship available This phosphates fungi it soils. pioneer used the and nodules make compounds. on is peas) of clownsh their from The feces. clownsh The predators, provide anemone’s but do not affect clownsh. T Sr f iterctis bet ee secies 1. Copy and ll in the last column. Te f Secies a Secies B - - + - + - + + Exle Itercti ▲ Figre 2.1.8 Clownsh and Neither species benets, Competition sea anemone both species suer One species kills the Predation other species for food The parasite benets Parasitism at the cost of the host Mutualism 2. Both species benet What four things do all organisms need to survive? (Clue: think back to your rst biology lesson.) 3. What is the dierence between interspecic and intraspecic competition? 4. What eect does intraspecic competition have on the individuals of a species? 5. What is the link between competition and species diversity? 6. Why is species diversity believed to be benecial for a community? Ppui he Over time collect and we 62 a the few then, would numbers bacterial under nd a within cells, microscope, that there a population place them count would be in the many a change. suitable number more of If we were supply cells bacteria of every at to nutrients the hour, end of 2 . 1 a 24-hour by period splitting there will in be than two at the (binary start. ssion) 2,4,8,16,32,64 etc. if Bacteria so, if there can you are reproduce start no with S p E C I E S p o p u L a T I o n S asexually one limiting a n d ‘It is well to remember that bacterium, factors the entire universe, with slowing one triing exception, is growth. This is called exponential or geometric growth (gure 2.1.9). composed of others.’ S-cur ves S-curves growth John Andrew Holmes Junior start at with rst. exponential However, growth. above a No certain limiting factors population size, affect the the growth rate Ke ters slows The down graph constant grows but as phase). can cells and of as the it there the the is maximum ecosystem. of colony the that The an area food to is between colony the as around. which can the few starts only is the constant grown days to set Any or response of populations to a of par ticular set of conditions (abiotic and biotic factors). yeast yeast stabilize at number the or support. carrying exponential describe a generalized colony (exponential more maximum S and J lti cr es a very number numbers size. in the grow supply a phase). The carry the it of yeast nutrient (stationary go of rst then stabilizes called environmental a plentiful environment size for population phase) environment population called size resources enough of a a During (lag has population in this nutrient. multiply limited not capacity is to multiplying resulting illustrates supply starts individuals S-curve nally 2.1.10 limited exploit carrying the gure Eventually cells The in slowly rapidly load gradually, capacity growth (K) curve of and the resistance J-cur ves 70 number of bacteria J-curves (see gure 2.1.11) show a ‘boom and bust’ pattern. The 60 population carrying occurs capacity capacity human The exponentially are called on a (overshoot). carrying the grows collapses race J-curve is does long-term It can is be rst or important exceeded overshooting not at diebacks. show the then, the to note the basis short term. capacity slowdown of It at collapses. exceeds before ‘long-term carrying gradual suddenly, population continuing in its and Often the basis’ seems the as airetcab fo rebmun These the collapse the likely that moment. population 50 40 30 20 growth 10 with increasing population size. 0 A J-shaped sh and population small growth curve is typical of microbes, invertebrates, 0 mammals. and J-curves are 20 30 40 time, (minutes) ▲ S- 10 idealized curves. In practice, many limiting Figre 2.1.9 Exponential factors growth in a bacterial act on the same population and the resulting population growth curve population over time normally looks like a combination of an S- and a J-curve. overshoot dieback environmental resistance slaudividni fo rebmun carrying capacity Figre 2.1.10 Sshaped growth curve of a population ezis noitalupop ezis noitalupop time ▲ carrying capacity time ▲ Figre 2.1.11 Jshaped growth curve of a population time ▲ Figre 2.1.12 Fluctuation of population size around the carrying capacity 63 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y 2.2 C ities ec sstes sii ie: appii ki: ➔ The interactions of species with their ➔ Cstrct models of feeding relationships, environment result in energy and nutrient ow. eg food chains, food webs and ecological ➔ Photosynthesis and respiration play a pyramids, from given data. signicant role in the ow of energy in ➔ Exli the transfer and transformation of communities. energy as it ows through an ecosystem. ➔ The feeding relationships in a system can be ➔ alse the eciency of energy transfers modelled using food chains, food webs and through a system. ecological pyramids. ➔ Cstrct system diagrams representing photosynthesis and respiration. ➔ Exli the relevance of the laws of thermodynamics to the ow of energy through ecosystems. ➔ Exli the impact of a persistent/non biodegradable pollutant in an ecosystem. Kwee ueri: ➔ A cit is a group of populations living and ➔ interacting with each other in a common habitat. ➔ An ecsste is a community and the physical producing biomass. ➔ environment it interacts with. ➔ in a community that occupy the same position in food chains. described as processes with inputs, outputs and ➔ ➔ prcers (autotrophs) are typically plants or algae and produce their own food using Resirti is the conversion of organic matter photosynthesis and form the rst trophic level in into carbon dioxide and water in all living a food chain. Exceptions include chesthetic organisms, releasing energy. Aerobic respiration organisms which produce food without sunlight. can simply be described as glucose + oxygen → carbon dioxide + water The trophic level is the position that an organism occupies in a food chain, or a group of organisms Respiration and photosynthesis can be transformations of energy and matter. phtsthesis produces the raw material for ➔ Feeding relationships involve rcers, csers and ecsers. These can be ➔ During respiration large amounts of energy are modelled using f chis, f ebs and dissipated as heat, increasing the entropy in using eclgicl ris the ecosystem while enabling the organisms to maintain relatively low entropy/high organization. ➔ Eclgicl ris include pyramids of numbers, biomass and productivity and are ➔ Primary producers in the majority of ecosystems quantitative models and are usually measured conver t light energy into chemical energy in the for a given area and time. process of photosynthesis. ➔ ➔ In accordance with the second law of The photosynthesis reaction is: thermodynamics, there is a tendency for carbon dioxide + water → glucose + oxygen 64 2 . 2 C o m m u n I T I E S numbers and quantities of biomass and energy a n d E C o S y S T E m S A ri f biss represents the standing ➔ to decrease along food chains; therefore the stock/storage of each trophic level measured pyramids become narrower towards the apex. in units such as grams of biomass per square 2 metre (g m Bicclti is the buildup of persistent/ ➔ organism or trophic level because they cannot Pyramids of biomass can show greater ➔ be broken down. quantities at higher trophic levels because they represent the biomass present at a given time, Bigicti is the increase in but there may be marked seasonal variations. concentration of persistent or nonbiodegradable pollutants along a food chain. pris f rcti it refer to the ➔ of energy through a trophic level, indicating Toxins such as ddT and mercury accumulate ➔ the rte at which that stock/storage is being along food chains due to the decrease of generated. biomass and energy. Pyramids of productivity for entire ecosystems ➔ pris f bers can sometimes display ➔ ) (units of biomass or energy). nonbiodegradable pollutants within an ➔ 2 ) or Joules per square metre (J m over a year always show a decrease along the dierent patterns, for example, when individuals food chain. at lower trophic levels are relatively large (inver ted pyramids). A community tropical fungi. contains rainforest An is aquarium a all the biotic community is a (living) of community plants as components and of animals, a habitat. bacteria A and ‘In all things of nature, there is something of the well. mar vellous.’ The term was rst used in 1930 and modied by Arthur Tansley, Aristotle a British ecologist, organisms sizes from and a to their drop of describe abiotic rain the complex environment. water to a relationships Ecosystems forest. Human between may be of ecosystems varying include Ke ter a household or independently parts of the considered a school but Earth as or a interact have examples nation to been of make state. up impacted Ecosystems the by biosphere. humans, human-affected do all As not exist virtually ecosystems all may A cit is a group be ecosystems. of populations living and interacting with each other in a common habitat (the same place). Repiri phhei There of are how and else three key everything productivity. makes more ecological else If works. you concepts These have a that are: grasp are vital to your photosynthesis, of the basics of understanding respiration these, everything Ke ter sense. An ecsste is a community and the physical environment Respiration it interacts with. All living this, they glucose, are: things die. to MRS and GREN. respire Respiration release Movement, Nutrition must energy energy to breaking which used people Respiration get involves Respiration, some to is Sensitivity, remember can in use alive. down living Growth, these oxygen stay by food, If they often processes. do in (aerobic) rst or not the These Reproduction, their letters not do form of processes Excretion, which spell (anaerobic). 65 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y In aerobic respiration, energy is released and used and the waste Ke ter products bacteria are or carbon fungi, dioxide all living and water. things Whether respire all the plants time, or in animals, the light Resirti is the and dark, when asleep or awake. Aerobic respiration can be conversion of organic matter summarized as: into carbon dioxide and water in all living organisms, Glucose + oxygen Energy + water + carbon C + 6 Energy + 12 + 6 dioxide releasing energy. H 6 O 12 Much of (see level of of energy the O CO 2 produced (dissipated) 1.3) H 2 the released O 6 into system organization the respiration environment. while (low in the organism is 2 heat This energy increases maintains a and the is entropy relatively high entropy). Photosynthesis Ke ter phtsthesis is the Green plants This a is convert light transformation energy of into energy chemical from one energy state to in photosynthesis. another. process by which green The leaves of plants contain chloroplasts with the green pigment plants make their own food chlorophyll. In the chloroplasts the energy of sunlight is used to split from water and carbon dioxide water and combine it with carbon dioxide to make food in the form of using energy from sunlight. the glucose. make in every cells, Glucose other add ● rearrange nitrogen make molecule Animals are Although essential acids used that oxygen can amino is sulphur as it used Photosynthesis starting needs. acids in of make and the raw In amino point complex most from of which the the acids oxygen material on for the plant chemical to pathways and for we then add make proteins, phosphorus up cell producing chemicals ones and biomass. produced need, we to membranes. by can plants. only obtain plants. photosynthesis is oxygen. This is really useful as respiration. can be summarized light carbon Both respiration and the lipoproteins dependent make product to hydrogen and produces totally we waste and carbon, fatty Photosynthesis T then plants: ● The is dioxide + as: energy water glucose + oxygen C + 6O chlorophyll photosynthesis are light energy systems – biochemical 6CO + 12H 2 O 2 systems diagrams for them with inputs, output, storages H 6 O 12 6 2 chlorophyll ones – and we can draw Green light. plants Water respire reaches in the the dark leaves and from photosynthesize the roots by and respire in the transpiration. and ows which will be When all carbon dioxide that plants produce in respiration is used up transformations or transfers in photosynthesis, the rates of the two processes are equal and there is of energy and matter. no net release of either oxygen or carbon dioxide. This usually occurs Draw a systems diagram at dawn and dusk when light intensity is not too high. This point is for each of respiration and called the compensation point of a plant and it is neither adding photosynthesis. biomass Where can you link the two? itself. nor This succession 66 is using it up important and biomes. to to stay alive remember at this when point. we It is come just to maintaining think about 2 . 2 C o m m u n I T I E S a n d E C o S y S T E m S F hi rphi eve All is energy the ocean get start of vents their But on Earth every give energy most of us comes food out get chain. heat from from this ours from the (Well, the through from Sun the so very Earth's a energy nearly all, mantle process Sun’s Ke ter solar as and known as (solar some some radiation) A trhic leel is the position deep that an organism occupies organisms in a food chain, or a group of chemosynthesis. organisms in a community energy.) that occupy the same A food A food chain is the ow of energy from one organism to the next. position in food chains. chain ecosystem. species end It is 1. a are grouped to levels the species, other: into so in trophic usually at classify Autotrophs carbon b. the the start top way simple methane, deep between usually the species pointing direction of in an towards transfer of (Greek for the of (or feeding) with the a chain organisms levels primary – a obtain producer top food (plant) is and carnivore. energy into two categories. and other not which using organisms compounds require (also called heterotrophs omnivores, within do plants) water eg make energy which make ammonia, sunlight their from and own their hydrogen are food from sunlight. often own food sulphide bacteria from or found in oceans. Consumers or (green dioxide Chemosynthetic other But the relationships Producers a. 2. connect carnivore possible feeding energy). Trophic with the consumes (and Organisms trophe). Arrows that biomass shows the to detritivores consumers ne f gr Primary heterotrophs) obtain and energy which feed (herbivores, on autotrophs carnivores, decomposers). there is a hierarchy Trhic ntriti: srce f leel eerg 1st Autotrophs: of feeding. Fcti ● Provide the energy requirements of all producers (PP) Make their own food from the other trophic Gree lts solar energy, CO 2 and H O 2 levels ● Habitat for other organisms ● Supply nutrients to the soil ● Bind the soil/stop soil erosion Primary 2nd Heterotrophs: consumers (PC) These consumers keep each other in Consume PP check through negative Herbires feedback loops (see 1.3). They also: ● Disperse seeds ▲ Figre 2.2.1 67 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y ne f gr Secondary Trhic ntriti: srce f leel eerg Fcti 3rd Heterotrophs: ● Pollinate owers Consume herbivores ● Remove old and consumers (SC) Crires and other carnivores, diseased animals ires sometimes PP from the population Ter tiary 4th Heterotrophs: consumers (TC) Consume herbivores Crires and other carnivores, ires sometimes PP decsers Obtain their energy from This group of dead organisms by organisms provide a secreting enzymes that crucial service for the break down the organic ecosystem: Bacteria and fungi matter ● detritires Derive their energy from Snails, slugs, detritus or decomposing blow y organic material – dead maggots, organisms or feces or vultures par ts of an organism, eg Break down dead organisms ● Release the nutrients back into the cycle ● Control the spread of shed skin from a snake, a disease crab carapace Food webs It would chain. several It is The are other to food to to nd more construct a chains on unusual many an ecosystem organisms with involved only and a one simple may food eat species. create based some ▲ very possible starts are be There below real pioneer food chains for an entire ecosystem, but this problem. food are from chains ecologists at a European Wytham worked in the oak Wood woodland. in Oxford, In UK fact they where 1920s. herbs insects spiders parasites herbs insects voles owls hazel winter moth voles owls hazel winter moth titmice weasels Figre 2.2.2 Decomposer fungi in a woodland In of the four them species would Food in So 68 a of single than and many only and food more wood for chains diet in the run organism The different are chains, one their illustrate almost all ten chain. interactions species If we in are listed continued every food and to some list chain, all the the list pages. another species only food in a a direct single consumers can appear in feeding relationship hierarchy. is not more The limited than reality to one a between is single food very food chain. one different. species. 2 . 2 A further chains are is limitation when a omnivores Humans eat carnivores. contained rather The reality the is create as or feeds well then in there food as at a is and have but to than list one trophic they animals all the them food complex relationships insects, the move shorter a feeding more eating animals humans third that a representing and would voles than which and plants We of species C o m m u n I T I E S to also may food the by Voles plants. herbivores chains second E C o S y S T E m S food level. eat be a n d again and that trophic level chain. network of interrelated food chains web. lion hunting dog leopard cheetah baboon locust wildebeest impala acacias ▲ The zebra grasses Figre 2.2.3 Food web on the African savannah earliest food Island, Norway) Elton’s food webs and web is were Hardy in published (on gure in plankton the and 1920s by herring Elton in the (on Bear North Sea). 2.2.4. kittiwake nitrogen ToK skua protozoa guillemots glaucous gull fulmar petrel Feeding relationships can little auk be represented by different pun models. How can we decide nor thern eider when one model is better long-tailed duck mineral salts red-throated diver than another? collembola dead plants spider diptera mites marine hymenoptera arctic fox animals ptarmigan worms dung seals snow bunting geese polar purple sandpiper diptera bear algae protozoa decaying lepidurus diptera T matter entomostraca entomostraca rotifera protozoa rotifera Tabulate the dierences tardigrada between a food chain and a moss oligochaeta freshwater plankton algae nematoda food web. freshwater benthic and littoral ▲ Figre 2.2.4 One of the rst food webs observed by Elton on Bear Island, Norway 69 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y T Crires i the tr ecsste families (packs) herbivores Some wolves winter. feed that Ot ters on fish. and are prey too change live to near Shrews on slow a stay bright rivers are caribou to the and with white and colour lakes smallest other their so large groups. in they the can carnivores of the small predators tundra. Even summer. bats They are feed found on the in the tundra swarms of during insects the that fill arctic fox the air. primary consumers The primary animal musk oxen insects The lemmings on tiny owering plants primary producers life large the production if only small herbivores productivity is and of not areas sufficient of tundra carnivores vast areas of are to suppor t are considered. dependent tundra and have 4 inches grasses lichens adopted a migratory way of life. Small herbivores or less sedges willows feed in height and roots, water-saturated ground – small shallow lakes nematodes live in the rhizomes herbivores like vegetation and bulbs. lemmings mat , The show eating the populations interesting of small f luctuations bacteria that permafrost also affect the carnivores dependent on them, life forms (if any) such ground is permanently frozen as the arctic fox and snowy owl. probably dormant The blue squares represent the appearance and ▲ Figre 2.2.5 A food web in the tundra; source Dave frequency of snowy owls after almost exponential Harrison, used with permission population increases of lemmings. There is then a lag period of about two years before lemming numbers There are bears live several species of bear in the tundra. Polar increase again. tundra bear searching in Brown fur ther the nor th, for Alaskan but food. The tundra. bears are not them out to as are It fierce also found Kodiak is is usually as their in the a the 1. largest brown reputation 2. makes be. They seldom Draw a food web for the tundra with l the animals mentioned. colour. eat meat . Why do you think the snowy owls only appear when Wolves lemming numbers have fallen? (Hint: climate and are the top predators of the tundra. They travel in small decomposers.) 40 sgnimmel eratceh rep 27 13 0 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 year ▲ 70 Figre 2.2.6 Snowy owl and lemming numbers in the tundra from 1929 to 1943 1940 1941 1942 1943 2 . 2 C o m m u n I T I E S a n d E C o S y S T E m S T foxes kestrels toads and lizards shor t-eared owls carnivorous stoats insects herbivorous insects voles rabbits woodlice worms detritus vegetation, fruits and seeds ▲ 1. Figre 2.2.7 A simplied food web from the acid heathland at Studland, Dorset, UK What is the longest food chain in this food web? 4. If there is a great increase in the rabbit population, what happens to (a) rabbit predators and (b) the 2. Name two species that are found at two trophic vegetation? levels. 5. 3. If a pesticide is added to kill spiders, what may If all kestrels die, what may happen to (a) voles happen to the foxes? and (b) shor teared owls? Ei pri Pyramids amounts are of graphical living Ke ter models material of stored the at quantitative each trophic differences level of a between food chain. Eclgicl ris include pyramids of numbers, ● They allow ● They give easy examination of energy transfers and losses. biomass and productivity at the an idea different of what trophic feeds on what and what organisms exist levels. and are quantitative models and are usually measured for a given area and time. ● They in All also help to demonstrate that ecosystems are systems that are balance. pyramids may be represented as in gure 2.2.8. C3 secondary C2 C3 carnivore primary C2 C1 carnivore P in a grassland ▲ in a pond Figre 2.2.8 71 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y A pyramid trophic are of level number numbers in a per food unit the one number time – of the organisms standing at parasites caterpillars aphids tree length pyramids units rose bush of are producer (P) producer so each bar broad level. the at gives their But base a some is measure base one and may of the have have individual a 1 C2 90 000 C1 200 000 relative many large which C3 C3 numbers. individuals single plant, supports Most the tree, as the consumers. 90 blue tits 2000 caterpillars 1 oak tree P Figre 2.2.10 Pyramid of numbers for a grazing ecosystem a many C1 1 500 000 in 1 sparrowhawk C2 ▲ The Figre 2.2.9 Pyramids of numbers The P each crop. blue tits grass ▲ at area. foxes rabbits shows chain ▲ Figre 2.2.11 Pyramid of numbers for an oak wood Advantage ● This is a simple, comparing easy changes method in of giving population an overview numbers with and time is or good at season. Disadvantages ● All organisms pyramid bottom based and ● Does ● Numbers A not pyramid number (dry) level The of an units on get allow can of included an oak larger for be as regardless tree it too great biomass material or to in each an up of their be the inverted immature the a (have a a small levels). accurately. level. organism, therefore forms. biomass trophic size, trophic represent contains at would goes juveniles individuals) organic or are (mass of Biomass population, a each is the individual quantity particular trophic ecosystem. of a pyramid of biomass are in units of mass per unit area, often 2 grams A per square pyramid some of exceptions, present biomass less at than one P m in more small time of the 3 ) particularly C2 C1 is (g (unicellular only that metre biomass phytoplankton are or likely in eg in to be oceanic green at any winter, zooplankton a water pyramid volume one time. the where the producers As a primary 2 1.0 470.0 4.0 Figre 2.2.12 Pyramids of biomass (units gm reproduce pyramid bar are but represents may zooplankton ). are fast be consumers. phytoplankton ) km there 0.1 0.6 kg but phytoplankton are (eg, shape Phytoplankton the which per ecosystems algae). amounts only, kilograms 2 ▲ 72 × of far 2 . 2 C o m m u n I T I E S a n d E C o S y S T E m S decomposers C3 1.5 C2 11 5 C1 37 P 807 ▲ Figre 2.2.13 Pyramid of biomass for a lake Advantage ● Overcomes some of the problems of pyramids of numbers. Disadvantages ● Only uses biomass samples ● Organisms ● The time case of of have trophic with populations, the year of so not a a few pyramid lake days these biomass would same in it is impossible to measure do not mass. measured by large would have at to dry the affects depend equivalent accumulate the amounts on accumulated the same In the The biomass level the year season. their trophic the result. during over may biomass. This differences. accumulated usually mass is changes California show total measure biomass the of algae needed of that to biomass trees yet level killed shape will Pyramids be their the years pyramid ● the redwood many only must algae, therefore giant from exactly. be per pyramidal have to have year in by organisms shape. the same But two energy at a organisms content. A 1 dormouse chemical stores energy a large yet a amount carnivore of of fat, around equivalent 37 kJ mass g of would potential contain 1 larger amounts potential energy. digestible Pyramids of Depending web In in the more the A be period of and at time. They must follow units of will living on the each So, unlike time, always the or shows level. to square ow, metre whereas per mass year biomass the It the of pyramids of per (J unit m values can at vary one for kJ g time of and same season in of non- crustaceans. the with Pyramids 17 proportion marine growing, rate shows next of ow the place. food and autumn, numbers numbers show in the area are energy level and or year. perhaps may of during period of They time, a being xed which energy ecosystems (1.3). or biomass biomass, ow healthy per of energy trophic thermodynamics 2 per snapshots producers pyramids law high of investigated, pyramid-shaped second energy are was producers. food these a around 2.2.9). trophic as contain pyramid more the proteins, exoskeletons biomass productivity one are the pyramid be and organisms in (gure available time. snapshots and the inverted of as ecosystem, there through generated Some such when same pyramid carbohydrates numbers on consumers biomass in parts spring, sometimes of as are are over they measured often Joules 1 yr ). Productivity stores existing at values one are rates particular of time. 73 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Supermarket analogy The at turnover the goods stocked shelves sold the considerably biomass of The on of rate simply bars trophic to can are be a the As in the as in only the at standing on rate which shops the the at a may city same shelves, that by stock just goods have centre way, are well being stocked shop may pyramids whereas is looking being be of pyramids removed by assistants. to of the the total term energy energy productivity, the stock compared from In which 10% of the goods proportion about be Both shop. shop pyramids is of stock rate Sometimes it shelves; village by cannot known. removal restocked one. here of the to represent drawn either it on than show next, lower be avoid and level. the the supermarkets needs more productivity customers two displayed and but of in each pyramid bar of (biomass) or the energy utilized one level will be energy is productivity. at is each passed about used We 10% which shall confusing. Advantages pri uits ● Most accurate shows actual transferred and N m allows for rate of production. 2 Biomass (standing crop) g m 2 Productivity (ow of g m biomass/energy) ● Allows ● Pyramids ● Energy comparison of ecosystems based on relative energy ows. 1 yr 2 J m ▲ system, 2 Numbers (standing crop) are not inverted. 1 yr from solar radiation can be added. Figre 2.2.14 Pyramid units. Disadvantages Note the notation: N = numbers, ● It is very difcult and complex to collect energy data as the rate of g = grams, J = joules, the negative 2 biomass production There still over time is required. indices replace / , eg N/m ● is species to a the problem particular (as in trophic the level other when pyramids) they may of be assigning a omnivorous. T On graph paper, draw and label pyramids from the data in the table. Comment on these. nber ri Primary producers Primary consumers Secondary consumers Top consumers 2 Biss ri / kJ 2 prctiit ri / 0 0 0 kJ 100,000 2,500 500 10,000 200 50 2,000 15 5 500 1 – 1 r T thik bt Cseqeces f ris ecsste Bicclti bigicti fcti If a chemical in the environment (eg a pesticide or a heavy metal) breaks down slowly or does not break 1. The concentration of toxic substances in food chains. 2. The limited length of food chains. 3. The vulnerability of top carnivores. down at all, plants may take it up and animals may take it in as they eat or breathe. If they do not excrete or 74 2 . 2 C o m m u n I T I E S a n d E C o S y S T E m S egest it, it accumulates in their bodies over time. If the A serious problem with pesticides is how long they chemical stays in the ecosystem for a prolonged period last in the environment once they are sprayed. Some of time the concentration builds up. Eventually, the decompose into harmless chemicals as soon as they concentration may be high enough to cause disease or touch the soil. Glyphosate (rst sold by Monsanto as death. This is bicclti. Roundup) is one of these: once it touches the soil, it is inactivated. Others are persistent and do not break down If a herbivore eats a plant that has the chemical in its in this way. They enter the food web and move through tissues, the amount of the chemical that is taken in by it from trophic level to trophic level as they do not break the herbivore is greater than that in the plant that is down even inside the bodies of organisms. They are eaten – because the herbivore grazes many plants over nonbiodegradable (POPs, see subtopic 1.5). Many time. If a carnivore eats the herbivores, it too will take early insecticides such as DDT, dieldrin and aldrin fall in more of the chemical than each herbivore contained into this group and they are stored in the fat of animals. as it eats several herbivores over time. In this way the Seals and penguins in Antarctica and polar bears in the chemical’s concentration is magnied from trophic level Arctic have been found with pesticides in their tissues. to trophic level. While the concentration of the chemical The nearest land where the pesticides have been used is may not aect organisms lower in the food chain, the top thousands of kilometres away. How may the pesticides trophic levels may take in so much of the chemical that it have reached them? causes disease or their death. This is bigicti. T In this food web, the smaller sh (minnows) eat plankton 1. How many trophic levels are in this food web? (microscopic plants and animals) in the water. The 2. How many times more concentrated is the DDT in the minnow is eaten by the larger sh called pickerel. These body of the cormorant than the water? Explain how are eaten by herons, ospreys and cormorants and this happens. herons eat the minnows as well. The numbers give the 3. In which species does bioaccumulation occur? 4. In which species does biomagnication occur? percentage concentration of DDT. Cormorant eats medium to large sh 26.4 osprey eats medium to large sh 13.8 heron eats small sh 3.57 pickerel eats minnows and other small sh 1.33 minnow eats plankton 0.23 plankton – small organisms suspended in water: their very high ratio of surface area to volume means they easily absorb pesticide from water, concentrating it 800 times 0.04 water ▲ 0.00005 Figre 2.2.15 Food web in a freshwater ecosystem 75 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y T 1. An ecosystem consists of one oak tree on which 3. Assuming an ecological eciency of 10%, 5% and 10,000 herbivores are feeding. These herbivores are 20% respectively (see gure 2.2.16), what will be prey to 500 spiders and carnivorous insects. Three the energy available at the ter tiary consumer level birds are feasting on these spiders and carnivorous (4th trophic level), given a net primary productivity insects. The oak tree has a mass of 4,000 kg, the of 90,000 kJ m herbivores have an average mass of 0.05 g, the gure of the original energy value at the primary spiders and carnivorous insects have an average producer level? 2 1 yr ? What percentage is this mass of 0.2 g and the three birds have an average 20% mass of 10 g. a. Construct a pyramid of numbers. b. Construct a pyramid of biomass. c. Explain the dierences between these two 5% 10% pyramids. 2 1 90,000 kJ m 2. yr Explain whether the energy ‘loss’ between two subsequent trophic levels is in contradiction with the ▲ Figre 2.2.16 rst law of thermodynamics (see 1.3). y d U t s Story of Minamata Bay Minamata is dominated Chisso from a by make small one fertilizer E s a c released to Bay. an 1950s, started to plastics. from in estimated into several suffer 1932 24 Minamata thousand from of released 1968 Bay. into Beginning living in the eat food over in 30 illnesses locally the poisoning. had elemental process some to happened? mercury was released bacteria the can modied Methylmercury small are sh. 76 organisms eaten The by the elemental called easily as There this the Also, shrimp. does into the When not sh. sh and were years and to of happens a long shrimp, The when Minamata recognize by the is ate people a mercury. cause still although of in lot It of took their being the the same bioaccumulated compensation in for more increases. poisoned Corporation bodies and Mercury People stopped of bodies the shrimp enters break of the down is food small mercury methylmercury methylmercury from Bay. methylmercury. absorbed the more concentration chain. Chisso in eat given by mercury 1968. containing Minamata change such sh, water methylmercury into form is Waste and stay sh methylmercury then release What of shellsh and can the increase the Chisso mercury people mercury containing was and As amount substances and tonnes time. factory. water process easily Japan, Chisso Waste this Between methylmercury the town the petrochemical-based methylmercury Minamata factory factory, a slow chain: amounts bacteria lots of sh the sh top and very of of lots and the absorb many mercury building eat concentration at orders-of-magnitude up of the − nally a again small chain levels many build-up absorb shrimp mercury shrimp food high bacteria eat a lot concentration building number eventually of along very up of eat a − the humans lot methylmercury. of 2 . 2 C o m m u n I T I E S a n d E C o S y S T E m S Why top carnivores are in trouble Practical It is often the highest trophic level in a food chain (the top Construct that is the most susceptible to alterations in the environment. In the population of the peregrine falcon (a bird of prey) crashed in a pyramid of UK, numb ers the Work carnivore) the of for a local late ecosystem. 1950s and probably then thinning and recover The a of the down change in numbers low species food breeding 1960s, food the their the the persecution their are therefore than mid agricultural in reduced the despite top further to magnifying and from due chain chain. food because ability lower in to the has of a the food such vulnerable often in chain to efciency with a to banned Build local up a food chain for ecosystem. slowly effects of limited Their along changes diet so population a inuences larger were egg-shell collectors. the have accumulating cause began egg effect. negative to chemicals from knock-on DDT appeared These threat fall as population carnivores withstand the This success. always Top prey chain. peregrine and is chemicals food is chain, more limited populations. T thik bt plr bers the e ddT lifetime of the product, but in fact it lasts much longer. When sofas, carpets and car seats were thrown away, PBDE entered the rivers, the oceans and the atmosphere. The Arctic, where all the world’s polar bears live, is one of the great sinks of the planet. Chemical pollutants such as PBDE are carried towards the Arctic Ocean by the great rivers of Russia and Canada. PBDE already in the sea is taken nor th by ocean currents and carried by the wind. As it moves through the food chain from plankton to predator, PBDE bioaccumulates and is biomagnied so that longlived top carnivores such as the polar bear accumulate the most concentrated amounts of them. High amounts of PBDE have now been found in the body tissue of polar bears and killer whales. The longterm ▲ Figre 2.2.17 Polar bears environmental eect of PBDE is unknown, but it will The new DDT could be polybrominated diphenyl ether probably damage immune systems, brain functions and (PBDE). It is manufactured in the United States and was bone strength. It also messes up the polar bear ’s sex widely used in the 1990s as a ame retardant to coat hormones. One female bear on Spitzbergen had both electrical appliances, sofas, carpets and car seats. The male and female organs, a condition called imposex and problem is that this chemical was designed to last the often linked to chemical pollution. The length of food chains As to is a rule the next used to the of in thumb, – environment. which heat. More actually eat spiky. before level it to trophic states is – lost by Some can the that in is the the a energy on not The it, or is the at very of to and more it in in level of nally of plant dies going is the transferred energy lost as heat thermodynamics quality some ve part and nally material because energy and is law lower and trophic major second energy little ecosystems A reject all one alive destroy they loss in 10%. degraded eaten 90% there terrestrial of herbivores trampling is is is organism result energy because means of efciency keep This eaten. next levels to material be 10% trophic respiration (1.3) or the only it is and from available aquatic too to than they tough, old decomposes one after trophic about four ecosystems. 77 2 E c o s ys t E m s Top carnivores trophic erce to level. to a are large E c o l o g y vulnerable There animals grow are a n d is only rare. size It so is and because much hard to for of the energy them maintain to their loss of energy available and accumulate from that is each why enough big, energy bodies. T mel f the strctre f ecsste A model is a simplied diagram that shows the structure and workings (functions) of a system. Copy and label the model (right) to show the relationship between trophic levels. Add arrows and names of the various processes. ▲ Figre 2.2.18 T Cstrctig f eb fr ifrti the water. The Azolla is an ecient nitrogen xer, and is readily eaten by the ducks, as well as attracting insects Make a list of all the organisms described in the to be similarly enjoyed by the ducks. The plant is very description below and construct a food web diagram to prolic, doubling itself every three days, so it can be show all feeding relationships. harvested for cattlefeed as well. In addition, the plants The Aigamo paddy farming system is a selfsustaining spread out to cover the surface of the water, providing agroecosystem based on rice, ducks (aigamo) and sh. hiding places for another inhabitant, the roach (a sh), The ducks eat up insect pests and the golden snails, which and protecting them from the ducks. The roach feed attack rice plants. They also eat the seeds and seedlings on duck feces, on Daphnia (a crustacean) and various of weeds, using their feet to dig up the weed seedlings, worms, which in turn feed on the plankton. Both sh thereby oxygenating the water and encouraging the roots and ducks provide manure to fer tilize the rice plants of the rice plants to grow more strongly. The ‘pests’ and throughout the growing season, and the rice plants in ‘weeds’ are food sources for rearing the ducks. The ducks turn provide shelter for the ducks. are left in the elds 24 hours a day and are completely The Aigamo paddy eld, then, is a complex, well freerange until the rice plants form ears of grain in balanced, selfmaintaining, selfpropagating ecosystem. the eld. At that point, the ducks have to be rounded The only external input is the small amount of waste up (otherwise they will eat the rice grains) and are fed grain fed to the ducks, and the output is a delicious, exclusively on waste grain. There they mature, lay eggs, nutritious harvest of organic rice, duck and roach. It is and fatten up for the market. amazingly productive. A two hectare farm of which 1.5 ha The ducks are not the only inhabitants of this system. are paddy elds can yield annually seven tonnes of rice, The aquatic fern, Azolla, or duckweed, which harbours 300 ducks, 4,000 ducklings and enough vegetables to a mutualistic bluegreen bacterium that can x supply 100 people. atmospheric nitrogen, is also grown on the surface of 78 2 . 3 F L o w S o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R 2.3 Fls f eerg tter sii ie: appii ki: ➔ Ecosystems are linked together by energy and ➔ alse quantitative models of ows of energy matter ows. and matter. ➔ The Sun’s energy drives these ows and ➔ Cstrct quantitative model of ows of energy humans are impacting the ows of energy and or matter for given data. matter both locally and globally. ➔ alse the eciency of energy transfers through a system. ➔ Clclte the values of both gross primary productivity (GPP) and net primary productivity (NPP) from given data. ➔ Clclte the values of both gross secondary productivity (GSP) and net secondary productivity (NSP) from given data. ➔ discss human impacts on energy ows, the carbon and nitrogen cycles. Kwee ueri: ➔ As slr riti (insolation) enters the Ear th’s ➔ atmosphere some energy becomes unavailable for ecosystems as the energy is absorbed given period of time is measured as rcti it. ➔ by inorganic matter or reected back into the Pathways of radiation through the atmosphere rir rcti it (Gpp). npp = Gpp - R ➔ involve a loss of radiation through reecti Grss secr rcti it (GSp) is the total energy / biomass assimilated by consumers and bsrti as shown in gure 2.3.1. ➔ net rir rcti it (npp) is calculated by subtracting respiratory losses (R) from gross atmosphere. ➔ The conversion of energy into biomass for a is calculated by subtracting the mass of fecal Pathways of energy through an ecosystem loss from the mass of food eaten. GSp = f include: ete - fecl lss ● conversion of light energy to chemical ➔ energy ● ● by subtracting respiratory losses (R) from GSP. nSp = GSp - R transfer of chemical energy from one trophic level to another with varying eciencies ➔ reradiation of heat energy to the atmosphere. mxi sstible iels are equivalent to the net primary or net secondary productivity of overall conversion of ultraviolet and visible a system. light to heat energy by an ecosystem ● net secr rcti it (nSp) is calculated ➔ Matter also ows through ecosystems linking them together. This ow of matter involves trsfers and trsfrtis 79 2 E c o s ys t E m s ➔ a n d E c o l o g y The crb itrge ccles are used to ➔ illustrate this ow of matter using ow diagrams. organisms (organic), soil, fossil fuels, These cycles contain storages (sometimes atmosphere and water bodies (all inorganic). referred to as sinks) and ows which move ➔ matter between storages. ➔ ➔ Strges i the itrge ccle include Fls i the itrge ccle include nitrogen xation by bacteria and lightning, absorption, Strges i the crb ccle include organisms assimilation, consumption (feeding), excretion, and forests (both organic), or the atmosphere, death and decomposition, and denitrication by soil, fossil fuels and oceans (all inorganic). bacteria in waterlogged soils. Fls i the crb ccle include consumption ➔ H cti ities such as burning fossil fuels, (feeding), death and decomposition, deforestation, urbanization and agriculture photosynthesis, respiration, dissolving and impact energy ows as well as the carbon and fossilisation. nitrogen cycles. Ke its ● Almost all energy that drives processes on Ear th comes from the Sun. ● This is called slr riti and is made up of visible wavelengths (light) and those wavelengths that humans cannot see (ultraviolet and infrared). ● Some 60% of this is intercepted by atmospheric gases and dust par ticles. Nearly all the ultraviolet light is absorbed by ozone. ● Most of the infrared light (heat) is absorbed by carbon dioxide, clouds and water vapour in the atmosphere. ● Both ultraviolet and visible light energy (shor t wave) are conver ted to heat energy (long wave) (following the laws of thermodynamics). ● The systems of the biosphere are dependent on the amount of energy reaching the ground, not the amount reaching the outer atmosphere. This amount varies according to the time of day, the season, the amount of cloud cover and other factors. ● Most of this energy is not used to power living systems, it is reected from soil, water or vegetation or absorbed and reradiated as heat. ● Of the energy reaching the Earth’s surface, about 35% is reected back into space by ice, snow, water and land. ● Some energy is absorbed and heats up the land and seas. ● Of all the energy coming in, only about 1–4% of it is available to plants on the surface of the Earth. 80 ● This energy is captured by green plants which convert light to chemical energy. ● Then the chemical energy is transferred from one trophic level to the next. 2 . 3 F L o w S o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R the fe f r rii rehi he Erh total absorption total reection 31% 69% entering reection by solar scatter 3% radiation absorption by 100% clouds 19% molecules and dust 1 7% ground 9% clouds 3% ground absorption 49% land and ocean ▲ Figre 2.3.1 The fate of solar radiation hitting the Ear th Our It Sun has helium and is about burned it and takes Earth. The up 4.5 billion about release eight half energy. minutes energy leaving 1 per square metre (J s years of its This for a the old energy photon Sun is is the The of Earth’s only Earth solar way in photosynthesis is an efcient in through nuclear packets leaving 63 the called Sun million its fusion to lifespan. to make photons reach joules per the second ). The 1,400 J solar s energy reaching the top of the 2 m (or 1,400 watts per second). This constant which by is in 2 m is halfway about 1 atmosphere and hydrogen life green converter, can plants. the turn For gures solar a energy crop are as plant, into food such follows. The as is through wheat, plant can which only loss of energy 1000 in photosynthesis reactions reected 500 not 500 50 308 air (wavelengths available unsuitable) 400 absorbed by chloroplasts leaf oxidation in 92 mitochondria glucose 37 ToK 55 net primary What role does indigenous production knowledge play in passing air 37 50 on scientic knowledge? When is quantitative data loss of energy transmitted superior to qualitative data in respiration in giving us knowledge ▲ Figre 2.3.2 Photosynthetic eciency of a crop plant. This is based on the input about the world? of 1,000 units of solar radiation 81 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y absorb about 40% of the energy that hits a leaf. About 5% is reected, Ke ter 50% the lost red and and 5% blue passes straight wavelengths through of light in the leaf. But plants photosynthesis and only use reect the prctiit is the other colours (which is why plants look green). So of the 40%, just over this is conversion of energy into 9% can be used. This is the GPP of the plant. Just under half of biomass over a given period required in becomes NPP respiration to stay alive so 5.5% of the energy hitting a leaf of time. It is the rate of (new plant material). growth or biomass increase in plants and animals. It is Of measured per unit area per of all it the solar (GPP) radiation and use falling some of on that the to Earth, stay plants alive. What only is capture left over 0.06% (NPP) 2 unit time, eg per metre 2 year. (m per is the amount of food available to all the animals including humans. 1 yr ). In general about the 2–3% aquatic plants, efciency in systems though zooplankton of terrestrial as it water is absorbs variable feeding on conversion systems and but of energy even more there of the are to lower food at light is low about before exceptions 1% it (such at in many reaches as the marine phytoplankton). Pruivi Grss refers to the total amount of something made as a result of an activity, eg prot from a business or salary from a job. net refers to the amount left after deductions are made, eg costs of production or deductions of tax and insurance from a salary. It is what you have left and is Ke ters always lower than the gross amount. Grss rctiit (GP) is prir in ecology means to do with plants. Secr is to do with animals. the total gain in energy or Biss is the living mass of an organism or organisms but sometimes refers biomass per unit area per to dry mass. unit time. It is the biomass that could be gained by Now we have these clear, we can put some together. an organism before any deductions. net rctiit (NP) is the Net productivity (NP) results from the fact that all organisms have gain in energy or biomass per to respire to stay alive so some of this energy is used up in staying alive unit area per unit time that instead of being used to grow. remains after deductions We usually talk about productivity and not production in ecology – that due to respiration. way we know the area or volume and the time period to which we refer. Grss rir rctiit Primary productivity : autotrophs are the base unit of all stored energy (GPP) is the total gain in in any ecosystem. Light energy is converted into chemical energy by energy or biomass per unit photosynthesis using chlorophyll within the cells of plants. area per unit time by green plants. It is the energy xed (or conver ted from light to chemical energy) by green plants by photosynthesis. Gross the is primary production theoretically the amount of productivity chain. They possible sugar to x (GPP) : light calculate produced plants energy a are and plant’s the rst convert energy it organisms to uptake sugars by in so it measuring (GPP). But, some of this is used in However measuring the sugar produced is extremely difcult as much respiration so... it 82 is used up by plants in respiration almost as soon as it is produced. A of 2 . 3 more useful way of looking at production of plants is F L o w S the o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R measurement Ke ter of net An primary ecosystem’s productivity NPP is the rate (NPP) . at which plants accumulate dry net rir rctiit mass 2 (actual in plant material) photosynthesis has usually two measured main in g m . This glucose produced (NPP) is the total gain in energy or biomass per unit fates. area per unit time by green ● Some provides for growth, maintenance and reproduction (life plants after allowing for processes) with energy being lost as heat during processes of losses to respiration. This respiration. is the increase in biomass ● The remainder represents for the consumers is deposited stored dry within in and mass the – around this store cells of as new energy is material and potential food ecosystem. of the plant – how much it grows – and is the biomass that is potentially available to consumers (animals) that So, NPP represents the difference between the rate at which plants eat the plant. photosynthesize, accumulation useful of measure GPP , dry of and mass both the is the rate at usually which termed production and they respire. biomass the and This provides utilization of a NPP = resources. GPP R where R = respiratory loss NPP = GPP – R glucose produced ▲ some glucose used to supply remaining glucose available energy to drive cellular to be laid down as new processes (respiration) material – biomass (NPP) Figre 2.3.3 The of during photosynthesis (GPP) total amount energy that carnivores ● lost ● eaten is that from by of plant available feed food on all them. chains herbivores material to as it It has dies which is the the theoretical animals, two and means both amount herbivores and the fates: decays it maximum the is OR removed from primary productivity. The ● amount Spatially: tropical ● of some to warmth vs Many changing (see produced biomes rainforest Temporally: linked biomass have varies. much higher NPP rates than others – eg tundra. plants have availability succession seasonal of basic patterns resources of – productivity light, water and 2.4). 83 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Net secondary productivity (NSP) As with make ● plants, new Only ■ food Some Some ■ The Some of is of the goes wall is into the herbivore is available to fates. of used is the stored as in be to the alimentary power life canal (gut processes wall) of ( assimilated the energy used ingested of in be dry is used material as feces no waste, mass in cellular respiration of in new will most body pass animals urine. tissue. straight (egestion). as This is through not the absorbed energy. herbivores ingested (net the secondary energy lost productivity) in = egestion respiration including secondary can the with food energy processes. nitrogenous plant animals food life released productivity productivity for ingested and in food assimilated energy energy gross that different and removed provides net of has crosses the rest herbivore Total it absorbed provide ■ and that is energy energy): to ● all biomass, animals food not the food productivity thought of in that is (GSP). the egested is Therefore same way as the net net measure secondary primary productivity. energy to drive cellular processes (respiration) total energy taken in Ke ters (food eaten) new biomass waste Grss secr rctiit (feces and urine) (GSp) is the total energy / biomass assimilated (taken up) by consumers Only a very small percentage of the original NPP of plants is turned and is calculated by subtracting the into secondary productivity by herbivores and it is this secondary mass of fecal loss from the mass of productivity, which is available to consumers at the next trophic level. food eaten. This GSP = food eaten fecal loss the change general of primary conditions productivity of energy to secondary transfer up the productivity trophic follows levels. Animals are known as heterotrophs or Carnivores, animals that eat other animals, are the next up the trophic heterotrophic organisms to distinguish ladder. Secondary consumers are those that eat herbivores and tertiary them from plants (autotrophs). Troph consumers are those whose main source of energy is other carnivores. is derived from the Ancient Greek word The ability of carnivores to assimilate energy follows the same basic path for food, so plants are autofeeding as that of herbivores, though secondary and tertiary consumers have and animals otherfeeding (hetero = higher protein diets, meat, which is more easily digested and assimilated. other) or feed on others. Carnivores net secr rctiit (NSP) is ● On ● They ● Usually they is by average they assimilate 80% of the energy in their diets. the total gain in energy or biomass per unit area per unit time by consumers egest less than 20%. after allowing for losses to respiration. have to chase moving animals so higher energy intake There are other losses in animals as offset increased respiration during hunting. well as to respiration but respiration is the main one. ● Biomass parts, is such locked as up bone, in the horn prey and foods antler – – so non-digestible they have to skeletal assimilate the nSp is calculated by subtracting maximum respiratory losses (R) from GSP . 84 amount of energy that they can from any digestible food. 2 . 3 F L o w S o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R Herbivores T thik bt ● Assimilate ● They egest 60%. ● They graze static about 40% of the energy in their diet. ntriet cclig Gersehl’s triet plants. el The diagram below shows the Fw f eer er three major stores of nutrients in ecosystems represented Fl Eerg s thrgh sstes How much? mtter ls s thrgh Innite (the Sun is always by circles and major ows ecsstes (triets, x ge, of nutrients between them crb ixie, ter) as arrows. What is really clever about this model is Finite that the size of the circles is shining somewhere) proportional to the quantity of When? Once Cycles and recycles repeatedly Outputs All organisms give out energy all All organisms release waste the time as respiration releases nutrients, carbon dioxide and heat water Degrades from higher to lower May change form but does not quality energy (light to heat) so degrade nutrients that are stored, and the thickness of the arrows is proportional to the amounts of nutrients transferred. This Quality allows the nutrient cycles of dierent ecosystems to be entropy increases easily compared. Storages Temporarily stored as chemical Is stored long and shor t term in energy chemical forms ● The biomass circle represents nutrients ▲ Figre 2.3.4 Comparing energy and matter ows stored in the forest vegetation and animal life. Transfers and transformations ● Both matter Both types and energy move or ow through ecosystems (see The litter circle represents 1.2). the nutrients trapped in and are of ow therefore use energy more – transfers, efcient than being simpler, use less fallen leaves and dead energy organisms. transformations. ● The soil circle represents Cycles and ows the nutrients present Energy ows radiation through and nally decomposers. cycle: and to nutrients circulate the On ecosystem leaving the are an other through the usually biogeochemical cycles . heat hand absorbed ecosystem, as by one organisms the direction, released chemical trophic via in levels through nutrients from and detritus starting are food the in the nally chain. solar respiration the soil as in soil humus, ie of decomposing leaves and biosphere and released These other dead organisms. atmosphere are back the biomass precipitation Nutrient cycles There some are around exist only 40 in elements trace that amounts. cycle All through the ecosystems, biogeochemical though cycles have litter both organic (when the (when element phases. Both are organic phase the is in vital: element a is simpler the in a form efciency of living organism) outside living movement and inorganic organisms) through soil the run-o Yet the major determines reservoir how for all much the is main available to elements living tends to organisms. be leaching outside weathering of the this food chain inorganic as phase inorganic tends to molecules be much in rock slower and than soils. the Flow in movement ▲ Figre 2.3.5 Gersmehl’s nutrient model 85 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y of these nutrients biogeochemical and phosphorus, which ● have different Energy lost ● to of which matter food organic phase. carbon, partially The nitrogen, similar routes major sulphur and all of as nutrients, Sun, of through an ecosystem is very energy. through food webs and is eventually are nite and are recycled and reused (via the chain). die becoming by follow such the eventually up the water, heat. Organisms taken of movement from as and decomposer of organisms, those characteristics: the travels space are matter, from Nutrients ● all similar Movement ● through cycles and are plants. decomposed parts These of living are the and nutrients things again, are released, when biogeochemical they are cycles. The carbon cycle atmospheric carbon dioxide combustion respiration higher consumers photosynthesis fossil fuels and wood primary consumers detritivores detritus fossils and sediments ▲ Figre 2.3.6 The carbon cycle Where is the carbon stored? In carbon Organic or (with Organisms ● Fossilized ● rocks up and millions ● The the life or of oceans shells ● Soil. ● A forms, small xed in eg carbon fossil sinks. carbon (biomass) (simple Locked dioxide complex ● Inorganic 86 carbon may be: molecules): the biosphere fossil – living plants and animals. fuels. molecules): into fuels. These solid Most forms carbon and is stored stored as here sedimentary and locked up for years. where of carbon marine proportion is dissolved or locked up as carbonates organisms. is carbon dioxide in the atmosphere (0.37%). in 2 . 3 F L o w S o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R Carbon ows T The carbon living cycle, systems in which occurs in carbon the circulates ecosphere. through Here carbon living is and found in non- four Draw your own diagram of main storages: the soil, living things (biomass), the oceans and the the carbon cycle. atmosphere. Carbon not in the atmosphere is stored in carbon dioxide Include these ows and label sinks (soil, biomass and oceans), as complex organic molecules or them: dissolved in seawater. photosynthesis Carbon cycles: cycles it is between xed by living (biotic) photosynthesis through respiration. Carbon through combustion of is fossil also fuels and and non-living released released and back back biomass. (abiotic) to to the When the chemical respiration atmosphere atmosphere dead feeding organisms death and decomposition decompose, when they respire and when fossil fuels are burned, the fossilisation carbon are is oxidized released. xation – By and to carbon dioxide photosynthesis, lock it up in and plants their this, water recapture bodies for a vapour this time as and carbon – glucose heat carbon or combustion other dissolving large molecules. For each ow, draw: When plants are harvested and cut down for food, rewood or storages as boxes processing, burn fossil carbon in Carbon the carbon fuels the can and is cut also down atmosphere remain released trees, and locked in again we are changing either the cycle to the atmosphere. increasing balance for long the of we amount the periods As carbon of arrows to represent the of sizes of the ow. cycle. time, ie in Label biotic and abiotic the wood of trees or as coal and oil. phases. Human (carbon activity has budget) disrupted through the balance increased of the global combustion, land carbon use cycle changes and deforestation. The carbon budget The amount idea of of where carbon it goes. on Earth The is a diagram nite of the amount carbon and we have a cycle in gure gigatonnes of carbon Global ows of carbon rough 2.3.7 GtC gigatonnes carbon/year shows carbon sinks (storages) and ows in (GtC). >100* 9 A gigatonne is one billion tonnes (10 tonnes). atmosphere 5.5 750+ Humans and the carbon cycle 100 Our annual GtC. About current 20% of global this is emissions from from burning burning natural fossil gas, fuels 40% are from about 5.5 >100 biomass coal and the other 40% from burning oil. Another 1.6 GtC are deforestation. So 7.1 GtC enter the atmosphere each surface ocean coal and plankton oil gas 1,720 4,000 added 650 through year. Only soil 1,500 about 2.4–3.2 things. GtC Diffusion of of this stay carbon in the dioxide atmosphere. into the Some oceans and is taken uptake 100 burning up by by living oceanic *deforestation contributes deep ocean phytoplankton accounts for 2.4 GtC. New growth in forests xes about 0.5 about 1.6 40,000 GtC a year. But this still leaves between 1 and 1.8 GtC – a large amount – ▲ unaccounted for. We are not sure where it goes because of the Figre 2.3.7 The carbon cycle complexity with ow values of the system. The ● atmosphere ● standing ● soils ● oceans Since amounts of carbon in GtC in other reservoirs are: 750 biomass 650 1,500 the 1,720. pre-industrial period, we have added 200 GtC to the atmosphere. 87 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y The nitrogen cycle All living proteins organisms and Nitrogen nitrogen is is need nitrogen as it is an essential element in DNA. the most abundant unavailable microorganisms can to x gas plants in and atmospheric the atmosphere animals, though but atmospheric some specialized nitrogen. nitrogen in air proteins in animals proteins lightning in plants feeding death urea death nitrogen-xing bacteria in soil denitrifying decay bacteria bacteria and fungi ▲ nitrates nitrifying ammonia in soil bacteria in soil Figre 2.3.8 The nitrogen cycle Nitrogen storages or sinks are: Flows in the nitrogen ● organisms ● nitrogen ● soil ● nitrication ● fossil ● denitrication ● the ● feeding ● in For fuels atmosphere water. plants to take up nitrogen, it ■ absorption ■ assimilation ■ consumption excretion ● death be in the are: xation ● must cycle and decomposition. form of ammonium + ions (NH ) or nitrates (NO 4 nitrogen The Animals eat plants and so take in their 3 the nitrogen xation, 88 in ). form cycle of can nitrication amino be and acids thought and of in nucleotides. three denitrication. basic stages: nitrogen 2 . 3 Nitrogen xation: when atmospheric nitrogen (N ) F L o w S is made o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R available 2 to plants from ve through gaseous the xation nitrogen By nitrogen-xing 2. By nitrogen-xing leguminous sugars with nitrates. or Asian or water. rice even By ions The The form last nitrogen. can be This carried conversion out in one of in are other of causing into are soil ( Azotobacter). the bacteria cause root of been algae) the nodules the provide blue-green have in provides high the that of nitrogen plant live in productivity productive for nitrogen-containing oxidation of bacteria gas of hundreds fertilizers. to nitrate soil. process Nitrogen presence plant the without the the the symbiotically The called which years Haber the of in is and of a nitrogen-xing hydrogen iron as a gases catalyst process are used combined (speeds up the to under reaction) ammonia. two processes Nitrication: and also fertilizers. pressure living (sometimes many washed industrial make bacteria ( Rhizobium ). photosynthesis, thousands is free-living Cyanobacteria elds, lightning which to from cyanobacteria soil 5. ammonium bacteria plants with By 4. atmospheric ways: 1. 3. to of able to convert some are bacteria convert the non-living in the ammonium nitrites (NO ) to nitrogen soil to are xation. called nitrites nitrates nitrifying bacteria ( Nitrosomonas) (Nitrobacter) while which are then 2 available to be absorbed Denitrication: waterlogged process gas As by which well also as xation escapes supplies nitrate the level) nitrate and decomposition uptake soil with Important among (Pseudomonas oxygen denitricans ), conditions, nitrite ions in reverse to this nitrogen atmosphere. for the ions. bacteria (low xation, producing roots. ammonium, nitrogen These plants. much fungi ions: ions can in and of nitrogen organisms than decomposition bacteria. ammonium be dead Decomposition more organisms others), different by taken They ions, up by dead are animals break nitrite plants of nitrogen down ions which and recycle nitrogen. Assimilation: assimilate in to nitrogen worms proteins, nally denitrifying processes. (insects, plant anaerobic converting provides organisms the and by cells acids or turns and blocks it of Once build living it into inorganic then DNA these and organisms more nitrogen join these to taken proteins. contain in nitrogen, molecules. compounds form too have complex into Protein more Nucleotides they synthesis complex are the amino building nitrogen. Humans and the nitrogen cycle It is easy When for humans people extract nitrogen sea in human the form of to remove from the sewage. articial alter the animals cycle. But cycle and Much people fertilizers, and plants can made of this also in upset for natural for is nitrogen Haber balance. humans, nitrogen add the the food later to process, the or they lost to cycle by the in planting 89 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y leguminous These soil crops plants condition near the because release also surface, of the lack ow will away called leaching of soil affects most of root the as nodules with the but gas and nitrates can are lead into through into to If to a air. it can. lakes down called such then The waterlogged detritus Unfortunately is soil, and bacteria. decompose. becomes This porous rivers, they break bacteria the nitrogen-xing when cycle. unable certain back rainwater the containing nitrogen nitrogen bacteria oxygen nitrogen Excessive wash with enrich they denitrication. as the sandy sea. soil, This eutrophication. T Copy the diagram of the nitrogen cycle and add these Copy and complete: terms to it: Nitrogen xation is: nitrogen xation, nitrication, denitrication, Nitrication is: decomposition, assimilation. Denitrication is: Assimilation (or protein formation) is: Nitrogen gas (N ) in air 2 xation by the conversion of nitrates Haber process to nitrogen by denitrifying bacteria xation by nitrogen in lightning animal proteins xation by bacteria in root nodules of leguminous plants egestion feeding nitrogen in plant proteins excretion absorption by plant roots decay by bacteria ammonium ions and nitrates in soil ▲ 90 Figre 2.3.9 The nitrogen cycle death is 2 . 3 F L o w S o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R Energy ow diagrams Energy These ow of ow show diagrams the diagrams material as allow energy also show energy to easy entering loss the of comparison and leaving energy of through decomposer various each food ecosystems. trophic level. respiration Energy and transfer chain. ow of energy and material through an ecosystem sunlight heat lost in heat lost in respiration respiration producers consumers heat lost in respiration energy material inorganic decomposers nutrient pool ▲ Figre 2.3.10 Generalized energy ow diagram through an ecosystem T 1 The diagram below shows the ow of energy through Gross primary productivity (GPP) is a food web, and should be used for the three A. b c. B. b a. C. b. D. b questions (right). k j noitaripser sresopmoced carnivores i h g herbivores 2 f c d. [1] Net primary productivity (NPP) is A. b – c – d. B. d + e + f. C. e. D. e e d producers d. [1] b c 3 The net productivity for the consumer community is sunlight not used sun a in photosynthesis ▲ Figre 2.3.11 Generalized energy ow diagram through a food web There you the are need next many to be different able to ways to interpret draw these. energy Some ow A. e + h. B. e + h C. e - g - j. D. e - g - j - diagrams examples are g - j - k - i - k. i. [1] and given in pages. 91 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Assimilation and productivity eciencies There 1. are two What the 2. the 1. an much of organism animal How into put 2. proportion that of the we need NPP to from know one to establish trophic level these is efciencies. assimilated by next? How For quantities in How into raised much its this and of a for the body)? assimilated how much meat grass This is turned into the tissues of respired? these that will material is an questions animal determine are: eats how can many it assimilate animals the (absorb farmer can eld. much of meat)? what On a is assimilated commercial is farm used this gross for will productivity determine productivity × the (turned prots. 100 ___ Efciency of assimilation = food eaten net productivity × 100 ___ Efciency of biomass productivity = gross productivity Trophic eciency The efciency ratio of considered, quite of as on from are 5% to mammals of 0.1% large in as in and 20%, is a the birds) they ● all ● may is and cannot ● Heat lost ● Some in energy at rst to to 10%. have is a of may In trophic only a While oceans, the of 10% of lose than a range of small efciency rate a and is ow, biomass trophic 20% (all rule generally metabolic so is not energy zooplankton animals rates a the are community have and eg consumed, producer A high efciency assimilation next, things efciencies volume, the the always, primary have their As biomass. Cold-blooded occur and great deal feeding consume except most mammals warm-blooded of on and animals. because: eaten be to to understanding Trophic 20% level productivity appear. our consumer heat. (if it were, the world would not be green as consumed). inefcient system is aid ecosystem slower would about 5% into trophic primary variations. biomass. everything to warm-blooded, inefciencies Digestion one they compared much plants be as only respiration have Not are area producer Trophic ie to helpful grassland phytoplankton of a converted surface energy average, considerable consumed from productivity straightforward generalization there transfer secondary extract (food all is the lost in energy feces from because the digestive it). respiration. assimilated is used in reproduction and other life processes. Energy budgets For of an individual energy This is its entering, energy population what 92 animal of stocking silk or staying budget. worms rate of population, within It or can and be locusts animals per we can leaving measured and it hectare is measure the in they animal the useful can the or quantities population. laboratory for farmers use. for to a know 2 . 3 F L o w S o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R T 1. Consider the assimilation eciencies in the table on orgis assiilti eciec the right. Carnivore a. 90% Why do carnivores have a relatively high Insectivore 70–80% Herbivore 30–60% Zooplankton feeding 50–90% assimilation eciency. (Think about the food they eat.) b. Do you think ruminant herbivores would be at the on phytoplankton top or bottom of the range for herbivores? Why? Giant panda c. 20% Why does the giant panda have such a low 2. assimilation eciency? (Hint: its diet is mainly Copy gure 2.3.13 and add the energy storages and transfers in gure 2.3.12. bamboo shoots.) solar energy 6 30.8 × 10 R ? R 1 794 living plants 4659 3960 R 0.02 R 48 dead vegetation 305 still standing 3684 6053 10067 snails sheep dung dung 8.7 301 132 inver tebrates roots 0.09 10830 litter 5813 R 180 301 6053 1141 7 2 13 ear thworms 1136 ? R 145 soil organic 1663 matter including decomposers 499000 ▲ Figre 2.3.12 The energy budget in a sheepgrazed ecosystem grass ▲ sheep Figre 2.3.13 93 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y T The clssicl eerg exle 1. Why does the width of the energy ow bands become progressively narrower as energy ows Siler Srigs, i cetrl Flri is famous amongst through the ecosystem? ecologists as the place where Howard T. Odum researched energy ow in the ecosystem in the 1950s. 2. Suggest an explanation for the limit on the number of trophic levels to four or ve at most in a community. Odum (1924–2002) was a pioneer ecologist working on ecological energetics. This was the rst time an 3. How is the energy transferred between each trophic energy budget measurement was attempted when level? Odum measured primary productivity and losses by 4. Insolation (light) striking leaves is 1,700,000 units respiration. (Later, near the end of a long and illustrious but only 410,000 are absorbed. What happens to the career, he and David Scienceman developed the concept unabsorbed light energy? of eerg (embodied energy) which is a measure of 5. A fur ther 389,190 units escapes from producers as the quality and type of energy and matter that go into heat. Why is this? making an organism.) 6. Account (mathematically) for the dierence Figure 2.3.14 shows the energy ows and biomass between gross and net primary productivity. stores measured by Odum at Silver Springs. This 7. Draw a productivity pyramid from the data given. simple community consists of algae and duckweed 8. (producers); tadpoles, shrimps and insect larvae Would it be possible to draw a biomass pyramid from the data given? (herbivores); water beetles and frogs (rst carnivores); small sh (top consumers); and bacteria, bivalves and 9. Does the model suppor t the rst law of snails (decomposers and detritivores). Dead leaves also thermodynamics? Show your calculations. fall into the water and spring water ows out, expor ting 10. How does the diagram demonstrate the second law some detritus. of thermodynamics? 486 impor t 5060 D 460 insolation 1 700 000 gross production 2 1 light absorbed by 383 1478 producers plants 410 000 3368 67 6 C H 8833 20810 c i t e h t n s y s s a o t m o o h i p b TC plant net plant respiratory production biomass 2500 downstream 1890 389 190 11977 expor t 13 316 4600 light not absorbed by plants 1 290 000 18 796 community respiration 2 ▲ 94 Figre 2.3.14 The energy ow values in Silver Springs community. Units kcal m 1 yr (1kcal = 4.2 J) 2 . 3 F L o w S o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R Human activities and ecosystems Ke ter A process, effect or anthropogenic greenhouse activity derived (‘anthro’ effect is meaning anthropogenic. anthropomorphic which animals, inanimate plants or from is giving humans human) . Do not human objects, eg is known The this or (mSy) (see also 4.3) is the with characteristics doll mxi sstible iel enhanced confuse your as to your largest crop or catch that can other be taken from the stock of a pets. species (eg a forest, a shoal The concept of energy subsidy of sh) without depleting the stock . Taken away is the Generally, when farming or diverse. Usually, and often that may humans living this this is have within is just been wheat have it, on one an we tend to purpose. species, there inuence in a simplify We eg on cut it So ecosystem, and down wheat. deciduous an make forest the to it forest it increase in production of the less grow complex temperate be stock while leaving the stock crops food to reproduce again. It is often web used in managing sheries. becomes: The MSY is equivalent to the human net primary or net secondary or productivity of a system. improved Much of simple – what we killing compete the pasture with the organisms we have to crops we – so to use the is rid want. Our aimed weeds aim our is means brought to to to in at keeping these What our for eat the the of them or NPP happens farming varieties fertilizers things either maximize maintain improved buy as prot. sophisticated articial need human also of maximize more which brought getting we ever we cattle agriculture grow Revolution also in and crops become agribusiness Green do pests grasses is that practices system. rice or of and – The other pesticides to kill Practical the pests to which they were Measure All farming energy that practices require we have to put may be the an energy into the subsidy system which above that is the which additional comes a from local the energy. It human labour, animal labour or machines to and other power systems As are used feed tractors more in food energy. people has to communities work. power by or to from have animals. food add to irrigate energy MEDCs as a make is or the chemicals that hunter-gatherer All put we subsidy society we the biomass in a chain. an experiment measure productivity dierent ecosystems. to in they and can but the the 50 and are is as rising their 1. wind- of or been an increase in fossil the impact of human produce activities on the much all the What are the two main reasons why there has subsidized use crops times it from animals, major T increases. apart these on use Design cane. increased, that food fertilizers efcient system involves to is in thermodynamics). draught corn. now sugar NPP using agricultural sophisticated more of energy to involve grind estimated law the energy eg, subsidy seems make some density more energy (rst farming cattle, that particularly, became an may is population complex, little for result production farming It NPP , and of water The methods more to machines, for high somewhere Commercial feedstuffs in with pump crop. groups because Subsistence power the advantage become effort. plows, farming The water-power human fuels larger so come Hunter-gatherers own and transport productive lived more more energy As very humans needed the chemicals, and the local fuel GPP ecosystem. Investigate Sun’s Work susceptible. environment over time? time. 2. Write down the three Energy: yield ratio trends that can be seen In economic outputs out in or the terms, costs form sophisticated, agriculture crops of the by a can look prots. food. ratio (when grown we and land It at we seems goes is So subsistence farming can that down. cleared a A in look as farmer) slash rainforest may as energy agriculture simple the system at have has and and an inputs in and and become burn then in relation to the impact energy of human activities over more time on ecosystems. type a variety energy:yield ratio of of 95 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y 1:30 as or 40 work). battery system the The not issue whether rapidly . plant a of egg energy or goes, others species in ecological large is can – by from take so We are has reaching subsidy more to a to The is it variety likely system its of to is failure input 10:1 in to as through food fail have If a and ecosystems alters and chaos. and completely . resilient. can in chains in foodstuffs. system result is protein photosynthesis will for the energy energy the energy to put the high not, stops is such owing does of reduce that energy keep If unit energy thing plant less wheat, one could agriculture and and role. eg this producing humans. number its far each concentrated complex niche, for energy, energy energy the species an foods that sunlight system of important cereals. is the energy the inuenced ecosystem, the food input But energy Stopping mean of production, out. remember Blocking natural paths high natural dies. or taken lower to units increasing chicken than form meat, (30–40 With there the In energy If one is only bigger one impact. T From the data, write down word equations and calculate: The data refer to carbon (in biomass) ows in a freshwater system at 40° N latitude: 2 1 g C m a. net productivity of phytoplankton b. gross productivity of zooplankton c. net productivity of zooplankton yr Gross productivity of 132 phytoplankton d. % assimilation of zooplankton Respiratory loss by e. % productivity of zooplankton. 35 phytoplankton Here are two more energy ow diagrams. Phytoplankton eaten by a. 31 For ecosystem I, copy and draw a rectangle on the zooplankton diagram to show the ecosystem boundary. Fecal loss by zooplankton 6 b. Explain why the storage boxes reduce in size as you Respiratory loss by go up the food chain. 12 zooplankton c. Name three decomposers and explain how they lose heat. R 4 ter tiary B consumers 4 D d 4 R 3 E e 4 c secondary B consumers 3 o D 3 R m 2 heat loss p E 3 R 5 o dead remains primary B consumers 2 s feces etc. R D 2 1 e r E 2 s respiratory dead remains loss B producers B 1 5 etc. D 1 key to symbols biomass of the various trophic levels energy input B etc 1 area of box is propor tional to biomass E 1 E etc energy ow through grazing chain etc energy ow to decomposers etc respiratory loss to abiotic environment 1 D 1 Sun R 1 ▲ 96 Figre 2.3.15 Energy ow diagram of an ecosystem I 2 . 3 F L o w S d. o F E n E R G y a n d m a T T E R For ecosystem II, identify from the diagram the solar radiation atmospheric letter(s) referring to the following energy ow absorption/reection (A) processes and explain what happens to this photosynthesis (B) energy at each stage as it passes through the ecosphere: species W respiration i. loss of radiation through reection and absorption food consumed (C) fecal loss (D) ii. absorbed (E) conversion of light to chemical energy in biomass respiration (F) species X iii. loss of chemical energy from one trophic level to another food consumed (G) food consumed (H) iv. v. species Y eciencies of transfer overall conversion of light to heat energy by species Z an ecosystem ▲ vi. Figre 2.3.16 Energy ow diagram of an ecosystem II reradiation of heat energy to atmosphere. T ntriet cclig i terrestril ecsstes Copy, ll the gaps and delete incorrect options in the paragraph below. All living organisms need elements such as and . These are needed to produce worms/minerals/growth/organic material. The availability of such elements is nite – we cannot increase the amount. The plants take up the nutrients from the soils, and once they have been used are passed on to the carnivores/herbivores/photosynthesizers/producers and then the which feed upon them. As organisms die, they and nutrients are returned to the system. As for all systems, there are inputs, and . Nutrients are stored in , storages main compar tments: the biomass (total mass of living organisms), the soil and the (the surface layer of vegetation which may eventually become humus). A model of the nutrient cycle is given below. Add the name of each of the transfers of nutrients to the boxes. input from biomass dissolved rainfall soil loss in litter run-o ▲ loss by input from leaching weathered rock Figre 2.3.17 Gersmehl’s model 97 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y The nutrient cycle varies according to the climate and type of vegetation. soil The size of each of the stores and size of the transfer can be dierent. Using the symbols given left (no resizing needed), copy and move them to make a nutrient cycle diagram for litter 1. a deciduous woodland and 2. a tropical rainforest. Explain the size of the BIOMASS, SOIL and LITTER stores for each. biomass Grssl ecsste (Redraw and resize the boxes to make the correct nutrient cycle diagram) ▲ Figre 2.3.18 Making 1. Gersmehl’s model In the ecosystem in gure 2.3.17, there are relatively large stores of nutrients in the litter and soil compared to living things. Give three reasons why this is the case. 2. 3. What is the main nutrient ow from the soil? Why does this happen? Is transpor t of minerals from one soil layer to another a transfer or a B transformation process? B 4. L Look at the two nutrient models left, a tropical rainforest and a continental grassland (prairie) ecosystem. Label each with its respective L ecosystem name. S S 5. Copy and complete the table of comparisons between the two ecosystems: Cris Which ecosystem stores most (a) ▲ (b) Figre 2.3.19 Gersmehl’s models for two dierent nutrients in biomass? Which ecosystem has most undecomposed detritus? ecosystems (see box to right) Which ecosystem has least humus? In which ecosystem is plant uptake of nutrients greater? In which ecosystem is decomposition slower? Which ecosystem loses nutrients from biomass quickest? In which ecosystem are most nutrients lost due to heavy rain? In which ecosystem does rainfall supply many nutrients? 98 Ecsste Exlti 2 . 4 B I o m E S , Z o n a T I o n a n d S u C C E S S I o n 2.4 Bies, zti scc essi sii ie: appii ki: ➔ Climate determines the type of biome in a given ➔ Exli the distributions, structure, biodiversity area although individual ecosystems may vary and relative productivity of contrasting biomes. due to many local abiotic and biotic factors. ➔ ➔ alse data for a range of biomes. ➔ discss the impact of climate change Succession leads to climax communities that may vary due to random events and on biomes. interactions over time. This leads to a pattern of ➔ describe the process of succession in a named alternative stable states for a given ecosystem. example. ➔ Ecosystem stability, succession and ➔ Exli the general patterns of change in biodiversity are intrinsically linked. communities undergoing succession. ➔ discss the factors which could lead to alternative stable states in an ecosystem. ➔ discss the link between ecosystem stability, succession, diversity and human activity. ➔ distigish the roles of r and K selected species in succession. ➔ Iterret models or graphs related to succession and zonation. Kwee ueri: ➔ Bies are collections of ecosystems sharing as changes in altitude, latitude, tidal level or similar climatic conditions which can be distance from shore (coverage by water). grouped into ve major classes – aquatic, forest, ➔ grassland, deser t and tundra. Each of these Sccessi is the process of change over time in an ecosystem involving pioneer, intermediate classes will have characteristic limiting factors, and climax communities. productivity and biodiversity. ➔ ➔ Insolation, precipitation and temperature are the gross and net productivity, diversity and mineral main factors governing the distribution of biomes. ➔ The tricelllr el of atmospheric circulation During succession the patterns of energy ow, cycling change over time. ➔ explains the distribution of precipitation and Greater habitat diversity leads to greater species and genetic diversity. temperature inuencing structure and relative ➔ r K strtegist secies have reproductive productivity of dierent terrestrial biomes. strategies that are better adapted to pioneer and ➔ Climate change is altering the distribution of climax communities respectively. biomes and causing biome shifts. ➔ ➔ Zti refers to changes in community along an environmental gradient due to factors such In early stages of succession, gross productivity is low due to the unfavourable initial conditions and low density of producers. The propor tion of energy 99 2 E c o s ys t E m s ➔ a n d E c o l o g y lost through community respiration is relatively ecosystem. low too, so net productivity is high, that is, the factors, system is growing and biomass is accumulating. range In later stages of succession, with an increased depend random of events on the the climatic local which soil can and occur a over Human activity is one factor which can diver t ➔ be high in a climax community. However, this the progression of succession to an alternative is balanced by respiration, so net productivity stable state, by modifying the ecosystem, for approaches zero and the productivity:respiration example the use of re in an ecosystem, use of (P:R) ratio approaches one. agriculture, grazing pressure, or resource use In a and complex energy ecosystem, pathways the variety contributes of to such as deforestation. This diversion may be nutrient more or less permanent depending upon the its resilience of the ecosystem. stability. ➔ of These proper ties time. consumer community, gross productivity may ➔ the There a set is of no one climax alternative community stable Ke ters states but for a An ecosystem’s capacity to survive change may ➔ rather depend on its diversity and resilience. given Bie How many biomes are there? A bie is a collection of Opinion differs slightly on the number of biomes, which is because they ecosystems sharing similar are not a natural classication but one devised by humans, but it is climatic conditions. possible to group biomes into ve major types with sub-divisions in The bishere is that par t each type: of the Ear th inhabited by organisms. It extends Aquatic – freshwater and marine from the upper par t of the Freshwater – swamp forests, lakes and ponds, streams and atmosphere down to the rivers, bogs deepest par ts of the oceans Marine – rocky shore, mud ats, coral reef, mangrove swamp, which suppor t life. continental Deserts Forests – – hot Each of – – these the We shall desert, 100 main and look in or and savanna boreal and (taiga) temperate alpine. will have biodiversity. factors tundra, ocean temperate biomes and deep cold tropical Arctic productivity are and tropical, Grassland Tundra shelf, governing more detail temperate characteristic Insolation, at the distribution these forest, limiting biomes: deep factors, precipitation ocean of tropical and and temperature biomes. rainforest, temperate hot grassland. 2 . 4 B I o m E S , Z o n a T I o n a n d S u C C E S S I o n T Copy the tables and ll in the gaps Cet Lcl exle Itertil/glbl exle Species Population Community Habitat Ecosystem Biome Bie ne exle Tropical rainforest Hot deser t Tundra Temperate forest Deep ocean Temperate grassland 30°N tropic of Cancer equator tropic of Capricorn 30°S tropical forest savanna deser t ▲ polar and high-mountain ice temperate deciduous forest chaparral coniferous forest temperate grassland tundra (arctic and alpine) Figre 2.4.1 Terrestrial biome distribution map Why biomes are where they are The climate and so is what geography weather – the lives major slope, patterns, two factors are and snowfall). factor where. aspect The and seasons, most that other determines important altitude. extremes important – of what factor Climate weather temperature is grows is the made and and up other where terrain of or general factors precipitation but (rain 101 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y The temperature is hotter nearer the equator and generally gets cooler as elsewhere on Ear th, the rays hit the we go towards the poles (increase latitude). This is due to the fact the suns nor th solar Ear th at a more acute rays hit the Earth at a more acute angle and so are spread over a greater B energy angle so are spread surface area. You can see this effect if you shine a torch beam directly at over a greater surface area. an object which is at in front of the torch or shining it at an angle. solar solar radiation hits the equator A energy Ear th at 90° angle so Latitude (distance north or south from the equator) and altitude is most intense (height gets ▲ Figre 2.4.2 Solar radiation hitting the Ear th on or above colder Mt as sea you Ocean biomes currents towards Earth is called cause the heat. (water) gives solid is out to ocean or water gives out around in the well degrees once break changes heat the to the Earth. as orbiting on its round the gas As is its on can Sun takes and in Lucky the Sun, 365 this high is – to low us, the us a snow alpine the to that to heat of areas. liquid state it either changes as more molecules from energy together. (freezes), distributes occurs the Winds transferring water that the snow), solid states at it heat naturally within the normal then! Earth (and is surface for state in change three for the and As takes substance the energy at from holding this generally have pressure (ice heat. it It there they responsible solid changes is days gives heat (condenses) It and So latitudes. surplus bonds only exist Earth. around It the Andes latent liquid biomes. horizontally that it and altitude. lower (evaporates), to is and at states surroundings. that axis. water This gas are from three molecular Water conditions is vapour). to from its It heat. increase moving blow in climate distribute Air Winds (melts) atmosphere climatic As to in they winds exist or Himalayas poles. (water takes liquid needed As gas latitude the currents. can inuence though and the wind. Water and and even equator both increase Kilimanjaro polar the level) a rotates quarter) year and our and for is tilted the at Earth to 23.5 go seasons. spring in nor th autumn in south winter in nor th summer in south Sun’s rays Sun summer in nor th winter in south autumn in nor th spring in south ▲ Figre 2.4.3 How the Ear th’s tilt causes seasons Insolation, (physical) precipitation factors temperature water even (deserts) 102 or and if is it temperature inuencing causes precipitation and increased biomes frozen or as snows ice what evaporation evaporation rains or are is a also lot the So water we most grows the important. if (tundra). so the important where. may evaporates must Increasing relationship Plants also abiotic between be short straight consider the of away P/E 2 . 4 ratio For (precipitation to evaporation ratio ). B I o m E S , This is easy Z o n a T I o n to a n d S u C C E S S I o n calculate. example: Tr: nr deser t: Jr ● 75 cm of snow falls/year ● 5 cm of rain falls/year ● 50 cm are lost by evaporation ● 50 cm are lost by evaporation P/E ratio is 75/50 or 1.25 P/E ratio is 5/50 or 0.1 p/E rti is ch greter th 1 p/E rti is fr less th 1 ● ● It rains or snows a lot and Water moves upwards through the evaporation rates are low. soil and then evaporates from the surface. ● Then there is leaching in the soil ● when soluble minerals are washed This leaves salts behind and downwards. the soil salinity increases to the point that plants cannot grow (salinization). P/E ratio is approximately evaporation; Make sure biomes raw in the you have Pole in or winter, the so, if cannot will Productivity temperatures precipitation is is towards decline, the both GPP (gross terrestrial areas latitudes), long rate low periods tend to values. Saudi USA), values is the rainforest were if lower. and South greater high in all poles, the low air where Arctic, when in desert of even areas though few, values – for were these in the close to as much (eg as are those and of webs depend store other is are as and thus In in the high (permafrost), and low and air) much the all of southwest productivity and sunlight temperate variations sub-Antarctic, mid-latitude (ie grassland in sunlight and lower. warm high temperate and productivity become places of lower, regions lowers where high photosynthesis. ground be is amount Sahara, generalizations Arctic for Australia, may favourable be South energy input lower would and may equator), values and the factors: the food darkness, periods forests as Different capacity, moisture central long higher sheltered, and frozen temperatures deciduous the adjacent perpetual (such areas moisture However, a hold All ideal NPP permanently is same food. are and 2.3. at initial sunlight photosynthesis semi-arid precipitation In in the (nearer and in limiting limited photosynthesize Antarctic there cannot be temperatures can the photosynthesis desert. year, productivity) reduction and the to maximum conditions plants due enough latitudes These which primary getting through high. the at Georgia productivity problem Temperate considerable. a their absence abundant. in to a winter severely, supply for may photosynthesize Obviously, Arabia), (light) heat about productivity provide of a on productivity and is fertile. to (cold cause of limited green precipitation and section source temperatures, in precipitation the rich plants also Moving in by have are when radiation water photosynthesis 1 be amounts energy Solar on they to understand supply. organisms tend differing materials short soils if it are Greenland respectively forest have – been recorded. 103 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Whittaker, an American ecologist, rst plotted biomes against T temperature and precipitation. Reie qestis 1. What is latitude? 2. Does temperature 400 increase or decrease tropical with increasing (a) rain latitude, (b) altitude? )mc( noitatipicerp launna Explain why. 3. Describe how the tilt of the Ear th's rotational axis causes dierences in the amount of heat received at the Ear th's surface. 4. 5. forest 300 temperate rain forest 200 tropical seasonal temperate deciduous forest forest What are trade winds? What causes high and 100 low air pressure? taiga savanna temperate grassland and deser t tundra subtropical deser t 0 20 30 10 0 –10 average temperature (°C) ▲ Figre 2.4.4 Diagram of annual precipitation and temperature showing biomes Climate change and biome shift With increase there that ● is in mean evidence the climate that is Temperature global biomes changing increase of temperature are in moving. these 1.5 to and changes There is in precipitation, general agreement ways: 4.5 °C by 2100 (according to the IPCC) ● Greater ● More ● Some ● Stronger These are warming areas can than drier, happening over do to moves summer others wetter many adapt very fast, generations to fast change within decades, through is to and organisms evolutionary move and that is adaptation. what they ● towards ● higher are: the up towards poles where mountains temperature 104 winter latitudes doing. These ● higher becoming are slowly, they in at storms. changes change All warming the about 3 equator it is where cooler it is cooler °C where it is wetter. – 500 m of altitude decreases 2 . 4 Examples of biomes ● in Africa ● in the Arctic, Plants can only But animals But there seas and cities. ● are caused may hotspots no Equatorial ● The ● Madagascar. ● The North one exploitation Drilling The of for decrease ● Africa in – to are becoming savannas eg are natural cross ones such these to dispersed albatrosses, as a could high wind mountain roads, and have like by or wildebeest, ranges agricultural become animals. whales. and elds and extinct. turnover of species are: called land – the third pole – as species can mass. with a very drought-sensitive climate. Great live Plains in changes and regions can also Great which bring Lakes. are new vulnerable to opportunities biome for resources. oil under sea could the Arctic Ocean is becoming possible with the ice. North-West America S u C C E S S I o n region. people these the seeds activities sometimes American billion as predicted These than Eastern But able areas a n d shrubland. distances, migration be Mediterranean changing. ● – higher ● to – slowly human change. woodlands becoming longer to by not is Z o n a T I o n are: region, very migrate Himalayas move Up tundra migrate climate The Sahel obstacles ones are to the can Animals There due in shifting B I o m E S , Passage become a for ships trade between route the without North icing Pole and North up. T thik bt H the tshere circltes: The tricelllr el f tsheric circlti The equator receives most insolation (solar radiation) per The air that blows to higher latitudes at 30°N and S forms unit area on Ear th. This heats up the air which rises (hot the winds known as the Westerlies and they collect air rises because it is less dense). As it rises, it cools and water vapour from the oceans as they blow towards the the water vapour in the air condenses as rain. This causes poles. At about 60°N and S, these winds meet cold polar the afternoon thunderstorms and low pressure areas of air and so rise as they are less dense. As they rise, the the tropical rainforests. There is so much energy in this air water in them condenses and falls as precipitation where that it continues to rise until it is pushed away from the the temperate forest and grassland biomes are found. equator to nor th and south. As it moves away, it cools and This is another low pressure area and associated with then sinks (cooler air is more dense) at about 30°N and S depressions and heavy cyclonic rainfall. of the equator forming high pressure areas (more air). This The air then continues to ow, some to the poles and air is dry and this is where the deser t biome lies. Some some back towards the equator. This air forms another of the air then returns to the equator and some blows to cell known as the Ferrel cell. The air that continues higher latitudes. The air that blows towards the equator towards the poles then descends as it gets cooler and completes a circle or cell to end up where it star ted. This more dense and forms a high pressure area at the poles, movement of air is given the name ‘trade winds’ which completing the polar cell. This then returns to lower always blow towards the equator. At the equator, the nor th latitudes as winds known as the Easterlies. and south trade winds converge and rise again at the ITCZ Three cells form between the equator and each pole, (intertropical convergence zone). Here are the doldrums hence the name tricellular model. or area of little wind. The cell is called the Hadley cell. 105 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y The winds do not blow directly nor th or south because polar cell the Ear th is rotating towards the East, ie if you viewed it PFJ + from above the Nor th Pole, it would be turning counter Ferrel cell + clockwise. ST J polar Because of this anything not xed on the Ear th (the front Hadley oceans and the atmosphere) appear to veer to the right cell ITCZ in the Nor thern hemisphere and left in the Southern. This apparent deection is called the Crilis eect and it Hadley polar cell means that the trade winds, westerlies and other winds front + ST J are deected to east or west. Ferrel cell Nor th of the equator, the trade winds blow from the + PFJ nor theast and westerlies from the southwest: south polar cell of the equator, trade winds blow from the southeast, westerlies from the nor thwest. This allowed sailing ships ▲ Figre 2.4.5 Idealized representation of the general to cross the major oceans on trade routes as they could circulation of the atmosphere showing the positions nd the prevailing winds by altering their latitude. of Polar Front; ITCZ (Inter Tropical Convergence Zone); Subtropical Jets (STJ); Polar Front Jets (PFJ) Some biomes in more detail. Tropical rainforest ▲ Figre 2.4.6 A tropical rainforest in Borneo What Hot and wet areas with broadleaved evergreen forest. Where Within 5 degrees Nor th and South of the equator. (distribution) Climate and limiting factors 1 High rainfall 2000–5000 mm yr . High temperatures 26–28 °C and little seasonal variation. High insolation as near equator. P and E are not limiting but rain washes nutrients out of the soil (leaching) so nutrients may be limiting plant growth. 106 2 . 4 B I o m E S , Z o n a T I o n a n d S u C C E S S I o n What’s there Amazingly high levels of biodiversity – many species and many individuals of each species. Plants (structure) compete for light and so grow tall to absorb it so there is a multistorey prole to the forests with very tall emergent trees, a canopy of others, understorey of smaller trees and shrub layer under this – called stratication. Vines, climbers and orchids live on the larger trees and use them for support (epiphytes). In primary forest (not logged by humans), so little light reaches the forest oor that few plants can live here. Nearly all the sunlight has been intercepted before it can reach the ground. Because there are so many plant species and a stratication of them, there are many niches and habitats for animals and large mammals can get enough food. Plants have shallow roots as most nutrients are near the surface so they have buttress roots to support them. Net productivity Estimated to produce 40% of NPP of terrestrial ecosystems. Growing season all year round, fast rate of decomposition and respiration and photosynthesis. Plants grow faster. But respiration is also high and for a large mature tree in the rainforest, all the glucose made in photosynthesis is used in respiration so there is no net gain. However, when rainforest plants are immature, their growth rates are huge and biomass gain very high. Rapid recycling of nutrients. Human activity The problem is that more than 50% of the world’s human population lives in the tropics and subtropics and one in eight of us live in or near a tropical rainforest. With fewer humans, the forest could provide enough resources for the population but there are now too many exploiting the forest and it does not have time to recover. This is not sustainable. In addition, commercial logging of valuable timber, eg mahogany, and clear felling to conver t the land to grazing cattle all destroy the forest. Issues Logging, clearfelling, conversion to grazing. Tropical rainforests are mostly in LEDCs and have been exploited for economic development. Examples Amazon rainforest, Congo in Africa, Borneo rainforest. 30 m 20 10 0 30 m ▲ 20 10 0 Figre 2.4.7 Tropical rainforest structure showing layers 107 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Deser ts ▲ What Figre 2.4.8 A deser t in southwest Nor th America Dry areas which are usually hot in the day and cold at night as skies are clear and there is little vegetation to insulate the ground. There are tropical, temperate and cold deser ts. Where (distribution) Cover 20–30% of the Ear th’s surface about 30 degrees Nor th and South of the equator where dry air descends. Most are in the middle of continents. (Some deser ts are cold deser ts, eg the Gobi deser t.) The Atacama deser t in Chile can have no rain for 20 years or more. It is the driest place on Ear th. Climate and limiting Water is limiting. Precipitation less than 250 mm per year. Usually evaporation exceeds factors precipitation – E>P . What’s there (structure) Few species and low biodiversity but what can survive in deser ts is welladapted to the conditions. Soils are rich in nutrients as they are not washed away. Plants are drought resistant and mostly cacti and succulents with adaptations to store water and reduce transpiration, eg leaves reduced to spines, thick cuticles to reduce transpiration. Animals too are adapted to drought conditions. Reptiles are dominant, eg snakes, lizards. Small mammals can survive by adapting to be nocturnal (come out at night and stay in a burrow in the heat of the day, eg kangaroo rat) or reduce water loss by having no sweat glands and absorbing water from their food. There are few large mammals in deser ts. Net productivity Both primary (plants) and secondary (animals) are low because water is limiting and plant biomass cannot build up to large amounts. Food chains tend to be shor t because of this. Human activity Traditionally, nomadic tribes herd animals such as camels and goats in deser ts as agriculture has not been possible except around oases or waterholes. Population density has been low as the environment cannot suppor t large numbers. Oil has been found under deser ts in the Gulf States and many deser ts are rich in minerals including gold and silver. Irrigation is possible by tapping underground water stores or aquifers so, in some deser ts, crops are grown. But there is a high rate of evaporation of this water and, as it evaporates, it leaves salts behind. Eventually these reach such high concentrations that crops will not grow (salinization). Issues Deser tication – when an area becomes a deser t either through overgrazing, overcultivation or drought or all of these, eg the Sahel. Examples 108 Sahara and Namib in Africa, Gobi in China. 2 . 4 B I o m E S , Z o n a T I o n a n d S u C C E S S I o n Temperate grasslands ▲ Figre 2.4.9 Temperate grassland What Fairly at areas dominated by grasses and herbaceous (nonwoody) plants. Where (distribution) Climate and limiting factors In centres of continents 40–60° Nor th of equator. P = E or P slightly > E. Temperature range high as not near the sea to moderate temperatures. Clear skies. Low rainfall, threat of drought. What’s there Grasses, wide diversity. Probably not a climax community as arrested by grazing animals. (structure) Grasses die back in winter but roots survive. Decomposed vegetation forms a mat, high levels of nutrients in this. Burrowing animals (rabbits, gophers), kangaroo, bison, antelopes. Carnivores – wolves, coyotes. No trees. Net productivity Human activity 2 600 g m 1 yr so not very high. Used for cereal crops. Cereals are annual grasses. Black ear th soils of the steppes rich in organic matter and deep so ideal for agriculture. Prairies in Nor th America are less fer tile soils so have to add fer tilizers. Called world’s bread baskets. Plus livestock – cattle and sheep that feed on the grasses. Issues Dust Bowl in 1930s in America when overcropping and drought led to soil being blown away on the Great Plains – ecological disaster. Overgrazing reduces them to deser t or semideser t. Examples Nor th American prairies, Russian steppes in Nor thern hemisphere; pampas in Argentina, veld in South Africa (30–40° South). Temperate forests dominant oak dominant oak codominant codominant ash ash sub dom. oak suppressed oak ash sapling in hazel hazel gap ivy dog’s mercury moss-litter with herbs in less dense shade bramble bare, bracken, (leaves) bluebell herb ▲ ▲ Figre 2.4.11 Temperate forest Figre 2.4.10 Temperate forest structure in Europe 109 2 E c o s ys t E m s What Where (distribution) Climate and limiting factors a n d E c o l o g y Mild climate, deciduous forest. Between 40° and 60° Nor th and South of the equator. P > E. Rainfall is 500–1500 mm per year, colder in winter. Winters freezing in some (Eastern China and NE USA), milder in western Europe due to the Gulf Stream. Temp range 30 °C to + 30 °C. Summers cool. What’s there Fewer species than tropical rainforests. For example in Britain, oaks, which can reach heights of (structure) 30–40 m, become the dominant species of the climax vegetation. Other trees, such as the elm, beech, sycamore, ash and chestnut, grow a little less high. Relatively few species and many woodlands are dominated by one species, eg beech. In USA there can be over thir ty species 2 per km . Trees have a growing season of 6–8 months, may only grow by about 50 cm a year. Woodlands show stratication. Beneath the canopy is a lower shrub layer varying between 5 m (holly, hazel and hawthorn) and 20 m (ash and birch). The forest oor, if the shrub layer is not too dense, is often covered in a thick undergrowth of brambles, grass, bracken and ferns. Many owering plants (bluebells) bloom early in the year before the taller trees have developed their full foliage. Epiphytes, eg mistletoe, mosses, lichens and algae, grow on the branches. The forest oor has a reasonably thick leaf litter that is readily broken down. Rapid recycling of nutrients, although some are lost through leaching. The leaching of humus and nutrients and the mixing by biota produce a browncoloured soil. Welldeveloped food chains in these forests with many autotrophs, herbivores (rabbits, deer and mice) and carnivores (foxes). Deciduous trees give way to coniferous towards polar latitudes and where there is an increase in either altitude or steepness of slope. P > Net productivity E suciently to cause some leaching. Second highest NPP after tropical rainforests but much lower than these because of leaf fall in winter so reduced photosynthesis and transpiration and frozen soils when water is limiting. Temperatures and insolation lower in winter too as fur ther from the Sun. Human activity Much temperate forest has been cleared for agriculture or urban developments. Large predators (wolves, bears) vir tually wiped out. Issues Most of Europe’s natural primary deciduous woodland has been cleared for farming, for use as fuel and in building, and for urban development. Some that is left is under threat, eg US Pacic Nor thwest oldgrowth temperate and coniferous forests. Often mineral wealth under forests is mined. Examples US Pacic Nor thwest. Arctic tundra Greenland Europe Asia Nor th America Africa South America Australia ▲ ▲ 110 Figre 2.4.12 Arctic tundra Figre 2.4.13 Distribution of Arctic tundra (shown in yellow) 2 . 4 What B I o m E S , Z o n a T I o n a n d S u C C E S S I o n Cold, low precipitation, long, dark winters. 10% of Ear th’s land surface. Youngest of all the biomes as it was formed after the retreat of the continental glaciers only 10,000 years ago. Permafrost (frozen soil) present and no trees. Where (distribution) Just south of the Arctic ice cap and small amounts in Southern hemisphere. (Alpine tundra is found as isolated patches on high mountains from the poles to the tropics.) Climate and limiting Cold, high winds, little precipitation. Frozen ground (permafrost). Permafrost reaches to factors the surface in winter but in summer the top layers of soil defrost and plants can grow. Low temperatures so rates of respiration, photosynthesis and decomposition are low. Slow growth and slow recycling of nutrients. Water, temperature, insolation and nutrients can be limiting. In the winter, the Nor thern hemisphere, where the Arctic tundra is located, tilts away from the sun. After the spring equinox, the Nor thern hemisphere is in constant sunlight. For nearly three months, from late May to August, the sun never sets. This is because the Arctic regions of the Ear th are tilted toward the Sun. With this continuous sun, the ice from the winter season begins to melt quickly. During spring and summer, animals are active, and plants begin to grow rapidly. Sometimes temperatures reach 30 °C. Much of this energy is absorbed as the latent heat of melting of ice to water. In Antarctica, where a small amount of tundra is also located, the seasons are reversed. What’s there (structure) No trees but thick mat of lowgrowing plants – grasses, mosses, small shrubs. Adapted to withstand drying out with leathery leaves or underground storage organs. Growing season may only be 8 weeks in the summer. Animals also adapted with thick fur and small ears to reduce heat loss. Mostly small mammals, eg lemmings, hares, voles. Predators – Arctic fox, lynx, snowy owl. Most hibernate and make burrows. Simple ecosystems with few species. Often bare areas of ground. Low biodiversity – 900 species of plants compared with 40,000 or more in the Amazon rainforest. Soil poor, low inorganic matter and minerals. Net productivity Very low. Slow decomposition so many peat bogs where most of the carbon is stored. Human activity Few humans but mining and oil – see oil tars. Nomadic groups herding reindeer. Issues Fragile ecosystems that take a very long time to recover from disruption. May take decades to recover if you even walk across it. Mining and oil extraction in Siberia and Canada destroy tundra. Many scientists feel that global warming caused by greenhouse gases may eliminate Arctic regions, including the tundra, forever. The global rise in temperature may damage the Arctic and Antarctic more than any other biome because the Arctic tundra’s winter will be shor tened, melting snow cover and par ts of the permafrost, leading to ooding of some coastal areas. Plants will die, animal migrating patterns will change, and the tundra biome as we know it will be gone. The eect is uncer tain but we do know the tundra, being the most fragile biome, will be the rst to reect any change in the Ear th. Very large amounts of methane are locked up in tundra ice in clathrates. If these are released into the atmosphere then huge increase in greenhouse gases (clathrates contain 3,000 times as much methane as is in the atmosphere now and methane is more than 20 times as strong a greenhouse gas as carbon dioxide). Examples Siberia, Alaska. 111 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Deep ocean neritic oceanic epipelagic littoral 200m mesopelagic bathyal 1000m bathyal bathypelagic 4000m abyssopelagic abyssal 6000m oceanic divisions hadal 10,000m ▲ ▲ Figre 2.4.15 Deep ocean divisions Figre 2.4.14 Deep ocean animals – fangtooth sh, tubeworms What The ocean and seaoor beyond continental shelves. Where (distribution) 65% of the Ear th’s surface. Most is abyssal plain of the ocean oor – averaging 3.5 miles deep. Climate and limiting Pressure increases with depth, temperature variation decreases to a constant −2 °C at depth. factors Light limiting below 1,000 m – there is none. Nutrients – low levels and low primary productivity but some dead organic matter falls to deep ocean oors. What’s there (structure) Top 200 m – some light for photosynthesis so phytoplankton and cyanobacteria live here and they and algae are the main producers. They are eaten by zooplankton, sh and inver tebrates, eg squid, jellysh. 200–1,000 m deep – as pressure increases with depth, sh here are muscular and strong to resist pressure. Very little light reaches here so large eyes, reective sides and light producing organs on their bodies. Many are red which absorbs shor ter wavelengths of light that penetrate fur ther. 1,000–4,000 m deep – higher diversity here, always dark . Fish are black with small eyes, bristles and bioluminescence – create own light to hunt or avoid predators. Very little muscle, large mouths. 4,000 m to bottom – huge pressures, constant cold. Mostly shrimps, some sh, jellysh, tubeworms on bottom. Bottom surface – ne sediments made up of debris from above – plankton shells, dead organisms, whale and sh skeletons. Also mud and volcanic rocks in midocean ridges. Where volcanoes erupt, there are hydrothermal vent communities high in sulphides where chemosynthetic bacteria gain their energy from the sulphur. These producers suppor t communities of crabs, tubeworms, mussels, and even octopus and sh. 112 Net productivity Low. Human activity Minimal but rocks rich in manganese and iron could be a resource. Issues Pollution from runo from rivers, sewage, ocean warming due to climate change. Examples Arctic, Atlantic, Pacic Oceans. 2 . 4 B I o m E S , Z o n a T I o n a n d S u C C E S S I o n Comparison of biomes Bie net rir al are rctiit reciitti 10 6 2 1 1 r g plt me ail biss biss biss 10 2 k 9 r Slr 6 10 t riti 2 t 2 kg w 1 r Tricl rifrests 2200 2000–5000 17.0 765 45 330 175 Teerte frests 1200 600–2500 12.0 385 32.5 160 125 Brel frests 800 300–500 12.0 240 20 57 100 Tricl grssls 900 500–1300 15.0 60 4 220 225 600 250–1000 9.0 14 1.6 60 150 8.0 5 0.6 3.5 90 24.0 0.5 0.02 0.02 75 V low 800–2000 Variable (ss) Teerte grssl Tr lie 140 deser t <250 90 <250 (rck , s, ice) dee ces 20–300 Variable 352 1000+ tundra low ToK B Controlled laboratory L experiments are often S taiga seen as the hallmark of the B scientic method. To what extent is the knowledge L obtained by observational S natural experiment less scientic than the manipulated laboratory B experiment? erutarepmet maritime L forest S chaparral steppe B B B deciduous L L L forest S S S selva B B B savanna L L deser t L S S high S low high precipitation ▲ Figre 2.4.16 Nutrient cycling models for world biomes (after Gersmehl 1976) 113 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y suei zi T Do 1. What does deciduous mean? 2. What is net primary productivity not confuse Succession Zonation is is succession how how an an with zonation. ecosystem ecosystem changes is in changing time. along an (NPP)? environmental 3. gradient , eg altitude. Which biome has the highest 2 NPP per m per yr and why? Zonation, eg rocky seashore, mountain Succession, eg terrestrial. slopes. 4. Which biome has the largest NPP and why? 5. Spatial and static. Dynamic and temporal (takes place over long periods of time). Why is NPP low in tundra and deser ts? 6. Why are there no large deciduous forests or tundra in Caused by progressive changes Mountains – changes in temperature. through time, eg as vegetation Seashore – changes in time exposure to colonizes bare rock . air / water. the southern hemisphere? 7. Caused by an abiotic gradient. Why are trees in temperate Sand dune colonization is unusual in that the succession is dynamic biomes deciduous? but 8. one also observes vegetation zones during the various stages of How do the number of tree theprocess. species and their distribution dier in temperate and tropical Zonation rainforests? For 9. What are the main factors causing the distribution of biomes? 10. Which biome(s) are most each species, boundary many limits abiotic important there and and ones is biotic on an ecological outside these, factors mountains ● Temperature – which ● Precipitation – on niche the that (2.1). species inuence That cannot these niche live. limits. has There The are most are: decreases with increasing altitude and latitude. threatened and why? 11. mountains, most rainfall is at middle altitudes so Which biome(s) have been deciduous forest grows. Higher up, the air is too dry and cold for most changed by human trees. activity? ● 12. Solar insolation – more intense at higher pigment in their altitudes and plants have to What eect may climate change adapt – often with red leaves to protect themselves have on biome distribution? against ● Soil too type deeper tend to – much in and be insolation. warmer more zones, fertile. decomposition Higher up, is faster decomposition so is soils slow are and soils acidic. Ke ters ● Zti is the change in community along an environmental gradient due Interactions between somespecies fungi (2.1) and may species grazing be very – may competition alter important plant in may crowd composition. allowing trees to out Mycorrhizal grow in somezones. to factors such as changes Human activities alter zonation. Road building on mountains may in altitude, latitude, tidal allowtourism level or distance from shore/ oragriculture. coverage by water. Sccessi is the process of change over time in an ecosystem involving pioneer, intermediate and climax communities. 114 into previously inaccessible areas or deforestation 2 . 4 B I o m E S , Z o n a T I o n a n d S u C C E S S I o n ice and snow level aes morf edutitla gnisaercni noitanoz lacit rev tundra coniferous forest temperate deciduous forest tropical rain forest ice and snow tundra coniferous forest temperate tropical deciduous forest rain forest latitudinal zonation increasing latitude from the equator ▲ Figre 2.4.17 Zonation with increasing altitude on a mountain splash zone lichens and periwinkles barnacles high-tide zone mussels pink paint red seaweeds mid-tide zone rock pool brown seaweeds (kelp) low-tide zone ▲ Figre 2.4.18 Zonation of species on a rocky shore due to increasing exposure to air higher up the shore 115 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Graphical representation the of width (see the sub-topic ‘kites’ of zonation corresponds is to often the by a kite number of diagram that where species 2.5). height above shingle char t datum (m) large shallow rockpool edge of ledge sand 4 1 Enteromorpha sp. Fucus spiralis F . vesiculosus Arenicola marina F . serratus Sargassum muticum Littorina marlae/obtusata Anemonia viridis L. littorea Chondrus crispus Patella vulgata Semibalanus balanoides Laminaria digitata Gibbula cineraria abundance shore distance Laurencia pinnatida scale A Nucella lapillus ▲ C F = 5m O R Figre 2.4.19 Kite diagram showing zonation of species on a rocky shore. (For ACFOR key see 2.5) Succession Ke its ● Succession is the change in species composition in an ecosystem over time. ● It may occur on bare ground (rir sccessi) where soil formation star ts the process or where soil already formed but the vegetation has been removed (secr sccessi). ● Early in succession, gross primary productivity (GPP) and respiration are low and so net primary productivity (NPP) is high as biomass accumulates. ● In later stages, while GPP may remain high, respiration increases so NPP may approach zero and the productivity:respiration ratio (P:R) approaches one. ● A climax community is reached at the end of a succession when species composition stops changing. But there may be several states of a climax community depending on abiotic factors. ● The more complex the ecosystem (higher biodiversity, increasing age), the more stable it tends to be. ● In agricultural systems, humans often deliberately stop succession when NPP is high and crops are harvested. ● Humans also interrupt succession by deforestation, grazing with animals or controlled burning. ● Sometimes the ecosystem recovers from this interruption and succession continues, sometimes the interruption is too great and the system is less resilient and so succession is stopped. ● Species biodiversity is low in early stages and increases as succession continues, falling a little in a climax community. 116 ● The higher the diversity, the higher the resilience. ● Mineral cycling also changes over the succession, increasing with time. 2 . 4 Primary succession occurs on a bare inorganic B I o m E S , surface. Z o n a T I o n It involves a n d S u C C E S S I o n the T colonization either of created newly or created uncovered land such by as organisms. river deltas, It occurs after as new volcanic land is eruptions, Review these terms: on sand dunes. GPP , NPP , respiration, Bare land almost anywhere on the planet does not stay bare for very species, biodiversity. long. an Plants entire plant community results in very a is quickly community replaced natural composition of start a by to colonize develops. another. increase in community the This This change process complexity over bare to is the land is and over directional succession. structure time as one Succession and species time. Stages in primary succession Figure 2.4.20 shows the stages of succession. Stages 2, 3 and 4 are intermediate. Bare, inorganic surface A lifeless abiotic environment becomes available for colonization by pioneer plant and animal species. Soil is little more than mineral par ticles, nutrient poor and with an erratic water supply. Stage 1 Colonization First species to colonize an area are called ieers adapted to extreme conditions. Pioneers are typically r-selecte secies showing small size, shor t life cycles, rapid growth and production of many ospring or seeds. Simple soil star ts from windblown dust and mineral par ticles. Stage 2 Establishment Species diversity increases. Invertebrate species begin to visit and live in the soil increasing humus (organic material) content and waterholding capacity. Weathering enriches soil with nutrients. Stage 3 Competition Microclimate continues to change as new species colonize. Larger plants increase cover and provide shelter, enabling K-selecte secies to become established. Temperatures, sun and wind are less extreme. Earlier pioneer rspecies are unable to compete with Kspecies for space, nutrients or light and are lost from the community. Stage 4 Stabilization Fewer new species colonize as late colonizers become established shading out early colonizers. Complex food webs develop. Kselected species are specialists with narrower niches. They are generally larger and less productive (slower growing) with longer life cycles and delayed reproduction. Climax community The nal stage or clix cit is stable and selfperpetuating. It exists in a steady state dynamic equilibrium. The climax represents the maximum possible development that a community can reach under the prevailing environmental conditions of temperature, light and rainfall. ▲ Figre 2.4.20 117 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y A hydrosere is a succession in water. deep freshwater, no rooted plants because of lack of light in deep water community only microorganisms and phytoplankton sediments get carried into the pond allowing rooted submerged and oating plants to star t to grow sediments continue to build up reeds and grasses develop around pond margin, trapping more sediment a marsh community builds up around the pond margins reeds take over more of the ponds as more silt builds up as the soil around the edge dries from waterlogged to damp, tree species such as willow and alder become established ▲ Figre 2.4.21 Succession in a lake Ponds rivers lot and that sinks dead lakes open to the organic build up pond slowly climax get continuous into pond lls to in. This communities of plant to the the sediment sediment Over the leads pond from passes communities invade eventually of of this sediments. plants around disappearance As these rooted inputs Some bottom. material allowing eventual them. to the margins these they in but a add sediments margins as establishment and and through develop time pond streams smaller the of ponds the pond. Secondary succession time agricultural land kept in after being abandoned with time small shrubs eventually trees establish an ar ticial seral stage wild grasses from wind star t to colonize the leading to the development blown and dormant grassland of a climax community on crops like wheat act as a seed in the ground grassland mature soils take over ▲ Figre 2.4.22 Stages of secondary succession in abandoned agricultural land Where as version 118 an already following of re established or ood succession or community even occurs. human is suddenly activity destroyed, (plowing) an such abridged 2 . 4 This secondary ready to succession accept dormant seeds shortens the left occurs seeds in the number of on carried soil in from stages soils by the the that the are wind. previous community already Also Z o n a T I o n are often This through. Changes occurring during a succession During a succession the following changes S u C C E S S I o n developed there community. goes a n d raey rep ytivitcudorp ten and B I o m E S , occur: time ● The size of organisms increases with trees creating a more hospitable pioneer climax community community environment. ▲ ● Energy ow becomes more complex as simple food chains Figre 2.4.23 Productivity become changes in a succession complex ● Soil depth, cycling ● food all humus, and increases then ● NPP ● Productivity and GPP falls rise : productivity ground, it from a low seed. It accumulates. of plant by the being In and used the early through high, In later climax is stages, the and is gross productivity proportion is low. As increases the respiration Studies Following fall as usually low GPP but as and rates net with increase shown that the trees of and rise to which in the a due so of being xed energy to the energy net a is initial lost productivity and decomposer maximum equally ratio high to as productivity of 1. the is climax linked to biomass Gross tends early the increase decreases and in rates approaches approaches tends growth as low productivity shrubs. in is by then primary to be stages, woodland and percentage (biomass) within mature slows energy at biomass community of a large respiration biomass GPP can fall as biomass. crop peak the accumulating. net towards NPP as too, productivity more standing growth so rapid and bare starting (stable consumer to (P:R) biomass But a is balanced small develops reaches low increase by and with off rate colonize are proportion productivity primary establishment age, The producer, stages little the biomass is rst heat. continues marked productivity. woodland and This herbs opportunities) reached. they reached productivity respiration early community as and levels to decomposers, : is germinate is relatively this maturity. grasses, does have deciduous to is of so – is primary and biomass. equal producers. However, pioneer are of (lifestyle plants plants plants emitted increased by When many primary productivity accumulation time. productivity productivity growth stages content falls. more growing an niches community community respiration reaches Early as and density community and not climax particularly the mineral fall. with species), with succession, through more ratio are gross low gross the capacity, climax approximately community. During a system stages, respiration varies respiration, and the then quickly animal community, zero rises community ie and there When in conditions is as producers because as respiration Primary is water-holding increase. Biodiversity appear webs. and the climax an in rst succession few forest, extended to centuries. biomass canopy tends crowds out 119 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y ground and as cover. more root Also NPP is older trees allocated to become less photosynthetically non-photosynthetic structural efcient biomass such systems. Erl stge mile stge Low GPP but high GPP high Lte stge Trees reach their percentage NPP maximum size Little increase in biomass Increased photosynthesis Ratio of NPP to R is Increases in biomass as roughly equal plant forms become bigger generalized graph of species diversity following Mount St Helens eruption ▲ Figre 2.4.24 Biomass accumulation and successional stage ytisrevid seiceps Species diversity in successions In early stages community. the number ever totally diversity – of As of succession, the species replaced more there community found as only This a Very tends species pioneer The to within subsequent few continues. increase few through increases. succession species. are passes result species is continue the stages so are increasing until a balance years since eruption is ▲ Figre 2.4.25 Species reached species to between expand possibilities their range for and new local species to establish, existing extinction. diversity changes in a Evidence following the eruption of the Mount St Helens volcano in 1980 succession has provided the rst but after 10 ecologists years after with the a natural eruption laboratory species to diversity study succession. increased In dramatically 4 Practical 20 years very little additional increase in the diversity occurred. Work Disturbance Analyse data on 4 dierent Communities are affected by periods of disturbance to a greater or biomes. lesser Investigate succession in extent. in large forests trees eventually age, die and fall over a leaving local Even a gap. Other communities are affected by ood, re, landslides, ecosystem. earthquakes, Investigate zonation in a local effect ecosystem. of within and hurricanes making the gaps surrounding diversity of the disturbance and other available natural that can community. be This hazards. All colonized adds to of by both these have pioneer the an species productivity community. disturbance disturbance primary succession pioneer intermediate climax community community community bare rock secondary succession generated disturbance can send any seral stage back to an earlier seral stage or create gaps in a later community that then regenerate increasing both productivity and diversity of the whole community ▲ Figre 2.4.26 Eects of disturbance in a succession 4 Carey, S., J. Har te and R. del Moral. 2006. Eect of community assembly and primary succession on the species–area relationship in disturbed systems. Ecography 29, pp866–872 120 Z o n a T I o n other suei ue grasses, reduce On the southern coast of England in Dorset its Bay where sand dunes have formed since the 16th leaves area. which Leaves are are able waxy to to fold to reduce and can be aligned to the wind to It incorporates silica into its cell structure century. to give As a a the as leaves result sandy support of soil the has thrive scrub The has in humus grasses elder, oldest and and climatic the species will ash soil) are species have is stages, now sea so As be – rst due for to can the shaded growing vegetation to such buckthorn present. will able Species nodules forest declines previous This and root woodland climax diversity the exibility. bushes. brambles shorter dunes oak from and developed. nutrient-poor the for strength nitrogen-xing develops, nally extra now ‘pasture’ hawthorn, (which ▲ S u C C E S S I o n is continued direction. be have surface transpiration Studland a n d pine on the E S A C B I o m E S , out. and Y D U T S 2 . 4 them; area. Here competition – what? Figre 2.4.27 Sand dunes at Studland Bay, Dorset, UK . In This begins colonizes low with the growing with a – waxy submersed a bare sand. The why? coating – surface of pioneer They and have are sand. plants fat able Vegetation tend eshy to to be survive with as leaves being grass with the on the its vegetation nal climatic temperate one is in colonizes environment climax vegetation. deciduous in dynamic and In a series of equilibrium hence the UK is known this is forest. temporarily. predominant the case, The climatic As Later, every stages. seaward plant side environmental foredunes: species due to its conditions. mobile dunes an object such as a plant or is ability It, to like succession vegetation marram cope soil develops, cover, acidity, soil moisture there depth are and content increases humus and sand in content, stability. the semi-xed dunes: dune slack: once a hollow is Scrub, health & woodland: the dunes could be formed, perhaps by blowout, climax vegetation in the absence 20m high here sand is removed by the wind until of management/interference. plants begin rock causes the damp sand near the water to bind sand sand to build up on the lee side. table can not be transported. together marsh plants sandy beach, tidal litter increasing soil depth and quality site number/description distance from the sea (m) strand line embryo fore dunes white/yellow xed dunes dune slack dune scrub (1) dunes (2) (3) dunes (4) (5) (6) (7) 0–20 20–80 80–150 150–300 300–500 500–700 (400) variable 0–50 50–100 100–125 125–150 150–250 approximate age (years) soil colour soil surface pH % calcium carbonate yellow woodland (8) (9) 700–2500 2500+ 250–400 >400 grey brown 8.5 8.0 7 .5 7 .0 10 8 8 5 2.5 5 10 20 >40 sea rocket, sand, marram, marram, harebell, creeping birch, heather, pines, couch, grass, sand sedge willow willow, brambles gorse oaks lyme grass sea holly % humus dominant plant species yellow/grey dune heath <1 saltwor t 6.5 4.5 6.0 <0.1 1 common sallow ▲ Figre 2.4.28 Diagram of idealized sand dunes 121 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Arrested and deected successions Succession eg soil This other natural regular its of reduced plagioclimax Why do think eg re or or arrested a biodiversity. want the climax at a stage as Again if or a biotic limiting human the develop : This their will be as lead to a as will by either agriculture, deected farmland a heavy which affected such or ceases climatic at such factor, removed. activity the crops respiration is may arable abiotic factor activity human into an community factor community or pasture, maintain productivity by sub-climax destruction. such will to if or landslide, habitat community the ‘arrested’ waterlogging, an community farmers about as in or development re plagioclimax with such circumstances event, use stopped results continue Under a be conditions grazing. only may or plantations the climax community. plagioclimax? Clue – ratios. Signicance of changes during succession GPP NPP biodiversity During succession mineral initial lost is through high, high net ▲ ie in a and low system an is growing of is productivity, productivity The relatively biomass is and this the is diversity is low proportion low too, so gross productivity by : to the energy productivity In later productivity balanced and due of net accumulating. community, However, zero net gross producers. and consumer approaches and stages density community. productivity gross early respiration increased climax ow, In community the with energy change. conditions stages, years cycling may respiration, respiration be so (P:R) Figre 2.4.29 Changes during ratio approaches 1. Biodiversity increases during succession as more succession species arrive reached. but increases There is and a basic productivity increasing for a and simple placed systems buffer that as a yield a as on a and elds. as environmental we? rights Less need a is we – the higher need Food income cycle, be balance places able But are to between of we aims have natural cycling, aesthetic mixture to more monoculture that nutrient provision, a of leads production and community. natural places, to is succession human rates system controlled climax may of biodiversity, ecosystem. are and high natural productive we community stages process. The water the climax early achieve carbon waste While What that the clean provide. quantity. should plants stable at chains, services oceans, We left. reach in a succession to stratied not other natural food weed balance systems well land, – does if slow want crop longer where that value forests natural We standing be succession between well-organized system productive more no slightly to the agriculture. with provide of quality conict in tends during complexity, maximizes not decreases cycling strongly requirements biomass then Mineral as climate services necessary habitats, grow crops human on rights and nd? K- r-rei' repruive reie Species can r-selected of the the K- 122 roughly species. population shape and their be of the into and growth r describe the next into are curve. exponential r-strategies genes K divided and r-strategists two variables K the part the K- is of the approach generation and that carrying growth different ensuring or K- determine capacity and the and r shape describes curve. species the ‘take’ survival to of getting the species. 2 . 4 Different species vary in the amount of time and B I o m E S , energy Z o n a T I o n they use to a n d S u C C E S S I o n raise T their offspring. K-strategists, There eg are humans two and extremes. other large In 1980, Mt St Helens mammals: volcano erupted in ● Have ● Invest small numbers of offspring. Washington State, USA. large amounts of time and energy in parental care. Research what has happened to the vegetation ● Most offspring ● They are ● Population survive. in the area since then. Star t good competitors. here http://vulcan.wr.usgs. their sizes are usually close to the carrying capacity, gov/Volcanoes/MSH/ hence Recovery/framework .html name. Sketch curves for gross ● In stable, climax ecosystems, K-strategists out compete r-strategists. productivity, net productivity r-strategists, eg invertebrates and sh: and respiration as a function ● Use ● No ● They lay ● They reproduce ● Are ● Make ● Because lots of energy in the production of vast numbers of of time in one graph for Mt St eggs. Helens since 1980. Indicate energy is used in raising them after hatching. the dierent succession the able their to eggs and opportunistic of their new use fast in habitats of stages in the graph. forever. with unstable rapidly. short-lived reproductive capacity, predominate them quickly. colonize carrying leave a and resources. growth population crash rates, as a they result. may exceed They ecosystems. Ticl chrcteristics f r- K- strtegists r-strtegist K-strtegist Shor t life Long life Rapid growth Slower growth Early maturity Late maturity Many small ospring Fewer large ospring Little parental care or protection High parental care and protection Little investment in individual ospring High investment in individual ospring Adapted to unstable environment Adapted to stable environment Pioneers, colonizers Later stages of succession Niche generalists Niche specialists Prey Predators Regulated mainly by external factors Regulated mainly by internal factors Lower trophic level Higher trophic level Examples: annual plants, our beetles, Examples: trees, albatrosses, humans bacteria It a is important continuum of these to of appreciate that reproductive K- and strategies r-strategists and many are the species extremes show a of mixture characteristics. 123 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Survivorship curves type I 1000 sroviv rus fo noit roporp )elacs gol( )dnasuoht rep rebmun ni( typical for K-selected species. 100 they live for most of their life span and mostly die later in life t y p e 10 I I typical for r-selected species: high mor tality occurs in the very early 1 stages of the species’ life cycle. type III 0 age ▲ A a Figre 2.4.30 Survivorship curves survivorship species. gure2.4.30. Curve dying II at species is shows the hypothetical Note rather any of curve Three age. that rare. It the It fate vertical represents occurs of a group survivorship for axis is in individuals are shown of in logarithmic. species example of curves that the have an equal hydrozoan chance Hydra and of some birds. T Look at the diagram of a theoretical survival model of a small bird population. deaths eggs 200 100 eggs and young population pool per year birds of breeding age 100 deaths T (input) 1. 50 100 Which kind of organisms 100 birds per year are rstrategists? 25 (output) 2. 12 0 List characteristics of 1 2 3 4 rstrategists shown by age in years the shape of the curve. 3. Which species are most reproduction likely to be regulated by ▲ Figre 2.4.31 A theoretical survival model of a small bird population densityindependent factors, eg weather? 4. 1. What is the life span of these birds? 2. What is the potential natality? 3. How many survivors after the rst year? 4. What is the percentage mor tality at end of year 1? 5. What is the percentage mor tality at end of year 2? 6. What is the percentage mor tality at end of year 3? 7. What would the survivorship curve for these birds look like? Describe and explain the shape of the survivorship curve for Kselected species. 124 2 . 5 I n v E S T I G a T I n G E C o S y S T E m S – p R a C T I C a L w o R K 2.5 Iestigtig ecsstes – prcticl rk sii ie: appii ki: ➔ The description and investigation of ➔ desig and carry out ecological investigations. ➔ Cstrct simple identication keys for up to ecosystems allows for comparisons to be made between dierent ecosystems and for eight species. them to be monitored, modelled and evaluated ➔ Elte sampling strategies. ➔ Elte methods to measure at least three over time, measuring both natural change and human impacts. abiotic factors in an ecosystem. ➔ Ecosystems can be better understood through the investigation and quantication of their ➔ Elte methods to investigate the change along an environmental gradient and the eect components. of a human impact in an ecosystem. ➔ Elte methods for estimating biomass at dierent trophic levels in an ecosystem. ➔ Elte methods for measuring/estimating populations of motile and nonmotile organisms. ➔ Clclte and iterret data for species richness and diversity. ➔ dr graphs to illustrate species diversity in a community over time or between communities. Kwee ueri: ➔ ➔ ➔ The study of an ecosystem requires that it include measurement of dry mass, controlled be named and located eg Deiniker wald, Baar, combustion and extrapolation from samples. Switzerland, a mixed deciduous–coniferous Data from these methods can be used to managed woodland. construct ecological pyramids. Organisms in an ecosystem can be identied comparison to herbarium / specimen collections, quadrats for making actual counts, measuring technologies and scientic exper tise. population density, percentage cover and percentage frequency. Slig strtegies may be used to measure ➔ Direct and indirect methods for estimating space, along an environmental gradient, over the bce f tile rgiss can be time, through succession or before and after a described and evaluated. Direct methods include human impact, for example as par t of an EIA . actual counts and sampling. Indirect methods include the use of ctre-rk-rectre with Measurements should be repeated to increase the application of the Lincoln Index. reliability of data. The number of repetitions required depends on the factor being measured. ➔ Methods for estimating the bce f -tile rgiss include the use of biotic and abiotic factors and their change in ➔ ➔ using a variety of tools including kes, Methods for estimating the biss and energy of trophic levels in a community ➔ Secies richess is the number of species in a community and is a useful comparative measure. 125 2 E c o s ys t E m s ➔ a n d E c o l o g y Secies i ersit is a function of the number of the result of the Simpson diversity index. Using species and their relative abundance and can its formula, the higher the result, the greater the be compared using an index. There are many species diversity. This indication of diversity is versions of diversity indices but students are only useful when comparing two similar habitats only expected to be able to apply and evaluate or the same habitat over time. sui ee All ecosystem investigations experimentation national standards Consider if you ● Replace ● Rene ● Reduce The it IB it follow may be carefully the more before guidelines stringent in the than designing an IB your animal local, experiment. animal by using number states of that to cells, alleviate animals you plants may harm or or simulations. distress. involved. not carry out an animal experiment if involves: ● pain, ● death ● drug the If check experiment the policy so should This could: the the policy. undue of intake or damage to health of the animal animal or dietary change beyond those easily tolerated by animal. humans and the stress not are carry blood-borne involved, out you must experiments also that have involve their the written possibility permission of transfer of pathogens. tehique fr ei This topic number you ● to collect Where to itself these the ■ Transects to a lot of the traditional underpin various relevant collect Quadrats What to techniques ■ ■ 126 basic understand them ● lends of methods data data measure Measuring abiotic X Marine X Freshwater X Terrestrial factors for a environmental many of of data wide the collection range studies investigations. of you can and a Once combine investigations. 2 . 5 ● Measuring I n v E S T I G a T I n G E C o S y S T E m S – p R a C T I C a L w o R K biotics Ke ter ■ Biomass ■ Catching and productivity A qrt is a frame of small motile animals specic size (depending X Terrestrial on what is being studied), which may be divided into X Aquatic subsections. ■ ● Keys Measuring abundance ■ Lincoln ■ Simpson Index diversity index Where e he Quadrats How ▲ many quadrat samples, and of what size? Figre 2.5.1 Quadrats The size being of the quadrat chosen is dependent on the size of the organisms sampled. Qrt size Qrt re orgis 2 0.01 m 10 × 10 cm Very small organisms such as lichens on tree trunks or walls, or algae. 2 0.25 m 0.5 × 0.5 m Small plants: grasses, herbs, small shrubs. Slow moving or sessile animals: mussels, limpets. 2 Medium size plants: large bushes. 1 m 1.0 × 1.0 m 2 25 m 5.0 × 5.0 m ▲ Mature trees. Figre 2.5.2 There size is and a balance time to strike available and between the increasing number of accuracy times a with quadrat is increasing placed. 127 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y These 20 will vary distribution. depending But you can on the work ecosystem, out how size many of organisms samples to take and their and what 15 size As 10 the you found. quadrats increase When should the this be quite number number of is simply. samples, stable, plot you the have number found all of species species in the 5 area, If 0 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 you in gure increase 2.5.3, the eight size of samples the are enough. quadrat (eg plot number from side length 10 cm to 15 15 ▲ so Figre 2.5.3 Number of species cm, this 20 cm number and so reaches on) a and constant, the that is the of species quadrat size found, to when use. and quadrat size How to place quadrats Quadrats can (according 15 1. Random your 9 16 2 1 26 be to a quadrats shoulder 4 10 1 7 22 27 2 5 11 18 23 28 The 3 6 12 19 24 7 13 20 25 8 may but 14 2. Figre 2.5.4 and we ● Map ● Draw ● Number ● Use out a a or continuously or systematically be do placed not by throwing recommend this the as quadrat it could over be Stratied are method your grid random study over each random – you (gure may 2.5.4) decide is to where use to both random throw. number tables: area. the study area. square. number table to identify which squares you need sample. random difference edge of study area not conventional to ▲ randomly 29 dangerous 1 placed pattern). within sampling an area is to used be when sampled there and is two an obvious sets of samples taken. This study types taken and in area (gure three each 2.5.5) separate has areas to two be distinctly studied. different Samples vegetation need to be area. forest ● Deal ● Draw ● Number with each area separately. prairie a grid for the each squares area. in each area (they can be the same numbers quadrats or ● Use to forest ▲ Figre 2.5.5 different). a in number each table to identify which squares you need area. Transects Continuous Ke ter random sample You might changes and use along systematic this an to look sampling at is changes environmental along in a transect organisms gradient, eg as a zonation line. result along of a slope, A trsect is a sample path/ a rocky shore or grassland to woodland, or to measure the change in line/strip along which you species composition with increasing distance from a source of pollution. record the occurrence and/ Transects are quick and relatively simple to conduct. or distribution of plants and animals in a par ticular study area. NOTE Many obtain 128 line transects sufcient (at least reliable 3, data. preferably 5) need to be combined to 2 . 5 There 1. are Line out 2 main transect: in the touching 2. Belt It is 1. In a belt 2. In the this an is may be of the a a string are strip two that could or of chosen line individuals transect E C o S y S T E m S useful to tape gradient – p R a C T I C a L w o R K you. which and is laid species recorded. parallel continuous be measuring environmental tape which continuous is or laying between lines of string by transect consists transect: apart, of direction made Transect types I n v E S T I G a T I n G or (line width through transects, are the usually ecosystem. 0.5 or 1 metre sampled. interrupted. or belt transect) the whole line or sampled. interrupted points along horizontal Quadrats the or transect line or vertical are placed belt. (line intervals. at or These This intervals belt) points is a along samples are form the are usually of taken taken systematic at at regular sampling. belt. Wh eure Measuring abiotic components of the system Ecosystems terrestrial of can be roughly ecosystems. physical (abiotic) 1. Describe and 2. Describe and variations in divided Each factors of and you evaluate methods evaluate how abiotic into these to marine, ecosystem should for be freshwater types able measuring measure has a and different set to: these. spatial and temporal factors. Marine ecosystems Abiotic factors: salinity, pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen, Normal seawater 35‰ Brackish water (Baltic Sea) Between 1‰ and 10‰ Freshwater 0.5 ‰ The salinity can be determined by measuring the electrical wave action. conductivity Ke ter or the density Seawater using a of the usually pH water. has a pH of above 7 (basic). The pH can be measured Sliit is the concentration of salts expressed in ‰ meter. (par ts of salt per thousand Many meters have interchangeable probes and so can be used to par ts of water). measure a number of abiotic factors. Temperature Temperature due to about the the affects fact that same metabolic rates. may a have as the the So metabolic many are surrounding changes signicant rates in impact of ectothermic marine (their water). temperature on some organisms: body Lower this temperatures caused by is temperature thermal = is low pollution organisms. 129 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y Dissolved oxygen Solubility ● of oxygen Temperature: dissolved oxygen the ● for Dissolved (A in series the Acid of an then well can added calculated.) by: = lower organisms changes in concentrations rely on of dissolved temperature will impact to can be is to the cause measured meter, added iodide release amount titration is oxygen to the ions to concentrations oxygen-selective which in or a can give to a and thus be and give titration. dissolved can results, and then but accurate oxygen precipitate. measured, which quick electrode Winkler golden-brown oxygen, order by sample form electrodes labour an water dissolved calibrated more using datalogging, iodine of Oxygen-selective and low organisms. with maintained Winkler marine hence electronic reacts proportional be this marine chemicals water is for to affected ecosystem. oxygen connected is temperatures Many respiration pollution: problems water higher oxygen. marine Water in is be need results. to The intensive. Wave action Wave to action the is water important surface. concentrations rocky of in Areas coastal with dissolved zones high oxygen. where wave organisms activity Typical live usually examples are close have coral high reefs and coasts. Freshwater ecosystems Ke ter Abiotic factors: turbidity, ow velocity, pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen. Trbiit is the cloudiness of Turbidity a body of fresh water. High Low turbidity turbidity The turbidity and thereby be A Secchi disc The ▲ cloudy clear water important depth with is water a is at optical white heavy because which limits instruments or to it the penetration photosynthesis or by black-and-white ensure that the can using disc rope a occur. Secchi attached goes of sunlight Turbidity can disc. to a vertically graduated down. The is: 1. Slowly 2. Read 3. Slowly 4. Read 5. Calculate lower the the the depth raise reliable depth the stand ● Always wear ● Always work disc the or it depth. always disappears is just in or the view. rope. again. rope. depth procedure sit glasses This from visible graduated standard your it graduated until from a until the average results Always disc from the ● is known should be should be on the repeated shady in the of same the Secchi boat. always side as followed: work without Figre 2.5.6 The Secchi disc This 130 is disc procedure For = the measured rope. = the spot boat. 3–5 times. them. depth. 2 . 5 I n v E S T I G a T I n G E C o S y S T E m S – p R a C T I C a L w o R K Flow velocity This is the species 1. Time: low 2. live melt ow Depth: of 3. speed can the 1. are Flow 2. in on be oor only The and velocity high it determines varies ow which with: rates, summer drought slowly bend for than generally mounted river the used that in the middle a clear water, ow velocity: and can be unreliable as problems. device on / its slower-moving water. expensive has as shown graduated stream. velocity in shallow measuring mechanical the has fast-moving electricity and impeller is held facing impeller Repeat more The stick height measured shallow in at water, gure and of the the different as you 2.5.7: base placed impeller depths, must be can BUT able it to impeller. distance d. is of be water The moving gives ow Inside are simple impeller the may methods with adjusted the c. a the see is Flow spring deeper These water can b. river: has basic meter: The the water the bend Impellers: a. in water area. column. three mixing the certain water Surface outside which a rates. water Position There at in of is the 3–5 at the end of the side arm and lowered into upstream. released side times arm for and is the time it takes to travel the measured. accurate results. Impeller mounted on a threaded side arm. The side arm of xed length: height can be adjusted. The base of the graduated rod is placed in the stream bed. ▲ 3. Figre 2.5.7 Impeller Floats The easiest object preferably and to be only. surface to measure travel partly grapefruits velocity the way takes ow ow certain suitable average velocity to This velocity dividing is to The reduce oats. ow by velocity distance. submerged make The a the measure oating the effect method of a river surface the object of the gives can time wind. the be velocity a oating should Oranges surface estimated by ow from 1.25. 131 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y person 1 drops the oat above the rst marker and shouts star t as it passes the marker marker 1 marker 2 ideal distance = 10m river owing in this direction oat person 2 star ts the stopwatch on command from person 1 and stops it as the oat passes marker 2 and catches the oat ▲ Figre 2.5.8 This should be WARNING: repeated This 3–5 method times gives for accuracy. seconds / metre NOT metres / second pH pH values of depending with For a pH freshwater on range surrounding meter or temperature from soil, datalogging and dissolved moderately rock pH and acidic vegetation. to It slightly can be basic, measured probe. oxygen see marine ecosystems (p129). Terrestrial ecosystems Abiotic slope, factors: soil temperature, moisture, light drainage and intensity, mineral wind speed, soil texture, content. Air temperature Temperature simple varies liquid (electronic) temporally thermometers, thermometers. temperature continuously temperature probe. and spatially min–max The latter during a and can be thermometers, equipment longer time can as measured or be can a more used using complex to measure data-logging Light intensity This can varies be be measured with taken time into with (sunny electronic period, meters. clouds, time The of fact the that day, light intensity season) should account. Wind speed There ● A are a variety revolving the wind. mounted ● A easy By to a the anemometer number wind use is a and related to of or to consists measure of per Revolving three time cup wind cups period speed: that is rotate counted anemometers can in and be hand-held. calibrated in used rotations speed. pressure observation then 132 to techniques permanently ventimeter reduces ● cup The converted of the tube tube, over which which the makes a wind passes. pointer This move. It is inexpensive. of the the effect Beaufort of the Scale wind (a on scale objects. of wind The observations speed from 0 to are 12). 2 . 5 I n v E S T I G a T I n G E C o S y S T E m S – p R a C T I C a L w o R K Rainfall Rainfall can established Many easy on 1. be schools to make how to Place collected weather will and make your obstacles 2. Check rain a are may gauge a case of Some but websites you have spot inuence schools collecting station suitable the every gauge. weather Once affect graduated rain which plenty in from a in a own. gauge away – have there your that rain into not rain somewhere using station rain that made in of can give rain study buildings, are you is easy. very advice gauge: area trees an data gauges your the have rainfall – and other rainfall. 24 hours cylinder – and at the record same daily time every amount of day. Pour rainfall. ▲ Figre 2.5.9 Rain gauge Soil Soil has aspects a signicant of the soil impact that can on be plant growth and there are a variety of measured. Texture (Par ticle size) Soil is made distribution up of of particles them (gravel, affects a soil’s sand, silt, drainage clay) and and the average water-holding size and capacity. pr ticle H t esre Gravel: very coarse, Measure individually – simple, but timeconsuming coarse and medium procedure Gravel: ne and very ne Sieved through a series of sieves with dierent mesh sizes. Sand: All sizes Silt and clay Sedimentation or optical techniques. Sedimentation techniques are based on the fact that large par ticles sink faster than small par ticles. Optical techniques use light scattering by the par ticles (light scattering is what makes suspensions of soil par ticles in water look cloudy). Both sedimentation and light scattering can nowadays be done using automated instruments but are expensive for secondary school use. Soil moisture This is the amount of water in the soil. It can be measured by drying soil samples. 1. Place 2. Weigh 3. Dry Drying In ● a sample it the can and Set the burn Leave of the record soil the in a crucible. weight. sample. be done conventional to ● a oven off for becomes in to 105 organic 24 a conventional drying oven or a microwave oven. oven: hours constant. °C; hot enough to dry the soil but not so hot as matter. and This weigh takes the sample, several repeat this until its mass days. 133 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y In a microwave ● Place ● Weigh until A the sample the its oven: sample, mass minimum in of the and becomes 3–5 microwave return to for the 10 minutes. oven for 5 minutes – repeat constant. samples should be tested. Organic content The organic stages of content decay and ● Supplies ● Holds water ● Helps reduce ● Increases Organic (like Dry the 2. Heat soil to a is plant several the and animal residues in various functions. soil. sponge). compaction and crusting. inltration. can sample the a has nutrients content 1. of it soil at be as determined by the loss on ignition (LOI) method. above. high temperatures of 500 to 1,000 °C for several hours. 3. Weigh the sample and repeat this until its mass becomes constant. Mineral content and pH There easy in is to a many Soil pH wide range measure gardening can of soil through also be nutrients traditional essential soil testing for a kits fertile or the soil. ones These are available centres. measured using a soil testing kit or a pH probe. Measuring biotic components of the system To measure ● Why ● What ● Why ● What So walk is biotic it as has it components this impact around do your a playing ● Is there a footpath ● Does ● Is ground more shady does and people not observe and question. there? walking institution’s there it here more Is difference to recently? grow ● the need is? changed does we here grounds or have? the local area. eld? on soil rather than concrete? slope? or more that moist make to in the one type area and than another number of and species what living there? Measuring biomass and productivity Plant biomass Measuring plant it take is best very 134 to difcult. biomass is simple above-ground but destructive. biomass as trying to Generally get roots speaking etc. can be 2 . 5 For low vegetation 1. Place a 2. Harvest all 3. Wash to 4. Dry suitably it it at content the 5. 6. the given accurate per unit result For trees in 1. Select 2. Harvest 3. And can (see as dry – p R a C T I C a L w o R K then 2.5.2). in that area. insects. until it reaches so all a the constant water weight. should be Water removed and weight. this be gure vegetation enormously can the and any results area quadrat 60–70°C vary For species sized above-ground about E C o S y S T E m S grasses: remove can mass The / I n v E S T I G a T I n G should be repeated 3–5 times so that a mean obtained. be extrapolated to the total biomass of that ecosystem. bushes: the tree the repeat or bush leaves steps you from 3–6 which 3–5 in the to test. branches. above method. Primary productivity In aquatic and dark ecosystems bottle productivity has given The the 1. 2. of us a aquatic good productivity bottles. Take The two a. One b. The litre the the Place equal 4. Both bottles should 5. Allow to 6. Measure original the is amounts must be the light the dark, In terrestrial (including measure the phytoplankton). productivity calculated ecosystems) both of the This oceans the gross and from the oxygen from the ecosystem. is light and net simple of many but lakes. concentrations in with is water made glass of or clear is covered concentration an oxygen glass. of the probe, to exclude water and by record light. chemical it as mg titration oxygen stand the of be plants of the completely same lled species with into water each and of the capped. bottles. (No present.) and incubate oxygen laboratory In or freshwater to is: dark oxygen oxygen In of and used water. 3. air lled bottles be the usually method) of of procedure other (Winkler per is marine can plants idea bottles of Measure (both technique bottle, only level or levels of in the outdoors for both water. in the photosynthesis respiration ecosystems, several hours. bottles The and ecosystem and compare incubation of respiration can with take the place in investigation. have been occurring. occurs. you can do a similar experiment with square ‘patches’: 1. Select 2. The three rst equally patch measured (see (A) sized is patches harvested with similar immediately vegetation and the (eg grass). biomass above). 135 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y 3. The second just respiration). 4. The 5. After C third a are patch patch (B) (C) suitable is time harvested is covered just left period and the with as it black (no photosynthesis, is. (depends biomass plastic on the measured season), (as patches B and above). 2 6. Now GPP , NPP and R can be calculated (usually per m ). Secondary productivity In a typical procedure time experiment, is period, that the the a herbivore food and remaining the food, is fed with a herbivore(s) the known are herbivore(s) amount weighed. and the of After feces food. a are The suitable weighed. Catching small motile animals These small are more animals? identify the insects you Under no WARNING: killed count problematic Obviously during small any as they are they have likely to move to catch circumstances investigation – be around, caught – have should there are any so how rst. a key be ways we count sure handy animal humane do Make to you help stressed to catch can you. or and animals. Terrestrial ecosystems There is a range 1. Pitfall 2. Sweep 3. Tree of safe harmless techniques that can be used to catch insects: traps. nets. beating. WARNING: ● Make ● DO or The NOT a do Several be are the of of is ideal cannot meat not fall these checked number handle trap that decaying insects there no venomous insects insects directly – in move your the local insects area. with tweezers pooter. pitfall animals by sure at catching away (see sweet sugar in it drown) traps and can be species and and (this will around (every 6 other 2.5.10). solution placed intervals insects gure or regular that for y fall the hours) small Insects must be into the study and be attracted covered so the trap. area. the crawling can They species should and recorded. cover over the trap to protect from rainfall stones to suppor t cover small yogur t pot level with the soil surface, with leaves or soil ▲ in the bottom Figre 2.5.11 Sweep netting ▲ 136 Figre 2.5.10 A pitfall trap 2 . 5 I n v E S T I G a T I n G E C o S y S T E m S – p R a C T I C a L w o R K WARNING ● DO NOT kill ● the DO put any uid in the bottom of the trap – you do not want to insect. NOT leave the traps unchecked for more than 24 hours. Sweep nets Sweep nets heights These and in of various order can then numbers to be sizes catch can many emptied be swept through grasses at various insects. into a large clear container and the species recorded. Tree beating This method can nd insects in tree branches. Simply place a catching tray ▲ beneath that a falls tree branch from the and tree gently and you tap can the log branch. the The species tray and will their catch Figre 2.5.12 Tree beating anything numbers. suck here Night-ying sheet is Small moths hung insects and will the and be attracted moths settle invertebrates to on can a light this be behind for you caught which to with a white rubber tubing observe. a pooter – a small jar rubber bung with and two the gauze tubes animal at the attached (see gure is into the end pulled of the 2.5.13). jar. mouthpiece You You suck cannot gently swallow it on as one tube there is gauze tied tube! on to prevent animal entering animal Aquatic ecosystems in here The organisms most efcient of most way to interest catch will them be is the stream through kick invertebrates and the samples. specimen tube Kick sampling is another simple technique: ▲ ● Place ● Shufe ● Empty ● Use the a your the In aquatic into to three times systems, nets of boats or running is also You loosens effective. may caught think and net into various ensure for a Figre 2.5.13 A pooter you. 30 tray insects various Some is good mesh invertebrates water. of these not should or seconds. lled into with small stream plastic water. cups and which always and sh. plastic sizes the to do are not their can can be be T urning and harm kill the habitats if used towed effective. net. destructive most them net These sieves into are but return sizes drift methods acceptable results. larger Simple invertebrates, this you streambed the the to small in of sort plankton, held the from results. catch sampling downstream contents your Repeat net feet pipette record ● sweep to behind Kick stones the over organisms. organisms at all possible. Keys Once are you have called. A collected (biological) the key organisms, is used to you may identify want species. to nd out Ecologists what make stream ow they keys current carries material into net to specic to help groups other at more time exact and people dichotomous examples professionals organisms, interested diagrammatic, Look of use than of Both lines invertebrates ‘spider’ keys. statement pictures. the soil identify published paired following or eg or and Keys a Diagram keys keys ‘go species. key are to’ specic come paired keys because used in by numbers. in ecosystems, two formats, statement are useful printed starting but descriptions at a key. the top are ▲ Figre 2.5.14 Kick sampling each 137 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y A It A list is of pond from paired the organisms UK in a temperate Environmental statement key has no ecosystem Education pictures is Centre but is shown in more in gure Canterbury, accurate 2.5.15. Kent. . animals with six legs mayy nymph damsely nymph water beetle saucer bug dragony nymph greater water boatman water stick insect pond skater beetle lar va water scorpion lesser water boatman caddisy nymph animals with more than six legs water spider water mite water louse freshwater shrimp animals with shells rams horn snail pond snail pea-shell cockle swan mussel animals without shells ▲ 138 midge eggs phantom midge midge pupa bloodworm leech water worm insect lar va water ea cyclops algae Figre 2.5.15 A picture key of pond animals atworm rat-tailed maggot 2 . 5 I n v E S T I G a T I n G E C o S y S T E m S – p R a C T I C a L w o R K Measuring abundance Having established what organisms are where, what use is it? 4 Plants There are a number of ways of assessing plant species abundance: 5 2 ● Density: ● Frequency: the species present mean number of plants per m 2 percentage of the total quadrat number that the 3 was in, may also be measured within the quadrat. 1 ● Percentage is often of the cover: measured coverage because instead by each plants of spread individual species and it out and grow numbers. sometimes This percentage is helps an if cover estimate the quadrat ▲ is a divided forest, 100% be up so or the then scale by it this. less either can using Species percentage much estimated and for be if is on overlap within bare comparing graded gure cover there by may a a or scale in quadrat ground. the lie The sample from 0 may be 5, with or on the over cover gure Figre 2.5.16 in can 2.5.16 ACFOR 2.5.17. percetge cer (%) aCFoR scle 50 Scre Abundant 5 25–50 Common 4 12–25 Frequent 3 Occasional 2 Rare 1 6–12 <6, or single individual absent ▲ storeys well percentage area to different 0 Figre 2.5.17 Percentage cover scales Lincoln Index (capture, mark , release and recapture) Sessile or limpets Lincoln move slow and moving barnacles. Index about is or used do animals More to not can be mobile estimate appear counted animals the during as are population the individuals, harder size of to e.g. assess animals and the which day. Method 1. Establish 2. Capture will a Mark have each of the them example, paint (nothing Release allow the be population. of animals; The you actual can method take your of capture pick from the earlier. must higher dog can the size organisms this to area. of the discussed woodland 4. on marked: expose For study sample depend methods 3. the be captured done predation whelks marked on a in a levels rocky with a and record how non-harmful than shore spot of many way that non-marked or woodlice non-toxic in subtle you does not individuals. a coloured bright). captured sufcient time individuals to remix back with into the the environment and population. 139 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y 5. Take of are if a second organisms marked. this sample At estimate least is made ● complete, is throughout ● Marks do ● Marks are ● It ● There is are the time. Index m be the the marked fairly marked easily the rst: count count how sample the many should be number of them recaptured accurate. individuals have spread to nor increase predation by making the seen. catch every immigration, a Lincoln ie between Trapping second of to as and that: harmful easy no 10% way sample population. more equally same this disappear. not population ● the not individual are the in going Assumptions Mixing in captured the organisms individual. emigration, times does of births or deaths in the sampling. not affect their chances of being trapped formulae n 2 1 _ _ = n N 2 OR n × n 1 2 _ N = m 2 Where n = number of animals rst marked = number of animals captured and released 1 n in the second sample 2 Ke ter m = number of marked animals in the second sample 2 N = Lincoln Index or total population (the gure you are after) Secies iersit is a function of the number of Simpson diversity index species and their relative Species abundance. numbers diversity of is the number individuals of each of different species, ie species species and the richness relative and species evenness. Ecologists the similar time. be three express species most careful. related in species) The to the value ranges a 1 is 1) _ = ∑n(n 140 1) to number. makes it The higher possible ecosystems turn the 0 ‘Simpson index). higher from a whether way (Simpson’s number N(N see name indices which and to in This diversity are into a to the number, compare changing number in is by the index. reciprocal equal D or diversity diversity. common diversity Simpson’s index to the ecosystems The Simpson But try greater of to Here lowest value 1. we value means species diversity Index, in are using (when more the index’ Simpson’s of Simpson’s there diversity. sample. actually index In would The the describes diversity be just highest other and reciprocal one value indices, is the 2 . 5 I n v E S T I G a T I n G E C o S y S T E m S – p R a C T I C a L w o R K Where D = Simpson N = total n = diversity number number of of index organisms individuals of of a all species particular found species Example nber f iiils f secies A B C Ecosystem 1 25 24 21 Ecosystem 2 65 3 4 The diversity N = D = 25 + index 24 + of ecosystem 21 = 1 can be calculated like this: 70 70 × 69 ____ = (25 In ecosystem Both are A × high value ancient prevent Be for site. like Agricultural Simpson also be Note: have D you diversity do the logged land to not index so as a to is diverse low for also D is most in so (3) by are for in D, other Arctic often in used and 1 is often these higher. a stable disturbed values farmers species and for in low as tundra there system measure, found results and slow but this ecosystem D values crops for growth index richness diversity, values their 3.07 20) 1.22. Pollution values as animal need highly extremely low is × species low between sites (21 species forests. has + index same contrast, diversity applied 23) indicates In stable The × distributed though and (24 diversity competition careful ancient + the evenly ecosystems D. 2, ecosystems more and 24) may for try to (weeds). represent diversity vegetation, is low. but it can populations. memorize the Lincoln Index or Simpson formulae. 141 2 E c o s ys t E m s a n d E c o l o g y W E I VE R Explain what are the main impacts of humans on ows Evaluate the model of of energy and matter in the succession described here. biosphere. BIg QUEstIons Ee e Reeive quei ➔ Feeding can ➔ we What relationships decide role when does can one be represented model indigenous is better knowledge by different than play in models. How another? passing on scientic knowledge? ➔ When is quantitative knowledge ➔ Controlled of by the about of ➔ tropical the Why study 142 do we when experiments natural laboratory rainforest Earth, therefore use superior To what qualitative are often extent experiment data in giving us is less seen the as the hallmark knowledge scientic than obtained the experiment? biome who is vital should internationally making to world? method, observational The data laboratory scientic manipulated ➔ the to the decide ecological how standardized comparisons across equilibrium humans methods international of use it? ecological boundaries? R E v I E w W E I VE R Q u I C K Quik review All questions are The diagram and should worth below be used 1 mark shows for a 4. complete questions 1 food and web is organism A. A producer B. A primary C. A secondary D. An U? 2. P H What consumer consumer (carnivore) autotroph R S 5. F L G E The diagram food web for below a lake shows part of an aquatic ecosystem. T N freshwater turtles large sh O 1. Which are producers? small sh A. P and B. P , C. O, D. O H, H R and F tadpoles N and T water eas rotifers 2. Which A. G, are S, secondary R, P and consumers? F algae B. H and C. N, P What L, E and is the represented D. is a represent diagram different photosynthesizing and in this number food of trophic levels web? O Below 3 maximum T of a food species web. of organism. The organism. Use this A. Three B. Four C. Five D. Six letters S for is a questions 4. R S T U 3. Which organism is only a primary consumer (herbivore)? A. P B. T C. U D. S 143 B i o d i v e r s i t y 3 a n d c o n s e r vat i o n 3.1 A todcto to bod st sg : appl kll: ➔ Biodiversity can be identied in a variety of ➔ Dstgsh between biodiversity, species forms including species diversity, habitat diversity, genetic diversity and habitat diversity. diversity and genetic diversity. ➔ ➔ Commt on the relative values of The ability to both understand and biodiversity data. quantify biodiversity is impor tant to ➔ Dscss the usefulness of providing numerical conser vation eor ts. values of species diversity to understanding the nature of biological communities and the conser vation of biodiversity. Kwlg ug: ➔ Bod st is a broad concept encompassing ➔ total diversity which includes diversity of spcs, gtc d st and habtat d st. ➔ habitats in an ecosystem or biome. ➔ ➔ and their relative propor tions (evenness). ➔ Quantication of biodiversity is impor tant to conser vation eor ts so that areas of high Communities can be described and compared biodiversity may be identied, explored, by the use of d st dcs. When comparing and appropriate conser vation put in place communities that are similar then low diversity where possible. could be evidence of pollution, eutrophication or recent colonization of a site. The number of species present in an area is often used to indicate general patterns of biodiversity. 144 Gtc d st refers to the range of genetic material present in a population of a species. Spcs d st in communities is a product of two variables, the number of species (richness) Habtat d st refers to the range of dierent ➔ The ability to assess changes to biodiversity in a given community over time is impor tant in assessing the impact of human activity in the community. 3 . 1 A n i n T r O D u C T i O n T O B i O D i v e r S i T y ‘It should not be believed tp f b that all beings exist for the You may think animals and concept than ecosystem diversity biodiversity that. but in of plants in Usually, sometimes, an as different the numbers places. high But diversity particularly unpolluted, ancient of is a species far indicates in site it the but a Arctic, this is of more different sake of the existence of complex man. On the contrary, all healthy there because may be low the other beings too have conditions been intended for their own are so harsh. sakes and not for the sake Biodiversity diversity: is the overall genetic term diversity, for three species different diversity but and inter-related habitat types of of something else.’ diversity Maimonides, The Guide for the If we think species is habitat. about more important Species (variety) and biodiversity than diversity number of then the spread of the total number reects this, as organisms it individuals of looks (abundance). between individuals at both Species the in Perplexed 1:72, c. 1190 a range diversity is K tm not just the organisms total number within each of of organisms the different in a place but the number of species. Spcs dst in Consider the examples in gure 3.1.1. communities is a product of two variables, the number Fost A Fost B 15 dierent species 15 dierent species 100 individuals of one species and one Seven individuals of each of the individual of each of the other 14 species. 15 species. Total individuals = 114 Total individuals = 105 of species (richness) and their relative propor tions (evenness). Greater number of individuals TOK Low species diversity because the Greater species diversity – because individual species may not be able to the species are evenly spread and breed = disappear the populations more viable The term ‘biodiversity’ has replaced the term ‘Nature’ in much writing on conservation ▲ Fg 3.1.1 Biodiversity in two forests issues. Does this represent a paradigm shift? This variation such as coral habitats and in diversity reefs polar and alters from rainforests regions have habitat have much to habitat. Some high species diversity. lower species diversity habitats Urban by comparison. K tm Another is the way to amount measure of diversity variation that is to exists look at between genetic diversity different – that individuals Gtc dst is the within different populations of a species. A small population normally range of genetic material has a lower genetic diversity than a larger one because of the smaller present in a gene pool or gene pool. population of a species. Species are made eachindividual any or other more will in a a of in different total amount need conserved. Not all entire be species world north-east that of has have the of a in of amount seals with a a of set species places, genetic on small, of is then Therefore different exist few populations. different if make-up. diversity, grey England And different genetic same and slightly species. genetic population coast individuals populations maximum to both species individual different have up Naturally, genes made each to scattered two conserve diversity. Farne of population populations the from up of a species Almost islands the the off the populations in 145 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Grey seals have one large population within which individuals interbreed. The whole population is adapted to the same conditions so they all have very similar genetic make-up and low genetic diversity. What may happen if disease strikes? ▲ Fg 3.1.2 Grey seal other places. genetic This Organisms where fox, is which diversity Each as we within Humans can engineering even plant of example a and alter genetic right of an organism with a small amount of Europe. a slightly in exists many different include Humans also the European have high red genetic populations. genetic make-up so there is more species. genetic populations diversity with genotypes high-yielding the diversity across planet-wide has the whole breeding ‘gene large exist identical produces strikes an found population variety or is diversity. has – clones. crop or to a articially loss variation This animal population led by reduced is of can but a be their an or advantage This variety, genetically genotypes disadvantage susceptible. genetic breeding in if if it disease domestication hence the and importance banks’. POP E For many conservationists, more genetic variation is a good thing. So def POP A they would want to maximize genetic diversity. That means having abc many have species a better and much chance of variability adapting to within each change in species. their Then habitats. species But POP G that could mean stopping succession as species diversity falls later in ghi succession ▲ Fg 3.1.3 Red fox Tropical K tm of so rainforests ecological level (2.4) niches habitat interfering are due high to diversity the with in the habitat layering (see 2.4, of natural process. diversity the as forests. there Tundra are has many a lower biomes). Habtat dst is the range B – f m hlh of dierent habitats per unit area in a particular ecosystem or biome. It is difcult Biodiversity equates 146 to is with determine often high used if as one a ecosystem ecosystem measure health. as is more high healthy biodiversity than another. usually 3 . 1 A habitat ● with resilience some high and will genetic ● some plants bring them ● high diversity could bare managing ● some an does stable the areas to the to result of T O B i O D i v e r S i T y of insect plants attack, present of which disease diseases deep always i n T r O D u C T i O n advantages: range roots making so them equate can to having fragmentation richness cycle available is due nutrients for a other healthy (break to up) pioneer and plants. ecosystem: of a habitat species quickly be difcult tolerance healthy the these oods, species can and and exception not when grazing requirements to have surface be has resistance will the degradation invading ● there to due drought, so biodiversity diversity or stability survive ● But biodiversity A n to as plant species have different grazing communities have few plant species so are rule. d We can only accurately communities within compared the by compare an use two ecosystem. of diversity similar ecosystems Communities indices (see can or be two described and TOK 2.5). Biodiversity index is not a When be comparing evidence site. The general of communities pollution, number patterns of of that are similar eutrophication species present biodiversity but in or an only then recent area tells is us low diversity colonization often part used of to the of could a measure in the true sense of the word, but merely a indicate story. number (index) as it involves a subjective judgement on the combination of two It is important to repeat investigations of diversity in the same measures; propor tion and community over process to a period of time and to know if change is a natural richness. Are there examples due succession or due to impact from human activity. This in other areas of the could either increase or decrease biodiversity which would tell us if subjective use of numbers? conservation efforts are succeeding or not. Hp Biodiversity biodiversity in other is not than areas. equally others There – are distributed more on species hotspots Earth. and where Some more there of are regions each also have species more than unusually K tm high A biodiversity hotspot is a numbers of endemic species (those only found in that place). Where region with a high level of these hotspots are is debated but about 30 areas have been recognized. biodiversity that is under ● They other ● They include ● tend in to be lower They are been lost. The ten in tropical rainforest but also regions in most threat from human activities. biomes. factors ● about all habitat nearer the tropics because there are fewer limiting latitudes. threatened contains areas more where than 70% 1,500 of the species of habitat plants has already which are endemic. ● They cover ● They tend only to 2.3% have of large the land densities surface. of human habitation nearby. 147 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n These hotspots about 60% Critics of ● focus ● do ● focus of are the naming on not shown world’s hotspots vascular represent on in regions say plants total where whether that ● do not consider genetic ● do not consider the they and threats are a to useful and is between have they ignore very can still them high be they species misleading contain diversity. because they: animals diversity habitats, loss or usually richness forest, have been lost and happening diversity value model unique 3.1.4; so that species ignore But gure species of to services, focus ecosystems our and for example attention the species on water resources. habitat within destruction them. Caucasus Mediterranean South central basin China California Caribbean Philippines oristic islands Indo-Burma province Mesoamerica Polynesia/ Micronesia Brazil’s cerrado W. African Western Ghats forests Tropical and Sri Lanka Choco/Darien/ Andes Eastern arch & Western Ecuador Sundaland coastal forests of Wallacea T anzania/Kenya New Polynesia/ Madagascar Central Caledonia Brazil’s Micronesia Succulent Chile Atlantic karoo Southwest forests Australia Cape oristic New Zealand province ▲ Fg 3.1.4 World map of regions with biodiversity hotspots Qu Hotspot Plat spcs edmc plat spcs Atlantic Forest, Brazil wold total 20,000 8,000 2.7 California Floristic Province 3,488 2,124 0.7 Cape Floristic Region, South Africa 9,000 6,210 2.1 13,000 6,550 2.2 6,400 1,600 0.5 10,000 4,400 1.5 Chilean Winter Rainfall – Valdivian Forests 3,892 1,957 0.7 Coastal Forests of Eastern Africa 4,000 1,750 0.6 East Melanesian Islands 8,000 3,000 1.0 Caribbean Islands Caucasus Cerrado 148 edmcs as a pctag of 3 . 1 Hotspot A n i n T r O D u C T i O n Plat spcs T O edmc plat spcs B i O D i v e r S i T y edmcs as a pctag of wold total Eastern Afromontane 7,598 2,356 0.8 Guinean Forests of West Africa 9,000 1,800 0.6 10,000 3,160 1.1 5,000 2,750 0.9 13,500 7,000 2.3 Irano-Anatolian 6,000 2,500 0.8 Japan 5,600 1,950 0.7 13,000 11,600 3.9 Madrean Pine–Oak Woodlands 5,300 3,975 1.3 Maputaland–Pondoland–Albany 8,100 1,900 0.6 Mediterranean Basin 22,500 11,700 3.9 Mesoamerica 17,000 2,941 1.0 5,500 1,500 0.5 12,000 3,500 1.2 New Caledonia 3,270 2,432 0.8 New Zealand 2,300 1,865 0.6 Philippines 9,253 6,091 2.0 Polynesia–Micronesia 5,330 3,074 1.0 Southwest Australia 5,571 2,948 1.0 Succulent Karoo 6,356 2,439 0.8 Sundaland 25,000 15,000 5.0 Tropical Andes 30,000 15,000 5.0 Tumbes–Choco–Darien 11,000 2,750 0.9 Wallacea 10,000 1,500 0.5 5,916 3,049 1.0 Himalaya Horn of Africa Indo-Burma Madagascar and the Indian Ocean Islands Mountains of Central Asia Mountains of Southwest China Western Ghats and Sri Lanka ▲ Fg 3.1.5 Biodiversity hotspots showing the total and endemic plant species 1. How many 2. Why is 3. What of these hotspots can you locate on a world map? Practical the number of plant species important for Investigate are the criteria for dening What 5. For is an what endemic reasons do think biodiversity differences in pools and riffles. species? you the hotspots? in 4. Work biodiversity? these hotspots are threatened Investigate global Investigate plant biodiversity. areas? in two local biodiversity areas. Evolution/natural selection simulation. 149 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n 3.2 Ogs of bod st sg : appl kll: ➔ Evolution is a gradual change in the genetic ➔ expla how plate activity has inuenced character of populations over many evolution and biodiversity. generations achieved largely through the ➔ Dscss the causes of mass extinctions. mechanism of natural selection. ➔ Environmental change gives new challenges to species, which drives evolution of diversity. ➔ There have been major mass extinction events in the geological past. Kwlg ug: ➔ Bod st arises from evolutionary processes. ➔ Biological variation arises randomly and can ➔ populations of a species become isolated and evolve dierently. either be benecial to, damaging to, or have no impact on the sur vival of the individual. ➔ Spcato is the formation of new species when ➔ isolato of poplatos can be caused by environmental changes forming barriers such as natal slcto occurs through the following mountain building, changes in rivers, sea level mechanism: change, climatic change or plate movements. ● within a population of one species there is The surface of the ear th is divided into cstal, genetic diversity, which is called variation tctoc plats which have moved throughout ● due to natural variation some individuals will geological time. This has led to the creation of be tter than others both land bridges and physical barriers with ● tter individuals have an advantage and will evolutionary consequences. reproduce more successfully ➔ ● The distribution of continents has also caused the ospring of tter individuals may inherit climatic variations and variation in food supply, the genes that give the advantage. both contributing to evolution. ➔ This atal slcto will contribute to evolution ➔ Mass x tctos of the past have been caused by a of biodiversity over time. combination of factors such as tectonic movements, ➔ Environmental change gives new challenges to super-volcanic eruption, climatic changes (including the species, those that are suited sur vive, and drought and ice ages), and meteor impact all of those that are not suited will not sur vive. which resulted in new directions in evolution and therefore increased biodiversity. 150 3 . 2 O r i G i n S O F B i O D i v e r S i T y Hw w p fm Charles in The the Darwin, Origin fossil proposed of record, mutations, all the Species , discovery supports published of the K tm theory the of in evolution 1859. structure theory. It is of which Evidence, DNA and summarized in is outlined the form mechanisms of of Spcato is the gradual change of a species over a long time. When populations below. of the same species ● Each individual is different (except identical twins who have the become separated, they same genotype) due to their particular set of inherited genes and cannot interbreed and if the tomutations. environments they inhabit ● Each will be slightly differently adapted (or tted) to its change they may star t to environment. diverge and a new species forms. Humans can speed ● Resources are limited for any population and there will be competition up speciation by ar ticial for these resources, eg for food, light, space, water. selection of animals and ■ For example, othergiraffes reach an to the a giraffe may be others with able and a to so slightly reach get longer tree more neck leaves food. This than that are gives the out that plants and by genetic of engineering but the natural giraffe advantage. process of speciation is a slow one. Separation may have geographical or ■ These small differences mean that some individuals will be more reproductive causes. successful. pass ● Over their time They will genes these on survive to changes the to next show breed more than others and so generation. and the whole population gradually TOK changes. This is natural environment less adapted survive – selection have do an not where advantage survive ‘survival of the long those and more enough ttest ’ is adapted ourish the to and to reproduce. term you their reproduce So may The theory of evolution by but the have those ttest natural selection tells us that change in populations heard. is achieved through the process of natural selection. Over many generations, if a population is separated from others and Is there a dierence between isolated, the differences may increase to such an extent that, should the a convincing theory and a populations be reunited, they will be unable to interbreed. Then a new correct one? species ▲ has and speciation has occured. Fg 3.2.1 Possible ancestors in evolution of Homo sapiens species Isolation or formed in a freely may body but be of they synchronized on an water are or island but could (lake or even isolated in other their owers be pond). ways: mature at isolation Some their on a mountain populations mating different mix seasons are not times. 151 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Physical barriers Species is split or can by ocean. The populations the two Large part on ▲ both to can birds of more new barrier, will the split in species for the barrier develop if their example gene will not a pool: be population mountain the genes mixing range of the anymore and different directions. Examples of on continents that once barriers: only occur (Africa, However, large or barrier sides Gondwana the two physical physical ightless America). ago, of physical due of into kind populations speciation 1. develop some because ightless those Australia birds including Gondwana are not split closely New up a were Zealand, very long South time related. Fg 3.2.2 Large ightless birds (rhea, ostrich, emu, kiwi, tinamou, moa, elephant bird, cassowary) 2. Australia At that the (and time, same prevailed area. and happened and America). cats, 3. The by of cichlid of cichlids now sh of 152 the in enough, grey kangaroo and joey some lakes they isolated In Lake have years different Fg 3.2.3 A marsupial – great (bats) Gondwana placental Africa, marsupials. mostly (though are or rare were East in a in the In long time placental Australia only few a mammals found still the in in opposite Australia These by ago. lived mammals survive Australia. introduced Malawi have continue populations to there are 200 been can long diverge be one are in South mammals humans too as the the from small the 170 (dogs, largest species 126 species (99% from selection So of are species isolated different As are Tanganyika environments. environments. will Africa Victoria Lake probably and different of Lake endemic); populations them–slightly to the vertebrates. formillions ▲ air and are Guinea mammals from early rats). in (99% the marsupials New (seals), and off and America outcompeted (100%endemic); These South Placental sea split marsupials Papua rabbits families In and nearby came Antarctica) both endemic). each sh have population other and other pressures within adapted is large populations die out. but 3 . 2 Lake Tanganyika species O r i G i n S O F B i O D i v e r S i T y Lake Malawi species Melanochromis auratus Julidochromis ornatus Psudotropheus microstoma Tropheus brichardi Ramphochromis longiceps Bathybates ferox Cyr tocara moorei Cyphotilapia frontosa Lobochilores labiatus ▲ Placidochromis milomo Fg 3.2.4 Cichlid sh Land bridges These allow separated Obviously recently allowed moved Land species for a that is invade time no species from bridges between to may drift. the to result and and case as North have they bridge North or are of to and rather South now joined Central the America different by America, South. were species. Bears the which for example America. from the lowering include Europe Asia areas. land the South Examples England America to new therefore formed move North and longer (geologically) continental North to long the (now (Bering of (now under seawater levels disappeared) the English instead land of bridges Channel) and Straits). Continental drift Continental During their different food supplies Once this When forced A snow or resulted the The species had moved a in globe, new the changing to adapt example of tropical The only diverse continents and the was the and have in moved on covered and the and to therefore increase gradually formed of an changes was forest remains habitats. conditions resulted are climate landscape evolved. and climatic this southwards, ice-covered arrived tree over dramatic continent and also zones. Antarctica species some has drifting climate biodiversity. the drift in Antarctica. by forest. disappeared, new, former cold adapted forest are fossils. 153 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Hw pl u b The lithosphere smaller year. the ones is and divided these into drift seven around, This is called continental plates is plate tectonics. large tectonic moving drift Where and the at the plates about study plates 50 of meet, and to the many 100 mm per movement they of may: inner core ● Slide ● Diverge past each other (eg the San Andreas fault line, California). outer core mantle slowly (eg the apart). mid-Atlantic This could ridge cause where the the physical plates are separation moving of crust populations. ● ▲ Converge – these convergent plates may: Fg 3.2.5 Simplied ■ diagram of the Ear th collide of ■ the and both be Himalayas collide and lighter continental ocean the one trenches Nazca America myriad plate and new forced and (the heavier plate. and the Andes This as is a form). physical plate) sinks subduction island Pacic mountains creates oceanic This volcanic under the upwards Alps). chains meets This are the creates (eg underneath zone where formed west land formation barriers. (eg coast of bridges the deep where South and niches. Nor th American plate Eurasian plate Eurasian plate Juan de Fuca plate Caribbean plate Arabian Filipino plate plate Cocos Indian plate plate African Australian Nazca plate plate Pacic plate South American plate plate Australian Plate Scotia plate Antarctic plate ▲ 154 Fg 3.2.6 The tectonic plates of the Ear th 3 . 2 O r i G i n S O F B i O D i v e r S i T y To thk abot Jgsaws ad cotts Looking at a world map or a globe, we all notice that the He was a car tographer and drew one of the rst atlases west coast of the African continent and the east coast of in 1570. Francis Bacon (1620), a British philosopher and the South American continent appear to t together like scientist, did too, as did Benjamin Franklin (USA), and pieces of a jigsaw. Many others have noticed this in the Antonio Snider-Pellegrini (France) who, in 1858 drew a past, since the rst world maps were drawn. Abraham map of how they may have tted together. Or telius, from Antwerp, noticed (see gure 3.2.7). ▲ ▲ Fg 3.2.7 Or telius’ world map in 1570 Fg 3.2.8 World map of 1320 possibly from Zhu Ziben 155 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n For at least a millennium, sailors have made long ocean matched those in Nor th America. He proposed that this voyages using the Sun and stars to guide them in was because the continents had once been joined and rudimentary navigation. There is debate about the dates had oated apar t. This was thought outrageous and of the earliest maps of the world but Zhu Ziben in the criticism was heaped upon it. In 1930, Wegener died Yuan Dynasty in China may have produced the map in during an expedition to the Arctic and still few believed gure 3.2.8 as long ago as 1320. This not only shows his hypothesis. It took until the late 1960s for his idea to the shape of the Ear th but also the continents including be accepted when research was done on the deep ocean Australia and Antarctica and the Americas. oor vents at the edges of the plates. In 1912, Alfred Wegener also noticed the jigsaw t of If the shapes of the continents have been known by the continents but additionally he noted that fossils some for so long, why do you think Wegener was laughed on the west coast of Africa were similar to those on the at when he proposed that the continents move? east coast of South America and coal elds in Europe fossil evidence Africa of the Triassic land reptile India Lystrosaurus South America Australia Antarctica fossil remains of Cynognathus, a fossil of the fern Triassic land reptile Glossopteris, found approximately fossil remains of the 3m long freshwater reptile Mesosaurus ▲ 156 Fg 3.2.9 Fossil evidence for the continents being joined in the past in all of the southern continents, showing that they were once joined 3 . 2 O r i G i n S O F B i O D i v e r S i T y sml gup f ml There are striking continents probably ● and think Llamas roles – and years meat, milk the Kangaroos the rest of their the a most pouch and other a one with African plant to to the it the are that the a on various few. You for embryo that the can show – Australia produces. the joey – are All in are are for do areas lay in grass to and wombats placental mammals (with are a develop) mostly instead of conned outcompeted must this and suckle uterus) eggs have to the broken dominance. example similarity about for these mammals the Australia another much (as mammals allow cattle eating continues They and that marsupials which continents. to as The embryo The and common past. marsupials placental on animals herbivores, terms. Their suggests the similar hump) domesticated pack mammal. others. early elephants also of were This platypus) the other areas are fullling (one cousins. as in in large mother food are most role types duck-billed seems Indian wealth. both Africa Both humans evolutionary young in of three provide mainland and by kangaroos young (eg groups species animals animals in distant connected are that in are ecological The of camels mammal. used They milk live and the They been similar meat. which two from of Here domesticated indication have placenta Australasia ● to are birth groups unnoticed. America, are world. monotremes giving off and successful in both humps). an full young are South must it between gone rabbit-sized and and (having a the converting koalas) in ago globe not others. (two was 5,000 of has camels Asia ancestor ● of llamas central similarities this and between there are continents. a ll b bu h glgl ml 9 The Earth forms 4 are billion extinct. about thought years The 200,000 can formed ago. appreciate, at a To if have Some human years. appeared to 65 this you billion been species put few 4.6 (4.6 simple million has consider seconds to 10 cells years been timescale × ) years like ago, the recognizably into a geological ago. bacteria, dinosaurs human perspective time as The a rst living became for that the we 24-hour life about last humans day, humans midnight. Bkgu m x Background we 10 think and we do species know are what geological the about extinct species rate, extinction is 100 not become If it fossil there due to a else an rapid eruption, is is the species year. many we becoming time is per how before when abrupt change meteorite is at increase ve alive rates the greater results have so record and between because species We from many the will background occurred ones. natural in species Some than extinction. a all year fossil today. disappear of of per exist. major perhaps which from they far rate species extinctions fossils in are that rate been climate, impact) a Mass have suddenly of there know extinct extinction million estimated species even there natural per This happening? and record and rate one the We over know rock think disaster species this from strata this is (volcanic dying out as 157 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Eons Eras Periods Cenozoic ciozoneC 500 Eras 0 ciozorenahP 0 Mesozoic Paleozoic 50 Quar ternary Ter tiary Cretaceous 100 1000 ciozoseM 150 ciozoretorP 1500 Jurassic 200 Triassic To thk abot 2000 250 nairbmacerP Losom Gog 2500 Permian Pennsylvanian 300 Mississippian 350 3000 naehcrA ciozoelaP Devonian 400 Silurian 3500 ▲ Fg 3.2.11 Lonesome Ordovician 450 George: born before 1912 – 4000 died 24 June 2012 naedaH Losom Gog was the world’s most famous reptile. He was 500 Cambrian 4500 over 100 years old and was a Pinta Island giant tor toise from the Galapagos Islands and the ▲ Fg 3.2.10 The geological timescale last one of his subspecies. He Geological Timescale copyright 2005–geology.com was found in 1971 and no other tor toise had been recorded on the island since 1906. George’s fellow they cannot survive the change in conditions. Most biologists now think tor toises were taken for meat by we are in the sixth mass extinction – called the Holocene extinction sailors or goats destroyed their event as the Holocene is the part of the Quaternary geological period habitat and food source. He was we are ice age in now (see gure 3.2.10). This started at the end of the last a symbol of what went wrong for about 9,000 to 13,000 years ago when large mammals such as many species whose fate is in the the woolly mammoth and sabre-toothed tiger became extinct probably hands of humans. ● through hunting. While may But the rate has accelerated in the last 100 years. Do you think it matters that it be due to climate change, the big difference is that it has Lonesome George was the been caused by one species – Homo sapiens. last of his kind? There are We think there are about 5,000 mammal species alive today. Their other subspecies of giant background extinction rate would be one per 200 years but the past tor toise. 400 ● ● years seen 89 mammalian extinctions, much more than the Is anyone to blame for this? What could have been done? background rate. endangered or have 158 have such Another the small ‘living 169 mammal dead’. populations ‘Living that there species dead’ is are listed species little hope are they as critically ones will which survive. Or 3 . 2 O r i G i n S O F B i O D i v e r S i T y To thk abot Bodst hadls Scientists (2007) and a kinds have area, WWF the threats species are to said the that getting it is 13 of species 2013: harder and Figure report to purple sings in mean the discoveries. harder in the Nick Programme, like the detailing survive, new and Suriname toad a bird, Greater Mekong discoveries many of in the new conservation The world Cox, bad of 2011. group news is conservation manager of WWF- said. new In Frogs, Sharks, Glue- Worms more 3.2.12 The carnivorous new sharks, olinguito mammal the Americas Two coolest that species biodiversity is Species Velvet frog sustainability,’ Chocolate Spitting a new new news discovered Walking in good Mekong’s the a in beetles to 126 struggling environmental Greater bat region’s already ‘The in species uorescent dung identied warned. and of new a devilish-looking scientists But 24 including 12 From nd since the Àrst discovered 1978. species have was species of been wobbegongs, found in otherwise Western known Australian as carpet waters(2008) Does it surprise you that we know so little about life on Ear th? they have insect for The last You may K-T ago. and In a species owering ve mass have dinosaurs the lost a extinction small mass of some extinct. or was died spread them, It most upon, species were of boundary. plankton depend prey This extinction, oceanic they a extinctions heard became this that plant, for over example 500 million the one the but about large most a pollinator years. when Cretaceous–Tertiary happened out for predator. particularly the of a 65 animals small also million on land animals the called years and and sea plants 159 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n survived. view ● A is causes that volcanic now ● The now a erupted meteor atmosphere. the Yucatan and the not ● unable rock of on the to in argued about for years but the general by: volcanoes million putting of years huge for the Mexico. Deccan the time amounts The underneath the at impact is crater object of plateau of the dust the is contains extraterrestrial in K-T into high km in levels such as is the Chicxulub 180 what boundary. crater in diameter of iridium, meterorites a but earth. climate meteor muchof a evidence common result andthe The for peninsula, common The been caused impact The igneous mineral have was eruption: India And it change impact incoming over would solar photosynthesize a long have radiation. and so period caused Plants died and – dust the eruption clouds would food to have webs block been would havecollapsed. All Mass MyA x tcto (mllo as the mass extinctions Gologcal pod now 5th 65 4th 199–214 3rd in the table below. estmat of losss ago) 6th are (a faml cotas p to 1,0 0 0 spcs) Holocene unknown Cretaceous–Ter tiary 17% families and all large animals including dinosaurs End Triassic 23% families, some ver tebrates 251 Permian–Triassic 95% of all species, 54% of families 2nd 364 Devonian 19% families 1st 440 Ordovician–Silurian 25% families ▲ Fg 3.2.13 The six mass extinctions 6 Geological time (10 600 500 400 300 years) 200 After 100 each of the rst ve mass extinctions, there was a burst of 0 adaptiveradiation of the remaining species which adapted to ll the 800 1. Late ordovician ( seilimaf fo rebmun 2. Late devonian ( 12%) 14%) 4. Late triassic ( 12%) 5. Late cretaceous ( ecological niches 3. Late permian ( vacant. But this is all within a geological and 11%) evolutionary 600 left timescale so did not happen overnight but over tens of 52%) millions more years. 1 400 2 1 th xh m x 200 4 3 Many scientists believe we are currently in the sixth mass extinction. 0 y i t r a r e T e o s u r C c a t e J r u s a c i s i r T s a c i s r e P i m a n C a m i r b a n This is extent than ▲ caused and by rate happened the – in Fg 3.2.14 The ve major We extinction episodes of life woolly on Ear th shown by family Mauritius. One diversity of marine ver tebrates have extinct have wiped any out mammoths gone actions humans of the many and of are previous large ground estimate humans pushing is that between and mass mammal sloths, 25% 1985 far to greater in extinction both faster extinctions. and all be animals moas of and may more ightless in New plant bird species Zealand, and animal – dodos species in will 2015. and inver tebrates (after The UN estimated that 12 October 1999 was the day when there were E. O. Wilson, 1988) six billion Humans do well 160 alter in animals, people the the some alive on Earth landscape on environments introduced and an that billion unprecedented we species) seven create but most on scale. (urban do 12 rats, not. We March Some 2012. organisms domesticated call the 3 . 2 successful species But we to ones will others, should 10 weedy probably many ask million is species, survive, never to we are recover animals thrive, identied, whether years both and are a in likely weedy and the to die species biodiversity plants. current after out. or Many mass The not. past O r i G i n S It mass O F B i O D i v e r S i T y weedy extinction. question has Practical R esearch taken 5 Earth Work numb er today would be more than 200,000 generations of humankind and been about 7,500 generations since the emergence of Homo human civilization started how influenced just to put that into perspective, only The and is direct mass periods extinction is cause caused of ● Overexploit ● Introduce ● Pollute the world’s and alien the are in few called species – Fund the The and of ecosystem in the – – with in and as using named examples. years. in may of 30% oceans have kill a biotic Humans industry, and over mass cause are the Report a on grim between directly the or indirectly. produces state and of of planet 1970 terrestrial predators. picture living agriculture. harvesting. natural species overall and causes current (www.panda.org) painted the has roads, hunting not Planet report so (abiotic) The millennia. cities, may Nature decline health) physical of we: shing, which for 2012 not because which – to (anthropogenic) Living temperate due millions decades, stress environment ecosystems. of humans a species Worldwide improvements were usually environment other degradation, losses by over the report (measure time, ecosystem Transform periodic extinctions of happening ● WWF , activity ago. previous extended plate evolution 500 species generations on past. sapiens. biodiversity And species the there has have of in extinctions. Investigate That and a the loss index 2008. ecosystems. But The also major tropics. temperate terrestrial freshwater freshwater marine +31% marine 61% +5% +36% +53% 70% 62% ▲ Fg 3.2.15 The living planet index from 1970 to 2008 repor ted in the WWF Living Planet Repor t 2012 The Living diversity. It Planet Index follows measures populations of trends 2,500 in the Earth’s vertebrate biological species (sh, 161 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n amphibians, years ago 100,000 gives a Stage Homo to 40,000 ● 1: modern sapiens his In ● Australia, North Stage were ● of 2: their By one other spread in from all around the world and so biodiversity. over the Neanderthal megafauna the the arrival woolly Earth: man (largest ten of in Europe animals) in the and goods carrying humans farmers million to about and probably led disappeared after the same way they (how support) of 10,000 that for species where resulted in the hunting to mastodons. living meant other capacity can and humans agriculture species environment of mammoths became to environment were the but their did there compete manipulate use. they could individuals local when not could own living, many ago Earth. humans food for years on of a environment also population and so live communities. Humans domestic ▲ of importing the in the humans exceed ● mammals) changes humans. invention with 2,000 humans America: about The ● of outcompeted extinction 10,000 birds, index extinction. arrival 12,500 reptiles, numerical concentrated animals and on using consider a few the species others as – crop weeds plants or and pests (to be Fg 3.2.16 The two phases eliminated). of the sixth mass extinction ● Humans colonized Madagascar, larger animals disappeared soon after. Natural selection is an evolutionary driving force, sometimes called “sur vival of the ttest”. What does this phrase mean? The theory of Human impact evolution tells us that change has increased the rate by which mass ex tinction has in populations is achieved through Origins of occurred on a global scale. the process of natural selection. biodiversity what are the consequences what is the relation between of this for (a) humans a convincing theory and (b) the Ear th? a correct one? Humans live on most of the land area of the Ear th. how have we adapted to such a diverse range of climatic conditions? ▲ Fg 3.2.17 The origins of biodiversity Only in reasons 162 Africa for did that the may large be? mammals survive. What do you think the 3 . 3 T H r e A T S T O B i O D i v e r S i T y 3.3 Thats to bod st sg : appl kll: While global biodiversity is dicult to quantify, ➔ ➔ Dscss the case histories of three dierent it is decreasing rapidly due to human activity. species: one that has become extinct due to human Classication of species conser vation status ➔ activity, another that is critically endangered, and a can provide a useful tool in conser vation of third species whose conservation status has been biodiversity. improved by intervention. ➔ Dscb the threats to biodiversity from human activity in a given natural area of biological signicance or conser vation area. ➔ ealat the impact of human activity on the biodiversity of tropical biomes. ➔ Dscss the conict between exploitation, sustainable development and conser vation in tropical biomes. Kwlg ug: ➔ estmats of the total mb of spcs on used to determine the conservation status of the planet vary considerably. They are based a species include: population size, degree of on mathematical models, which are inuenced specialization, distribution, reproductive potential by classication issues and lack of nance for and behaviour, geographic range and degree of scientic research, resulting in many habitats fragmentation, quality of habitat, trophic level and groups being signicantly under-recorded. and the probability of extinction. The current rates of spcs loss are far greater ➔ most globally biodiverse areas and their human inuence. The human activities that unsustainable exploitation results in massive cause species extinctions include habitat losses in biodiversity and their ability to perform destruction, introducing invasive species, globally impor tant ecological ser vices. pollution, overhar vesting and hunting. ➔ Topcal boms contain some of the ➔ now than in the recent past, due to increased Most tropical biomes occur in Less Economically ➔ The itatoal uo fo Cos ato of Developed Countries (LEDCs) and therefore there nat (iuCn) publishes data in the rd Lst of is conict between exploitation, sustainable Thatd Spcs in several categories. Factors development and conser vation. tl wl b How many species straightforward region we of have certainly the Earth very little no are there question clear and idea idea as on logged about of Earth surely how we and today? have That catalogued many groups many are should explored of what just is there. organisms becoming be a about every But, there in are fact, and extinct. 163 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n A conservative excluding ● Most ● 2/3rds ● 50% are of have no but of harder Most for easy to eight to Beetles to original forest 2 up is about 7 million species are canopies organisms of fall are to are One way rainforest out of the times It of not Earth. group trees trees and quite the most 25% a collected large not nd identied Earth range all of is as insects, named. have are been about estimates. and named counted named species is insecticides. and as there insects It away. and than think an animals plants identied of run such left. have reach attention. do to identifying short-lived are on humans) we see organisms Others every countries organisms our easier by How to that species about with and easier found, species. is of grab are Many destroyed ones been with nding is also That have It We kilometres science’. smaller more million or species to or is humans. kilometres. animals animals have and of furry groups on the insects species. by square square million known. 50 cleared million ‘known the big 100 species 1 rainforests. degraded 1.8 are Big, many are been been on are tropical million and so bacteria there are million. numbers today terrestrial. about 18 the birds and million Beetles 1.4 are have (not ones. But (Coleoptera) species. alive mostly logging named, and that there ten or identify fungi most depends move. think so species tropics, smaller mammals named and about and species nematodes, the primary cannot Some of rainforests the between relatively they of described estimate the burning years only in tropical 5–10 been up animals are clearing, But estimate bacteria. so ‘fogging’ Then and the the extrapolated. Gops Spcs fod Total stmatd Pctag spcs dtd ad amd ANIMALS: Ver tebrates 46,500 50,000 93 Molluscs 70,000 200,000 35 840,000 8,000,000 11 Arachnids 75,000 750,000 10 Crustaceans 30,000 250,000 12 PROTOZOA 40,000 200,000 20 ALGAE 15,000 500,000 3 FUNGI 70,000 1,000,000 70 256,000 300,000 85 Ar thropods: Insects TOK Fogging the canopy with insecticide kills the insects PL ANTS there. Science can involve ▲ Fg 3.3.1 Numbers of identied species and total estimated species for killing individuals to nd out various groups more for the greater good. To what extent can this be But the number of species alive on Earth has not been constant over justied? Are there absolute geological time. Some become extinct while others evolve into new species. limits beyond which we should not go? Extinction, species and 164 when dies, the is a average a species natural lifespan ceases process. for a to exist after Eventually species varies. all the last species Most individual become mammals in that extinct have a 3 . 3 species years lifespan or made more. up sudden of of the loss one The of million rate at background species years, which some extinction occurs in arthropods extinctions a rate occur and relatively is ten not mass short of T H r e A T S T O B i O D i v e r S i T y million constant extinctions and is when a time. cu x How large this taking can only extinct is the to estimate. long rate humans the is think of that species These Also, before extinction We loss happen? in major But human do of So know species extinction activities? questions time, appeared. we cause current to tricky geological humans (3.2). due are to species there that is How answer evolved a habitat natural loss long is because and we became background caused by extinction. rate is about 100 species per million 1 species all alive than E.O. today) Wilson, rate caused could be species But areas by which the and up 2% habitat there). some human is loss like to the may remain the habitat the He from between from times 30,000 to 60,000 100–10,000 Harvard, the suggests years. in The thinks background that rate one or rates are the So news is preserve and eat the is 30–50 times that rate per estimated (out of greater the and cent to be of that it species about that we 50% of all rate that can think the that half a habitat only that are of three protecting species within it. evenly of make (only found vulnerable Those to and we us or others. is lost, but will increase some vulnerable dangerous them goes 50% together others. habitat fewer to very endemic than in distributed Up are than extinction are not greater particularly extinct those far which are are is areas. areas them When There nearly current or to it are some hotspots reefs become linear. half. in These within wear Earth, Species 30 Earth. coral to or not when the (3.1). vulnerable other the of on species likely more over concentrated area many Only better hotspots are land hunt rapidly. could hotspots highly more be in there. spread rainforests are extinction still called but and But increase 1,000 100 equally plants crops But not of our are are biologist is activities. within are species plants and range rates. extinction Tropical humans year well-known of Earth animals to a estimates hour. rate only a Other species extinct per the over year background current is per animals the and species extinction rates greatly. only 5% of However, the remember (3.1). F h hlp m b Complexity of the ecosystem You may complex or have a reduction predator is studied food in lost, web, its food the webs more population the others and size. will food resilient ll If it one the chains is to type gaps the of left. already. loss prey This of or The one more species food resilience source of or more 1 Pim, S.L . and Raven, P . Biodiversity: Extinction by numbers Nature 403, 843–845 (24 February 2000) | doi:10.1038/35002708 165 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n complex overall. communities But completely it may but the and not be ecosystems good for community is a good species thing diversity for as biodiversity one species is lost continues. Stage of succession When plants species a climax It may animals it at community fall species in and colonizing slightly diversity young is vulnerable the increases than that those in a Species reached once ecosystems colonize rst. when climax as bare the ones land, species reached So are are but may more few time is until stable. normally, communities succession which there with composition is proceeds. undergoing older of increases community succession are piece diversity be more resilient and stable. Limiting factors If it is difcult materials that for makes abiotic heat, for the growth, it even factors organisms eg harder required nutrients), water the may for life system is in is an ecosystem limiting result are in in likely in to to get desert, species available more a enough then any disappearing. abundance manage if raw change If the (water, one is light, reduced. Iner tia Inertia a is the disruptive planners property force. know of Along which an ecosystem with site to resilience will either resist and resist change stability, change or when it is subjected key recover to to helping most quickly. F h l l f b Natural hazards impact on impact is are be the so often bad they considered considered can are mitigate naturally environment ‘Acts their are God’ effects as but when they are events humans). considered disasters of occurring (and as natural they are to a may stop badly. control them a level Natural humans the have certain disasters. impact outside unlikely that Above of negative the hazards They can humans. We happening. natal hazad natal dsast Volcanic eruptions Eruption of Mount St Helens in Washington State, USA in 1980 Ear thquakes Haiti 2010 Floods Yangtze River oods in China that left 14 million people homeless, the southern Asia oods of 2007 Wild res Clear 4 million to 5 million acres (1.6 million to 2 million 2 hectares) of land in the USA every year Hurricanes ▲ Hurricane Katrina in New Orleans, USA in 2005 Fg 3.3.2 Examples of recent natural hazards Environmental activity and oil and disasters would are include usually loss of thought tropical of as caused rainforest on a by human massive scale spills. 2 http://www.ecoplum.com/greenliving/view/274?_dispatch=gcontents/view/274#sthash. JLzhn46v.dpuf 166 3 . 3 ▲ Fg 3.3.3 Tsunami ▲ T H r e A T S T O B i O D i v e r S i T y Fg 3.3.4 Forest re wave –a natural hazard The of major cause diversity parts of the original ● In on habitat most In the ● In Madagascar, only Loss Habitat a piece for place by up roads, are as are or make Local areas, ● is of habitat. human or There activities. changed most is In of loss many the is and we 10% of reckoned under occur lost most original that no where of there to are make occur forest moist protection. and likely degradation Bangladesh, have the wildlife rainforest. only highly to can cover forest many we remains. will Madagascar them when of Climate and for acid the and is endemic be the species. extinct. develop or build on alters of to of the the degrade of and The they There the temperature that between or as habitat possibility range elds. ratios light, diseases can the or is other ecosystems. area of area each landscape modied edge spread large from by domestic and populations. destroy species and pest habitats that a pristine include: by spraying of seabirds emissions or in pesticides and smaller from food weather can may drift marine factories photochemical waterways accumulate change is a pipelines Invasion there many into sea support deposition lines, uctuations and example pollution whereby separated degraded higher activities to These kill or middle. contact fertilizers can with greater human may power inhospitable than support. process fragments, modied increases by the of fences, a unsuitable spills to is islands into pollution, lead in an the edge caused oil habitat factories, come them Run-off the it lemurs smaller the chemicals ● to Lanka high, area patchwork Environmental can ● of a humans species ecosystem ● Sri primary 2020, and within get at Pollution and loss destroyed are region, small isolated effects humidity species the habitat towns, fragments wild into islands edge is due land. fragments act by where their Fragmentation divided levels of the destruction of scale have Vietnam, Mediterranean of large humans ● except biodiversity habitat. population and of and Philippines, human left loss small world, natural the of a and into wild species. transport smog. cause eutrophication, toxic chains. patterns and shifts biomes away from equator. 167 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Overexploitation has escalated as human populations have expanded TOK and technology hunting and has allowed harvesting. us to Chain get saws better have and better replaced at hand catching, saws in the There may be long-term forests, factory ships with efcient sonar and radar nd and process sh consequences when stocks and bottom trawling scoops up all species of sh whether we then biodiversity is lost. Should eat them or not. We are just too good at getting our food. The Grand people be held morally Banks off Newfoundland were one of the richest shing grounds of the responsible for the long- world but are now shed out. If we exceed the maximum sustainable term consequences of their yield of any species (the maximum which can be harvested each year actions? and not replaced by sustainable gure is and improved humans lower natural (see how at population eating real bush the trade we different growing customs being meat) or the poverty that the and the what mixed more is this with and environment. practices between felling population knowing mean overexploit choice animal is rural harvesting level it ● potatoes ● rubber non-native prevented starvation last tree, more With and there is no from it is collectors a as plants and Dutch Elm decimated Sudden ● Australia toads, thorns of environment pet different, birds and have their Americas the trade. exotic As for animals personal pets. to wealth Victims of this reptiles. done own species this crops can through or drastically upset colonization of livestock. Europe to South-East Asia. large over to Europe owers. many areas But as from they they Nepal have by plant escaped outcompete into the native toxic. was been foxes, starsh came from imported American logs to Europe and populations. death also name well the imported particularly camels, to was with introduced have disease the to Amazon were taken elm Australia zoos. the disaster: they has red Sometimes of (exotic/alien) bringing the are oak compete and Humans from and ● natural works: trees wild new primates, Rhododendrons the the demands want many countries, Sometimes 168 But then difculty traditional the ‘harvest’ ecosystem. Sometimes or with (wild also people include natural ● densities, The and subsistence but meat Introducing ● left. hunting ever-increasing increases a is 8.4). growth), choice. Nowadays ll of a overexploitation and much methods living 1.4 population a adapted aggressive species is this unfortunate blackberry, just in few. to prickly The the by with pear rabbits, and different environment invasive introduced very way. the cane crown ora but and unable of fauna to species. accident or escapes from gardens 3 . 3 Spread of disease black-footed 1987 and Diseases versa, a the of to be across examples ● A a ● u very and u where hit can are one barrier is kept this by to are is to In if in distemper. zoos, they B i O D i v e r S i T y of distemper species together. but an population due wild high. close last canine reduced species) and The out spread densities species outbreak pass from u) since mouth hooves rarely to haltthe is and Diseases mutate ever-present vice disease is tend they threat. can Recent and species are 2010 to – swine u is endemic in pigs and can humans. virus adapted (H5N1) has to both spread birds and through humans Asia to and Europe 2003. disease (FMD) sheep, A of a major virus deer, outbreak up to 10 that affects goats) in and the million UK all animals spreads in 2001 animals to with easily, led try to to FMD. genetic varieties is pigs, slaughtering agricultural species a strain humans. spread monocultures, in pigs (cattle, thegovernment Modern wiped population animals (only species (avian and cloven but lion biodiversity. was population pathogenic Africa Foot wild T O are: swine Bird if specic the sometimes ● decrease the Serengeti threat species infect in domesticated particularly constant may ferrets T H r e A T S practices also engineering of species are reduce and diversity pesticides. grown with Fewer commercially and and fewer more pest removed. To do rabbts Astala followed killed o up to 500 million of the 600 million rabbits. But the rabbits were not eliminated as a very few Rabbits are not indigenous to Australia. In 1859, rabbits were resistant to the virus. They bred and now rabbits were introduced into Australia for spor t and for meat by are again a problem with the population recovering to shipping a few rabbits from Europe. With no predator 200–300 million within 40 years. there, they multiplied exponentially and after ten years, there were estimated to be two million. The rabbits ate In 1996, the government released Rabbit Hemorrhagic all the grass and forage so there was none for sheep and Disease or RHD as a second disease to attempt to the farming economy collapsed. Rabbits caused erosion control the rabbits. But neither of these biological control as the topsoil blew away but also probably caused the measures has eliminated the rabbits. extinction of many Australian marsupials which could 1. What factors contributed to the success of the rabbits not compete with them. in Australia? It was so bad that in 1901–7, Western Australia built 2. What is a biological control measure? 3. Research the introduction of cane toads and prickly a rabbit-proof fence from nor th to south over 3200 km long to keep the rabbits out. Other control methods are pear (Opuntia) into Australia. shooting, trapping and poisoning. 4. What do all these three species have in common in In 1950, the mxomatoss s was brought from Brazil terms of being a pest? to control the rabbits and released. The epidemic that 169 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n vulbl f pl f Tropical on rainforests Earth, hectare yet of 40% called the of lungs and Fg 3.3.5 Tropical rainforest covers called owering the Earth. plant of mammals animals yet of of one size in on They they are the richer including have Malay Malaysia’s One produce sometimes have even animals Earth. also more of the it. and area have which to plants rainforests genera with of land hence areas has the living tropical 1,400 similar species use, mahogany) compared all 6% some Malaysia (eg of species Overall species trees 300 that diversity Denmark, of have hotspots. Dipterocarp species may oxygen of 8,000 45 50% only habitat are importance. ▲ over the These huge contain rainforest rainforest about diversity the rain 155 high species than others. forests: genera enormous Peninsula, of the commercial has 203. in Malaysia showing canopy And they have been lost at a massive rate within the last 50 years. They and emergent trees covered cleared will be up by of biggest 14% 1.5 the of these of human grow is hectares is At rely for loss of is cleared It is and because written does and not grazing urban mean time. the But High means niches means that both that the The fast appear (trees or in Forest are does so food can living are be and of respiration and leaf of very other litter. had is the time fertile plants). at Once and the on is of that then 1,000 the and diverse not of the plants of cleared much it is forest be as does animals well as regrow biodiversity all year year. of and niches year lack they and of raw different round Some the ways. habitats growth rainforests disturbance means biomass nutrients are All before biodiversity. the ecological by area pressures may many many soil as may are mean complex. decomposition levels in for the recovered limited lack more the be present allow The become many are so of There density forest, same and it many long agriculture for to of as as that managed species. time terms. most land. years low regrow clearance clearing) A the nutrients not and area next fully next logging rainforest, population vulnerability water rapid high not about the and works before subsistence of the they is is tropics small to impoverished and any a This does on There agriculture. course, rainforest by to with But or because found rate be up geological has and takes light lled system to it photosynthesis these grows logging grow heat, layers Of wet been activity. timber ranching increasing their that human remaining regenerate forest and cleared diverse of to With have estimate and the move but second. clear degradation then that the in they plantations, (before that as rainforests. palm to live 1950 to But cultivation. the gradual estimated four and a today. then forest years). nothing oil levels that The the biodiversity forest forest materials. soil is rainforests provide. old it primary secondary and that years per subsistence shifting 100 about development. of this their three due rainforests threats for in Some years cleared humans clearance, is is sustainable for to to grasslands, in The time there of is rates. world biggest called (up spoken the surface 50 tropical billion or is forests in rainforests two again another in the two This land rainforest oil not the enough cleared and 170 on of in timber population crops is are Earth’s unprecedented after least exhausted. there at Earth’s resource people. the completely commercially is of humans gone Perhaps 50% to are or that in held the forests standing in burned, the crop plants, fertility not the reduces 3 . 3 rapidly the So because vegetation more the is forest heavy not is rainfall there cleared to to washes lock get up the the the nutrients nutrients short-term nor fertility and to T H r e A T S soil away protect for crop the T O B i O D i v e r S i T y and soil. growth. Wh mk p p x Some the species same others of are more ecosystem, do not. vulnerable some These species factors to extinction survive make a than habitat species more others. loss or likely Even in degradation, to be in danger extinction: Narrow geographical range If a species only the habitat has the species in so many lives in gone. It one place may be zoos or reserves examples of species Tamarin, birds on oceanic and that possible but lost that or islands, to is place keep not the threatened sh in is lakes damaged breeding real by solution. this that or – dry destroyed, populations the up, There Golden of are Lion lemurs. Small population size or declining numbers – low genetic diversity A small population change – cannot inbreeding dead’ or until they commonly has adapt smaller well. populations become in a as this are extinct. category, genetic As either Large eg diversity individual snow so and is numbers small predators leopard, that and less fall, they are extreme tiger, resilient there is the to more ‘living specialists Lonesome George are (3.2). Low population densities and large territories If an to individual hunt and fragmentation left for there each is a of only a species meets can restrict individual requires others or its if of a the large territory. they city/road/factory/farm are territory species If for there unable splitting is to up or range breeding, not nd the a large each over then enough other territory, which habitat area because they are less ▲ likely to survive as a species, eg the giant Fg 3.3.6 Island species panda. are prone to extinction eg on Sipadan Island, Sabah Few populations of the species If there of are survival. species has only It one only gone. or two takes e.g. populations that one left then population to that be is their wiped out only and chance the lemurs A large body As we 10% the or mentioned of the environment) terrestrial, need and a lot of tigers), earlier energy they food. may is in means tend a on that to They be the passed danger to the large have also book, large 10% next top rule trophic predators ranges, compete to the with humans low are only and rare. for about 90% is Whether population humans and (where level food are hunted for the population lost densities (eg to aquatic and wolves sport. Low reproductive potential Reproducing time to slowly recover. seabirds, produce for one and Whales example egg per infrequently fall into gannets, pair per this means category. albatrosses year, and do or Many some not of the species breed until takes larger of a long species penguins, several years of only old. 171 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Seasonal migrants Species that migration songbirds routes If is they on their to upriver journey to tough. only and habitats get there prevent African do southern central the they can spawn, Not between and need destroyed, Barriers swim it Canada journey, one have (swallows between hazardous route. migrate at to often Africa south and have end no of food completing herbivores long Europe, America) both nd them large they and the or it a migration habitat. (salmon following the trying rains). Poor dispersers Species Plants That that can takes mean the ightless cannot only a long plant birds introduced move rely on time dies of hunters and out New easily seed climate before it Zealand, nor to y new dispersal to or habitats change can are mostly also in as trouble. to biome Non-ying extinct in growth resulting move. another are vegetative move. shift animals, they may eg cannot the escape island. Specialized feeders or niche requirements The of giant panda central coastal regions sundew (about China. or The of 2,000 koala southern pitcher plant left) only and can mostly eats western only eats bamboo eucalyptus leaves Australia. survive in damp Bog shoots and in lives plants forests in such the as the places. Edible to humans and herding together ▲ Fg 3.3.7 Giant panda Overhunting especially America, if it under as such all so demand be prone on the 172 ▲ of is sh, easier threat their for Populations Fg 3.3.8 Tiger hunting species lives ocks to can in eradicate large of exploit groups passenger the a – species herds pigeons. species as, of quickly, bison Then, once in with located, North human many can caught. Also ▲ overharvesting shoals technology, be or that an to them is suffering the or humans parts are very from extinction. organism, greater from body any the of tigers. in Although traditional they Chinese are not edible medicine and high. Often that number are used of the though, nearer to increasing Fg 3.3.9 Minke whale harvest above more environmental than extinction pressures one an stresses pressure organism there are. can operates becomes 3 . 3 T H r e A T S T O B i O D i v e r S i T y Island organisms Island on organisms the size of the ● Populations ● Islands ● Genetic ● Islands dodo Sadly, be tend in leopards, live in many The of vulnerable to extinction. Dependent to degree tends be to of be endemic low vulnerable which they to have example of species. wolves) and no an small unique introduction defense of island of mechanism. species that of carnivorous these attractive populations. non-native became extinction-prone top many an species. island Large have are in the characteristics same groups small. species mammals characteristics. food source extinct. can (tigers, Species (bison, cod) that have too. genetic in the is viable wild no diversity growth large in rate, a population gure the carnivores, minimum have that number. 500 to size scientists left, habitat which many big that depend is there so is needed and on rate and individuals below hunted It individuals threats Humans levels, is magic absolute ● be high these minimum rate, a to classic bears, there For a the large survive But is to particularly island: diversity many found be tend have predators The can so of is a species conservationist many factors reproduction, to consider. such as mortality on. sometimes animal for little thought hope species to for very of the as the species. endangered eg: There may today (and 20th be 400 an tigers estimate in of Sumatra 40,000 in and about India 3,500 alone at in the the start world of the To thk abot century). What are the consequences ● Some 700 blue There were, whales are thought to live in the Antarctic oceans. of extinction of tigers or blue it is estimated, 250,000 about 60 years ago. whales? Do you think that humans should try to protect these and other iconic th iUcn r L species? The and IUCN Natural Union. It universal is than 800 scientists but is international brings of mission the ensure ecologically experts that usually agency, together from is world to to any Union human non-governmental and Union’s to International Resources an and throughout and the declaration assembly) The is 83 the called was rights countries inuence, of the natural in (NGOs), in by of Nature Conservation 1948 the government and (when UN the general agencies, some more 10,000 partnership. encourage the World adopted 110 organizations 181 Conservation founded was states, conserve use for integrity resources and and is assist societies diversity equitable of nature and sustainable. 173 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n The IUCN Red List ex tinct (EX) The ex tinct in the wild (EW) IUCN List of monitors Threatened the state Species of the and world’s supports species the through Millennium the Red Ecosystem threatened categories Assessment critically endangered (CR) assessing adequate as new well as World educating Heritage the public, advising governments and sites. ex tinction data risk endangered (EN) The vulnerable (VU) Red criteria: List determines population the size, conservation degree of status of specialization, a species based distribution, on several reproductive evaluated potential near threatened (NT) quality and of behaviour, habitat, geographic trophic level and range the and degree probability of of fragmentation, extinction. all least concern (LC) species The Red under Lists varying of threatened levels of species threat to are their objective survival. lists The of data species is gathered data decient (DD) scientically of not evaluated (NE) the Red There ▲ is on List also a a global scale categories Red List and which of species assess extinct and under the threat relative extinct in are danger the wild put of into one extinction. species. The Fg 3.3.10 IUCN Red lists are regularly updated and inform government policies on trade in List categories endangered 40,000 Practical R esearch of three that to the has that is and a case different b ecome human The Work extinct activity, critically histories species: one due species IUCN Red EXTINCT (EX) surveys known in status intervention. has IN or pressures are in outside economic and ecological possible facing estimates roles listed as threatened. there is is no reasonable presumed expected doubt Extinct habitat have that when failed the last exhaustive to record an WILD or (EW) as a – when it naturalized is known only population (or to survive in populations) an past range. ENDANGERED extremely high risk of (CR) – when extinction in it is the considered to be wild. the (EN) – when it is facing a very high risk of extinction wild. and consequences three of species might they methods (VU) – when it is facing a high risk of extinction in of wild. different extinction alive vary? used rates today. Why Evaluate the NEAR THREATENED criteria but does not Vulnerable now, threatened category (NT) qualify but is in when it has Critically to qualifying close the – for near been evaluated Endangered, for or is against Endangered likely to qualify the or for a future. ineach. LEAST DATA make a CONCERN DEFICIENT direct, distribution NOT the or (LC) (DD) indirect, and/or – when – when is (NE) – widespread there assessment population EVALUATED it of is its and inadequate risk of abundant. information extinction based to on its status. when it has criteria. *A taxon is a taxonomic unit, eg family, genus, species. 174 are has disappearance. R esearch and these List the the their of Red are: taxon* and/or THE VULNERABLE the A 40% IUCN impacting in species' when captivity ENDANGERED species criteria died. the CRITICALL Y ecological, socio-political the about The b een well on and measures. whose improved that – conservation endangered, conservation the List has cultivation, Consider it and individual. another species by on individual EXTINCT third species not yet been evaluated against 1. What this are the consequences of In the extinction of ● species? your The cockatoos’ farming judgement, does it B i O D i v e r S i T y Pressures matter if it habitat during recently 2. T O to the gravel has last been 100 mines, lost years to and rebreaks wheat more and becomes agriculture. Regeneration of mature trees for extinct? nesting 3. How and much effort should be made to preserve it grow is slow. they are As the grazed young by trees rabbits begin and to sheep. why? ● Nest hollows tidying up are back cleared for rewood or in yards. cul g p ● Competition nesting 1. Carnaby’s cockatoo ● law – illegal nests is is invasive species for the sites. Poaching and from a prized specimens robbing lucrative difcult in of eggs activity. remote for and bird baby E S A C Questions for all case studies: T H r e A T S collectors birds Enforcement Y D U T S 3 . 3 from of the areas. 2. Raesia ▲ Fg 3.3.11 Carnaby’s cockatoo Description Carnaby’s in the by destruction the It cockatoo southwest of population begins is of its size breeding a large, Western habitat. in 1950 when black bird Australia We is think now four found and only threatened about 50% of left. years old and ▲ produces one bird only from two eggs each each nest year. survives Fewer each Fg 3.3.12 Raesia ower than year and Description the death extremely Carnaby’s rate during high. They cockatoos the rst live are for few years 40–50 difcult to of life is There are plant. All 15–19 breed in of by their law population and are is declining. ofcially listed as They are which are of this found tropical in the parasitic jungles of captivity Southeast and species years. Asia. protected endangered and Ecological role likely to continue to decline in numbers. These plants female) and are single sexed pollination must (either be male carried or out when Ecological role the These cockatoos have specialized plants They breed in holes in mature and years old) salmon gum trees using the holes each feed in open heathland on seeds and in the same area must same time. both a be for pollination by small at squirrels and The seeds rodents and are they reach a ‘host’ vine. Pressures migrate summer female insect larvae. They Therefore year. must They (owering). same dispersed breeding bloom (over ready 100 in habitat male requirements. are and to populated autumn. coastal areas in late The rafesia they need plants very are specic very vulnerable conditions to because survive and 175 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y Y D U T S carry to out their life deforestation habitat. means cycle. and Humans less a n d They logging damage chance c o n s e r v at i o n of are vulnerable which them destroy and fewer due their lost at wild a predict plants loss breeding. of In Sabah, Sumatra and Sarawak there timber are rafesia with E S A C one There are many locating, protecting and being set up. Education: there RAFFLESIA ’ is Many closer by researchers to the 2,000 year and 2025 feel the they due to the for all direct area of the Asia have conversion death of tigers, fragmentation. cannot mate been to this This with destroyed agriculture. has also means tigers in for Along caused that tigers nearby in repeated breeding with the same areas, group are of ‘SA VE day. monitoring causing programmes per extinction across or the 1 habitat. population sanctuaries. of population total its Forests Method of restoring populations rate tiger animals. Over time, the gene pool is severely campaigns. weakened and and tigers are born with birth defects mutations. 3. Tiger Habitat by the destruction population poaching. worth in A can some local it are being still whiskers is sold A out and as poached other for used luxuries. a is in A to sale earn kill today a in of 10 tiger, parts can money. skin cause to be one tiger than years. Even tigers bones, sold on parts Chinese for is be more their Tiger sells to wild because traditional tiger major estimated The can of primarily human equivalent body lot the second prots illegal caused of tiger people now market commonly ▲ yield though black LEDCs. boned been growth US$50,000–100,000. skeleton what has uncontrolled the are medicine or US$15,000 Fg 3.3.13 A Siberian tiger in Philadelphia Zoo while only one US$1,250. Description One of Asia. the big of cats, Carnivore. regions with found in Territorial, the highest eastern solitary human and and endemic on penis World eats various deer and large tiger costs bone shocking US$320 at is worth still, some a bowl Taiwanese Method of restoring populations Recently, carnivore, soup of more to Earth. Ecological role Top and restaurants. southern populations tiger kilogram Worse herbivores. have begun some now conservation Wildlife Fund innovative beginning work in as efforts and and early nearly all have many as 14 picked other aggressive the of 1970s. the up. The organizations approaches, The WWF countries that Pressures tigers At the beginning of the 20th century, it that there were around 100,000 Today, the number is less than have 8,000. of tiger sub-species has reduced been includes over the last century. Malaysia has from 8 about 600, Russian Bangladesh have about has 200 300, each. while Only substantial number with more than 60 the world tiger population. The Javan, the Caspian 20th tigers century; have Sumatran before Tiger most all become has extinction. a researchers maximum Tigers in India of extinct are surveys pushing the the nding illegal use international and for the trade monitoring enforcement in Chinese of tiger alternative efforts of tiger tiger parts, laws working medicine bone and community other products, parts supporting where tigers are most in anti- danger, during using state of the art ecology methods to the years target critical Tigers are populations of tigers in certain areas. left thought to also now covered under the strictest be protection 176 conservation Balinese, believe 50 tiger percent and the strengthening traditional reduce poaching and The has by of up. Vietnam India to a Tiger 600, with and as to controlling Indonesia set supporting populations, 5 such The treaties, number sites wild plan tigers. Conservation was Island estimated inhabit. of the Convention on International the in Endangered value and Species demand for (CITES). their parts However, enforcement efforts very Pressures difcult. efforts, the future of the saltwater tiger (leather), look bleak and most of the efforts going do not seem to be enough. Many feel of the tiger is over body exploited parts for through poaching and smuggling. It was illegal hunted sport. Crocodiles were also deliberately killed the because extinction was and in for today meat really hunting, does crocodile Without skin conservation B i O D i v e r S i T y make The such T O of attacks on humans. inevitable. Method of restoring populations r p To a 1. Australian saltwater crocodile restore the sustainable wild crocodile use hatchlings captivity) from and adults offspring at farmed they This are policy others of the in wild now was a of and tour treating of eggs them in (maintaining and harvesting exploitation the hunting to of and see of wild wild crocodiles, species. supported (SSC) was culling The areas valued raising farming age). reduces there limited (collecting captivity years Visitors Commission with ranching animals crocodiles. so 4 populations closed-cycle breeding of policy populations, E S A C Trade T H r e A T S Y D U T S 3 . 3 by IUCN crocodiles the but Species was Survival accused by inhumanely. 2. Golden lion tamarin ▲ Fg3.3.14 Australian saltwater crocodile 18 out were of 23 once sufciently species species of endangered to are be crocodiles but removed have from worldwide since the recovered list. Many thriving. Description The 5m It 3 Australian long. lays It up to months to and in as is a a 80 to mature. listed is saltwater bulky eggs hatch. The each The protected year can a in CITES grow broad which 15 up to to years crocodile Australia which up snout. take take saltwater species under with crocodiles Australian protected endangered crocodile reptile in was 1971, banned trade animals. Ecological role The habitat swamps in a heap pythons, of the saltwater rivers. leaves. dingoes crocodiles snakes, of and eat turtle The and young eggs tadpoles, crabs crocodile is a Nests top eggs other built are catsh. sh. The on food small crocodiles, and and crocodile are is estuaries, river for animals. mud Baby banks goannas, Older crabs, sea crocodiles Australian eat saltwater predator. ▲ Fg3.3.15 Golden lion tamarin 177 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Y D U T S Description Small Description monkey. Endemic rainforests of the About world. captivity. Life Brazil. Some 1,000 say expectancy to Atlantic Amongst in there about 8 the are coastal rarest wild only The animals and 400 500 in in in the thylacine appearance wild. years. the last the island it a had was to few strong a marsupial, wolf, hundred of but on ghter E S A C than the in it a that but The During only prior on to thylacine could known in tail. found Australia jaws other rigid was mainland. with any similar with years Tasmania existed widely a open mammal. that was more Thylacines Ecological role had Omnivores. Prey to large cats, birds of prey. to territorially rainforest in in family the groups in the wild in a life expectancy of 12–14 years and gave birth Live 2–4 young a year. tropical canopy. Ecological role The thylacines’ habitat was open forest and Pressures grassland Only 2% of their native habitat is left. but the get US$20,000 wild well as and their habitat per skin. food Predation source is not became restricted to dense Poaching rainforest can they is great as the population declined. Thylacines in dependable lived in They were rocky outcrops and large, hollow logs. as nocturnal. Their typical prey were small destruction. mammals and birds, wallabies, wombats but and they also ate echidnas, kangaroos, and sheep. Method of restoring populations A captive for the breeding last 40 programme years or more. (breeding Over 150 in zoos) Pressures institutions Thylacines are involved increase to the in this genetic wild but and exchange diversity. with only Some a individuals are 30% habitat is threatened and of Australia hundreds of years take rate seems today future if is dingoes extinct on the there predators ago. In Tasmania they were by farmers whose stock was the thylacine’s (including Private and government bounties were paid many. unlikely not by became as for It and reintroduced success prey. humans) outcompeted mainland hunted the were to for that this captive uncertain in species breeding. the would The be alive long-term wild. scalps, leading continued (private). hunting, were until a 1910 There was poisoning organized severely to for depleted peak kill in 1900. (government) an intense and trapping. tourists’ and killing Bounties 1914 spree Shooting entertainment. population was affected by parties The by ex p disease 1. Thylacine (Tasmanian tiger) The the on and last last competition wild thylacine captive September protected in endangered animal 7, 1936. 1936. in It 1972 from was killed died The was and settlers’ at in the 1930 Hobart thylacine classied is now dogs. was by listed and Zoo legally IUCN as as extinct. Consequences of disappearance The thylacine unique were was marsupial no dingoes, a carnivorous family. the In marsupial Tasmania, thylacine was a from where a there signicant predator. Introduced ▲ of 178 dogs Fg3.3.16 The last thylacine the thylacine. have taken over the ecological role T O B i O D i v e r S i T y Pressures In 1505 and to Portuguese used get it as spices source colony of (jail) for monkeys had of a forest Known These pigs ate and by extinct eggs used and also dodo voyages dodo as monkeys sailors also by the island Mauritius their Crab-eating stealing plantations be on Ate and dodo food. impact, to to Later, rats, introduced large discovered point Indonesia. meat. and sport sailors restocking from fresh introduced. them a as a a penal were humans killed macaque seem eggs. destroyed E S A C 2. The dodo T H r e A T S to have Conversion their habitat. 1681. Y D U T S 3 . 3 Consequences of disappearance Island ▲ fauna Became Fg 3.3.17 Dodo an standing Description Large ightless bird endemic to the island of impoverished icon there fear of due and had no fear predators) to being humans, and its its by loss of apparent clubbed never the to death having untimely dodo. stupidity had – (just as it need extinction. to Very Mauritius. few a skeletons common remain ‘Dead as a dodo’ is now saying. Ecological role No major need of predators ight. The on Mauritius dodo was a so the dodo had ground-nesting no bird. To do 1. What is bodst? 4. List four examples of hma actt that threaten species. 2. What is an endangered species? List several examples. 5. Consider the case studies of organisms in the previous pages and the list of characteristics that 3. What are the t wo main reasons for extinction of make species more prone to extinction. Make a species? table to compare the characteristics shared by these species. What do they have in common? 179 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n 3.4 C os ato of bod st sg : appl kll: ➔ The impact of losing biodiversity drives expla the criteria used to design and manage ➔ conser vation eor ts. protected areas. ➔ The variety of arguments given for the ➔ ealat the success of a named protected area. ➔ ealat dierent approaches to protecting conser vation of biodiversity will depend on environmental value systems. biodiversity. ➔ There are various approaches to the conser vation of biodiversity, with associated strengths and limitations. Kwlg ug: ➔ ➔ Arguments about species and habitat preservation Alternative approaches to the development of ➔ can be based on aesthetic, ecological, economic, protected areas are species-based conser vation ethical and social justications. strategies that include itatoal, gomtal ad o- ● the Convention on International Trade in gomtal ogazatos (nGOs) are Endangered Species (CITES) involved in conserving and restoring ecosystems captive breeding and reintroduction ● and biodiversity, with varying levels of programmes and zoos eectiveness due to their use of media, speed selection of ‘charismatic’ species to help ● of response, diplomatic constraints, nancial protect others in an area (agship species) resources and political inuence. selection of ksto spcs to protect the ● ➔ Recent tatoal cotos o integrity of the food web. bod st work to create collaboration Community suppor t, adequate funding and ➔ between nations for biodiversity conser vation. proper research inuences the success of ➔ Conservation approaches include habtat conser vation eor ts. cos ato, spcs-basd cos ato and The location of a conser vation area in a country ➔ a mixed approach. is a signicant factor in the success of the ➔ Cta for consideration when dsgg conser vation eor t. Surrounding land use for potctd aas include: size, shape, edge the conser vation area and distance from urban eects, corridors, and proximity to potential centres are impor tant factors for consideration in human inuence. conser vation area design. The relatively together concerned species 180 new experts about and discipline from the loss communities ● diversity ● untimely of of various of extinction biodiversity from organisms of conservation disciplines and in and extinction. ecological species is a biology the last want Their to thing; act brought are years. together rationale complexity bad has twenty is All to that: good are save things; 3 . 4 ● evolutionary ● biological Some adaptation diversity acronyms to has help is good; intrinsic you UN United IUCN International UNEP United CITES Convention UNDP United WWF Worldwide WRI World NGO non-governmental GO governmental MDG millennium make C O n S e r v A T i O n O F B i O D i v e r S i T y and value and sense of we this should try to conserve it. sub-topic: Nations Union Nations for the Conservation Environment Programme International Trade of Nature TOK on in Endangered Species Before you read the Nations Development Programme section on why to conserve Fund for biodiversity, think about this Nature yourself for a few moments Resources Institute and make a list of reasons organization why we should conserve and reasons why we should not. organization These questions may help development goals you make your lists: ● There are social and many reasons to conserve Do humans need other species? In what ways? Wh b? biodiversity – economic, ecological, ● Do other species exist for human use? Do they only aesthetic. exist for human use? The value of biodiversity ● Do other species have a right to exist? Does Direct a great ape have more Food sources rights than a mosquito? ● We eat other species whether animal or plant. Even if we do only eat ● a small number of food crops, there are many varieties of Are your reasons based these. on rational thought or ● We need to preserve old varieties in case we need them in the future. emotion or both? Does this aect how valid they are? ● Pests ● Breeders and strains diseases are from only can wipe one which step they out non-resistant ahead may of nd the strains. diseases resistant and require wild genes. To do For In example, the 1960s, wheat, wheat rice and stripe maize rust provide disease one wiped half out a of the third of world’s the food. yield in 1. the US. It was the introduction of resistant genes from a wild strain Read the reasons to of preserve biodiversity wheat in Turkey that saved the crops. Maize is particularly vulnerable below. List each under to disease, as it is virtually the same genetically worldwide. A perennial the headings: economic, maize was found in a few hectares of threatened farmland in Mexico. ecological, social and The plants contain genes that confer resistance to four of the seven aesthetic reasons. Do major maize diseases and could give the potential of making maize a some t in more than perennial crop that would not need sowing. one column? 2. Under the same Natural products headings list reasons ● Many of the medicines, fertilizers and pesticides we use are derived NOT to preserve from plants and animals. biodiversity. Discuss ● Guano is a fertilizer high in phosphate which is seabird droppings. your list with your fellow students. ● Oil palms give us oil for anything from margarine to toiletries. 181 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n ● Rubber cotton ● (latex) from Honey, or is from cotton beeswax, rubber plants, rattan, trees, silk linen from natural from ax, rope from hemp, silkworms. perfumes, timber are all from plants animals. Indirect Environmental services We are (8.2). the just If a beginning value natural can capital ● Soil ● Fertilization ● Ecosystem aeration materials. release ● Soil ● Climate ● Waste as is or the of disease catastrophe. from were affected the to environmental then and store need recycled and as we services could quantify less by replaced or the and recycles tissues. terrestrial vegetation species to varied a serious insects. They ecosystem. cover. decomposers. as may be some with stability their on respiration. of possible, likely in depend vegetation. and many as human) by it for by rainforests followed tropical environment protected of crops productivity habitat or food and multi-layered, was by the are and stable, animal islands, This of preservation Natural, tropical plantations. down our organisms resources more (plant, value processes, some carbon 40% by of gives all semi-natural environment these worms. capture regulated example, natural on which broken on pollination captures water monetary biodiversity. productivity Agriculture For and Plants ● is of give placed depends oxygen and to be possible, render affected other forest single by the spread environmental was removed species damage and the – when coconut the islands storms. Scientic and educational value We investigate encyclopaedia species that should know. and of are research life the diversity www.eol.com named on the of intends Earth. We plants to do and animals. document this because all the we The 1.8 million believe we Biological control agents Some use of species of living chemicals, eg things help myxamatosis us control disease invasive and rabbits species in without the Australia. Gene pools Wild animals genetic and plants are sources of genes for hybridization and engineering. Future potential for even more uses With to new early If should the get to come, biodiversity. warning them. 182 discoveries appreciate system. birds out. They Miners died, they Indicator there can used knew species, will be to take there eg be many more environmental canaries was lichens, a toxic can into gas show practical monitors the mines around air reasons as an with and quality. they 3 . 4 C O n S e r v A T i O n O F B i O D i v e r S i T y Human health ● The ● A rst rare has species recently value ● antibiotics The in yew been the rosy with of (such penicillin) (Taxus) found treatment periwinkle, as to of from produce certain from the the a were obtained Pacic Northwest chemical forms of from that of may fungi. the USA prove of cancer. Madagascan forest, is curing children leukaemia. Human rights If biodiversity their native continue to is protected, lands. live If in we indigenous preserve them and the people can rainforests, continue to make continue to indigenous a live in tribes can livelihood. Recreational Many people national nance take parks, to an vacations go skiing, area and in areas scuba of diving provides outstanding and hiking. natural This beauty brings and extra employment. Ecotourism Biodiversity places and is often living the subject things in of them aesthetic for interest. spiritual People rely on wild fullment. Ethical/intrinsic value Each species Biodiversity has a right should responsibility to act be to exist – preserved as stewards a bioright for of its the unrelated own sake to and human humans needs. have a Earth. Biorights self-perpetuation Biologically reducing diverse the need ecosystems for future help to preserve conservation their efforts on component single species, species. c p f b Many people different use Conservation from reserves consider They and these two terms interchangeably but they do have meanings. biologists or from harvesting recognize that development is or it do not necessarily interacting hunting is very needed of with species difcult to help want other to as to long exclude people exclude organisms. out as it is will even sustainable. humans of humans They from poverty. But habitats they K tms want a the development conservation people of the from not biologist by be would ecotourism public to or opening it at the look expense for ways management up to access of (an a to of the create reserve environment. income to allow anthropocentric for So local education viewpoint). Cos ato bolog is the sustainable use and management of natural resources. Preservation nature for exploit. should So the more its Deep be own preserved even has ecocentric worth, ecologists virus should option it of not causes than not argue regardless though difcult an intrinsic green smallpox biologists a biology as that, their be viewpoint a resource whatever value or destroyed disease which in puts that the humans cost, usefulness according humans. value can species to to on humans. preservation Preservation is often Ps ato bolog attempts to exclude human activity in areas where humans have not yet encroached. conservation. 183 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Efforts to conserve and preserve species and habitats rely on citizens, To do conservation Because organizations conservation is and governments mostly seen as for to the act in various ‘public good’, ways. politicians Look back in sub-topic act to change public policy to align with conservation aims. There will 1.1 to nd a pioneer be tension between what is seen as good for the economy and human conservationist and a needs and good for the environment but the two can coincide and this pioneer preservationist. With is being recognized more and more. A report on climate change (The which one do you agree? Stearns of GDP Review per activities There little is or in a order can perhaps have thinking ‘Think rst an a or in environmental packaging may not some and be form or of as conscience fossil is 1970s fuel able development impacting the – 1992) revenue example of have it this. There organizations to have changed less is one a slogan is as at you save a as an may the have as help a whale local but group last few It can in decades. was then. using nature you may happened was in have that. individual heard. it whether can think The have in 1% on. not group. today home, to do changes true that mitigation individual, But environment acting can, spoil – a to the heaps and and has of the be been the Your less plastic reserve. act to that has a You save after is to conservation have but, in all mine not without biodiversity though. extracted seed and national they environment grass present applied within ‘greenwash’ restored adding of generations people mining can needs impression on When the future local danger give areas of can impact nothing. economically bulldozing a and later place of major change GDP just specic meeting Providing when the needs projects. practices a in issue. member and to 20% you, proposed climate biodiversity. (WRI/IUCN/UNEP is in starts or in global a for locally’ early a both acting government) of that is locally effect personally Sustainable negatively effect act the drop what globally globally, used a UK invested thinking on and the be avoid larger about for should in impact and locally 2006 to danger no You act in annum park is an Greenwash changed fact, the their they minerals closure. But just enough. How conservation organizations work – IGOs, GOs and NGOs Organizations environment and regional also fall into that may and work be local three composed ● also ● eg of called the ● highly ● research, ● eg of of large the both. depending answering a are their and national international on (IGOs) to biodiversity There the branches organizations. constitution and They funding. – group of member states (countries) organizations organizations and funded by a (GOs) – national government bureaucratic regulation, Environmental Protection 184 preserve or organizations and or global IPCC. Governmental part ofces international UN, ● conserve or categories Intergovernmental ● to local monitoring Protection Department of and Agency China. control of the activities USA (EPA), Environmental 3 . 4 Non-governmental ● not part ● not for ● may ● some ● very ● eg be of a organizations (NGOs) C O n S e r v A T i O n O F B i O D i v e r S i T y – government prot international run by or local and funded by altruists and subscriptions volunteers diverse Friends of the Earth, Greenpeace. To do Whch s whch? Consider these logos of some international agencies and organizations that do environmental work . Work out which organization it is from the logo and then do research to nd out: 1. Is it an IGO, GO or NGO? 2. What are its main aims? 3. How does it accomplish these aims? N ▲ G Fg 3.4.1 some conservation organization logos The organizations you have investigated operate in dierent ways. In their dealings with people, some work at government level whilst others work with local people ‘in the eld’. To bring about change, some work conservatively by careful negotiation, whilst others are more radical and draw attention to issues using the media. 4. Place the organizations shown in gure 3.4.1 on the following axes and add others that you know of locally and nationally. desk-based research radical conser vative in the eld ▲ Fg 3.4.2 185 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n Comparison of IGOs, GOs iGO ad GO Use of media ● Media liaison ocers prepare and read and nGO ● written statements ● Control /works with media (at least one NGOs Use footage of activities to gain media attention ● TV channel propagates the ocial policy Mobilize public protest to put pressure on governments in even the most democratic regimes) ● Gain media coverage through variety of so communicates its decision/attitudes/ protests (eg protest on frontlines /sabotage); policies more eectively to the public sometimes access to mass media is hindered (especially in non-democratic regimes) ● They both provide environmental information to the public of global trends, publishing ocial scientic documents and technical reports gathering data from plethora of sources Speed of response ● Considered, slow – they are bureaucratic ● Can be rapid – usually its members already and can take time to act as they depend have reached consensus (or else they on consensus often between diering wouldn’t have joined in the rst place) views ● Directed by governments, so sometimes may be against public opinion Political diplomatic ● Considerable – often hindered by ● political disagreement especially if constraints Unaected by political constraints – can even include illegal activity international ● ● Idealistic/driven by best conservation Decisions can be politically driven rather strategy/often hold the high moral ground than by best conservation strategy over other organizations/may be extreme in actions or views Enforceability ● International agreements and national or ● regional laws can lead to prosecution Public image ● Organized as businesses with concrete public opinion to pressure governments ● allocation of duties ● No legal power – use of persuasion and Can be confrontational/radical approach to an environmental issue like biodiversity Cultivate a sober/upright/measured image based on scientic/businesslike approach ● Both lead and encourage par tnership between nations and organizations to conserve and restore ecosystems and biodiversity Legislation ● Enforce their decisions via legislation ● (may even be authoritarian sometimes) Serve as watchdogs (suing government agencies/businesses who violate environmental law) Agenda ● Both seek to ensure that decisions are applied ● Provide guidelines and implement ● international treaties Use public pressure to inuence national governments/lobby governments over policy/legislation ● Buy and manage land to protect habitats, wildlife etc. ● Both may collaborate in global, transnational scientic research projects, both may provide forum for discussion 186 3 . 4 C O n S e r v A T i O n iGO ad GO ● Funding O F B i O D i v e r S i T y nGO Fund environmental projects by monies ● Manage publicly owned lands ● Fund environmental projects by monies coming from national budget coming from private donations ● Extent of inuence ● Global or national in extent Focus more on local and/or national information, aiming at education, producing geographically learning materials and oppor tunities for schools and public Monitoring ● IGOs monitor regional and global trends ● NGOs also monitor/research species and conservation areas at a variety of levels activities th g w – l b No nation today Authoritarian information human than ● age rights ever can nation and and to states ignore are freedom on of democracy the the rest of decline information mean that the and via the world. the the rise of the worldwide individual has web, more power before. International and afford its huge cooperation number of was formalized specialist with agencies the which United have a Nations major impact. ● UNEP set ● UNEP drove of CFCs. and ● of the intergovernmental Montreal the EU, these are the are impacts, eg Institutional but the say they will by of (an down or Union, are by the on climate phasing with OPEC working the name (IPCC). production economic to for out change groupings but a sustainable few – and development to wanting may even NGOs, often but are started now as grassroots having global WWF . inability people it, for together individuals) Greenpeace, deliver panel protection. (locally inertia power slow African complemented movements Protocol getting organizations environmental They and the Countries ASEAN, some up be going) change, able reverse get to and stop has voting the degradation been of swing our a for of block to change politicians the planet that pendulum by human activities. Timeline of key dates for biodiversity conser vation 1961 World Wildlife 1966 Species 1973 Convention Fauna Fund Survival and on up by IUCN Commission the Flora set International and Julian published Trade of Huxley Red Data Endangered Lists Species of (CITES). 1980 World Conservation 1980 Brandt Commission Strategy published – beginnings of sustainable development 187 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n 1982 UN World Charter 1987 Brundtland for Nature Commission sustainable development 1991 Caring the 1992 Earth for Summit Convention Declaration Earth 2000 UN Rio on Council de to Global Millennium World A Our Common Strategy Janeiro Biological leading development 2002 Earth: on for produced Summit and rst Agenda (CBD) (biodiversity Biodiversity – Sustainable Diversity BAPs Future and action dened Living 21, the Rio plans) Strategy the MDGs (millennium goals) Summit on Sustainable Development held in Johannesburg 2005 World Summit, 2010 International 2012 Rio+20 – New Year UN of York Biodiversity conference on sustainable development (UNSD) The World Conser vation Strategy (WCS) and subsequent milestones The WCS was published ground-breaking approach national of the to conservation and maintain ● preserve ● ensure living genetic 1982, UN UNEP which the to rst Its and WWF presented time. balance ecological aims It a in called for development were processes 1980. united, It was a integrated international, with conservation to: and life support systems; diversity; adopted national the for efforts sustainable countries IUCN, resources. essential the addressing In regional world’s ● Many by achievement utilization the WCS of and species and developed ecosystems. their own strategies for issues. World Charter for Nature was adopted which had as its principles: ● Nature ● The shall genetic population ● viability sufcient shall be All of a 188 the life their and and way its essential Earth forms, survival, both shall wild and land the habitats organisms, maintain to that processes not be and to shall not this be impaired. compromised; domesticated, end as they the rare well are sea, shall protection samples of as of or the must necessary all integrity the land, by subject be be at habitats of different shall these to types of species. and be managed productivity, those to given marine man, sustainable coexist. be shall endangered the utilized optimum endanger which and special representative to resources as with Earth, to and atmospheric species on all conservation; areas, Ecosystems such for the of ecosystems achieve of and safeguarded. areas unique respected levels least principles ● be other but not to in ecosystems or 3 . 4 ● Nature other In 1991, was It be Caring updated stated the shall hostile the secured of degradation caused by warfare O F B i O D i v e r S i T y or activities. for and the Earth: launched benets benets against C O n S e r v A T i O n of in A 65 Strategy sustainable sharing resources for Sustainable Living countries. use more of natural equally resources , amongst the and world population. 1992: Rio Ear th Summit World 21– of leaders and the the agreed Earth strategy national was planning. to the conservation ● the sustainable ● the equitable The Global main biological use of sharing its of development Biodiversity countries three of implementation governments of integrate objectives the agenda – Strategy . biodiversity Agenda The into aim their were: variation; components; benets Agenda national, have implement document. sustainable and arising out of the utilization of resources. international, to a help The ● genetic on Council the Such regional legislated plan or locally, programmes 21 was and advised as intended local levels. that local recommended are known as to involve Some action national authorities in Chapter Local take 28 Agenda of 21 at and state steps the or LA21. 2000 UN Millennium Summit: Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) Largest-ever bound and illiteracy, The aim gathering of measurable environmental was to achieve world goals leaders for degradation the goal who combating by and agreed to poverty, a set of hunger, discrimination time disease, against women. 2015. 2002: The Johannesburg Summit on sustainable development Supposed of its to consolidate the Rio Earth Summit but little action came out deliberations. 2005 World Summit, New York Outlined each a series country natural resources strategies have Integrating was not of global prepare its for been written case few as with decades for national long-term conservation the priorities own a action, and strategy for human result of welfare. the development recommended the National international is now a that conservation high of conservation meetings. priority – this ago. 2010 Biodiversity target Adopted 2010; by was EU heads shown to of state have in 2001 largely to halt biodiversity decline by failed. 2013, Rio+20 How to build sustainable we a green economy development and resulted how in a to improve non-binding cooperation paper ‘The for future want’. 189 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n apph To do There Focs o th WWF ad Gpac are based three and involves a basic approaches mixture research, of both. adequate to conservation: Conservation funding and is the species-based, more successful support of the habitat when local it community. Go to www.panda.org and www.greenpeace.org/ Species-based conservation international/ This Find out type look at of conservation conserving species-based 1. 2. the focuses habitat conservation in on conserving which it lives. the species Here are but ve does not examples of approaches. What WWF stands for. Why do you think WWF 1. CITES (the Convention on International Trade in Endangered has a panda as their logo? Species of Wild Fauna and Flora) 3. For both WWF and Greenpeace, nd out: a. Who they are. Many this What they do. c. Where they work . d. How they work . that 4. 5. is an are their becoming international problem. write b. species CITES Governments own national international threaten their trade survival. elephants to Find the nearest WWF CITES dramatically project to where you live. animal What are Greenpeace’s The main bodst threatened has turtles, imports species endangered agreement (eg are in orchids to reduced by to in or by of its of international governments voluntarily aims. wild CITES Its and aim animals are to is and have to to ensure plants threatened trade. address does species not from mahogany. the trade animal the CITES support specimens tortoises) are up to Covered grouped they sign laws because between CITES international in endangered parts (eg species elephant Appendices tusk, according of both rhino to live horn). how trade. campaigns? Appendix 6. Choose one and identify threatened I – species with cannot be traded internationally as they are extinction. one aspect (eg whales) Appendix II regulations ensuring – species can be traded internationally but within strict from question 5. Describe its sustainability. an action Greenpeace has taken to draw international Appendix attention to the issue. needs The the orchids is – appendices (whales, It III a Since species and many and 5,000 animal it has included other some at of whole species been one can and of or be request to of as of corals, then exploitation. cetaceans cacti and species. species effective which illegal primates, voluntarily plant most country parrots, populations done a prevent such turtles, 28,000 the help groups, sea species what the countries porpoises), separate example 1975, of include dolphins great About a cooperation to conserve are on its international species. lists. wildlife TOK conservation agreements in the world. There are various 2. Captive breeding and zoos approaches to the conservation of biodiversity. Zoos, How can we know when we of aquaria should be disposed to act on breed what we know? straightforward species, wiped the in Programmes expensive 190 to other course they saving A a best in facilities keep captivity every or a keep species keep many species. their into DNA, the examples Even it wild if is if they not can a they are habitat. populations few horse The breeding cannot reintroduce reintroduce difcult. USA. of to native Przewalski’s hope captive they have process their and Wyoming, best of species out condor, and but in are Mongolia programmes species that or establish successful, is and are eg for in the ones ferret worthwhile wild are Californian black-footed highly extinct new the or in in and the severe 3 . 4 decline. to Success support extra out they Oman or are tamarin rallying more care in to point has is the for given of money, wild after Rare It plants conditions. can is be it the in Zoos are Most to see, very and are not the Frozen that is are become then breed there are Frozen in extinct in zoos many Ark a animal at so wild been oryx a in unnecessary successful used to and them the in humans. socialize to jump once to to farms live with in the successfully. controlled planted its native keep and that out, habitat species aquaria, keep these and the are look plants in sperm, to In eggs, nature process. from animals pools – for killer embryos, for this one skin) long-term animals reserves. For pay species. theory, raised the we programmes gene temperature °C). megafauna cetaceans invertebrate animals cruelty. what after the large when with breeding widen be this justied treated to as the low −196 is or zoos (eg could in to and reintroduced involved way need best tissue at make this bear) keep very less get species cages other sh has Arabian an seedlings only centres may many the be issues Project each nitrogen in or The runs golden banks. small and the Brazil climb to need herbivores. game polar the to B i O D i v e r S i T y tribes. as collectors sometimes public (frozen liquid the seed worms. of not by zoos, in rhino, and how O F people may supply of the become raising by eaten and Aquaria stores cryopreserved up of of seen Often has do after in and with are local food Forest perseverance educational animals success. often the or have porpoises, zoos storage, have to hippo, beetles exchange reproductive gardens and taught Then animals their Bedouin reintroduce gone. press local many or to Coast animal dug connement open many and – the and if to animals reintroduction reintroduction be and incentives Released unethical. to plants has bad elephant, well, whale a close to the be impossible botanic had in zoos (giraffe, other The Atlantic and or have may are recaptured reintroduced captivity have kept run captivity habitat arboretums, be successful patience these Sometimes not there dying. where utans be But by may those in outcompeted because are takes years of people poorly are orang other. even employment waste each if programme. remaining local programmes programmes or danger Many Orphaned likely reintroduction feeding or lion a C O n S e r v A T i O n which material In and practice, example, see the http://www.frozenark.org/. 3. Botanical gardens and seed banks The largest Kew, and about some and They banks are the plant are future. species. and them gene use. the of garden grow these botanical species future There 10% 1,500 classify Seed for botanical London. seed are and out where seeds are If the in bank the plant bank plants should Royal Botanical (10% of stored, is way which of are contain wild. only and species in the the seeds preserving widely many and many up be of varieties world but are identify years. insurance to for variation just of policy 100,000 preserved genetic are the in total) conservation. for an may the grown more dry, Gardens world’s plants and and wild, the Around grow education frozen plant lost the not extinction, a is in they world’s of is the species research, species danger seed crop for world plant threatened gardens carry are Some the and banks The in 25,000 the a few of a varieties species. 191 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n There are seed international the seeds maintain many seeds seed bank. they tend A seed Diversity built frozen. banks A the Crop been around them, countries. Global has in banks collections. within This through is As to the world, in in as need Svalbard, as permafrost or is levels yet may net no and that of of is seeds funded owns by loss to of to from the government power against who technology contain Norwegian needs safety national some Norway the so for high MEDCs well ultimate strife holding concern they be bank Trust the civil the major keep other and the seed war. 4. Flagship species These ▲ species capture our Most the are charismatic, imagination. instantly Look back at recognized, the WWF popular logo in and gure can 3.4.1. Fg 3.4.3 Seeds for storage of agship species are large and furry but they may not have in a seed bank , Kew Gardens a signicant community What the they ● if ● they take they Sometimes use to other be gain is are that (see may disappeared, the rest of the and to be are used protect under to the more ask for habitat funds from which will threat. species: others extinct, with the local umbrella conserve same they used agship called to the appeal then conict are keystone instant over If affected. become in support in little naming to be ecosystem. species priority these species both of were may be funds other Disadvantages they the have these the ● in would do public; include role that habitat below) – and message peoples, species species, those umbrella, eg – in the eg that the we have man-eating one and under is that failed tigers. conservationists return it greatly umbrella. lemurs of A helps species the can Madagascar. 5. Keystone species ▲ Fg 3.4.4 A keystone structure All species of species the are environment They act means far like that greater Loss of the ecosystem species. The the their The in plays not that in it for they some an arch, of the researchers tend to herbivores their far would in are a maintaining bigger the effect arch ecosystem to keep in abundance holding an is have can a their keystone and role the live. have of from greatly predator the critical they proportional population small a which regardless keystone imbalance which in disappearance characteristics without that others, difculty A one equal and small or ecosystem. ▲ not than than is ecosystem species than as a have the increase and an destroy of the other keystone or all species. engineer population eat This impact biomass. loss the predator herbivore or could identifying their biomass. together. can numbers more on or the in in the check, producers Fg 3.4.5 so causing the loss of all food in the ecosystem. Examples: ● Sea the otter oats 192 eating urchins away. sea need urchins only eat in the kelp forests. holdfast If there (anchor) of are the no sea kelp otters, and it 3 . 4 C O n S e r v A T i O n O F B i O D i v e r S i T y To do To do While we can watch stunning wildlife documentaries on DVD, they are not Choose an animal species the same as being there and watching a real elephant feed. If you believe that is thatd. Browse that animals and plants provide you with a service, then zoos, aquaria and the Red Lists or WWF if botanical gardens are there for humans to enjoy. you cannot make up your mind. Find the following Is keeping animals just so humans can go and look at them a pointless information: exercise? ● Download image(s) of Or does it have value in itself? your chosen species. Do we have the right to capture and cage other species even if we treat them well? ● What is the Red List If it is a choice between allowing a species to become extinct in the wild or category of your species? keeping the last few individuals in a zoo, which is right? (It must be Cr, en or vu.) ● ● Beavers are swampy beaver ● area. and Elephants and engineers, then Swamp-loving its in making dams, the the African grasses can dams which species habitat then turn move a stream in. into Without species? Find a map if the possible. changes. savanna are also engineers, removing trees ● ● in the conservation success conservation for of the area consideration Many land land, was protected that in far degraded ● within distance else or nature wanted. from some high way. a country effort. from conservation away in is conservation areas no-one land area and may centres land are use for important set been up on population haphazard reserves may not have been large Threats facing your species (ecological, factor social and economic the pressures on the factors species). were have human The signicant design. reserves It a Surrounding urban area is in the poor density nature of past ● on this or land meant enough or inappropriate Suggested conservation strategies to remove agricultural threat of extinction. that that ● early In which CITES Appendix is your species? Designing protected areas a Estimated current population size? grow. Habitat conservation Where What is the global distribution of your a to Pay par ticular attention the to how local people and needs of the species they were aiming to protect. UNESCO’s Man and government actions are the Biosphere programme (MAB), started in 1970, created a involved in helping your world network of international reserves, now with 480 reserves in species to recover. over are 100 their countries. The MDGs and sustainability and conservation Present your assignment to aims. your class and hand out an Questions that conservationists now ask themselves when planning a information sheet. protected ● How large need ● Is it the area are: should protection better edge ● How ● What ● If ● Should to there have be the one to protect middle larger of or the a species? large many Are there species that reserve? smaller reserves? What about effects? many is it in the are individuals best be an endangered species must be protected? shape? several they of reserves, joined by how close corridors or should they be to each other? separate? 193 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n The or large or several small debate is known as the SLOSS debate (single large small). Sgl lag (SL) Or Sal small (SS) Contains sucient numbers of a large Provide a greater range of habitats wide-ranging species – top carnivores Minimizes edge eects More populations of a rare species Provides more habitats for more species Danger of a natural or human-made disaster (re, ood, disease) wiping out the reserve and its inhabitants is reduced as some reserves may escape the damage Both used for education and so fur ther long-term goals of conservation through education The consensus requirements Sometimes size, edge ratio is Edge is a in only effects as But links a a specific protected the conventions area on over their Evaluate the of that have past b een decades. successfulness. be to the success protected of Investigate and so than that the to size nothing. the and protect. But, whatever circumference to area (where ones increased factors a There large is as from eg Dividing be it national up is the easier as a by avoided parks each more effect, determined should habitats more for is and or with has fences, this governments there is less There precipitation. one as there some the available possible and present competition. wind circular area if and what meet species habitat predation well, edge two are least. and to pylons, put But, parks roads, fragments opposition is Long road than the and from land. are to strips move of protected from land reserve to may link reserve reserves. and so These increase gene pool or allow seasonal migration. This worked the well in to design The named two and the parks at have other animals Exotic in or were least 35 linked species disadvantages and the it may corridor invasive be as may a 7,700 bird a easier which species by of is use disease for to in corridor several y park one poachers harder also ha it get to from reserve and protect into a to may hunters than reserve the via corridors. MAB core reserves reserve have, which is if possible, buffer transitional. zones. Some This farming, is a zone around extraction of the resources, eg selective logging, and experimental research and on two to the natural used wide corridors spread reserves. where a area. evaluate But kill the in the buffer zone. protected The core reserve disturbance 194 the is sometimes, which Rica park. the areas. are area. owned kilometres conservation the Evaluate manage better minimized on there and international biodiversity adopted criteria in individuals Costa named and is it. R esearch and depend reserve example size evaluate possible be will the Work allow of small that ecotones shape across Corridors Investigate have the farming privately Practical or boundary). there abiotic irregular habitat. at the there so reserves railways, rail is should occur in practice, are small near ecotones change in large species low. change thin that the effects opportunists a is of is should undisturbed be safer and there. species that cannot tolerate can go 3 . 4 Better Worse C O n S e r v A T i O n O F B i O D i v e r S i T y WHY ? bigger better than smaller, includes A more species, allows bigger populations, more interior per edge intact better than fragmented; larger single B population, no dispersal problem, more interior per edge To do 1. What is meant by the word close better than isolated; easier to disperse cos ato? C among patches, allows easier recolonization in case local patch loses all individuals 2. Here are ways to conserve species on the edge of extinction. Explain how this clumped better than in a row; shor ter can be done with named D distance to other reser ves examples. You may need to look up some on the web. a) Legislation and connected with corridors better than not E conserving habitats. connected; facilitates dispersal round better than any other shape; b) Zoos and captive breeding. c) Flagship species. d) Nature reserves. F decreases amount of edge ▲ Fg 3.4.6 Possible shapes of protected areas 195 3 B i o d i v e r s i t y a n d c o n s e r v at i o n W E I VE R Discuss in what ways Discuss in what ways To what ex tent can might our approaches your EVS inuences conser vation restore to conser vation alter your attitude towards habitats and species? biodiversity in the future. conser ving other species. BiG QUestions B Comment on the factors that may make your own To what ex tent is loss of EVS dier from that of biodiversity sustainable? others with respect to conser vation. r qu ➔ The term “Nature” issues. ➔ “biodiversity” in much Does this Biodiversity has writing represent index is not replaced on a a the ➔ term conservation paradigm measure the it of a word, involves a but merely subjective a number judgement exposure the to unique of the Are two there measures; subjective use examples of other The theory of by ➔ natural has to us that change in populations a difference correct ➔ the process between a natural is impact may biodiversity be morally long term is Is responsible Should for the theory and a ➔ ➔ people long be scale. Why is of their Why is There are various conservation we of approaches be of the formerly populations? increased have the rate occurred at In which and science in Why does regions are the a highest why? of taxonomy species the important in extinction? scientic conservation conservation to collaboration of biodiversity? to can act on create need to involve meaningful and the local sustainable change? the How disposed to we know what Why are NGOs important in global conservation we agreements, assessing global status of species’ know? numbers 196 which on actions? biodiversity. should some were term ➔ when human international community ➔ has rates the important ➔ consequences that populations. there consequences lost. altered that extinctions understanding when conditions those achieved selection. convincing of selection one? There held of regions factors different mass extinction through the globalization to Human global tells environmental and of numbers? evolution different selection and areas some ➔ natural the proportion in distinct within (index) on unique richness. evolved true environmental combination population have through How as human populations were sense the characteristics shift? in Within and inuencing governments? W E I VE R R E V I E W Quk w 1. The of table bird below species tropical gives found South the at approximate different number altitudes A B in America. large small reser ve reser ve 1 Alttd (m) nmb of spcs several 0–500 2000 500–1000 1950 1000–1500 1550 1500–2000 1100 2000–3000 950 3000–4000 500 one large 2 small corridors 3 no corridors 4 4000–5000 200 Data from a diagram in Gaston K and Spicer J, Biodiversity: an For each pair (1) to (4), explain why the areas Introduction, Blackwell Science, 1998 represented a) Describe and between altitude explain shown in b) Dene habitat the c) Outline the and better relationship number of table. and species characteristics should have nature reserve if it is column A conservation might than be the considered areas in B. [4] [3] diversity diversity. [2] 3. three for column species in to be that an designated Outline three tropical rainforests reasons for the relative value of area in contributing to global a biodiversity. or similar protected area. 4. d) An area of forest has been made a The table several It is surrounded towns. Describe by farmland some of below gives the number of owering nature plant reserve. [3] [3] species for several tropical regions in the with Americas, together regions km with the area of each of the the 2 changes that following its might occur protection in in the this in area way. [2] rgo e) Briey or describe nature and a named reserve explain that how it protected you has have been Sfac aa km its managed of spcs to biodiversity. 7,050,000 30,000 383,000 40,000 1,000,000 10,000 2,500,000 19,000 [3] Nor thern Andes Atlantic coastal 2. a) Explain the term total mb studied Amazon Basin protect estmatd 2 area biodiversity. [2] forests of Brazil b) List four arguments for the preservation Central America of biodiversity. [2] including Mexico c) Describe the the processes formation of new that may lead to species. [3] Data from: Andrew Henderson and Steven Churchill, ‘Neotropical plant diversity’, Nature (1991), Vol. 351, pp. 2 1–22. © Nature d) Discuss the relative disadvantages of a advantages and species-based a) conservation strategy compared to Which species use of reserves. The diagram below shows the layout Which conservation reserves. The “islands” areas containing surrounded affected by per unit by human region per Explain numberof area? has the [1] lowest numberof unit the area? range of biodiversity [1] shown protected in ecosystems greatest reserves c) represent the of species various has [4] b) e) region the the data above. [2] unprotected activities. 197 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n 4 s y s t e m s a n d s o c i e t y 4.1 Itodctio to t ssts sg : al kll: ➔ The hdologicl ccl is a system of water ➔ Discss human impact on the hydrological ows and storages that may be disrupted by cycle. human activity. ➔ Costct and ls a hydrological cycle diagram. Kwlg g: ➔ Sol ditio drives the hydrological cycle. ➔ Fresh water makes up only a small fraction movement), precipitation, melting, freezing, ooding, surface run-o, inltration, percolation and stream-ow or currents. (approximately 2.6% by volume) of the Ear th’s water storages. ➔ ➔ deforestation and urbanization have a signicant Stogs in the hydrological cycle include impact on surface run-o and inltration. organisms and various water bodies, including oceans, groundwater (aquifers), lakes, soil, rivers, atmosphere and glaciers and ice caps. ➔ Flos in the hydrological cycle include evapotranspiration, sublimation, evaporation, condensation, advection (wind-blown 198 H cti vitis such as agriculture, ➔ Oc cicltio ssts are driven by dierences in temperature and salinity. The resulting dierence in water density drives the ocean conveyor belt, which distributes heat around the world, and thus aects climate. 4 . 1 I n T r O D u C T I O n T O w a T e r th eh’ w bg The Earth From of is space the not the Earth’s referred to as presence of water surface is the covered K t ‘Blue on by S y S T e m S Planet’ Earth is without very due obvious. reason. About 70% The t bdgt is a quantitative estimate of the water. amounts of water in storages ● About ● 97% 2.6% of all water is fresh water and and ows of the water cycle. Fresh of the water ● About ● 30.1% ● Water about is water in 68.7 in on quite % of the planet is ocean water (salt water). supply. water is in the polar ice caps and glaciers, water. surface of the short this ground 0.3% on the of the Earth in lakes, rivers and swamps is only total. To do You may think the atmosphere holds a lot of water but: Using the data given, ● Only 0.001% of the total Earth’s water volume is as water vapour in construct a table to list fresh the atmosphere. water storages on Ear th in ● According to atmosphere a depth of the US rained 2.5 Geological down at Survey, once, it if all would of the only water cover in the the ground decreasing order of size. to cm. Distribution of Ear th’s water fresh water 3% other 0.9% rivers 2% surface water 0.3% swamps 11% ground water 30.1% saline lakes (oceans) ice caps 87% 97% and glaciers 68.7% freshwater Ear th’s water fresh surface water (liquid) Fig 4.1.1 Distribution of Ear th’s water The turnover leave that times part of ● In ● Icecaps ● Groundwater ● Rivers ● Atmosphere So the water oceans, can renewable it 16,000 12–20 be (time the it takes system) takes are 37,000 for a very molecule of water to enter and variable. years years 300 years days only 9 days. considered resource either depending on a renewable where it is resource stored. or See a non- Figure 4.1.2. 199 4 W AT E R , F O O D P R O D U C T I O N S YS T E M S A N D S O C I E T Y Renewable Middle ground Non-renewable Atmosphere Groundwater aquifers Oceans Rivers An aquifer is a layer of porous rock, sand Icecaps or gravel underground that holds water. In aquifers, it takes longer than a human lifetime to replenish the water extracted Water can easily slide from being renewable to being non-renewable if poorly managed Figure 4.1.2 Status of water storages The water (hydrological) cycle Energy water from cycle. solar The radiation water cycle and the drives force the of gravity world’s drive weather the systems. clouds & water vapour transpor t condensation water storage in ice and snow precipitation evapotranspiration surface evaporation water run-o in lt r a t io n management boundary layer (and exchange with p e r c o la t io m n o is t u r e free atmosphere) s o il soil heterogeneity ocean stream ow water table river discharge groundwater ow bedrock Figure 4.1.3 The water cycle The water between cycle the consists various of storages storages. of These water ows and may transformations. Transfers, 200 when ● Advection ● Flooding ● Surface it stays in the (wind-blown run-off same state, movement) are: the be ows of transfers water or 4 . 1 ● Inltration or ● and percolation water runs into and through T O w a T e r S y S T e m S soil rocks) Stream ow and Transformations, current. when ● Evapotranspiration ● Condensation ● Freezing The (when I n T r O D u C T I O n storages – – into oceans, ● soil, ● groundwater ● lakes, ● rivers ● atmosphere, ● glaciers and – changes liquid water solid include ● it to vapour snow state to water to and or from liquid water, are: vapour liquid ice. the: (aquifers), streams, and and ice caps. To do 1. Draw a systems diagram of the water budget and cycle showing the storages and ows given in the table. Make your storage boxes and width of ow arrows correspond to the propor tions of these volumes. Label all storages and ows. Stogs Snow and ice Ground water and aquifers Lakes and rivers Oceans Atmosphere Soil 3 wt vol (k 3 × 10 ) 27,000 9,000 250 1,350,000 13 35,000 Flos Precipitation over oceans 385 Precipitation over land 110 Ice melt 2 Surface run-o 40 Evapotranspiration from land 70 TOK The hydrological cycle is Evaporation from sea 425 represented as a systems model. To what extent can systems diagrams 2. There are six storages of water shown in the diagram. List them in order of decreasing size (largest size rst) and calculate the percentage of the total hydrosphere stored in each. eectively model reality, given that they are only based on limited observable features? 3. Which of these storages can humans use and what percentage of all water is this? 201 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t y H h w l Humans change the 1. Withdrawals 2. Discharges – agriculture, 3. Changing a. b. – by the cities concreted by Diverting b. Aral sea last ● of 50 pollutants which to water roads facilitate barrages or are and in water, of agriculture eg water and chemicals can ow and channelling large more and sections diverted sections rapid dykes, of away by: industry. from where rivers it ows: underground or ow of rivers through making in concrete sensitive areas. reservoirs. rivers: from – towards changes intense lowered important areas to avoid caused irrigation the sea’s dams by has level to storage. humans: almost (it improve has stopped shrunk river in area ow by into 90% the in the years). Ganges basin absorbed ● irrigation movement areas. diverted major Sea and the damage. Some Examples are use, straightening to rivers Many at interrupt sewage. building dams, ood ● speed in With a. adding In and domestic fertilizers, channels 4. for Canalizing: c. landscape Run-off by – deforestation increases ooding as precipitation is not vegetation. from urbanized areas causing local ooding. To do Urbanization and ash oods Observe and record on your journey to school what the More surfaces of the land you ever and more cover are made of. Could inltrate they absorb water? What being has been done to channel impermeable before. humans Flash the soil and hard-baked live oods in runs hot, surfaces in in occur off dry cities and when on the areas there rainfall surface. but more or are more of snowmelt This and could more be it us than cannot is due to due to land cities. the water and to where? In Manila, after capital record of the Philippines, 50% of the city was ooded in 2012 rainfall. To do Go to http://www.fao.org/nr/water/aquastat/countries_regions/jordan/index.stm Read the information on Jordan and answer these questions. a. Describe where most of the population live and explain why. b. Summarize the agricultural industry of Jordan. To sch Investigate two other c. List the water supply sources available to Jordan. Explain which are examples (one local, one sustainable. global) of where human d. Describe the political and the environmental issues around Jordan’s activity has signicantly water supplies. impacted surface run-o and inltration of water. 202 e. Explain the water management strategies that Jordan is adopting. 4 . 1 I n T r O D u C T I O n T O w a T e r S y S T e m S o g b Ocean They currents move found on Ocean of the are surface the global currents Earth’s an an in water and deep role atmospheric deects vertically have and names, horizontally. and they are water. important 400m both some understanding (upper rotation of directions and have Without understand Surface movements specic currents energy. The in the distribution currents we cannot exchanges. ocean) and global ocean energy of them in of are moved increases their by the wind. circular movement. Deep of ● water ocean They (b) ● are and to also cause called the differences thermohaline oceanic in water currents, conveyor density belt make (gure caused by (a) up 90% 4.1.4). salt and water can hold less salt than cold water so is less dense rises. ● Cold ● When ● due and temperature. Warm it. currents, currents water warm These When holds are cold more water salt, rises, is cold denser has to so sinks. come up from depth to replace upwellings. water rises, it too has to be replaced by warm water in downwellings. ● In this way, water circulates. d l o c Ocean m ra w Atlantic Pacic Ocean Indian Ocean rm wa ld co Fig 4.1.4 The great oceanic conveyor belt 203 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s Cold ocean a n d s o c i e t y currents run from the poles to the equator, for example: To do 1. ● the Humboldt ● the Benguela Current (off the coast of Peru) Explain how the issues of Current (off the coast of Namibia in southern Africa). freshwater availability are of relevance to sustainability Warm currents ow from the equator to the poles, for example: or sustainable development. 2. ● the Gulf ● the Angola Stream (in the North Atlantic Ocean) With reference to a named Current (off the coast of Angola). ecosystem, to what extent have the solutions emerging from water resources been Ocean currents and climate directed at preventing Water causes of environmental raise impacts or problems, limiting that the extent of impact from As these causes, or restoring moderate a has the a higher specic temperature water masses result, land of heat close winters heat unit up to and a and seas cool capacity of matter cool and (the by down oceans amount 1 °C) more has a of than slowly mild heat land. than climate needed This to means landmasses. with summers. systems in which impacts Ocean currents also affect local climate: have already occurred? ● 3. The warm Gulf Stream/North Atlantic Drift moderates the In what ways might the climate of Northwestern Europe, which otherwise would have a solutions to freshwater sub-arctic climate. resource use alter your predictions for the state of ● The cold Benguela Current, under the inuence of prevailing 2 human societies and the southwest winds, moderates the climate of the Namibian desert. biosphere some decades ● The Humboldt Current impacts the climate in Peru. from now? (see ENSO below). E. Greenland Labrador er ing Irm Alaska Oyashio N. Atlantic drift N. Atlantic N. Pacic drift N. Pacic Canary California Gulf stream Kuroshio N. Equatorial N. Equatorial N. Equatorial N. Equatorial Equatorial counter Equatorial counter Equatorial counter Equatorial counter S. Equatorial S. Equatorial S. Equatorial S. Equatorial Humboldt Brazil W. Australia Benguela S. Pacic E. Australia Agulhas S. Atlantic S. Indian S. Pacic Antarctic circumpolar Antarctic circumpolar Antarctic subpolar Antarctic circumpolar Antarctic subpolar warm currents Fig 4.1.5 The ocean currents 2 http://www.pbs.org/edens/namib/ear th2.htm. 204 4 . 1 I n T r O D u C T I O n T O w a T e r S y S T e m S To do el niño Soth Oscilltio (enSO) usually occurred just before Christmas. Because the reversal of sea and air currents is caused by the changed The El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO) is a pressure dierence, the whole phenomenon is often phenomenon in the Pacic Ocean that has global called ENSO: El Niño Southern Oscillation. El Niño events consequences. Normally, air pressure in the eastern occur about every two to eight years and last for about Pacic Ocean (South America) is higher than that in two years. They may be either weaker or stronger. Strong the western Pacic Ocean (Australia, Indonesia). This El Niño years are usually followed by several years of ‘La results in the trade winds that blow westward for most Niña’, when the ocean temperature of the eastern Pacic of the year. The trade winds blow the warm surface is unusually cold after being unusually hot in the El Niño water westward. years, as the system swings back and for th. convective loop El Niño has local and global eects. Local eects include collapse of anchovy sh stocks, massive death of sea birds and storms and ooding in the coastal plain of Peru. The anchovy shery o the coast of Peru is extremely rich because of the occurrence of an llig when equator cold nutrient-rich waters come up from the ocean depths. Normally, productivity in oceans is quite low because of one of two limiting factors: light level and nutrient concentration. In the upper water levels light intensity is high, but nutrient levels are low and limit productivity. thermocline 120°E The available nutrients are taken in by phytoplankton 80°W and travel down the food chain. Dead organisms that are not eaten by some other organism sink and the nutrients Fig 4.1.6 Trade winds blowing warm surface stored within them end up on the ocean bottom. The lower waters of the Pacic westward in a non-ENSO year water layers are therefore nutrient-rich. But here, the In some years however, the pressure dierence across absence of light makes photosynthesis impossible. West the Pacic Ocean is reversed. of the Peruvian coast, the prevailing eastern trade winds push the surface water westward. This water is replaced by cold nutrient-rich water from the deep Hboldt Ct, which originates in the Antarctic region and follows the South American coast to the nor th. The appearance of nutrient-rich water at the surface allows for high productivity, hence the high numbers of sh and equator their predators, the seabirds. During El Niño events, the upwelling disappears and the sh and seabirds starve. During El Niño events the Peruvian coastal plain is subject to severe storms, accompanied by excessive thermocline rainfall. This is caused by the warm, extremely moist air being forced upward by the Andes Mountains. 120°E 80°W The warm ocean water that moves east during El Niño Fig 4.1.7 An ENSO year when the winds blow events contains tremendous amounts of energy. The eastward across the Pacic amount of energy is large enough to alter major air currents These pressure reversions are the Southern Oscillation. The changed pressure dierence alters both the like the jet streams and, as a consequence, El Niño aects global weather. Examples of these changes are: directions of the wind and of the warm surface current. ● Droughts in Australia, Indonesia, the Pacic Nor thwest This phenomenon was rst discovered by Peruvian of the United States and British Columbia (Canada). shermen, who called it ‘El Niño’, the Boy Child, as it Forest res are common in these areas. 205 4 W at e r , ● f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t y Heavy storms often resulting in ooding in California think it may stop completely in a few decades. Melting and the Midwest of the United States, Central Europe of the Greenland ice sheet may be adding so much fresh and eastern Asia. water to the Nor th Atlantic that the saltiness of the Nor th Atlantic Drift is reduced and the sinking and return of the ● Absence of the monsoon in India. The Indian water to the Gulf of Mexico is slower. If this were the case, population depends on the monsoon rains for its climate in Western Europe would be getting cooler but it food production. is warming instead. While ENSO is a natural phenomenon, its eects are The Nor th Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) is a weather exacerbated by human pressures on the environment. phenomenon in the Atlantic as ENSO is in the Pacic. In high index NAO years, there is low pressure over Iceland Th Glf St/no th atltic Oscilltio and high over the Azores so westerly winds blow and The Gulf Stream is a current in the Atlantic Ocean that winters are mild and summers cool and wetter. In low comes from the Gulf of Mexico across the Atlantic, where index NAO years, the pressure dierences are lower, the it is known as the Nor th Atlantic Drift to western Europe. westerlies reduced and winters are colder and summers It carries warm waters in a current about 100 km wide have heat-waves. There is also an inuence on eastern and 1000 m deep on average. It makes Nor thern Europe Nor th America from the NAO. warmer than it otherwise would be. As this water ows, Research the latest data on ENSO and NAO. Find out if some evaporates so its saltiness increases. By the time there is an ENSO event now. What is the reduction in the it reaches nor th of Britain and Scandinavian coasts, it Gulf Stream current now? is so much saltier, and so much more dense, than the surrounding sea water that it sinks and returns in the conveyor belt as the Nor th Atlantic Deep Water back to where it star ted. There is some evidence that the Gulf Stream current is slowing down, possibly due to global warming. Some If human activity is altering climate, as most scientists believe, we are also exacerbating the eects of ENSO events as we put more pressure on the natural systems. If the Gulf Stream were to stop suddenly (which we think has happened in the past), what would be the implications? 206 4 . 2 a C C e S S T O F r e S H w a T e r 4.2 accss to fsht sg : al kll: ➔ The supplies of freshwater resources are ➔ evlt the strategies which can be used to inequitably available and unevenly distributed, meet increasing demand for freshwater. which can lead to conict and concerns over ➔ Discss, with reference to a case study, how water security. shared freshwater resources have given rise to ➔ Freshwater resources can be sustainably international conict. managed using a variety of dierent approaches. Kwlg g: ➔ accss to an adequate supply of freshwater ➔ varies widely. ➔ wt slis c b hcd through reservoirs, redistribution, desalination, articial recharge of aquifers and rainwater harvesting. wt Clit chg may disrupt rainfall patterns and cosvtio (including grey-water recycling) can fur ther aect this access. help to reduce demand but often requires a change ➔ As population, irrigation and industrialization in attitude by the water consumers. increase, the dd fo fsht icss. ➔ ➔ The sccit of t socs can lead to Fsht slis bco liitd conict between human populations par ticularly through contamination and unsustainable where sources are shared. abstraction. W l K oits These facts are from the World Water Council: ● 1.1 billion people live without clean drinking water. ● 2.6 billion people lack adequate sanitation (2002, UNICEF/WHO JMP 2004). ● 1.8 million people die every year from diarrheal diseases. ● 3,900 children die every day from waterborne diseases (WHO 2004). ● Daily per capita use of water in residential areas: ● ■ 350 litres in Nor th America and Japan ■ 200 litres in Europe ■ 20 litres (or less) in sub-Saharan Africa. Over 260 river basins are shared by two or more countries mostly without adequate legal or institutional arrangements. ● Quantity of water needed to produce 1 kg of: ■ wheat: 1,000 l ■ rice: 1,400 l ■ beef: 13,000 l. 207 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s Although a n d there is s o c i e t y a lot of water on Earth, most of it is saline. We can To do remove terms 1. the of salt from energy water (especially in desalination burning fossil plants fuels) but are the large costs and in it is only Assuming there are 6.6 billion currently possible in wealthy countries which are water-stressed and people alive on Ear th, what is near the with desalination sea, for example Israel, Australia, Saudi Arabia. A major issue the percentage of the world’s is that salt is a by-product and is often returned to population that have no clean the ocean, increasing the density of the water which then sinks and drinking water? damages 2. ocean-bottom ecosystems. Unless we can nd the technology to How many children die desalinate water cheaply, it is not a viable proposition at the moment. per year from waterborne The freshwater available to us is limited and the UN has applied the diseases? term 3. ‘Water Crisis’ to our management of water resources today. There What is the percentage is not enough usable water and it can be very polluted. Up to 40% of of daily per capita use of humans alive today live with some level of water scarcity. This gure water in sub-Saharan Africa will only increase. compared with that in Japan and Nor th America? 4. How many days of water Humans use fresh ● domestic ● agriculture ● industry ● hydroelectric ● transportation ● marking water purposes – for: water used at home for drinking, washing, cleaning; use by one person in Europe – irrigation, for animals to drink; would it take to produce one – including manufacturing, mining; kilogram of beef? 5. How many kilograms of wheat power generation; would be produced by the (ships on lakes and rivers); equivalent of one year of the boundaries between nation states (rivers and lakes). water consumption by one person in sub-Saharan Africa? The WHO have 21 says than for this this Water how a is it. water not Egypt, the for enough there is Adding story, and As but, water you and see international Many major ● The ● The Iraq One and the been it, is not uneven. for that humans water as and are half a for water of not its so much soil will become a it is is but of diverted to to than grow worldwide, does in not and run through basin is Euphrates pollutes and it have Australia agriculture. salinization major less more. and water for and it Agenda far higher basin used erosion to there enough as should but far but times need food is have irrigation we is day access region tens there has Murray–Darling change, is water than the in human per areas much expands, is climate how rates it in world other water it more the uses usage and of each water issue for to the nations organizations. River water? increasingly of enough that fresh several shared rivers by countries. 19 carry countries water that and is 81 million extracted people. by Iran, Syria. country owns have Tigris of that rivers Danube – imports scarcity can measure be states of whilst population food, grow droughts Much Agriculture human example, to a livestock like 20litres minimum may use. of 40litres. distribution water Organization) just There for use. food that be recommended non-domestic more Health minimum should use domestic 208 to scarcity we provide is (World access – the Another will next continue needed and country Tragedy to be of the suffers, fought increasingly the Commons. over scarce. question And water as it so is who wars becomes 4 . 2 a C C e S S T O F r e S H w a T e r sbl hw g Sustainable resources use of resources exploited extraction and and full allows full recovery of natural the replacement ecosystems of the affected by their use. little or no water scarcity physical water scarcity approaching physical water scarcity economic water scarcity not estimated Fig 4.2.1 World map of water scarcity Sources of reservoirs extracted An freshwater and directly aquifer two layers lled lakes) is of a from layer Water the ow of surface by surface, surface in aquifers or porous rock this is is via rock of only extremely (rivers, aquifers. wells (holds (does inltration but freshwater underground impermeable continuously reaches are and not from limited slow can sandwiched water precipitation in streams, water be aquifers. water) let The through). where the between They are porous rock areas. (horizontal ows can be as 1 slow as 1–10 metres unsustainably. recharge never Many source relled. per is aquifers no These century). longer can are As also exposed never be a result, ‘fossil at used the aquifers aquifers’ surface – and are often meaning so they used the are sustainably. All water on Ear th recharge area for unusable 99% ar tesian well ar tesian surface water well spring water usable by humans 1% water table groundwater 99% upper aquitard ar tesian aquifer lower aquitard lakes 0.86% Fig 4.2.2 Aquifer structure rivers 0.02% Fig 4.2.3 Water to humans 1 M.B. Bush, Ecology of a Changing Planet, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, 2003, pages 187–188. 209 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s Global a n d freshwater s o c i e t y consumption is increasing strongly because the human TOK population This is increasing increased and freshwater because use leads the to average two types quality of of life problems: is improving. water scarcity Aid agencies often use and water degradation. Degradation means that water quality deteriorates, emotive adver tisements making it less suitable for use. Let’s have a more detailed look at the around the water security problems related to freshwater use and possible solutions: issue. To what extent can emotion be used to Issues: manipulate knowledge and ● Climate change may be disrupting rainfall patterns, even changing actions? monsoon ● Low water USA, once when ● Slow it deltas enters because the the rates from Freshwater becomes ● Irrigation by the of ● the it the used be of supplies. Colorado more making river River than a navigation rivers even results in tiny the stream impossible. in shallower exhausted. anymore, damaged taken aquifers well sedimentation, and may extend in when are too fast; and irrigation for so means strongly the soil is affects shrinking this causes a cone of unusable. degradation, minerals (salty) simply unusable. soil in This which away. contaminated used saline The much courses being been Dissolved too of especially evaporates remain further in the in before top agriculture. it layer This dry is of areas. absorbed the soil, process is salinization Fertilizers and can results water crops. making called often not shallow be the ● is Mexico, are has making Much of cannot exhaustion streams. now lower aquifers water and inequality sea. Buildings the Pumping rivers river, already into aquifer further Gulf in the further agriculture. ● the ow makes the in major Underground that causing levels a water which ● rains, and pesticides used in agriculture often pollute streams rivers. ● Industries release ● Industries and Warm water aquatic pollutants electricity can hold organisms craysh) stations are the surface release dissolved take negatively changes plants less that into their affected. species water warm oxygen oxygen Warm water than from water composition in bodies. into cold the water, water outow the rivers. so (sh, from power water. Solutions: ● ● Increase ■ reservoirs ■ redistribution ■ desalination ■ rainwater ■ articially Reduce supplies plants recharging use of dishwashers by: removing harvesting domestic showers, 210 freshwater salt systems – from large seawater and small scale aquifers. freshwater and toilets. by using more water-efcient 4 . 2 ● Wash cars car the in in car street washes also with reduces a closed water pollution by system. Not a C C e S S washing T O F r e S H w a T e r the Practical oil. Unequal ● Grey-water recycling – grey water is water from showers, laundry, kitchen sinks etc. which can be access reused on site cause WCs, garden Irrigation: selecting drought resistant crops can reduce the that irrigation. crops; canals cattle and (Some grazing trickle areas may may be systems simply better.) instead be unsuitable Closed of pipes spraying for instead water can who Alternatively using subsurface drip ● Reduce the amount possible amount Replace chemical nutrients is at of pesticide the most fertilizers slower and and fertilizer appropriate with more organic likely to of examples Prevent ● Use over-spray, eg spraying pesticide both has arisen selective pesticides instead of (using the smallest our ● ● control Industries can treatment plants. Regulate of the remove water the can pollutants Often, they are from used to meet demand for freshwater. – the absorbed fertilizer generic cooling their forced temperatures warm be supplies. release by the of Investigate crop plants. water directly in a that (b) pesticide, or the you volume use indirectly (a) per of directly day. stream. this with other users use and globally. measures. maximum releasing conict water strategies be increasing locally biological over the can Compare highly R esearch reduce time). or not. where open and ● and irrigation. used ones be have two which ● an freshwater growing Evaluate evaporation. have of need those for b etween irrigation. abundance ● freshwater conict for countries ushing to baths, can household Work of water, by wastewater law released cooling to do cooling towers with water so. water. that Instead evaporate used. To thik bot G t If you live in a house with running water, only puried and treated freshwater enters your home in one pipeline. This water is used for all the many processes in the home that need water. But it does not all have to be as clean as our drinking water. Black water or sewage contains human waste and may carry disease-causing bacteria and other organisms (eg worms). Grey water can be very lightly used water. Do you keep the tap running when you clean your teeth or run a glass of water? If so, most of this water is perfectly clean yet goes down the pipes and mixes with black water in a shared sewerage system. All this water is then cleaned to the highest standards before being recycled back into our piped water system. This is a crazy waste of clean water and the two types, black and grey could be separated before they leave our homes. Grey water could be used to irrigate gardens, clean cars, ush WCs and anywhere that requires water but not drinking- quality water. It must be used at once though to avoid build-up of bacteria. W w The scarcity populations of water resources particularly where can lead sources to are conict between human shared. 211 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t y Y D U T S though 1. The geopolitics of Israel’s water June. there The can rainy be occasional season begins rainy days around through October. shor tage Despite Golan SYRIA the shortage, the amount the peace of water Israel will supplied probably to Jordan not reduce according to International border Heights Coastal treaty between the countries, Schor said. aquifer Mountain aquifer Jordan’s drought Water a is much worse than Israel’s, he said. Haifa is contentious E S A C of the disputes to overcome In an Israeli issue and in the dry Palestinian region, and negotiators one hope Sea of Galilee reviR nadro J Tel Aviv in talks to work out a peace agreement. JORDAN will effort launch to a stem a serious conservation shortage campaign, of water, Israel targeting mostly n a e household Jerusalem use. As part of the efforts, Israel has in n a r r e t i recent weeks reduced by more than 50 percent the a e s d e drinking M water supplied to farmers, increasing their Gaza need for recycled water, Schor said. Water ofcials will Be’er Sheva this weekend debate raising the cost of drinking water Dead Sea in another Israel has attempt two to cut household desalination plants use, that he said. supply about EGYPT one-third of water needed households, Schor said. by municipalities Three other plants and scheduled Fig 4.2.4 Aquifers of the region to be The completed next one is by 2013 due to will be double that operational in amount. 2009.” Water shor tage looms in Israel after prolonged 1. drought, but supply to Jordan continuing List Israel’s (ows) International Herald March 2008. 21st, Tribune. Posted on is suffering 2. its greatest What drought in the of its the and main will summer, Authority has to the source have drinking an to ofcial spokesman stop stop water pumping said Uri pumping sources from by from the Wednesday. Schor about 40 the said Sea percent of when of of 3. Water are its — it will have to step already-depleted aquifers, bearing rock. bad,’ seams Schor aquifers, of said. the ‘As of extraction more water water growth brings Schor got and a of large desire the is policy water of in very, go most Israel’s quality 5. Since of life How he not grow much of the food it water Can cycle the reasons for neighbouring strained countries could in any needs, short Israel term solve and the these long for farming should be some they In countries sea share your the in water 212 rainy winter season that Israel Critics uses a heavily this water problems in both the but region can others afford cannot, to should the to what water would be management a in sustainable this part of world? To do Research the water politics of the Nile basin in Nor th- east Africa. The Nile ows through 10 countries which all extract water from it. event they drastically ends relations over water? opinion solution Evaluate the claims of Egypt and Sudan for their say curtailed. 2. Israel’s explain term? use of Nile water. irrigation you diagram? 50–60 said. receiving Israel If 1. does your gardens, that agriculture water, are desalinate very the about areas, that of down.’ and fourth only environmental water? from population lawns the with note rates. in of — water- from will from water was rain, average proportion subsidized to winter average government stems improvement This than percent of an greater said. less problem long-term overuse supplies? 6. Israel’s the of terms between Israel Galilee situation pump the demands drinking underground ‘The we quality up in What the water and one end 4. of (stores) past this decade sources water. on problems “Israel water this month, Suggest solutions to the tensions. 4 . 2 Behind 2. China’s Three Gorges dam update 100 a C C e S S the and building drinking There is much is this Ba the water people dead toxic dam and algal dammed it by F r e S H w a T e r historical their the increase so and The buried Pollution for dam, metres ooded. T O and make minimal blooms here cofns wastes rose in up sites 3,000 caves materials the to were years on ago cliffs. used waters sewage and by cultural settled in may level and in unsuitable treatment eutrophication in may the waters. a risk of power destroyed, power energy from by long dam terrorism generation transmitted security one is or lost. distances to as well. means Having that, if earthquake, It also where has it is to all be used. Fig 4.2.5 Yangtze River and Three Gorges dam, China–where do you think the dam is located? To thik bot The Three Yangtze Gorges River, hydroelectric China was one dam of on the the largest To have information is useful. To turn it into knowledge engineering projects and the largest power station is dicult. This information age feeds us a massive in the world. Its estimated cost was US$30 billion glut of information, but for all this information there and it opened in 2012. The hydroelectric power is also a vast amount of misinformation. As a critical produced from the dam could provide 9% of all thinker, always be aware of what is not written as China’s output so the saving in carbon emissions much as what is written. Omitting essential facts that would be huge. Up to a quarter of a million do not suppor t the case you are arguing for is an easy workers built the dam and 1.3 million people thing to do. Consider either the Three Gorges dam were resettled as the ood waters covered their or any other project to manage water (eg the Aswan homelands. Apart from electricity generation, the dam, Aral Sea, Ogallala Aquifer). dam is designed to stop the river ooding. These Either oods the have past drowned 100 Wuhan for years up and to 1 million ooded the people major in city of months. Put together a case FOR the project and AGAINST the project using the information you research. You can omit some facts and exaggerate others. Criticisms of the dam are that it will cause Pseudoscience does just this. environmental archaeological and silt The Siberian degradation, sites, refugees, threaten some destroy wild OR species up. Set up a class debate for and against the project. their winter oods. extinct water The in the silt only but silt the as Upstream habitat Yangtze ow affected Crane wild the get increases liable to Yangtze, it the due dam, caught the does make the erosion. is is River to endangered wetlands dolphin pollution The that is and the dam probably and Yangtze loss of sturgeon is well. of means critically downstream. will may is built increasingly siltation behind danger not of ow will the clogging Shanghai, a without silt This the downstream. downstream on increase dam. at bed river the and mouth replacement Lack of more of may from not turbines banks this as the erode upstream. 213 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t y 4.3 atic food odctio ssts sg : al kll: ➔ Aquatic systems provide a source of food ➔ Discss with reference to a case study the production. controversial har vesting of a named species. ➔ Unsustainable use of aquatic ecosystems can ➔ evlt strategies that can be used to avoid lead to environmental degradation and collapse unsustainable shing. of wild sheries. ➔ ➔ exli the potential value of aquaculture for Aquaculture provides potential for increased providing food for future generations. food production. ➔ Discss a case study that demonstrates the impact of aquaculture. Kwlg g: ➔ ➔ Dd for aquatic food resources continues ➔ to increase as human population grows and diet changes to shing methods have led to changes. dwindling sh stocks and damage to habitats. Photosynthesis by phytoplankton suppor ts a ➔ highly diverse range of food webs. ➔ national, local and individual) through policy, Aquatic (freshwater and marine) ora and fauna legislation and changes in consumer behaviour. ➔ The highest rates of odctivit are found and is expected to continue to rise. lligs and nutrient enrichment of surface waters occurs. ➔ Issues around aquaculture include loss of habitats, pollution (with feed, antifouling agents, Har vesting some species can be controversial antibiotics and other medicines added to the sh eg seals and whales. Ethical issues arise over pens), spread of diseases and escaped species bioights, rights of indigenous cultures and (some involving genetically modied organisms). international conser vation legislation. ‘ The world has quietly aclt has grown to provide additional food resources and suppor t economic development near the coast or in shallow seas where ➔ usstibl xloittio of aquatic systems can be mitigated at a variety of levels (international, are har vested by humans. ➔ Developments in shig it and m wb entered a new era, one where Marine ecosystems (oceans, mangroves, estuaries, lagoons, coral reefs, there is no national security deep without global security. We and ocean oor) are usually very biodiverse and so have high stability resilience. need to recognize this and Some to restructure and refocus our eorts to respond to this new reality.’ are oceans food 214 is where sources descends Lester R. Brown more productivity productive in light are from coastal does than regions not above reach chemotrophs above. others. One the have (2.2) and half of marine continental low productivity dead organic shelf. as the matter Deep only that 4 . 3 The continental oceans. It is Where important ● It ● Upwellings has of ● Countries The (eg of of under Arctic. The all can the more extension shelf exists of it productivity ENSO) shallow claim shelf or Sea shelf. steeply it bring continents creates under shallow but 15% of its nutrient-rich coast to so theirs nearly exploit km but the seas S y S T e m S and water. area. water 1600 at km remarkably and up to the the Isles the constant from one almost stops and 150 plate Shelf mainland about zero tectonic Siberian and shelf at photosynthesize. harvest. where for British which can varies Sumatra the depth producers to 80 of between The is as seas averages west another) North continental slopes 4.1 the Chile sliding the p r O D u C T I O n shelf. reaches width coast oceanic (see continental Light is F O O D because: 50% ● shelf continental a q u a T I C in is the Europe the sea is bed metres. To do The UN Convention continental shelves on as the Laws belonging of to the the Sea (UNCLOS) country from in 1982 which designated they extend. Research the maritime It also designated a 200 nautical mile (370 km) limit from the low water claims of your own country mark of a shore as an exclusive economic zone belonging to that country. and compare them with Outside that are international waters which no one country controls. This Ecuador and Peru in gure has huge impact on shing these areas, who is allowed to sh there, who 4.3.1. Why is this impor tant controls this ‘tragedy of and who cleans it up when there is a pollution problem. (See economically? the commons’, later in this section.) PANAMA Cocos Island Malpelo COSTA RICA Island COLOMBIA COLOMBIA Galapagos R O D A U C E Islands ECUADOR ECUADOR BRAZIL Ecuador & Peru maritime claims PERU internal waters (claimed) PERU territorial waters (claimed) AIVILOB exclusive economic zones maritime boundaries C IH EL claimed by Peru, not recognized by Chile disputed between Peru and Chile CHILE Fig 4.3.1 Phytoplankton and are 99% of the primary Zooplankton eat the and, the are most single-celled important productivity also oat phytoplankton between oceans. them, in the and these organisms producer (2.3 sea their in and and 2.4). are waste organisms that the can oceans, They photosynthesize producing oat single-celled (dead support organic the in the sea. animals matter complex – that DOM) food webs Fig 4.3.2 Phytoplankton of and zooplankton range in size from 1 μm to 10 mm 215 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s Marine organisms ● Benthic ● Pelagic the a n d – – s o c i e t y can living living be on classied or in the surrounded as: sea by bed water from above the sea bed to surface. fh – l g hg K t About A sh exists when sh 90% Fisheries of shery activity is in the oceans and 10% in freshwater. include are harvested in some way. ● shellsh: ● some oysters, mussels and molluscs (including squid) It includes capture of wild sh (also called capture vertebrates: eels, tuna etc. shing) and aquaculture or Up to half a billion people make a livelihood in sheries. sh farming. Three rest of billion us Fish are a Fish are high vitamins of very to the depleted or gain 15% of 20% our important in protein, (A,B,D) According 70% people about the that too low food low (Food sheries to their for in humans FAO world’s of protein intake from sh and the protein. allow humans. saturated need and are for a fats Agriculture fully and healthy (under various Organization), exploited, recovery contain diet. in decline, drastic limits more than seriously to allow a 1 recovery). The technology cannot has nd aquaculture or global sh improved. catch has catch no Demand enough increased is sh. is longer high They increasing and are no rising longer even but though shermen there. But greatly. 100 note: 2011 is an estimate; 90 2012 is a projection. wild catch 80 70 snot noillim 60 farmed sh 50 40 30 20 10 0 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 Fig 4.3.3 World wild sh catch and sh farming K t 1950–2012 aclt is the farming of aquatic organisms in both Aquaculture coastal and inland areas Human diets are changing and many people in MEDCs are becoming involving interventions more health more fish conscious, eating less meat from terrestrial animals and in the rearing process and vegetables, as this change lowers saturated fat intake. to enhance production. Saturated fat intake is linked to cholesterol (FAO http://www.fao.org/ aquaculture/en/) 1 http://www.american.edu/ TED/ice/cansh.htm 216 build-up in arteries 4 . 3 and increased worldwide, per y e a r. and the These most wild have just take of more better used to be comes has and about we 20 higher reached have sustainable strokes. kg from technology because a attacks eats fish fishing and than population heart extra caught there of person figures the better not risk each over yield of meat and that is not of for fish because Either or S y S T e m S meat lower is though them p r O D u C T I O n average kg and fish. exploited 8 This even the F O O D on and farms. limit find N o w, fish for fish its to a q u a T I C humans they we enough are cannot as human grows. 70 60 50 beef snot noillim 40 30 farmed sh 20 10 0 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 Fig 4.3.4 World farmed sh and beef production, 1950–2012 From than gure beef farmed than are sh wild not 4.3.4, you production were caught sh sustainable, Ways which Fishmeal wasted sh uses in the ● Livestock ● United States species of cobia, get and for this sustainable. ● enough that 66 rst is farmed million 2012. cannot farming more in the Now, time we since continue becoming trimmings sh tons and so may we the more scraps production (60 million eat more started sustainable more of farmed shing. challenge which was tonnes) is to If sh these make sh are: would have been past. poultry processing Department carnivorous arctic see 2011: produced farming in can in char, sh of – from is substituted Agriculturehas white yellowtail, nutrients waste sea Atlantic bass, that walleye, salmon alternative proven and sources for shmeal. eight rainbow coho without trout, salmon–can eating 2 other Figure 4.3.5 farmed most sh. of sh. that shows China is carp waste provides Asian countries healthy source the relative produces or catsh. fertilizer and of is for of protein importance 62% These the rice. mutual for of the all are of China farmed grown This benet: sh in system the as rice is a producer worldwide paddies used system in and many produces of and their SE rice and a farmer. 2 http://science.kqed.org/quest/2014/02/13/vegetarian-farmed-sh-may-be-key-to-sustainable- aquaculture/ 217 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t y Fishery food supply (kg/capita) 40 aquaculture 35 capture 30 25 20 15 10 5 WORLD CHINA WORLD E XCLUDING CHINA 0 70 80 90 00 10 70 80 90 00 10 70 80 90 00 10 Fig 4.3.5 Relative contribution of aquaculture and capture sheries to food sh consumption To do 1. But other aquaculture carnivores and are Mangrove swamps fed systems on are less shmeal or efcient. sh oil Shrimp produced and salmon from wild are sh. Describe the ‘tragedy of have been replaced by sh farms – in the Philippines the commons’. 2. two-thirds of the Impacts sh mangroves have been lost in 40 years. State two reasons why of farms include: we are overshing the ● loss ● pollution oceans. 3. Why has the world sh What actions can habitats (with medicines catch stalled? 4. of ● spread ● escaped of feed, added to antifouling the sh agents, antibiotics and other pens) diseases be taken to reverse species including genetically modied organisms which may overshing? survive 5. to interbreed with wild sh What actions can ● escaped species may also outcompete native species and cause the you take? population to crash. To thik bot atltic slo d sh fig uneaten food, feces and chemicals used to treat them enter the oceans. Sea lice are a problem in the farms and www.atlanticsalmontrust.org escape of some farmed salmon which then interbreed with wild salmon reduces the genetic tness of the wild stock as farmed salmon are bred for sh farm life, not the wild. Because of this, the ability to survive of the salmon population in the wild is reduced. As wild stocks of many sh species decline, sh farming has increased. Although there are environmental Fig 4.3.6 Atlantic salmon problems created by keeping sh of one species in Wild Atlantic salmon live in the Nor th Atlantic and Baltic seas. Due to overshing at sea and in rivers where they go to spawn, the commercial market for wild salmon crashed. Now they are farmed in sh farms (a form of aquaculture). Although commercially successful, these farms create pollution as the sh are kept in high densities and their 218 high densities, the benets of not chasing sh stocks across the oceans are large. Some have likened shing in the seas to hunting on land. We now get most of our terrestrial meat from farmed livestock and little from hunting. It makes economic sense to do the same with our aquatic meat supply. 4 . 3 a q u a T I C F O O D p r O D u C T I O n S y S T e m S Unsustainable wild shing industry World sheries estimates We are that so good populations specimens, them to were 75% at can we thought sheries nding be and depleted then mature once of catch and are to be catching very inexhaustible under threat sh quickly. smaller and of that, Once smaller but now the FAO over-exploitation. once we found, catch ones and the do sh larger not leave reproduce. 100 pelagic marine sh demersal marine sh other marine sh 80 freshwater/diadromous sh molluscs 60 crustaceans aquatic plants other 40 20 0 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 Fig 4.3.7 Global wild sh capture in million tonnes, 1950–2010, as repor ted by the FAO Fish stocks are overshing nding ● – and a catching Commercial navigation ● Fishing eets ● entire Within a supply ● All to sh eet there vessels and drag huge in wars taken far their we over number a cry primitive for When is talk fuel of 1970s: of This be larger exploited We are by just too good at scale. the latest satellite technology and, freezing, a will with they the over energy of stay technology, military modern can GPS quality. refrigeration at sea for weeks or to the catch organisms in shing at an vessels, sea. area, not. seabed shing resources, virtually ethos clearcutting of equipment are and rights foreign ‘Cod we However crises shing all three all or including it. shermen to land a going sh community. supplies. and banned the vessels process hunter-gatherer international led take simple or of that species over with family suite ships gear nets shing Iceland waters. by scanning target from wars and over the craft own serious place blast will shing Trawlers this industrial informed nding factory are of an being level. season. they sea on is pressure, unsustainable become whether catch ● sh have under an including Indiscriminate ● at shing and techniques, an resource shing near in vessels Wars’ usually there war the last from between thinking are a events 60 that have years. shing Britain about signicant in Icelandic and Iceland. 219 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n ● s ys t e m s 1994: a n d British shermen ● 1995: and shing a mesh in the the cut smaller Eventually, war and the Bay turbot Estai, Estai shermen the Canada recovered size turbot. turbot was The Canadians French tuna when boat, waters. and for there Spain s o c i e t y (also red it than net the that Canada result called halibut) and chased trawl from competed with it from when war captured it was being found permitted and this Spain an agreed increased crew national and and between the seabed was Spanish Biscay. upon having its of on into had a of Spanish but net the solution regulation a international pursued it caught a Canada of the with smaller to the sheries. What happens to the sh? TOK The Inuit people have an 20 world million sh catch tonnes is are just not over wild 90 sh million but tonnes from per year aquaculture of (sh which about farming). historical tradition of ● 15% of animal protein eaten by humans comes from sh. In Japan whaling. To what extent nearly half About a of the animal protein in the diet is sh. does our culture determine ● or shape our ethical quarter products judgements? ● About 20 marine shing sh, to boats. whales, This sh quotas. thrown back pie chart are … Most the are and are of catch to feed goes may back be these too are – sh meal unwanted into the porpoises, legally into and sh oil us. ‘by-catch’ thrown by-catch that into to global tonnes that dolphins allotted a the animals million animals albatrosses), Draw of feed small or even to sh oceans wrong and dead the species dying or when other the (non-target seabirds catch, and from such sh as over they are seas. illustrate these values. i l To thik bot Colls of th nfodld cod sh stocks in the Nor th Sea and to Scotland’s west are on the verge of collapse. For centuries the Newfoundland cod shery was one of the world’s most productive sheries, yielding 800,000 The deterioration of oceanic sheries can be reversed. tons of sh and employing 40,000 people at its peak Granting shers an ownership stake in sh stocks is one in 1968. Then its stocks plummeted as a result of way to help them understand that the more productive overharvesting and habitat damage. In 1992, the shery their shery is, the more valuable their share. For was closed in an eor t to save it. But it may have been example, shers in Iceland and New Zealand have used too late: two decades have passed, but stocks have not marketable quotas, allowing them to sell catch rights, recovered. since the late 1980s. The upshot is smaller but more protable catches and rebounding sh populations. The This collapse was local in scale, but the issue is much classic ‘tragedy of the commons’ problem is aver ted. larger. Nor th Atlantic Ocean sheries operating now catch 220 half what they did 50 years ago, despite tripling their Because of the complexity of marine ecosystems, eor ts. So many popular species – such as cod, tuna, some scientists are pushing for management of whole ounder and hake – are now in serious decline. Cod ecosystems rather than single species. In addition, 4 . 3 a q u a T I C F O O D p r O D u C T I O n S y S T e m S studies have shown that well-positioned and fully thus does not relieve pressure on marine stocks. Proper protected marine reserves, known as sh parks, can labels are needed to allow consumers to make wise help replenish an overshed area. By giving sh a purchasing decisions. The Marine Stewardship Council, a refuge to breed and mature in, reserves can increase the new independent international accreditation organization, size and total number of sh both in the reserve and in has thus far cer tied seven sheries as being sustainably surrounding waters. For example, a network of reserves managed with minimal environmental impact. established o St. Lucia in 1995 has raised the catch The capacity of the world’s shing eet is now double of adjacent small-scale shers by up to 90 per cent. the sustainable yield of sheries. Myers and Worm Preservation of nursery habitats like coral reefs, kelp from Dalhousie University believe that the global sh forests and coastal wetlands is integral to keeping sh in catch may need to be cut in half to prevent additional the sea for generations to come. collapses. Reducing by catch, creating no-take sh Consumers can promote healthy shery production by reserves, and managing marine ecosystems for long- eating less sh and buying seafood from well-managed, term sustainability instead of shor t-term economic gain abundantly stocked sheries. The Seafood Lover ’s Guide are all policy tools that can help preserve the world’s sh from Audubon’s Living Oceans programme is one valuable stocks. If these are coupled with a redirection of annual reference. Chilean seabass stocks are on the verge of shing industry subsidies of at least $15 billion to collapse and illegal shing abounds, so it makes the list alternatives such as the retraining of shers, there could of sh to avoid. The list also distinguishes between wild be a big payo. It is dicult to overestimate the urgency Alaska salmon, which comes from a healthy shery, and of saving the world’s sh stocks. Once sheries collapse, farmed salmon, which is fed meal made from wild sh and there is no guarantee they will recover. Fish stocks are shrinking because: To do ● industrialized nations US$50 a billion year, subsidize their modern eets by an estimated and Ethical issues arise ● demand outstrips supply. over biorights, rights of indigenous cultures and international conservation th g h legislation. Discss with This the is if metaphor needs seen we as the This (be it the individual belonging can. resource of illustrates is to all, because sh, tension and we the timber, between how all they tend to advantage minerals, can the be exploit to the apples) common in it conict. and If a and resource over-exploit individual is good greater of taking than the it the reference to a case study the controversial harvesting of a named species. For example, whales, seals, tuna. cost For a really chilling look at to the individual In the short as the cost is spread amongst the whole population. the causes and problems of term it is worth taking all the sh you can because, if overshing check out the you do not, someone and not and philosophers. else will. This assumes that humans are selsh documentary End of the Line. altruistic authorities any which individual. conserve the Exploitation commons. amongst were shed it The caused solution limits This has the may is much often amount be by of permit, debate amongst regulation and common good set or limits by economists legislation available by to cooperation to resource. of The the and the oceans Grand richest by is Banks shing eets from a good off the grounds Spain, example coast on of of Earth. Portugal, the tragedy Newfoundland Since England, the of the were 1400s, France, once they and later 221 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s a n d Newfoundland, early there So 1990s, had far, Canada, sh been there s o c i e t y stocks closed has been Russia, crashed in an little, and and attempt if any, the by to United 1995, conserve recovery States, cod of and the sh and others. ounder remaining Th uitd ntios Covtio o th Ls of th international waters over decades that attempts to dene the rights and responsibilities of nations with respect to the seas and marine resources. Most, but not all, countries have continental shelf signed and ratied the convention. It denes these categories of waters: ● Internal waters – next to a country’s coastline where foreign ships may not travel and the country is free to set its own laws and regulate use. exclusive economic zone (200 nautical miles) ● Territorial waters – up to 12 nautical miles (just over 22 km) from the coastline where foreign ships can transit on ‘innocent passage’ but not spy, sh or pollute. In island states, eg the Maldives, a boundary 200 contiguous zone line is drawn around the whole archipelago. nautical (12 nautical miles) miles territorial waters ● Beyond the territorial waters is another 12 nautical (12 nautical miles) miles of contiguous zone where a state can patrol smuggling or illegal immigration activities. internal waters ● baseline In the exclusive economic zones (EEZs), the state has sole rights to exploit all natural resources. Foreign nations may overy or navigate through this land zone. If a country’s continental shelf is greater than 200miles from its coast, it also has exclusive rights to exploit this. The international seabed authority, created by the UN, controls and monitors seabed exploitation in Fig 4.3.8 Ocean zones according to UNCLOS Questions international waters. Do you think that UNCLOS was a good idea? Landlocked states are given a right of free access to and Why would some nations not sign up to it? from the sea under UNCLOS rules. What would have happened without UNCLOS? 222 the stocks. numbers. To do S (unCLOS) is an international agreement written In shing 4 . 3 a q u a T I C F O O D p r O D u C T I O n S y S T e m S To thik bot wht ot to t from the Marine Conservation Society www.mcsuk .org Scis rso alttivs Atlantic cod (from Species listed by World Conservation Union IUCN. Line caught sh from Icelandic overshed stocks) Some stocks close to collapse eg Nor th Sea waters Atlantic salmon Wild stocks reduced by 50% in last 20 years Wild Pacic salmon. Responsibly and/or organically farmed salmon Chilean seabass Species threatened with extinction by illegal (Patagonian toothsh) shing, also high levels of seabird by-catch None Dogsh/spurdog Species listed by IUCN None European hake Species heavily overshed and now scarce South African hake (M.capensis) European seabass Trawl sheries target pre-spawning and spawning Line caught or farmed seabass sh also high levels of cetacean by-catch Grouper Many species are listed by IUCN Haddock (from Species listed by IUCN overshed stocks) Ling (Molva spp) None Line caught sh from Icelandic and Faroese waters Deep-water species and habitat vulnerable to None impacts of exploitation and trawling Marlin Many species are listed by IUCN Monksh Long-lived species vulnerable to exploitation. None None Mature females extremely rare Nor th Atlantic halibut Species listed by IUCN Line caught Pacic species. Also farmed N Atlantic halibut Orange roughy Very long-lived species vulnerable to exploitation None Shark Long-lived species vulnerable to exploitation None Skates and rays Long-lived species vulnerable to exploitation None Snapper Some species listed by IUCN, others over- None exploited locally Sturgeon Long-lived species vulnerable to exploitation. None although this species is 5 out of 6 Caspian Sea species listed by IUCN now farmed Swordsh Species listed by IUCN None Tuna All commercially shed species listed by IUCN ‘Dolphin friendly’ (EII monitored) except skipjack and yellown are over-shed skipjack or yellown. Preferably pole and line caught Warm-water or tropical High by-catch levels and habitat destruction Responsibly farmed prawns only prawns Fig 4.3.9 What not to eat Source: Marine Conser vation Society 223 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n To thik bot s ys t e m s free market – in a global context – have we the right to criticize or control those who use technology and labour eciencies to produce more food at less cost? Without intensive s o c i e t y mx bl l (msy) A In a world committed to a a n d sustainable income stock that or its yield can amount that the amount of sustainable crucial year that for be water the taken stored. that – the is how in year of is each For – sh without and the the of impaired capital, yield highest what natural the of original an permanently ventures, stock. in ie depleting Sustainable commercial interest not natural without year depleting many harvest increase each replenishment. permanently amount so can yield without is exploited potential the taken (SY) be is amount In size it can be is maximum that sheries, subsequent aquifer decreasing can this taken is in be a any years. agriculture, we could not carrying capacity of environment (K) feed the human population. K dN N = rN ( Why does food harvesting ) K dt )N( ezis noitalupop / production need to be ethical? What do we actually mean What is Fair trade? Does it e yie ld ab c in u a r v e (MSY) fully shed maximum sustainable dleiy by ethical food? s yield, or MSY (K/2) intensively over shed shed ? depleted help farmers out of pover ty moderately or does it make consumers shed in MEDCs feel better or both? time (t) The carrying its reproductive ● its longevity ● the indigenous breeding (either new population Research how two contrasting sheries have been managed and relate to the concept of capacity ● Each To do then from there is larger a net to / than This for population. the depends new habitat the number in If the on is ecosystem. size the is enter the number leaving population. population number / individuals immigrants). increase the species of year, or new remain this same. each resources season size for strategy offspring is initial shing eor t or shing mor tality If (dying the population recruited or difference harvested maximum to the emigrating), the in population population sustainable yield will (MSY) sustainability eg cod SY sheries in Newfoundland total biomass at time t + 1 ___ total biomass at time t ___ energy energy = and Iceland. Issues that Or should be covered include: SY = annual growth and recruitment annual death and emigration improvements to boats, shing gear (trawler bags), In practice, harvesting the maximum sustainable yield normally leads to detection of sheries via population decline and thus loss of resource base and an unsustainable satellites. Management industry or shery. There are several reasons for this. aspects should include: ● use of quotas, designation The population (modelled) of Marine Protected measured Areas (exclusion zones), dynamics rather than of the the target species species numbers are being normally predicted quantitatively (counted). restriction on types and size ● It ● Estimates is often impossible to be precise about the of shing gear (including mesh size of nets). 224 are made on previous experience. size of a population. 4 . 3 ● The model does not allow for monitoring of a q u a T I C the F O O D dynamic p r O D u C T I O n nature S y S T e m S of To do the harvest targets in terms reproductive of age and females sex this ratio. will If have the a harvest much primarily greater impact Research the history and on future recruitment than the targeting of mature or old males. current state of one of these Targeting young immature sh will also equally impact on future sheries: recruitment ● Disease So if poor A you may extract safer Sustainable maximizes much / population Fishing if population size. ● Pacic wild salmon ● Nor th Sea herring ● Grand Banks sheries ● Peruvian anchovy ● Or any other that is near population. at the MSY, are are often quota adopt This than other set is as set the you will deplete harvesting usually between margin there The to (OSY). safety year. is difference quotas per the overall a population in years. Yield size thus harvest approach the greater and strike recruitment much eet rates a total MSY requires less and but still percentage a an revenue may environmental as of weight or of Optimal effort total have than cost. an pressures not has impact within proportion catch MSY It of a the number and a to where you live. on system. OSY of per sh. ex-stl stios The Inuit are indigenous aboriginal people of Nor thern Canada. The data below come from a study of a Inuit sh farming community. The Inuit sh in the open sea but have also sectioned o a large fjord (a long narrow inlet of the sea) which they use for farming salmon and shrimps. The shrimps eat microscopic plants in the sea called phytoplankton. Salmon and kawai (a wild sh) both eat shrimps. Figure 1 2 all its i kJ Insolation on fjord Insolation on open sea Farmed shrimp consumed by Inuit Gross primary production by phytoplankton 185,000.0 1,972,000.0 26.0 3,470.0 Shrimp consumed by kawai 847.0 Respiratory loss by kawai (open sea) 572.0 Shrimp consumed by salmon (farmed) 461.0 Respiratory loss by salmon 410.0 Kawai consumed by Inuit 6.2 Salmon consumed by Inuit 4.3 Energy used in managing salmon farm 4.1 Energy used in shing for kawai 6.7 Energy used in managing shrimp farm Energy used in other human activities including 1 14.0 12.5 trading furs 225 4 W at e r , f o o d Practical Discuss case Work with study harvesting Discuss a p r o d u c t i o n (a) reference the of a case demonstrates s ys t e m s to Use a n d the s o c i e t y data in gure 1 to complete study the diagram below. [6] a Sun controversial named the species. that impact of aquaculture. Investigate selected Evaluate can be shing rates in countries. strategies used to unsustainable that avoid shing. 847 farmed shrimp 26 shing for kawai 6.7 (b) (i) Dene what productivity (ii) State how rates (c) Using or the of the kawai by the term gross primary [1] differs from net primary (NPP). factors gross data is meant GPP productivity (iii)Identify is (GPP). in more [1] other primary gure than insolation which affect productivity. 1, efcient determine at [2] whether converting food salmon into biomass. [3] (d) Compare (e) Calculations systems that food to (f) the efciency of with terrestrial food farming source farm for ways might production 226 and on the eating the production production data in shrimp Inuit. food is Suggest gure the systems. 1 would most why the [3] suggest energy Inuit efcient continue salmon. Suggest system based aquatic in [1] which differ system. this from a indigenous large-scale food production commercial food [3] 4 . 4 w a T e r p O L L u T I O n 4.4 wt olltio sg : al kll: ➔ Water pollution, both groundwater and surface ➔ als water pollution data. ➔ exli the process and impacts of water, is a major global problem the eects of which inuence human and other biological eutrophication. systems. evlt the uses of indicator species and ➔ biotic indices in measuring aquatic pollution. evlt pollution management strategies with ➔ respect to water pollution. Kwlg g: ➔ There are a variety of freshwater and marine ➔ olltio socs ➔ by assaying the impact on species within the community according to their tolerance, Types of tic olltts include organic diversity and relative abundance. material, inorganic plant nutrients (nitrates and phosphates), toxic metals, synthetic ➔ ➔ etohictio can occur when lakes, estuaries compounds, suspended solids, hot water, oil, and coastal waters receive inputs of nutrients radioactive pollution, pathogens, light, noise and (nitrates and phosphates) which result in an biological (invasive species). excess growth of plants and phytoplankton. A wide range of parameters can be used to ➔ Dd zos in both oceans and freshwater directly test the quality of aquatic systems, can occur when there is not enough oxygen to including pH, temperature, suspended solids suppor t marine life. (turbidity), metals, nitrates and phosphates. ➔ A biotic idx indirectly measures pollution Biodgdtio of ogic til utilizes ➔ Application of gure 1.5.6 to water pollution management strategies includes: oxygen which can lead to anoxic conditions ● and subsequent anaerobic decomposition reducing human activities producing pollutants (eg alternatives to current which leads to formation of methane, hydrogen fer tilizers and detergents); sulphide and ammonia (toxic gases). ● ➔ Biochicl ox g dd (BOD) is a reducing release of pollution into the environment (eg treatment of wastewater to measure of the amount of dissolved oxygen remove nitrates and phosphates); required to break down the organic material in a ● removing pollutants from the environment given volume of water through aerobic biological and restoring ecosystems (eg removal of activity. BOD is used to indirectly measure the mud from eutrophic lakes and reintroduction amount of organic matter within a sample. of plant and sh species). ➔ Some species can be indicative of polluted waters and be used as idicto scis 227 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s Water a n d pollution s o c i e t y kills over 14,000 people per day (nearly 10 people every K t minute) wt olltio is the Nearly through half a waterborne billion people disease do not and have poisoning. access to clean, safe drinking water. contamination of bodies of Water pollution affects MEDCS as well as LEDCs. water by pollutants either directly or indirectly. t w ll Both sea and Pollutants 1. freshwater can 2. point 3. organic 4. direct or (created algal source or become polluted. be: anthropogenic eruptions, can or by human activities) or natural (eg volcanic blooms) non-point source (1.5) inorganic indirect. T polltt exl ects Organic Sewage Human waste Eutrophication (p233) Animal waste Manure Biological detergents Washing powders Food processing waste Fats and grease Pesticides from agriculture Insecticides, herbicides Chemicals from industry PCBs, drugs, hormones Smell Loss of biodiversity May be carcinogenic, growth-promoting hormones Inorganic Pathogens Waterborne and fecal pathogens Disease Invasive species Cane toads Decimates indigenous species Nitrates and phosphates Fer tilizers Eutrophication, changes biodiversity Phosphates Washing detergents Heavy toxic metals Industry and motor vehicles Bioaccumulation and biomagnication in food chains, poisonous Hot water (thermal Power stations pollution) Oil Changes physical proper ty of water, kills sh, changes biodiversity Industry Floats on surface, contaminates seabirds, reduces oxygen levels Radioactive materials Nuclear power stations Radiation sickness Light Cities, hotels on beaches Disrupt tur tle nesting sites Noise Aircraft Upset whale navigation, change plant growth, upset bird cycles Both Suspended solids Silt from construction sites Solid domestic waste Household garbage Damage corals and lter feeders Plastics are especially bad – suocate, cause starvation (Great Pacic Garbage Debris Trash, shipwrecks Patch) 228 4 . 4 Sources of freshwater pollution w a T e r p O L L u T I O n include: TOK 1. Agricultural run-off, sewage, industrial discharge and solid domestic waste. A wide range of parameters Sources of marine pollution include: are used to test the quality 2. Rivers, pipelines, operational and the atmosphere accidental and human activities at sea, both discharges. of water and judgements are made about cause and eect. How can we mg w ll know cause and eect relationships, given that Water pollution can be measured directly or indirectly by sampling. we can only ever observe See sub-topic 2.5 for this. correlation? 1. Biochemical oxygen demand K t Biochicl ox g dd (BOD) is a measure of the amount of dissolved oxygen required to break down the organic material in a given volume of water through aerobic biological activity by microorganisms. 2. Biotic indices and indicator species K ts Idicto scis are plants and animals that show something about the environment by their presence, absence, abundance or scarcity. A biotic idx indirectly measures pollution by assaying the impact on species within the community according to their tolerance, diversity and relative abundance. Indicator warning example, they are species signs canaries more monoxide, die and are that so the were sensitive methane). warn most something the If once than were time to change changed down humans in to have taken gases miners sensitive may coal in them they an mines poisonous present for so in the to are the early ecosystem. in Britain gases mine For because (carbon the bird would escape. To do Four factories discharge euent containing organic matter 1. into rivers. The table shows the volume of discharge into Explain whether these pollution data are for point sources or non-point sources. the river and the resulting biological oxygen demand. 2. Which pollution source, point source or non-point source, is easier to regulate? Fcto Vol of t/ 1 BOD/g l 1 Explain your choice. 10 0 0 l d 3. A 14.0 Which factory is adding most to the BOD of the river 27 into which it discharges? B 1.0 53 C 3.0 124 4. If factory C discharges water at a temperature of 50 °C, give three possible eects on the organisms D 0.8 33 in the river. 229 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n A s ys t e m s B a n d s o c i e t y C D E 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 2 4 5 5 3 5 A 5 B C 6 D E organic discharge Fig 4.4.1 Inver tebrates found in fresh water A biotic index ecosystem mayy nymph stoney nymph by Figure 4.4.1 and at various The pollutants is above 4.4.2 and sensitive (1–10) some points are a gives measure of the invertebrates point directly a abundance typical below not that and source measured of that their quality living might sewage but the species be outfall effect on in of an it. found above pipe. biodiversity (left) at to shows various are some points used decreases to in typical below estimate oxygen a invertebrates point levels source of that pollution, concentration in might sewage as they water, be found outfallpipe. are caused by freshwater shrimp the action presence oxygen of of of is time aerobic certain used pollution Biotic sample BOD. is calculate a as they species biotic decompose that can index, a organic tolerate matter. various The levels semi-quantitative of estimate levels. indices as to bacteria indicator based BOD collected on indicator gives a species measure whereas of indicator are usually pollution species at give used the a at the instant summary same a water of bloodworm water louse recent A history. diversity Simpson’s and rat-tailed maggot no life Fig 4.4.2 index can diversity polluted also compare index). What two bodies values might of water you (see expect 2.5 for for clean water? eh Eutrophication ecosystem. 230 scale presence shows Invertebrates sludgeworm a measured. Figure caddisy lar va is the is more It is can common. when be a excess natural nutrients process are but added to an anthropogenic aquatic eutrophication 4 . 4 When it is severe, it results in dead zones in oceans or w a T e r p O L L u T I O n freshwater To do where there is not biodegradation enough of oxygen organic to support material uses life. up In less oxygen severe which cases, can lead evlt the uses of indicator to anoxic (low oxygen) conditions and then anaerobic decomposition. species and biotic indices in This can release methane, hydrogen sulphide and ammonia which are measuring aquatic pollution. all toxic gases. Impacts of eutrophication K t Anthropogenic covered by eutrophication green algal scum leads and to unsightly duckweed. rivers, They also ponds give off and lakes foul-smelling etohictio can occur gases like hydrogen sulphide (rotten egg smell). Other changes include: when lakes, estuaries and coastal waters receive ● oxygen-decient ● loss ● death of higher ● death of aerobic ● increased (anaerobic) water inputs of nutrients (nitrates of biodiversity and shortened food chains and phosphates) which plants (owering plants, reeds, result in an excess growth of etc.) plants and phytoplankton. The excess organisms turbidity nutrients ● detergents ● fertilizers ● drainage ● sewage ● increased from – invertebrates, (cloudiness) are nitrates intensive of and sh amphibians water. phosphates livestock and rearing and they come from: units To do erosion of topsoil into the water. Draw an annotated systems These sources may be point sources, for example wastewater from cities diagram to illustrate and industry and run-off or animal feedlots, overows from storm drains or sewers, eutrophication. Indicate from construction sites. Harder to identify are the sources of on your ow diagram an pollution from non-point sources. These may be run-off from crops and instance of positive feedback. grassland, landll urban sites or run-off, old leaching from septic tanks or leaching from mines. The process of eutrophication 1. Fertilizers 2. High (as 3. levels of Algal blooms More that more 5. Algae 6. But is algae food die river so and there are lake. particular allow algae to grow faster of algae) that block out light to plants die. more them. in or limiting). (mats which mean on the often form them, feed into phosphate phosphate beneath 4. wash food They are are then for the food to fewer decomposed by zooplankton sh which zooplankton aerobic and small multiply to eat as the animals there is algae. bacteria. Fig 4.4.3 Algal bloom in a dies there as is food not enough chains oxygen collapse. in the water so, soon, everything village river in the mountains near Chengdu, Sichuan, China 231 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s 7. Oxygen on 8. the a n d levels lake Eventually, blue s o c i e t y fall or lower. river all life bed is Dead and gone organic turbidity and the material forms sediments increases. sediment settles to leave a clear lake. Fig 4.4.4 Dead sh resulting from toxins or oxygen depletion in Lake Binder, Iowa. Photo credit: Dr. Jennifer L. Graham, U.S. Geological Survey Fig 4.4.5 A red tide in the Gulf of Mexico The by Gulf of excess Mexico nitrates has and agriculture. One trading voluntary the and as most on those a that can higher-cost could It is a reduce allow sources of to to nutrients of at could and low a to their new who USA of of in scheme credits pollution revenue implement use. both It nds industry which to trading, basin nutrient nutrient use sell caused River strategy Nutrient meet the trading cost create others is nutrient quality to in Mississippi reduction options. pollution and zone the this reduce water reduction manner dead from proposed ways entrepreneurs, reduction largest market-based type nutrient cost-effective farmers, solution cost-effective farms. the phosphates allows those facing therefore, targets in a opportunities low-cost for pollution practices. Red tides In coastal waters, sometimes species as the caused can lakes water, produce make or damaging Fig 4.4.6 Eutrophication in the Caspian Sea (lighter areas of algal bloom) 232 excess slow toxins moving which be numbers nutrients. bloom which water to these red. sh of phytoplankton) phytoplankton This and can be are are a dangerous accumulate in shellsh, ill. bodies, a If looks kill severely leads can (large seriously which eutrophication water. the humans changes, downstream clean by blooms dinoagellate, algae which In of algal eutrophication reduces temporary followed by a leads biodiversity. reduction recovery in and In to a fast series of moving biodiversity restoration of 4 . 4 w a T e r p O L L u T I O n Eutrophication management strategies Sttg fo dcig olltio exl of ctio Altering the human activity 1. producing pollution Ban or limit detergents with phosphates (it is there to improve the performance of the detergent in hard water areas). 2. 3. Use ecodetergents with no phosphates or new technology in washing machines. Plant buer zones between the elds and water courses to absorb the excess nutrients. Regulating and reducing the 4. Stop leaching of slurry (animal waste) or sewage from their sources. 5. Educate farmers about more eective timing for fer tilizer application. Treat wastewater before release to remove phosphates and nitrates. pollutants at the point of Diver t or treat sewage waste eectively. emission Minimize fer tilizer dosage on agricultural lands or use organic matter instead. Clean up and restoration Pumping air through the lakes. Dredging sediments with high nutrient levels from the river and lake beds. Remove excess weeds physically or by herbicides and algicides. Restock ponds or water bodies with appropriate organisms. Fig 4.4.7 Table of replace, regulate and restore models of pollution management for eutrophication To do Practical Countries 1. Work with limited access Copy the table of strategies and actions on eutrophication and add a third to clean water often have column, entitled Evaluation. Complete this column. higher 2. incidences of water- Eutrophication can occur by point source river pollution due to nutrient borne illnesses. R esearch input from an outfall pipe discharging sewage. one 3. Copy the axes in gure 4.4.8 and draw curves to show changes in detritus example solutions of this b eing and the adopted. (sewage), turbidity (suspended solids), bacterial growth, BOD, oxygen With respect to measuring concentration, inver tebrate and sh biodiversity, clean water species. aquatic pollution, compare a Make a key to your curves. polluted 4. Complete another copy of gure 4.4.8 to show the eects of high nutrient levels, eg from over-fer tilized elds, being washed into a stream. Draw curves to show changes in nutrients (nitrate and phosphate), algal growth site (eg and an unpolluted upstream downstream of a and point source). (bloom), detritus increase (due to higher plant death), bacterial growth, Evaluate the uses of indicator BOD, oxygen concentration, inver tebrate biodiversity, clean water species. species 5. Make a key to your curves. and measuring Analyse from a aquatic water intensive the indices data source. impact agriculture aquatic in pollution. pollution secondary Investigate local biotic of on a ecosystem. distance downstream outfall Fig 4.4.8 233 4 W at e r , f o o d p r o d u c t i o n s ys t e m s a n d s o c i e t y W E I VE R Discuss the possible sustainable Comment on how global sheries solutions to our freshwater can be sustainably managed. crisis. BiG Questions W, To what ex tent are our solutions Evaluate the hydrological cycle to ocean pollution mostly aimed as a model. at prevention, limitation or restoration? rv q ➔ The hydrological cycle is represented as a systems model. ➔ To what extent can systems diagrams Some rivers ow through more than one country. How might this lead to international disputes? eectively model reality, given that they are only ➔ Dierent countries have dierent access to based on limited observable features? freshwater how can this cause conict between ➔ countries? Aid agencies often use emotive adver tisements around the water security issue. To what extent ➔ Countries with limited access to clean water can emotion be used to manipulate knowledge often have higher incidences of waterborne and actions? illnesses. Explain why this is the case and ➔ ➔ 234 Inuit people have an historical tradition of discuss whether responsibility for reducing whaling. To what extent does our culture these lies with the country or the international determine or shape our ethical judgements? community. A wide range of parameters are used to test the ➔ Fish and many other species do not respect quality of water and judgements are made about natural boundaries and for successful cause and eect. How can we know cause and management of marine and some freshwater eect relationships, given that we can only ever sheries par tnership between dierent nations obser ve correlation? is required. How can this work? Who decides? Assuming qick vi level All questions are worth 1 The amount of hydrosphere A. 3%. B. 6%. C. 10%. D. 20%. water as present freshwater is in outputs, percentage by oceans A. 90%. B. is of A. P + B. I C. (S D. I + the Earth’s I what E surface P + + Which a there rise are a fall other in the inputs is the value of R? S + E) P + row in E × + (I E S + P) S correctly order of shows the decreasing storages of the size? L arGeST SmaLLeST Oceans A. Ground Glaciers Lakes, water and ice rivers and caps atmosphere Groundwater 70%. C. 50%. D. 45%. Which of the proportion Oceans following of the contains world’s the Lakes, Glaciers rivers and and ice atmosphere caps greatest freshwater? Lakes, C. Oceans Ground Glaciers and water ice caps Glaciers Ground Lakes, and ice water rivers and rivers and A. nor no covered about B. 3. neither and approximately water The is lake, the 6. 2. there the mark or 1. of W E I VE R R E V I E W Organisms atmosphere B. The C. Ice atmosphere Oceans D. caps and glaciers caps D. 4. Streams, Which to an of rivers the overall and following increase atmosphere lakes is in most the likely Earth’s to lead 7. Which of the following statements is correct? freshwater A. Less than 0.1 % (by volume) of the Earth’s storages? water A. Removal B. Melting C. Increase of oceans over polar in ice increase rates in from C. the 5. Discovery The diagram outputs of hydrological The is precipitation in cycle is independent of energy. main ice reservoir caps and of the Earth’s freshwater glaciers. continents D. D. The solar caps evaporation causing the freshwater. forests B. of is of new below water underground represents from a lake the over aquifers inputs a Only abiotic hydrological storages are involved in the cycle. and period of time. P = precipitation (rain, snow) falling on the surface of the lake I = inow from lake E = evaporation from the surface of the lake R = run-o in a stream streams owing out of the lake S = loss by downward movement into the rocks 235 5 Soil SyStemS and S o c i e t y 5.1 Itoctio to oi te Sg s: apps sks: ➔ The soil system is a dynamic ecosystem that ➔ Otie the transfers, transformations, inputs, has inputs, outputs, storages and ows. outputs, ows and storages within soil systems. ➔ The quality of soil inuences the primary ➔ Expi how soil can be viewed as an ecosystem. ➔ Cope and cott the structure and productivity of an area. proper ties of sand, clay and loam soils, with reference to a soil texture diagram, including their eect on primary productivity. Kwg ursg: ➔ The soil system may be illustrated by a oi ➔ poe that has a layered structure (horizons). ➔ Soil system toge include organic matter, weathering and nutrient cycling. ➔ organisms, nutrients, minerals, air and water. ➔ Tfotio include decomposition, The structure and proper ties of , c and o oi dier in many ways, including: mineral and nutrient content, drainage, water- Tfe of material within the soil including holding capacity, air spaces, biota and potential biological mixing, leaching (minerals dissolved to hold organic matter. Each of these variables in water moved through soil) contribute to the is linked to the ability of the soil to promote organization of the soil. primary productivity. ➔ There are ipt of organic material including leaf litter and inorganic matter from parent material, precipitation and energy. Otpt include uptake by plants and soil erosion. 236 ➔ A oi tex te tige illustrates the dierences in composition of soils. 5 . 1 I n T r O d u C T I O n T O s O I l s y s T E m s ‘ Too many people have Wh s s? lost sight of the fact that Soil is gases a complex and liquids ecosystem. which It forms is made the up habitat of minerals, for many organic animals material, and plants. productive soil is essential to the production of food.’ We tend mud or to take the ● Plants grow soil animals the or Soil is below As food a as ● it, in soil and that for as and granted, transfer but it is more than just of mentioned atmosphere, the the both four also the pedosphere and lithosphere and hydrosphere and (soil is and the (In than that lter fact the upon grow chemistry any of affecting lithosphere in some above nutrients for soil. directly in that water that the plants that life the biomass.) depend passes water. between where ecosystems ground atmospheric interactions take temperature soil and processes and soil place. of the Earth lithosphere sphere). acted the plants mineral so the spheres hydrosphere, eat ultimately plants. organisms. heat affect part the processes either greater altering can depends enormous Soils are is water moisture. We for eaten many an often we have biomass act turn consume atmospheric forming the we holding soils store which in habitat through Soils that ground well upon, ● us H H Bennett, 1943 All ● around dirt. ● ● soil This upon and and is a in sub-topic biosphere. thin bridge inuenced by 1.2: the However between the there is biosphere atmosphere, lithosphere. stoge ● Organic matter, organisms, nutrients, minerals, air and water. Tfe witi ● Biological mixing, translocation (movement of soil par ticles in suspension) and leaching (minerals dissolved in water te oi moved through soil). ● Ipt Organic material including leaf litter and inorganic matter from parent material, precipitation and energy. Otpt ● Uptake by plants and soil erosion. Tfotio ● Decomposition, weathering and nutrient cycling. ▲ Fige 5.1.1 The components of the soil system What is soil made from? Soils are made up of ● Mineral particles ● Organic remains ● Water ● Air four main mainly that components: from have the come underlying from the To o rock. plants and animals. Make a systems diagram within spaces between soil showing the relation grains. between soil, the biosphere, also within the soil grains. hydrosphere and It is also typically contain a habitat with a for plants 50:50 variable mix amounts and of of animals. solids water and and Soil pore is a highly spaces. The porous pore medium spaces atmosphere. Add ows and storages to your diagram. air. 237 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y It 0 1 is the exact mix of these four portions that give a soil its character 2 mm plant but it is not just these that make a soil what it is. The soils within any root environment Climate, on and are parent within the rock it result of a material, and time all mix the of complex shape contribute of to the and soil forming land, the affect the processes. organisms nished living soil. passages for air and water par t of a worm Fctio Cotitet Fctio Rock Insoluble – eg par ticles gravel, sand, silt, ● provides the skeleton of the soil ● derived from the underlying rock or clay and chalk . from rock par ticles transpor ted to the sand Soluble – eg mineral environment, eg glacial till. par ticle salts, compounds of nitrogen, phosphorus, soil animals potassium, sulphur, magnesium etc. ▲ Fige 5.1.2 Cross-section of soil Humus Plant and animal matter in the process ● gives the soil a dark colour. ● as it breaks down, it returns mineral of decomposition. nutrients back to the soil. ● absorbs and holds on to a large amount of water. Water ● Water either dissolved mineral salts move through the soil and so become available to plants. seeping down from precipitation or ● moving up from rapid downward movement of water causes leaching of minerals. underground sources ● rapid upward movement can cause by capillary action. salinisation ● large volumes of water in the soil can cause waterlogging leading to anoxic conditions and acidication. Air ● Mainly oxygen and Well-aerated soils provide oxygen for the respiration of soil organisms and nitrogen. plant roots. ● Soil Soil inver tebrates, organisms microorganisms and large par ticles of dead organic matter are broken down by soil inver tebrates like worms = smaller par ticles. large animals. ● smaller par ticles are decomposed by soil microorganisms thus recycling mineral nutrients. ● larger burrowing soil animals (eg moles) help to mix and aerate the soil. ▲ Fige 5.1.3 Table of constituents of soil TOK What does a soil look like? The soil system may be represented by a soil prole. Since a model is strictly speaking not real, how can it lead to knowledge? If you dig trench a surface towards that have chemical 238 a prole, in the cross-section. the created and ground, This underlying the soil, physical the prole its side of changes base rock. mineral characteristics the as It is it a trench goes record composition, such as pH creates down of the organic and a from soil the processes content, moisture. and 5 . 1 I n T r O d u C T I O n T O s O I l s y s T E m s Horizons In cross-section organic move upwards. (zones/levels) The top lower is layer layers derived sorted or soils material down – These that of the the layers soil is so, it and dissolves minerals in water are formed irrigation water them ows and from and down called in downwards. in rocks. In soil, is O is to this, as materials horizons dry colder minerals when either and the doing the also wetter and soil When where This are up where at upwards. surface, the material climates, evaporating the whilst materials particles evaporates. In dissolving material inorganic moves water leaching The hot, them time distinctive Within water the into over mineral soil. carrying layers takes and organic salinization . the This modied soil the water soil when is material. (P <E), lower behind is rich of by the in translocation. minerals left sort often weathering as which downwards visible inorganic Precipitation <Evaporation surface prole often of are known a (washes) processes are consist from and have leaches happens climates, transporting P>E. leaf litter mineral horizon at the surface showing organic A matter enrichment subsurface horizon showing depletion of organic E matter, clay, iron, and aluminium compounds subsoil horizon showing enrichment of clay material, B iron, aluminium, or organic compounds ▲ O Horizon: the will A soil. start to and often Upper hard bedrock soluble reduces the organic peat and rapidly number dead In ne of through are of and soil soils, partially mineral In of die different newly and kinds this is brown added end of up on top animals or black up organisms, eventually by which lead to material organic web roots. results the matter decomposition organic food plant humus organic Often conditions, decomposer taken where decomposed particles. normal the then can many layer that material. dark layer . uppermost organisms and many from layer that matter the with a an from bacteria layer. humus minerals contain comes forms mixed the decomposes of R fungi, Humus incomplete – soils this decompose up. formed – There, Horizon: is Many material builds is horizons of loosened or unconsolidated material Fige 5.1.4 A soil prole organic of C in is matter releasing Waterlogging a build-up formation of soils. 239 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y B Horizon: tends salts C R to be can be Horizon: all This soils horizons distinct is the layer Parent be in is all where the this In weathered (bedrock three some above. minerals In and particular organic clay matter and iron horizon. A, distinguished layering. soluble layer mainly material contain can layer from deposited horizon: Not C This deposited B and while cases or we in rock other C from cannot soils dig the soil forms. medium). horizons; other which sometimes there deep may enough only not to two be nd the layer. precipitation energy organic material inltration leaching uptake decomposition soil weathering and nutrient cycling soil movement parent material ▲ Fige 5.1.5 The soil system Soil structure The on mineral size: soil portion sand, particles proportions silt and of < 0.002 mm soil clay. soil silt can be Most divided soils texture and clay therefore particles. Clay Silt 0.05–2 mm Sand up consist P tice 0.002–0.05 mm ▲ 240 the sand, P tice iete of and Fige 5.1.6 Sandy, clay and loam soil types into of a three particles mixture depends on of the based these relative 5 . 1 I n T r O d u C T I O n T O s O I l s y s T E m s 100 0 1 90 0 2 80 0 3 70 clay 0 4 60 0 5 silty 50 0 6 clay sandy 40 clay silty clay loam 0 7 clay loam sandy clay 30 0 loam 8 20 loam 0 9 sandy loam silt loam 10 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 0 8 sand 9 0 1 0 0 sand 0 0 1 silt loamy percent sand ▲ Fige 5.1.7 A soil texture triangle The proportion also contain stones), It is of each particles but these possible to are feel of these that not the are particles larger considered texture of gives than in moist 2 a soil mm its in texture. diameter description soil if you of rub soil it Most soils (pebbles and texture. between your ngers. ● Sandy ● Silty soils better ● Clay Most soils soils It is is mesh feel size – a then get soil rst a like and apart wet can mixture clay or the mm, of silty soil clearer sample 2 fall easily. talcum powder and hold together soils. sticky sandy to a and slippery feel present out gritty sandy contain as possible drying are than described size soils is be different clays. said picture and to of passing then 5 rolled mm If the it soil a be up a a ball particles fairly equal easily. and can portion be of each loam. soil proportions through and into nally a series 0.005 of mm of soil sieves – particles of by decreasing separating Practical What soil into its portion of clay, silt and sand particles. Alternatively you can value sample of soil in a jam jar, ll it with water, shake it vigorously then to settle out. The heaviest particles will settle rst (sand) and the will settle last play in can the you causes approaches to resolving ner the particles at leave and it systems place identify a Work the issues addressed in soil (clay). conservation? Soil texture is an important property of a soil, as it determines the soil’s In fertility and the primary productivity. This is exemplied in gure what ways solutions Loam soils are ideal for systems agriculture. your ● The sand particles ensure good drainage and a good air supply to The clay retains water and supplies nutrients – so they are and The silt they particles can be help worked to hold the sand and clay particles the in societies predictions human for soil alter the societies and state the fertile. biosphere ● explored the of roots. might 5.1.8. together and some decades from now? easily. 241 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y s oi C oi lo oi 100 15 40 Silt 15 20 Clay 70 40 Composition (%) Sand Mineral content High High Intermediate Potential to hold organic matter Low Low Intermediate Drainage Very good Poor Good Water-holding capacity Low Very high Intermediate Air spaces Large Small Intermediate Biota Low Low High Primary productivity Low Quite low High ▲ Fige 5.1.8 Comparison of three soil types Porosity, permeability and pH Related to a (porosity) the soil lots of of as a micropores. ll these water’s effect with a the can a the Soils and clay but of that clay a total to a a to also space between liquids ne the large so These that it minerals but As high the are lock to has soils up water fewer large for well. dissolved minerals Strangely the fertility. acidity, soil the have too access. low have made molecules trapping drain also through texture space water sandy roots encourage characteristics. as soils can plant pore spaces sandy particles pass particle surface contrast, space. for clay can clay permeability In work in very low hard of and combined means it rich soils chemical in adhere clay is gases particles. smaller of amount with results making soil features on the which properties pores be is at pores permeability between These the adhesive low This spaces around macropores result ease microscopic lm The texture the (permeability). many easily soil’s and which absorbs has more a great water + clay soil particles water also tightly reduces potassium, Along ions the the these Europe iron ions needle 242 where more ll the loss acid. in of death. soil positive particles other and positive ammonium important iron start to hydrogen makes ions to be the that lost nutrients, become ions more soil can (H bind, through as ). more soil This binds acidic. It allowing leaching. pH available decreases, to plants. toxins. soils rain in of and and This with these plant acid the of up clay amount are Acidication soil to aluminium of to magnesium with of Both begin has had caused turn causing has a major by impact industrial meant damage to more on forestry pollution available evergreen has in Northern made the aluminium forestry and through 5 . 1 I n T r O d u C T I O n T O s O I l s y s T E m s S susb Fertile soil replaced is a non-renewable resource . Once it is lost, it cannot be quickly. potash: for ower head Soil formation takes a very long time. The natural soil renewal rate or fruit 1 is about 1 conditions per tonne (wet, y e a r. A n d weathering present. soils soil So regain yr is only occurred their in temperate what formation renewable ha this has 1 this and As therefore the fine actually resource/natural ecosystems climate), after f e r t i l i t y. and natural equivalent initial a and is the consequence, soil should to chemical material represents under be best 0.05–0.1 and soil mm physical organisms natural soil the use rate often considered a at are which exceeds non- nitrate: for leaf and capital. stem Fertile soil has enough nutrients are there many can are be have nitrates, leached to be nutrients of replaced soil in healthy phosphates micronutrients out for or that and agricultural also when soils growth. potassium plants removed plant via a need. crop is chemical The (NPK) These main and nutrients harvested. fertilizer, They phosphate: for root growing system legumes matter (2.1), (eg crop manure, rotation or through the application of organic compost). ▲ Fige 5.1.9 To o 1. A yield comparison B cereal production per capita 10 500 NPK fer tilizer 8 400 6 300 gk ah/t no fer tilizer 4 200 2 100 0 1950 ▲ 0 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Doublecropping results in a trial at World cereal production is unable to the IRRI research farm, Philippines. keep up with population growth. Fige 5.1.10 Signs of fatigue of soils Source: V Smil, Feeding the world, 1998 Graph A in gure 5.1.10 shows the harvest from one eld of a crop in the Philippines over 25 years. With or without fer tilizer, yields fall over this time. Graph B shows that the annual yield of cereal crops per capita is not increasing. Explain what these graphs tell us about: a) carrying capacity b) sustainability. 243 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y 2. Study the table below. nPP ccot nPP coe Pg/ consumed by 0.8 nPP oite croplands Pg/ nPP ot 15.0 deforestation humans consumed Pg/ 10.0 for crops 2.2 conver ted 10.0 deser tication 4.3 occupation 2.6 pastures by domestic animals wood used by 2.4 humans tree plantations 2.6 occupied lands 0.4 res, forage, 3.0 human wood Total (4%) 5.2 land clearing 10.0 Total (31%) 41.0 Total (13%) 16.9 One estimate of total Net Primary Production (NPP) of the whole world is 132 Pg/yr. Column 1 gives actual consumption. Column 2 gives the productivity of agricultural systems, and column 3 annual losses to nobody’s benet, but deforestation in column 3 produces land for column 2. Total NPP sequestered by humans is 58 Pg/yr or 39% of total NPP . Sources: Olson J S et al, Carbon in live vegetation of major world ecosystems. 1983. Oak Ridge Nat Lab. Vitousek P M et al: Human appropriation of the products of photosynthesis. 1986. Bioscience 36: 368–373. 15 ▲ Fige 5.1.11 Data on NPP of the world. (1 Pg (petagram) = 10 g) Note that the terrestrial NPP of 132 Pg carbon/year quoted above diers from most sources which estimate world NPP at 50 Pg carbon per year. The diculty in calculating NPP is that it is a turnover factor. Satellite images can look at the green colour of chlorophyll and make an estimate of the standing crop in green leaves, but not NPP . The consequences of the data: ● For 5.2 Pg/yr in direct consumption (col 1), humans are prepared to lose 16.9 Pg/yr permanently (in col 3). The seriousness of the situation is par tly hidden by increasing agricultural yields, while not showing the amount of degradation of the seas. ● Net eciency of human agricultural systems is 5.2/41 = 13%. ● Of the 132 Pg/yr world NPP , humans claim 58 (= 41+16.9) for themselves. The rest is for all other species. ● Of the remaining 80–90 Pg/yr, humans claim by deforestation a large share of 10 Pg/yr. How much should we leave alone as natural ecosystems for the millions of other species? What actions can we take to make this more sustainable? 244 5 . 2 T E r r E s T r I a l F O O d P r O d u C T I O n s y s T E m s a n d F O O d C h O I C E s 5.2 Teeti foo poctio te foo coice Sg s: apps sks: ➔ The sustainability of terrestrial food production ae tables and graphs that illustrate the ➔ systems is inuenced by socio-political, dierences in inputs and outputs associated economic and ecological factors. with food production systems. ➔ Consumers have a role to play through their Cope cott the inputs, outputs and ➔ suppor t of dierent terrestrial food production system characteristics for two named foo systems. production systems. ➔ The supply of food is inequitably available and Ete the relative environmental impacts of ➔ land suitable for food production is unevenly two named food production systems. distributed, and this can lead to conict and dic the links that exist between socio- ➔ concerns. cultural systems and food production systems. Ete strategies to increase sustainability in ➔ terrestrial food production systems. Kwg ursg: ➔ Te tibiit of teeti foo poctio ➔ te is inuenced by factors such as scale, industrialization, mechanization, fossil fuel Ct coice may inuence societies to har vest food from higher trophic levels. ➔ use, seed/crop/livestock choices, water use, Terrestrial food production systems can be cope cotte according to inputs, fer tilizers, pest control, pollinators, antibiotics, outputs, system characteristics, environmental legislation and levels of commercial versus impact and socio-economic factors. subsistence food production. ➔ ➔ Icee tibiit may be achieved by Ieqitie exit i foo poctio ● Altering human activity to reduce meat itibtio around the world. consumption and increase consumption ➔ Foo wte is prevalent in both LEDCs and of organically grown, locally produced, MEDCs but for dierent reasons. ➔ terrestrial food products. Socio-economic, cultural, ecological, political ● and economic factors can be seen to inuence assist consumers in making informed food choice of food production systems. ➔ choices. As the human population grows, along with ● urbanization and degradation of soil resources and national food corporations’ standards capita ecee and practices. The yield of food per unit area from lower trophic ● levels is greater in quantity, lower in cost and Monitoring and control by governmental and intergovernmental bodies – multinational the ibiit of for food production per ➔ Improving the accuracy of food labels to Planting of buer zones around land suitable for food production to absorb nutrient run-o. may require fewer resources. 245 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y ‘Abundance does not Ke poit spread, famine does.’ ● There is enough food in the world but an imbalance in its distribution. ● Terrestrial and aquatic food production systems have dierent eciencies. ● Dierent food production systems have dierent impacts and make Zulu proverb ‘This is a sad hoax, for industrial man no longer eats dierent demands on the environment. potatoes made from solar ● Food production is closely linked with culture, tradition and politics. ● Our current use of soil to produce food is not sustainable. energy; now he eats potatoes partly made of oil’. Howard T. Odum, an American ecologist, referring to the common perception that modern agriculture has freed society from limits imposed by nature, when in fact it is highly dependent on non- renewable fossil fuels (1971). deitio ▲ ● Fige 5.2.1 Wheat and rice – two staple crops for human populations lEdC – le ecooic eeope cot: Sustainability a country with low to many factors of terrestrial listed in food gure production systems is inuenced by 5.2.2. moderate industrialization and low to moderate tps f frg sss average GNP per capita. Subsistence ● farming is the provision of food by farmers for their own mEdC – moe ecooic families or the local community – there is no surplus. Usually mixed eeope cot: a crops are planted and human labour is used a great deal. There are highly industrialized relatively low inputs With capital of energy in the form of fossil fuels or chemicals. country with high average low input and low levels of technology, subsistence farmers GNP per capita. are ● unlikely to produce much more than they need. They are vulnerable agibie: the to food shortages as little is stored. Cash cropping is growing crops for business of agricultural the market, not to eat yourself. production including Commercial farming takes place on a large, prot-making scale, farming, seed supply, maximizing yields per hectare. This is often by a monoculture of one breeding, chemicals for crop or one type of animal. High levels of technology, energy and agriculture, machinery, chemical input are usually used with corresponding high outputs. food harvesting, distribution, processing and storage. ● Coeci gicte (o fig): large scale production of crops and Farming farming lower more may uses inputs also and intensively Animal be more feedlots described land with a as corresponding with are high extensive lower density outputs. levels of or of intensive. stocking Intensive input and or farming output per Extensive planting uses unit and land area. intensive. livestock for sale. Pastoral ● sbitece gicte (o fig): farming for self-suciency to grow enough for a family. 246 is not soils to crops farming suitable eat and to fertilize to the for is directly animals the or to and crops animals. raising crops. is and animals, Arable feed a to usually farming animals. system improve in is grass Mixed itself soil on growing where structure and crops farming animal and on on has land both waste some that good crops is used are fed 5 . 2 Fcto T E r r E s T r I a l F O O d P r O d u C T I O n s y s T E m s a n d F O O d C h O I C E s Wic i oe tibe? Coeci fig: ot i mEdC sbitece fig: ot i lEdC Agribusiness Commercial farming is epitomized by many of the Subsistence agriculture tends to be (commercial vs practices in this column but could still function with more more associated with this side of the subsistence) environmentally sound practices. equation. Large-scale farming tends to rely heavily on machinery, Small-scale farming tends to be more chemicals and extensive use of fossil fuels. labour intensive but may still rely on Scale of farming chemicals to boost production. Industrialization Mechanization MEDCs have many people working in industry and so they LEDCs have limited industry so job must be provided with food from large-scale commercial oppor tunities are limited and people farming. may have to grow their own food. Use of lots of heavy machinery can damage the soil and Use of draft animals (donkeys, oxen) or uses a lot of fossil fuels. human power is less stressful on the soil and can add manure. They are powered by plants so no burning of fossil fuels. Fossil fuel use A heavy dependence on fossil fuels is using a nite Use of manual labour or draft animals resource which produces large amounts of pollution. does not cause these problems. Seed/crop/ Farming systems sometimes grow crops or keep animals Selecting organisms that are indigenous livestock choices that are not indigenous to the area and this can create the is less likely to create these problems. need for irrigation, glass houses, impor ts of feedstus. Water use Some agricultural systems have very heavy water Also requires water which can be used demands and require large-scale irrigation solutions which unsustainably. diver t water from people and may cause localized water supply problems and a drop in the water table. Fer tilizers, pest Growing the same crop continuously on the same land Crop rotation, biological pest control and control requires chemicals to suppor t the soil and control pests. other environmentally sound practices These often make their way into the local ecosystems – cause fewer problems but many terrestrial and aquatic. subsistence farmers use large amounts of pesticides if they can aord them. Antibiotics Keeping animals in close quar ters (often inside) causes Free range animals tend to be healthier the spread of diseases and this requires large amounts of and in less need of antibiotics. antibiotics, often used routinely. If these make it into the local ecosystem they can cause super-bugs. Legislation Pollinators Large-scale commercial interests are controlled by Small-scale operations often go un- legislation so may pollute less. noticed by legal bodies. Many commercial crops, eg almonds in California, require With a more biodiverse farm, pollinators pollination by bees and other insects. Honey bee hives are have dierent habitats and there are brought in to provide this but honey bee colony collapse usually enough insects to pollinate disorder is killing many bees. Some crops have no crops. pollinators left and humans have to do this by hand. ▲ Fige 5.2.2 Factors inuencing sustainability of agriculture Figure notice 5.2.2 that shows many the of two these extremes factors are of any situation inter-related but and you difcult should to separate. 247 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y F fs To e Malnutrition soe bic foo fct (fo a diet that is is an umbrella unbalanced. term for Nutrients ‘bad’ may nutrition and it is the result of be: 1 me Ket) ● ● Lacking ● Excessive – undernourishment, usually a lack of calories. Wheat is a staple food for – overnourishment, usually too many calories leading to over one third of the world’s obesity. population (bread and pasta). ● ● Unbalanced – the wrong proportion of micro-nutrients. Wheat, rice, maize (coarse 2 grains), potato, barley, sweet The potato, cassava, sorghum people and millet are the staple suffer carbohydrate foods for most of humans. children Food in the from the leads ● and 98% to Agriculture world do Organization not get enough undernourishment. are and in Asia, infants. permanent Africa or Chronic damage: (FAO) estimates energy About 2% Oceania. from of Of these these, undernourishment stunted growth, that their are in about during mental 925 food – million they MEDCs. 200 Most million childhood retardation are years and social Grain production provides and developmental disorders. Many people are also suffering from an half the human population’s unbalanced diet – their food contains enough energy, but lacks essential calories. 3 nutrients ● World food production is concentrated in the Nor thern hemisphere temperate zones. Hunger these sixth ● Site millions of of like die proteins, year children the and certain www.thehungersite.com each are vitamins world from under about starvation the age (approximately minerals. of or of the malnutrition ve. 13%) 10% According How not can having to the undernourished and we three justify enough quarters about food a when There are 23 billion livestock there are, apparently, large surpluses stored in MEDCs? animals on Ear th. Food ● is potentially one of the most important resource issues facing global There are 1 billion pigs and 3 society today, alongside potable water (drinking water). As populations billion ruminants. increase, ● as global trade expands and as market choice develops, Livestock need 3.5 billion greater and greater demands are being made on food supplies and food hectares of land. production ● Crops take up 1.5 billion hectares of land – about 11% of the total land area. ● There are 13.5 billion hectares of land on Ear th, but 90% of this is too dry, wet, hot, cold, steep or poor in nutrients for crops. on an industrial science have production In many foods foods are advances of food choice mean In in and all has the that is agricultural the last has preference New Zealand years cheap. in lamb, and agricultural too. than Modern and Most most operated technology practice rather disappeared round. systems increased relatively year 50 agricultural population produce available systems primarily agribusiness. cost of of are human the out freely – huge then Seasonality transport ● but These scale made MEDCs, purchase need. systems. people basic nutritional MEDCs. Exotic technology beans from and Kenya, dates In Africa, only 7% of the total from Morocco and bananas from the Windward Islands can be bought in land area is cultivated. almost ● any MEDC supermarket anywhere in the world, all year round. LEDCs have 80% of the world’s In LEDCs, many populations struggle to produce enough food to human population and eat sustain their population. There may be political and economic agendas 56% of the world’s meat. as ● well as The human population has Cereals increased by 70% in the last to 30 years but world food crops production has increased However by 17%. arable feed simple can be environmental grown indigenous can be is as occupy in export populations grown they land for nite limitations cash land and – that revenue cash crops: on be hemp, used production. generation cropping. coffee, could food Crops ax for and food rather other than than food biofuels. production and supply. 1 Myers N. and Kent J. 2005. The New Atlas of Planet Management. University of California Press. 2 W. P . Cunningham, M. A . Cunningham and B.W. Saigo. Environmental Science, 7th Ed. McGraw-Hill Higher Education, New York 2003, 231. 3 For more information see Cunningham et al., pages 231–235. 248 5 . 2 The 1. choice of Climate where to 2. food and on Islam Political to – what or in Socio-economic eat is through but most some can P r O d u C T I O n determined determine irrigation crops religions eating pork, foodstuffs discourage this F O O d conditions proscribe governments encourage and this climate religious determine – grow adapt the Judaism production 4. we ecological We alter and and traditions 3. local Earth. articially Cultural that T E r r E s T r I a l we subsidize their are by many what and will using grown proscribe Hindus s y s T E m s C h O I C E s factors: grow without not F O O d greenhouses certain do a n d this. foods, eat beef. eg Our prefer. or put production, tariffs eg on the EU some foods manipulates way. – market forces determine supply and demand in To o a free-market beans and prices fall economy, prices rise, eg if there farmer may is go a short into supply this crop, of almonds supply or increases, Consider your own food and then they may stop growing it. choices. Which of the factors We and all need some available. of food us But nourishment anything – it often many to about supplies of keep it? take Is us us it for the fuel granted have that the nowhere healthy anyone’s and we fact near need that to food enough energetic. live Why is is and listed (left) determine what breathe you eat? Are there other readily food, this? let factors involved as well? alone Can we do fault? To e Te iig cot of foo because there are more of us but because many of us eat more meat. There will be billions more human mouths to feed in the next 50 years so an increase in the demand for food is not April June going to go away. Human population is now over 7 billion 2011 250 2008 Index: January 2002 = 100 and is predicted by the UN to be 8 billion in 2025 and 9.2 December 200 2008 in 2050. Because it is protable at the moment, there is a massive increase in growing crops for biofe (living 150 plants conver ted to fuel to replace fossil fuels) and this up 130 % up 60 % 100 uses land that would otherwise be used to grow crops for down 33 % food. We cannot have it both ways as crop land is limited. 50 In 2008, there were food riots (for example in Burkina 0 2002 Faso, Egypt and Bangladesh) when people protested 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 about the rising price of food. In Haiti, the poorest ▲ Fige 5.2.3 World food prices 2002–2011 country, the government was over thrown due to the high While there is still enough food, we need to review the cost of food. According to the FAO, 37 countries are facing strategies on global food production. food crises. Food costs a higher propor tion of income for the poor than for the rich. For 100 million people or more, 1. What has happened to food prices now? Do your own research on this. this could mean starvation and many are going without meals because they cannot aord them. 2. Do your own research on biofuels and read the section in sub-topic 7.1 on them. The World Food Programme could only buy half as much food in 2008 as in 2007 with the same amount of a. Evaluate the costs and benets of growing money. Wheat and soya prices, rapeseed oil and palm oil biofuels on agricultural land. prices spiked but have fallen back again (gure 5.2.3). b. Which countries are most likely to see an Biofuels are one of the reasons for this as farmers get increase in the production of biofuels and what subsidies for growing them so do not put their crops impact will that have? into the food chain. The increasing wealth of India and China means that more people can aord and want more meat to eat so demand for meat has not just increased 3. Is the country in which you live a net impor ter or expor ter of food? 249 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y F pru srbu ru h wr Let’s look rst at agricultural production. 180 160 USA Australia Brazil E27 China Russia Canada India Ukraine 140 120 100 80 60 40 1992 1995 1998 2001 2004 2007 2010 2013 2016 2019 To o ▲ Fige 5.2.4 Agricultural production in key producers 1992–2019 Compare and contrast the (2004–6 = 100 on y axis) agricultural production Source: OECD/FAO trends shown in gure 5.2.4. So why you is there search of food of Science to available the go such round. suggests each a difference internet day or The that for in world textbooks, American there every is an agricultural many will Association average human on the of say for the 2,790 planet production? that there If plenty Advancement calories – is 23 of percent food more 4 than in 1961 actually so kept many and up enough with problems to world with feed everyone. population famine, hunger Food growth, and production so why are has there still malnutrition? Poitic of foo pp To tik bot If excess under food the is not power of paid the for, does exporting this put the country? receiving What country impact does forever this food There are many factors that have on the local farmers and the economy? What happens when may be considered but is corrupt governments do not distribute to those who need the food, the main one distribution? It and who decides who needs the food anyway? These are some of the is well known that countries questions that need to be considered where the issues involved in the like the USA, Canada and imbalance in global than their indigenous All need population needs. diets food supply are concerned. Australia have more food people of people to in eat. However, MEDCs and huge those in differences exist between the LEDCs. Consider who should pay to mEdC lEdC 3314 2666 USA 3774 Eritrea 1512 ship the excess foods from Average energy intake: cal/cap/day (calories per where they are stored to capita per day) countries like Bangladesh, Ethiopia and Sudan, and is it Major types of food (% of total calorie intake) the type of food they want? meat 12.9 7.3 1.4 0.9 37.3 56.1 What impact would this have sh on the local farmers and the cereals markets? ▲ Fige 5.2.5 Average energy intake per day in MEDCs and LEDCS 4 http://atlas.aaas.org/index.php?par t=2&sec=natres&sub=crops 250 5 . 2 To start global answering pattern availability called low in of these world MEDCs income T E r r E s T r I a l issues, food and food it is LEDCs – P r O d u C T I O n necessary supply. decient F O O d Figure those to 5.2.6 with countries have an shows low food s y s T E m s overview per capita supplies a n d of F O O d C h O I C E s the calorie are (LIFDCs). To o daily calorie intake per capita less than 1,890 1,890 2,1 70 2,1 70 2,390 2,390 2,620 2,620 2,850 2,850 3,050 3,050 3,270 3,270 3,480 3,480 3,770 no data in kcal/person/day ▲ Fige 5.2.6 Per capita calorie consumption worldwide Look at the key for the map in gure 5.2.6. Comment on the distribution of LIFDCs in the world. What are the common factors for these countries? What food issues do countries with high per capita calorie consumption face? Recent doubts So far pace us in the with (see 8.1). efciency As we and history of population But and the very adapt more and more land, of 1.1 and they The global billion are per grain of living getting harvest hectare Revolution limit some allow of the demand are us NPP more food the doubting to feed on a Earth meat, supply has Malthusians we that world to technology, of 9 human must kept amongst be billion. needs, reaching use the growth. The yields will more population, confounding recently, innovation degrade limits human growth, as the of poverty grain have per As may slowed benets productivity. produced in appear to be increasing not decreasing hungrier. have the capita still increasing rate been human (see be their of realized and population gure but increase annual since we the may increases, be grain Green near there is a the fall in 5.2.7). 251 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y 3 billion tons grain production 1,000 pounds grain production per capita per person 3 year moving average 750 World 2 World 500 Asia and Oceania 1 250 Americas Europe Africa 196 1 ▲ 1970 1980 1990 2000 196 1 2009 1970 1980 1990 2000 2009 Fige 5.2.7 To tik bot B et is any wild animal killed for food. In some countries, this is called game, in others, hunting wild animals. The term bush meat is highly politicized as many see it as illegal hunting, par ticularly in Central and West Africa and tropical rainforests. Although bush meat can be many species, the emotive element focuses on the killing of the Great Apes for meat, often orphaning their young. Trade that in bush logging easier for meat roads hunters is increa sing. bu ilt and into the the high T he reas on s fores ts price of mak e meat a re access in markets. The cane rat is a large rodent pest of crops in West Africa and this is hunted for bush meat . Now, some farmers are successfully star ting to farm cane rats for meat in Benin and Togo. ▲ Fige 5.2.8 A cane rat a brf hsr f gruur TOK Livestock farming – why farm animals? Consumer behaviour plays Man has been associated with animals for longer than he has been an impor tant role in food farming cereals. rst dog, Animal domestication came before crop farming, production systems. Are the then sheep, goats, pigs and cattle were domesticated there general laws that can and used to full a variety of needs. Dogs were used as hunting describe human behaviour? companions dog was hunted a more horses, and as 252 also as a wild ultimately source prey convenient donkeys, beasts clothing and and and of of and and yaks, even then camels their herding food. more burden. decorations. as In Sheep, animals. goats corralled reliable and they antlers pigs of cultures probably were food. (and provided and some domesticated source llamas addition bones, and and In teeth are) wool had to Cattle, a provide reindeer, used and value the were as food hides as for tools 5 . 2 Livestock human living are a useful digestion in T E r r E s T r I a l means systems Mediterranean digesting vegetation on as farms a way scrub that of of (grass) is F O O d converting into forests plant valued waste to on and and scrub pigs a n d unsuitable Sheep woody humans; products s y s T E m s material protein. browse unpalatable processing P r O d u C T I O n for trees often producing C h O I C E s goats and were F O O d kept valuable protein. Growing crops In arable that has planted by farming, been into plowing species) altered bare grown their Fertilizers are acidic lime most has often nutrients than season the crop soil and the minerals it had Crop crops every water If is the year, a as a the way of be has of a (broken (all be of soil plant the soil of up) one limiting soil over is are too are quantities in of amount time biomass plant. that varieties greater have the the biomass a net The loss soil the other is been whether At the end from the eld, of to of biomass, more soil loss nitrogen with The from that of addressing rotation may into usually of in the supply. been add that owering, volumes extracted, beans) or used. plants food are monoculture magnitude body sown seeds possible. extract system. is as of large removal crop peas, in they are a growth may general There from one beans, fourth They the another – are The conditioned Conditions orders produce harvested requires rotation (soya often deliberately previously high encourage ecosystem. and been. or as irrigation species. is is are vegetation. plants density. hungry’ to plants been The rate minerals heads crop natural has high to added, selected Harvesting that growth indigenous of the over). ‘nutrient seed of in added and genetically tubers, soil (digging and so seeds cleared impoverished fertility soil the the nutrients, is reduced fertility. soil so than again. Leguminous may be grown crops. 253 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y Y D U T S P – rfrs ur shppg E S A C ▲ Fige 5.2.9 Oil palm The oil West to South grown in palm Africa is East for its Malaysia a and tropical Central Asia oil. and in the Half the palm tree America early indigenous but 1900s. of the large rest are in to ● lubricants ● biofuel. imported Here it plantations Indonesia and is are What The South East Asian countries. In Indonesia, do you of land occupied by palm oil plantations in benets the last 10 years and is still palms to Friends of the Earth, an for palm rainforest loss oil in is the most Malaysia signicant and oil is high in saturated fats and room temperature. It is found and in palm plantations are in bring an and exports. income for a Growing a few subsistence large oil plantations much needed and processing employment. cause oil palm plantations often replace Indonesia. rainforest and, in Malaysia and Indonesia, semi-solid primary at oil employment provide tropical Palm of can However, of oil? NGO, plants demand palm increasing. farmer According contains has oil doubled that the providing area use other 1 in 10 rainforest has been cleared for oil palm. food Often this forest is on peat bogs which are then products: drained ● cooking oil and processed foods: chocolate, bread, crisps maintain and cosmetics (lipsticks), detergents and Sunlight Soap and other monoculture are used animal on the species. of oil palms, plantations Animals that herbicide and these were rainforest, such as elephants, move into the Palmolive) plantations 254 lost. soaps the (eg the pesticides poison ● habitats margarine To ● and seeking food and are killed as pests. in 5 . 2 T E r r E s T r I a l F O O d P r O d u C T I O n s y s T E m s a n d F O O d C h O I C E s cprg frg sss Fig te siftig ctitio Cee gowig rice gowig ho ticte iig Wee Amazon rainforest Canadian Prairies Tpe Extensive Extensive Intensive Intensive Subsistence Commercial Subsistence Commercial Low – labour and hand High use of High labour, low High labour and tools technology and technology technology Ipt Ganges Valley Western Netherlands fer tilizers Otpt Low – enough to feed Low per hectare but High per hectare, High per hectare and the family high per farmer low per farmer per farmer Eciec High Medium Eioet ipct Low – only if enough High – loss of Low – padi rice High – greenhouses land to move to and natural ecosystems, has a polyculture, for salads and owers time for forest to regrow soil erosion, loss of stocked with sh. are heated and lit. biodiversity Also grow other High High In dairying, grass crops is fer tilized, cows produce waste ▲ Fige 5.2.10 Table of types of farming system Farming’s energy budget The 1. efciency Energy We harvested 2. is or or More In of on of range by to is the weight, per gram). system all produce to soil, package to factor with livestock the spatial cereal the sow now food for market, the energy farming harvested returns the we from lamb. number per cereal consider the live of ways. unit and However area. root this biomass marketable/edible consider meat) a product calculation the do or in portion weight of of the deadweight? systems more inputs, a to do deliver is it a the crop, dealing to the that is of is You market. of the it used You to the system usually sold possible (joules farming took would and waste the at operate volume energy was look that therefore unit prepare with end that balance market. energy the It per could storage the etc.). food energy transport of At calculate to we and product rice in the and harvest cost scales. wheat, calculate then honestly outputs marketable contained labour seed, measured beef temporal of need and fuel, the the (maize, to of only perhaps and be energy terms with energy order you in and crop Does (just system can from consider agricultural the that it corn, production In consider the it dressed a eg calculate relative and scientically – a the problematic. efciency there the does the Efciency system within wheat harvest? animal farming compare from calculation the a contained can crops, of to need prepare appropriately would products also have associated system. 255 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y Data exists for Shockingly, there is efciency for more all but input of agriculture cereal than growing, (see gure efciency 5.2.11). is less than one – output. Eciec expee eeg otpt:eeg ipt fo : To o Dairying 0.38 Cattle rearing – grain fed (beef) 0.59 Sheep (lamb) 0.25 Pigs (pork) 0.32 Cereal growing 1.9 Do you think that cattle fed on grass only (pasture-fed) would have a higher or lower eciency of conversion? What advantages or disadvantages may there be for pasture-fed instead of Foo poct grain-fed cattle? White bread 0.525 Chicken 0.10 Battery eggs 0.14 Lettuce produced under glass 0.0017 ▲ Fige 5.2.11 While total energy considered, ● Fats out remember and protein is less that than the contain energy quality more in of energy when the all factors energy content per is are different. gram than carbohydrates. ● You need amount ● A to of higher eat less meat and sh than cereals to get the same energy. energy content food costs less to transport as it has a lower volume. To equate wheat measures, grain product) is that the would sometimes grain have equivalent to be used to in kilograms produce one (the quantity kilogram of of that used. Rice production in Borneo and California Two food production ● traditional, ● intensive Traditional energy Nearly is all rather energy it yield is energy the are amounts are 256 is used. high. in labour the form fertilizer As a is production result, in in no (no is the of high is form Borneo characterized of and labour efciency or products (Kalimantan) a and get are them low inputs of productivity. seeds. (dened pesticides and by low as The used to rice energy yield output/ (remember market), the rice pollution). characterized diesel P) Indonesian intensity fertilizer intensity (N, in here: California. energy these production low of output discussed labour the As make are production high added to only rice chemicals, rice However, energy rice production chemicals, low. Intensive inputs rice input) takes extensive extensive and systems and rice and or a petrol, are high inputs productivity. not pesticides yields by high in the form (insecticides obtained. of energy The of and and energy labour. Large herbicides) However, because 5 . 2 of the the large agricultural energy gure production The compared excess inputs, extensive outputs. outputs of energy traditional fertilizer 5.2.12: T E r r E s T r I a l to energy systems, the the rice were not energy system: Note is example. inputs production extensive pesticides. P r O d u C T I O n efciency production intensive and they the rice F O O d that much In s y s T E m s lower some are system pollution in these not are than F O O d C h O I C E s in intensive larger also a n d than has the the extra form shown in measured. 1 Eeg (0 0 0 kc Boeo ) Cifoi Inputs Direct energy: Indirect energy: labour 0.626 axe and hoe 0.016 – machinery – 0.360 diesel – 3.264 petrol – 0.910 gas – 0.354 nitrogen – 4.116 phosphorus – 0.201 seeds Outputs 0.008 0.392 1.140 irrigation – 1.299 insecticides – 0.191 herbicides – 1.119 drying – 1.217 electricity – 0.380 transpor t 0.051 0.121 rice yield 7.318 22.3698 (protein yield) (141 kg) Eeg eciec (462 kg) 7.08 1.55 5 ▲ Fige 5.2.12 Rice production systems in Borneo and California Other typical agricultural differences production between systems traditional extensive and intensive are: Titio ex teie gicte Iteie gicte Limited selective breeding Strong selective breeding No genetically engineered organisms Genetically engineered organisms Polyculture (many dierent crops) Monoculture (single crop) Small eect on biodiversity Reduction in biodiversity Little soil erosion Strong soil erosion 5 K . Byrne, Environmental Science, 2nd Ed. Nelson Thornes, Cheltenham 2001, 180. 257 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y To o 1. Copy the table below and do your own research to ll it in. 2. Repeat with another example of two named food production systems local to you. 3. For each system, evaluate the environmental impacts. Fcto Inputs Iteie beef Ex teie beef poctio i poctio b mi sot aeic tibe of Et afic Eg fer tilizer, water, pest control, labour, seed (GM or not), breeding stock , livestock growth promoters Outputs Food quality, yield, pollutants, transpor tation, processing, packaging System characteristics Diversity Sustainability Environmental Pollution impacts Habitat loss Biodiversity loss Soil erosion/degradation Deser tication Disease epidemics Socio-economic Subsistence or for sale crop factors Traditional or commercial For expor t or local consumption For quality or quantity Terrestrial versus aquatic food production systems In terrestrial the rst (crops) primary Terrestrial – they In aquatic often each at the in of have in to food levels. is like are do have level, food 4 the than terrestrial by on higher have energy of land. Also tend food energy food be means of solar comes tied up to in comes from that these energy. skeletal their of of the of losses the in food Note tend solar and energy aquatic systems. of from carnivorous chain intake because it originates This use at skeletons land. efciency initial when energy Because the harvested usually efcient most to usually (meat terrestrial along the on is chickens). losses more systems, sh ecosystems water. and rather higher. that ecosystems, than or conversions a food level pigs themselves production lower sunlight trophic making support level systems cows, animals Typical trophic aquatic water 258 systems energy than second systems trophic systems or land-based as trophic production consumers production waste food to energy absorption the form of quite ‘losses’ at production that, be higher are although more is less and heat efcient efcient reection are higher in 5 . 2 T E r r E s T r I a l F O O d P r O d u C T I O n s y s T E m s a n d F O O d C h O I C E s Increasing sustainability of food supplies Feeding the population world’s is Not only and malnourished has many stated and this Factors new needs an increase contribute ● salinization ● desertication ● urbanization. improve Maximize problem practices. a. is of Improve Mixed No iii. Plant iv. Biological do is a to also another in challenge, agriculture better 2 production today’s quality billion of 70% agricultural as is the decreasing. undernourished food. The humans of current land FAO to feed levels. are: also irrigation what we Genetically from the on Soil Green and T echniques In LEDCs, eg loss storage – pests less and the habitat foods water stubble of and the the soil. previous soil. and how that conserves agricultural for land of we absorb nutrient pest management water. grow (GM). allows to wildlife. integrated wasteful and it. Inserting them to x fertilizers. into cereals nitrogen (See box the would on GM hydroponics. food through more having too where nutrients systems breeding as bare by pest no and with strict is more covered energy crops mostly in refrigeration, is than mostly needed standards – are and recycled on animals balancing adapted and drought, increasing no in and weather, canning letting apples, it factory go red storage lack consumption and farms. distribution. production severe (round to drought-proong storage infestations, waste food plants soil improving waste food buying (5.3). outputs. of waste such measures closed keeping MEDCs, unsustainable Revolution. within food without into nitrogenous conservation shade, In and Agroecology Reduce is for systems. p262). iii. inputs of modied Aquaculture farms water legumes ii. new seeds around grow need this interplanting provides control Trickle crops ii. also do by: agriculture. drilling zones This supplies production to of conserves buffer food are: and losses. save i. how tillage, of food this reduce Alter A of cropping plow gene b. fed, and decrease technology ii. i. a. be be food the course, to i. v. 2. yield Ways run-off. c. to will future available more sustainability the crop b. in the erosion could A need there to in area need 2050, that the mouths people by soil 1. and that ● We population growing eg off, of good nearby. consumers supermarkets strawberries) so 259 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y rejecting much preserve be 3. recycled Monitoring a. By By c. By and different b. Eat less c. Improve d. Increase more of meat trend is in reduce food supplier NGO that could may otherwise – to regulate agricultural corporations to raise practices. standards farms. pressure towards bodies unsustainable national rapidly more food groups. and our diets. average, USA, We cannot in can food 2000, insects lower of actually big the protein efciency levels available. need, so the people human – source that numbers. trophic food from More each large improve from taken way. food. in amount they by other the diet of and food the than On about consumption meat the and education increase their that crops. people’s obtain greatly packaging food meat. reproduces Changing food, waste intergovernmental to their attitudes Eat we on individuals a. If and exports practices our misshapen livestock. multinational Change if contaminates control. governmental and 4. edible but for and imports b. foods they rst in food People could trophic LEDCs consumed of in of will eat replace However, eating kg we MEDCs simply level. are 38 production. (plants), more meat some the meat. per year. In 6 that it would grain than to we some was all 122 eat not more support animals need kg, which to countries. UK meat. crops, we sustain We and just Brazil Even it then is 1,000 not kg, though China animals energetically eat. ourselves. do 77 In seem able has to kg, graze inefcient MEDCs, Obesity 50 we the on to mostly become get India a kg. some feed eat land our more problem balance past 5 in right. projected yad rep nosrep rep lacK/ekatni ecudorp lamina 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 1962 1970 1980 1990 2000 2015 industrialized countries near East/Nor th Africa transition countries sub-Saharan Africa 2030 Latin America and the Caribbean ▲ Fige 5.2.13 Meat consumption past and projected in various regions 6 Myers N. and Kent J. 2005. The New Atlas of Planet Management. University of California Press. 260 2050 5 . 2 5. Reduce of food food food processing, production increasing they growing country such them the in as cost more tomatoes the tropics by UK and in may While in a transport, more them foods used to total more may in a n d have a than F O O d C h O I C E s aware foodstuffs produce energy the be of greenhouse into s y s T E m s and labelling local energy heated use ying and P r O d u C T I O n improving awareness. may F O O d packaging efciency consumer miles, example, T E r r E s T r I a l and lower them. For temperate growing UK. Predictions for future food supplies The FAO has predictions 1. Human in reported are rate The human calorie 3. Numbers of More people 5. An 6. LEDCs 7. Most will will people eat to more of supply for 2030 and its also 8 billion 1.7% slow but in by 2030, 2000. not in a slowdown Demand LEDCs where be increasingly will to 3,000 decrease this well-fed kcal to will per about not with day fall 440 as per from capita 2,800 million now. but in much. meat. will need to be grown. cereals. will be from higher yields and more land. modied) will from cereals import improved Aquaculture food about Africa) production more (genetically to year increasing tonnes have not measures, 9. will increased irrigation on increase. (sub-Saharan billion will grow per products will hungry 4. GM will population areas extra predictions 1.1% consumption some 8. to agricultural consumption 2. its follows: population growth for as pest crops, control no tillage will all planting, increase soil conservation productivity. increase. To o Ogic oc o gow i Ke i-feigte? to lower food miles and ar tisanal local producers. But it is the large commercial farms and large supermarket If all humans alive today adopted the diet of Europeans, we chains that supply most of our food eciently and at the would need 2.5 more planets like the Earth to support us. lowest prices. We could not produce enough food if we all If we all ate organic food, we could not produce enough. ate organic, local produce. Commercial intensive agriculture has done a remarkable Food miles is a measure of how far food has moved from job in managing to feed the rapidly increasing human grower to your table. The premise is that more food miles population. Bu t it may not in the future. What has to change? means more bad environmental impact for a food. So In MEDCs, there is an increasing supply of organically shop for locally produced foods. produced foodstus and these are sold at a premium. But this is a fallacy as it is eciency of food production The premise is that they are better for our health and that we should be considering. Growing green beans in free of pesticide residues. But there is little scientic a heated glasshouse in Nor thern Europe uses far more evidence to suppor t some claims for organic foods. energy than growing them in Kenya even including Locally grown foods are also marketed as ‘better ’ due the carbon emissions of air-freighting them to Europe. 261 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y In fact, Kenya’s bean industry is very environmentally It costs more in carbon emissions to drive 6.5 miles to a cost ecient. Beans are grown: supermarket than ying a packet of beans from Kenya to 7 that supermarket. ● using manual labour (no fossil fuels) ● using organic fer tilizer from cows ● with low-irrigation schemes. Check out this ar ticle – http://shrinkthatfootprint.com/ food-miles. Do you agree with this argument? Will it aect what foods you buy? To tik bot Opponents of GM crops say we do not know what we Gm cop are releasing into the environment. Could the GM plants GM or geetic oie cop have DNA of one cross-pollinate with other varieties so the introduced DNA species inser ted into the crop species to form a escapes into the wild populations? Could the DNA cross tgeic pt. GM crops of soya bean, cotton and the species barrier? If a GM crop can kill a pest species maize are the most common but the issue of GM crops that feeds on it, will that species die out? What will the is surrounded by controversy in some countries over eect on food chains be? Labeling of GM foods is now ethics, food security and environmental conservation. demanded and some countries have rejected them totally. Proponents of GM crops say they are par t of the solution to increasing food production. By making a crop disease Te Eope uio’ (Eu) Coo agict or pest resistant, fewer chemicals need to be used and Poic (C aP) less is lost in spoilage. We are only doing what selective 40% of the EU budget goes towards the CAP , a system breeding has done since farming began but on a molecular of subsidies star ted in 1962 for agriculture in the EU. In scale. Goe ice has been made to synthesize betathis farmers are guaranteed a price for their produce and carotene, the precursor to vitamin A, so, as a humanitarian a tari and quota are placed on impor ts of foodstus. tool, it could stop vitamin A deciency suered by 124 The initial aims of the CAP were laudable: to ensure million people. It has not yet been grown commercially. productivity, give farmers a reasonable standard of living, allow food stocks to be secured and provide food in shops at aordable prices. However, it has cost a great deal to implement and it is said that a cow in the EU gets more money in subsidies than a poor person in Africa. The CAP is being reformed with subsidies for individual animals phasing out and a single farm payment being given per hectare of cultivatable land. One big issue with the CAP is that it is accused of being protectionist – keeping products from other countries out of the EU to the benet of the 5% of Europeans who work in agriculture – ‘For tress Europe’. It has also been accused of keeping food prices ar ticially high, causing massive food stocks to build up as producers keep producing even if no ▲ Fige 5.2.14 Golden rice compared with white rice consumers want to buy, as the EU will buy the products 7 See http://www.theguardian.com/environment/2008/mar/23/food.ethicalliving for more on food miles 262 5 . 2 T E r r E s T r I a l F O O d P r O d u C T I O n s y s T E m s (the wine lake, the butter mountain), and allowing farmers Here to pollute with high levels of chemicals to increase Revolution. production. All these issues are being addressed now. or are has the it two a n d very Did it caused 1940s to F O O d diff erent sav e more the C h O I C E s the ima ges w orld problems 196 0 s , plant abou t f rom than th e m ass it Gr een famine s olv ed? breeding of From w heat What do you think about protectionism in the trade of and rice and then other cereals w as u nder t ak en to food (stopping or adding taris to impor ts from other produce varieties tha t w ere less prone to dis ease, countries so your own farmers can sell theirs)? had shor ter stalks (so they did not lodge or f all over Should small EU farmers have been allowed to go in rain) and gave high er y ields . This w as d on e by bankrupt and give up? ar tificial plants selection that had of the the tr a its va rieties w anted a nd and indiv id ual the results wer e Te Gee reotio of te 20t cet spectacular we knew genetic one in terms about the to crop y ields. pos s ibili ty engineering species of w hich is of or (It w as could sw itching b ef ore carr y genes ou t fr om anoth er. ) In Mexico, wheat yields increased such that the country became self-sucient in wheat and then expor ted the surplus. In India, the IR8 variety of rice, a HYV or high yielding variety, gave ve times the yield of older varieties with no added fer tilizer and ten times with. This led to a fall in the cost of rice and to India expor ting the surplus. However, in Africa, there was little dierence in crop yields. Some have been critical of the Green Revolution varieties as the result has been that more fer tilizer, irrigation and pesticides have been used on them (if farmers can aord them) and these cause eutrophication, salinization and the accumulation of chemicals in food chains. They have also reduced genetic diversity in the crops as most ▲ Fige 5.2.15 Green Revolution poster from Greenpeace farmers use them. While some say that the poor have become poorer because of this, there is little doubt that the HYVs have allowed us to produce enough food for the yield population. production area har vested 1. Explain the relationships between the four graphs in seed gure 5.2.16. 2. Evaluate the impacts of the Green Revolution on world food supply and the environment. 1960 ▲ 1970 1980 1990 2000 Fige 5.2.16 Coarse grain production 1961–2004 (coarse grain is wheat, maize, rice, barley) 263 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y To o Practical Investigate and/or Work food consumption production Te FaO patterns. The Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) is a UN agency. Find its website Analyse graphs tables that dierences outputs and in inputs associated production www.fao.org/worldfoodsituation from where the graph below is taken and illustrate the answer the questions below. and with food 2 150 systems. utilization Compare and contrast the 2050 outputs characteristics food and for production Investigate soil system two sennot noillim inputs, named systems. proles locally. production 1950 1850 1 750 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 forecast ▲ Fige 5.2.17 World food supply and use 1997–2007 1. Describe the changes in the graph above. 2. Read the 10 FAQs on the world food situation. 3. Answer these questions in your own words: 4. a. Why are world food prices rising? b. What is the eect of biofuels on food prices? c. Who are the winner and losers? Describe the current food situation in your own country and one other. (Select an MEDC and an LEDC.) 264 5 . 3 s O I l d E G r a d a T I O n a n d C O n s E r v a T I O n 5.3 s oi egtio c oe tio Sg s: apps sks: Fer tile soils require signicant time to develop ➔ Expi the relationship between soil ➔ through the process of succession. ecosystem succession and soil fer tility. Human activities may reduce soil fer tility and ➔ dic the inuences of human activities on ➔ increase soil erosion. soil fer tility and soil erosion. Soil conser vation strategies exist and may be ➔ Ete soil management strategies in a ➔ used to preser ve soil fer tility and reduce soil named commercial farming system and in a erosion. named subsistence farming system. Kwg ursg: ➔ Soil ecosystems change through cceio. more than small-scale subsistence farming Fer tile soil contains a community of organisms methods. that work to maintain functioning nutrient cycles rece oi fe tiit may result in soil erosion, ➔ and that are resistant to soil erosion. toxication, salination and deser tication. h cti itie which can reduce soil fer tility ➔ soi coe tio measures exist such as: soil ➔ include deforestation, intensive grazing, conditioners (for example, organic materials and urbanization, and cer tain agricultural practices lime), wind reduction techniques (wind breaks, (irrigation, monoculture etc.). ➔ shelter belts), cultivation techniques (terracing, Coeci itiize foo poctio contour ploughing, strip cultivation) and avoiding te generally tend to reduce soil fer tility the use of marginal lands. S gr The problems lack of supplies but it of drinking due could to be It is is now the as populations greater In MEDCs culture, fertility a a as on of strives land change, and use. the All degradation equal facing and to of as social made has the of is loss of depletion these the society levels size biotic biodiversity, of are most today, and a scale) cultural larger and of China fuel wood signicant, pressing particularly relatively there erosion. changes of long exists, that India in occur, tradition aims the for even agriculture combined ecosystem soil landscape within However intensive soil and (damaged resulting areas management soil of function management on been land avoid climate unprecedented to land industrial when of impaired poor being knowledge and area there an rates problem having are climate sanitation poor. an result where that social expand, occasions about that demands (agriculture are and classied structure) include poor unsustainable world’s estimated time argued environmental affecting our water, loss. greater and of and soil. agriculture agricultural sustained in As MEDCs conspire to soil there bring erosion. 265 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y very degraded soil degraded soil stable soil without vegetation ▲ Fige 5.3.1 An estimate of soil degradation – 15% of ice-free land is aected. This is 2 11 million km 2 aected by water erosion and 5.5 million km Two ● types of the soil that various of the overgrazing ● deforestation ● unsustainable occurs Overgrazing of soil the bare This patches happened on Sahara desert) wealth of levels not and the soil activities when (erosion). the less end that a soil. This Wind and mainly water suitable for use . and In up in the soil lead to soil degradation in the is quality is bare animals patches combined scale and in 1970s the a is – the turn area In occurs can then these the soil are: this in leads of to the no of from very he high area . and hold wind area. (just African cattle same longer rain the Africa many number in roots action removed Sahel the graze where with 1980s. by important) becomes soil and measured is overgrazing many bigger huge man too leaves this become the (quantity soil on degradation: run. When the a soil away. grasslands together. to agriculture. Overgrazing the rise the chemicals long ● away make human give vegetation processes Examples south of countries has stocking problem. Fige 5.3.2 This was strongly 266 no Processes in can take is take useless ▲ that there simply ● processes Processes when by wind erosion then exacerbated reduced the in growth the of 70s the and 80s when vegetation a which long was dry period subsequently 5 . 3 eaten and the cattle. and, process, wet The blown cattle slow In by were later it climates especially and surface dry it often is the rain depletes are being again the to rain soil the for water is longer the that and erosion). This to the failure can American soil. to If Mid to soil by to C O n s E r v a T I O n roots of is a n d most a of very recover. particles away, slopes. the crop This soil soil then a topsoil major as the especially of suffered friable fertility fails is removal West place death formation reduces the in the region the makes erosion. lead soil down nutrients in Sahel takes owing susceptible As d E G r a d a T I O n kept resulted famine. years water no This terrible returned crop 1930s, a were wind. many wind becomes where the in take when regions During on, susceptible nutrients particles by will Overcropping (dry soil away s O I l no soil true by in wind. period of ▲ wind erosion known as the ‘Dust Bowl’. Through overuse of the land Fige 5.3.3 Deforestation for oil palm an plantation area to about Texas, dust twice was many affected ranging removal more wet of the a the of drops. This root while The also by the be trees of to water Of will Kingdom, erosion. forest. mainly This some the be from The Nebraska winds to through moved slow bind the quantities eventually forests water. in down soil and to the from the is are different complete removed, in of give soil it The rain particles. and the can regions. progress soil the relatively Deforestation together water returned in to tropical removing soil of done trees vegetation especially and be the most explosively to can of more As due erosion, deect help of erosion. them large is of course, to soil both forests wind removal prone on United severe removal stop absorbing the kilometres. careful effect helps absorbed of erosion forest systems of vegetation. will massive leaves is from all soil areas, have size thousands Deforestation ways, the The stability, directly. atmosphere via transpiration. Unsustainable be or applied over increased (Total) long inputs unsustainable ● agricultural a of of chemicals agricultural removal techniques period of the without like fertilizers techniques crops are time after result techniques decrease or in harvest. in energy. soil This that cannot productivity Several degradation: leaves the soil open to erosion. ● Growing erosion the ● crops will rows Plowing are in channels ● toxic ● for In irrigation ● of is Monocultures. This the means soil its the in make the is the the will This in crops. top land the on the a long Again, a slope and of unsuitable the same soil crop are is with make called part of minerals the ready-made soil run is major The leave the process layer nutrients between. grown will taking This (making where same slope. systems the in are slope. down, use. soil crops the This salinization This that loses remain the of irrigation reaching will if ow agricultural many that of to pesticides. before called uncovered direction direction water crust process with especially rainwater use evaporates rows the further Irrigation. salty in the for Excessive in occur, soil for it. the the too water dissolved and soil toxication. form growing in a the hard, crops. This salty). grown depleted year from the after soil year. and fertility. 267 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y Urbanization. in cities than removing may it erode as have the rural a soil settlements For in rst source of expanded were into in Land human in cities agricultural elsewhere. that time areas. Because based prime on land our history, is paved and major agriculture, agricultural more and of increasing cities many us built the so run-off expanded of live upon which from world’s early cities land. S rs If natural vegetation structure soil together cover soils is and become major covers largely or a soil, eliminated. humus removed can Three ▲ are absorbs even prone processes when to of processes Leaves large it is that deect could heavy quantities replaced by of damage rain, water. the roots If agricultural soil hold this the natural vegetation erosion. soil erosion exist: Fige 5.3.4 Gully erosion by water in 1. Sheet wash: storm periods large areas of surface soil are washed away during heavy Virginia, USA. 2. Gullying: these 3. and channels channels Wind erosion: surface in mountainous develop become on drier on much soils areas hillsides moving as following landslides. rainfall. Over time deeper. high winds continually remove the layer. iprvg h s – s srv A variety of measures can be taken to conserve soil and soil nutrients. materials. For many Addition of soil conditioners Typical soil centuries to increase benet sand raw soil ● of conditioners farmers pH clay and they Acid trap soil soil more stick limestone air, helping rain acidic or chalk has that more a they the the soil additional act more draining of like than decomposition number means to the free improve for snow so are to or Lime together created become Acid organic acidication. particles Soils is and crushed particles larger precipitation. the lime by reasons: water the drains acidic. Fige 5.3.5 Dust storm of dry ● soil blown by the wind Some ■ soil The processes breakdown carbonic ■ The removal materials into nutrients of the soil, (after make organic creating Nitrication slow of respiration. ■ back also through Organic ▲ clay The are added counter microorganisms. through ▲ and helping particles. have This of more releases dissolves basic as ions straw, improve the the ions to Saskatchewan, Canada 268 and better carbon into through or green texture This organic of is nitrates the dioxide soil water absorption by manure the soil adds crops and particularly material the increases leaching means Fige 5.3.6 Shelter belts in nutrients acidic: acid. decomposition). of soil matter then ammonium such decomposition the plant. to act slow soil that good acidity. as acidity. are a plowed supply because release of the of the 5 . 3 s O I l d E G r a d a T I O n a n d C O n s E r v a T I O n Wind reduction The effect between of the elds adjacent wind can (shelter elds (strip be reduced belts) or by cultivation). by planting alternating An trees low alternative is or and to bushes high build crops in fences. Soil conserving cultivation techniques Growing cover the of rows between crops main harvest (fast crops and growing (for crops example sowing can to cover between keep the the rows soil of soil) corn particles in between plants) or place. ▲ Terracing is a method to reduce the steepness of slopes by Fige 5.3.7 Terracing of rice replacing paddies the slope wet rice with elds Plowing autumn and sowing. structure seed ie are in trapping be instead strongly heavy structure is is slope. up/down water reduced. machinery and This has a and temporarily that the to walls. Asian to make plowing along and the to a is drainage. done seed bad direct and contour the slope ridges downhill over is in bed for soil drilling of biodiversity. technical tip increases tillage parallel ow has tendency soil furrows water method by plowing soil that no cultivating plowing hill the of evidence and and zones, clods improves By separated way. up growing plowing the of and breaks and terraces, temperate activity erosion to this Northern there soil horizontal further farming soil soil microbial perpendicular plowing) up the But and of constructed frost reduces Contour series breaks Traditionally, for a act and used as small thereby problems when lines, (contour however: parallel terraces erosion to can modern the slope. Improved irrigation techniques By careful and planning thereby canals will (There reaches systems small prevent are and salinization eld.) consist openings known Trickle of be a ow next irrigation reduced. before where network of greatly evaporation examples the construction can the up to irrigation of pipes to the plants by the roots water 50% (also reaches of the called covering where systems, Covering the water evaporation irrigation the water drip eld. comes land. never even irrigation) The out pipes have drop-wise ▲ and can be taken in before it evaporates. It is this Fige 5.3.8 Trickle ow irrigation irrigation system system that made it possible to grow roses in desert-like areas in Israel. Stop plowing marginal lands Maybe we growing of need crops to and overgrazing). accept could This that be may very more be the poor land suitable case in for land is simply cattle at the not grazing suitable (but boundaries for with of the risk deserts. Crop rotation TOK Some crops as are the more the soil the atmosphere. ‘hungry’ Rhizobium than bacteria in others. their Legumes root add nodules x nitrogen to nitrogen from Our understanding of soil Cereals take a lot out of the soil. The earliest farmers conservation has progressed recognized that growing the same crop on the same land year after year in recent years. What led to pest and disease build-up and impoverished the soil. Shifting constitutes progress in cultivators in tropical rainforests move on after a few years to allow the dierent areas of knowledge? soil by to recover. leaving Ancient ground civilizations fallow (with no practiced crops), crop rotation, sometimes by sometimes growing several 269 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y crops Practical Evaluate Work soil strategies in commercial and in a farming the management a named farming named system subsistence b etween the soil succession year cash growth rotation fallow to 13th of of maximize centuries, cropping was wheat and In Islamic rye until then the fertility Golden improvements crops civilizations. introduced soil the exporting and or practised revolution continuous yield. agricultural and populations winter year agricultural system. the a and rotations, be Explain in 8th spring ourished In oats four-year turnips Europe, or of clover irrigation, supported three-year then the so between as and a barley rotation and Age, such a British cropping could maintained. relationship ecosystem and soil fertility. Susb f ss Saving soils Human and on quickly activity soil lead any other will lead of the to in turn year). a soil Soil Soil is by up in essential Soil soil soil a water eroded producing deep to 24 ie lack a Our land food (90 that of requires soil shrinking are in like character system extra will Imbalances inuence production million tonnes is global the soils soils Soils, state. also on of fertility. thus will modern resource billion and This a of dynamic system support of processes the soil rate of estuaries and erosion In and is coastal for position Eroded soil the depends system mouths that per informed eroded volume upland erosion erosion at natural nutrients oodplain and conditions prole. geographical fertile the in impacts exploitation from annually rising). set another. negative and population natural organics one within be under the loss exist important natural courses, from soil. Croppable may within minerals, proles the of and ignorant chemically. fertility an soil state and with formation, accumulation end the burgeoning However, soil in annually. by and system, Approximately formed new a production naturally. global therefore landscape is and positive degradation, the associated on both physically supports (though have Unmanaged change conservation. the soil of both ecosystem heavily to part soil can fertility. or is below systems, waters. the also soils will occurs offset the rate eroded Here aquatic may also often it of soil will provides ecosystems. form wash the basis into of valleys soils. To tik bot irrigation water. This is the technocentrist ’s response. Ecocetic o tecocetic iew of oi But very quickly the farmers can nd themselves on fe tiit geet? a treadmill with spiralling costs as they attempt to As agricultural systems, even those on the relatively maintain or increase productivity per unit area while small scale, become more and more intensive and more at the same time maintaining soil health and thus and more commercial, greater and greater demands are guaranteeing long-term sustainability of the industry. made on soil per unit area. The soil is required to ‘work It costs relatively large amounts to buy synthetic harder ’, produce greater volumes per unit area, and fer tilizers and the hardware for irrigation. Therefore cope with greater demands from genetically modied, the farmer must produce more to get the revenue to nutrient-hungry plants. The soil in its natural state and pay for this investment in chemicals and hardware. In operating under ambient environmental conditions producing more, more strain is put on the health of the can no longer full the demands being made upon soil system thus more external inputs are required. it, therefore the soil environment must be modied Potentially a vicious circle is set in motion. What would ar ticially with the addition of fer tilizers and additional the ecocentric farmer do? 270 s O I l d E G r a d a T I O n a n d C O n s E r v a T I O n E S A C 5 . 3 Y D U T S du V, Sbh, ms ▲ Fige 5.3.9 Danum Valley rainforest The an Danum area of Valley area lowland of Sabah, tropical East forest. Malaysia Annual is rainfall The of Danum channels, catchment most of is covered which by a network continually ow with 1 is over rain pattern. occur are 2,500 mm This throughout selectively yr with means the felled (only of the forest rather the entire forest area), there is areas with loss of an increase full in canopy transpiration that year. out little forestry Large just even stream cover. where the are cutting This returning of trees ow in down this occurs because water forest taken compared is the operations parts certain than but seasonality back to of to the water. This vehicles the to banks though this increase is much to areas, drain some into of river clear felled of of the soil bedrock. large ash sensitive vehicles water rather This tends than means oods. to by geology to This ow in in percolating that heavy makes disturbance, used terrain forestry keep that and forestry damaging adding companies logging roads channels carry for without channels drainage gullies difcult clear have eroded to soil have of tried water, developed soil into the the less major factor affecting soil erosion in than is the logging roads that have been put in areas. impermeable catchment, or very systems. place. Because the where these wide it stream Also Danum in cross of erosion. Another atmosphere, makes the the down rainfall the Danum top soils especially surfaces into can create angles Many up lost end from these slopes. movement soils of of up The soil in the have in the been result large local of built this is landslides. streams and at very often mass These rivers steep eroded and are forest. more from the large foresters. 271 5 S o i l S yS t e m S a n d S o c i e t y W E I VE R To what ex tent are our solutions To what ex tent can food to soil degradation mostly aimed production become more at prevention, limitation or sustainable? restoration? BiG QUeStionS S sss s In your opinion, discuss whether inequitable food distribution Evaluate the soil system model may cause major conict in the future? Rv quss ➔ The soil system may be represented by a soil prole. Since a model is strictly speaking not real, how can it lead to knowledge? ➔ Consumer behaviour plays an impor tant role in food production systems. Are there general laws that can describe human behaviour? ➔ Our understanding of soil conser vation has progressed in recent years. What constitutes progress in dierent areas of knowledge? ➔ Why are regional food production systems dierent? ➔ How are food choices inuenced by culture and religion? ➔ Many LEDCs produce cash crops that are sold to MEDCs; this reduces food availability for the LEDC’s population. 272 ■ Why does this happen? ■ What socio-political and factors inuence this? ■ What ecological and factors inuence this? ■ What are the international issues associated with this? Quk rvw All questions are worth 1 mark 5. Which process reduces storages of soil nutrients? 1. Modern tend commercial A. lower B. reproduce species maximize C. agricultural practices to create diversity early net stages in of the community. succession to A. Addition of well-composted B. Addition of lime C. Application D. Heavy of inorganic organic matter fertilizers productivity. conditions favourable for W E I VE R R E V I E W rainfall r-selected 6. Which of the following is most likely to lead to species. desertication? D. 2. do The all the above. downward soil prole is the following? leaching primarily A. Transformation B. Transfer of of of an nutrients example within of which A. Eutrophication B. Use C. Irrigation D. Ozone the of energy 7. energy Which of 3. Transfer D. Transformation Which of is of the fertilizers depletion the represents C. organic of following most characteristics of correctly each type of soil? materials best of s oi C oi Good water-inltration Good water-inltration capacity capacity Poor nutrient-holding Good nutrient-holding capacity capacity Good aeration Good aeration Good water-holding Poor water-holding capacity capacity materials explanation of the advantage A. contour-plowing? A. Plowing across efciency of the contours harvesting improves the B. techniques. C. B. Plowing drainage across of the the contours improves soil. D. C. Plowing erosion D. of Plowing drainage 4. Which of correctly Human . . . II . . parallel the the the contours prevents the contours improves soil. parallel of with the with soil. combinations completes activities the such in the following as . . . I . . . table below sentence? can cause soil . I II A. Overgrazing Conservation B. Deforestation Degradation C. Urbanization Conservation D. Addition of organic material Degradation 273 6 Atmospheric systems And society 6.1 Itodtio to th toh sga a: Ala a kll: ➔ The atmosphere is a dynamic system which is ➔ Di the role of the albedo eect essential to life on Ear th. from clouds in regulating global average ➔ The behaviour, structure and composition of temperature. the atmosphere inuence variations in all ➔ Oti the role of the greenhouse eect in ecosystems. regulating temperature on Ear th. Kwlg a uag: ➔ ➔ The toh i dyi yt (with ➔ occur undergone changes through geological time. which The atmosphere is predominantly a mixture of carbon dioxide, argon, water vapour and other ➔ trace gases. H ti viti it the atmospheric in the are connected inner the Ear th) and above Ear th). layers of troposphere the to living the atmosphere, (0–10 stratosphere systems km (10–50 above km Most clouds form in the troposphere and play an impor tant role in the bdo eect for the planet. ➔ The ho t of the atmosphere is a composition through altering inputs and outputs natural and necessary phenomenon maintaining of the system. Changes in the concentrations suitable temperatures for living systems. of atmospheric gases such as ozone, carbon dioxide and water vapour have signicant eects on ecosystems. 274 reactions inputs, outputs, ows and storages), which has nitrogen and oxygen, with smaller amounts of ➔ Most 6 . 1 I n T r O D u c T I O n T O T H e a T m O s p H e r e carbon dioxide, argon, water vapour, t a ozone and others, 1% The atmosphere ows. the Heat and is a dynamic pollutants system are with carried inputs, across the outputs, Earth by storages air and currents in atmosphere. oxygen, 2 1% Over geological greatly as and ozone, the time, the changes carbon composition in dioxide, the of the atmosphere concentrations methane and water of has changed atmospheric vapour have gases such signicant nitrogen, 78% effects on ecosystems (7.2). atmosheight constant rise (to 1500°C?) pheric (km) pressure ▲ (mb) Fi 6.1.1 Atmospheric thermo- 100 composition sphere 0.001 90 meso80 0.01 pause 70 meso0.1 sphere 60 50 1 strato- pause 40 10 strato30 30 maximum sphere ozone 20 100 tropo- pause 10 500 tropoMount Everest sea sphere level 1013 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 temperature (°C) ▲ Fi 6.1.2 The ver tical structure of the atmosphere Although the atmosphere stratosphere where most Human (10–50 reactions activities is km) approximately and affecting and the life occur, activities 1,100 km troposphere by eg ozone other in (less depth, than and 10 cloud organisms the km) are formation. impact the To do atmospheric composition system. the And through atmospheric altering composition inputs affects and outputs activities of of the humans Draw a systems diagram of and other organisms. the atmosphere. pa a ag The is atmosphere unstable climate Abiotic ● Biotic factors factors cannot atmospheric indirect shells from Before the climate of uctuated – – both gas mainly plants measure temperature and and has Earth greatly have in always the past. changed. Factors Climate inuencing are: ● We and and and plants evolved atmosphere on but to are it is in the in by bubbles taken hard on to It gradually past proxy. trapped how there increased but We in sediments say photosynthesize, Earth. precipitation. distant indirectly concentration period, and animals. precipitation directly measurements the temperature we can ice. or to no Various they free about measure measure fossilized accurate was can also direct animal are. oxygen 35% at in the 275 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y end of the geological Early Carboniferous timescale, Carboniferous Carboniferous, was 20 °C, probably 350ppm 400 590 505 carbon 1500 when ppm previous the the carbon 600 438 period slightly about 350 million per the 360 °C million) 286 248 the years was cooled today. in the and was atmosphere excepting Earth this 15 temperature in years and our (million on concentration (parts average MYA MYA than dioxide ppm (300 temperature lower dioxide 408 period average 12 in 12 °C later the decreased Today in the was to there less the the temperature atmosphere (0.04%), In °C When this °C. to ago)). 20 than about are in about the Carboniferous. 2 13 144 65 2 8000 y rait reT suoecaterC CENOZOIC cissaruJ cissairT naimreP nainoveD MESOZOIC suorefinobraC 6000 nairuliS naicivodrO 7000 nairbmaC PALEOZOIC )mpp( Quaternary 5000 2 ave. global temp. 3000 22°C 2000 1 7°C 1000 0 600 12°C 500 400 300 200 100 erutarepmet labolg egareva OC cirehpsomta 2 atmospheric CO 4000 0 millions of years ago ▲ Fi 6.1.3 Global temperature and atmospheric CO over geological time 2 1. What the 2. is the relationship between carbon dioxide and temperature in graph? What other factors besides atmospheric carbon may inuence Earth temperatures? 3. Can we rely on the data collection methods used? t gu The greenhouse maintaining for life on we know Earth. it. temperature Earth’s right 276 The of average for effect. A life key effect suitable is Indeed, nearest −53 °C 33 °C feature natural of without planets and surface and a and temperatures it, to Venus for this there the with temperature warmer necessary living than would Earth a are surface is a it would temperature phenomenon systems be Mars be the a good life with +15 without fact that thing on a °C, the Earth as surface temperature comfortable is – no of so +450 °C. just greenhouse water is liquid. 6 . 1 The effect radiation the to a is Earth’s the caused back surface Earth. glass into A by and removes reduces loss of the But by the atmosphere trap it heat – misnomer more than that trap by reducing energy some is greenhouses heat heat in They reradiate common greenhouse. which gases space. back this I n T r O D u c T I O n that to is heat by radiation. in and the reducing The losses reected space works heat T O T H e a T m O s p H e r e by Practical from some same back way as convection atmosphere How light and mostly by the the infrared heat. by the Earth. Earth’s the 4% including evaporation. It mostly This Nearly is 55% is made passes the and of of this clouds incoming reected and back to of the is solar light, relevance sustainability longer wavelength to it radiation the the that This ground environment is scattered reaches absorbed. of infrared and is Earth human absorbed been used the extent activity directed limiting the in seas, several causes, infrared energy – heat energy. (See have from and the or the studying on at environmental or surface reaches and what emerging in society or of sustainable the solutions the preventing impacts extent of restoring or have already In ways might of causes of problems, impact systems impacts eect atmosphere from in these which occurred? and what the solutions atmosphere explored as addressed systems development? ultraviolet atmosphere absorbed, before heating the visible wavelength 51% photosynthesis, released up through longer 50% atmosphere Of surface, processes is (although atmosphere). issues radiation. radiation unaffected reected of solar the atmospheric To Incoming are Work gure in atmospheric systems and 6.1.4.) society the alter state of biosphere incoming solar radiation is mostly nearly 50% of this is absorbed, scattered made up of visible light, ultraviolet or reected by the atmosphere and clouds light and infrared heat before it reaches the surface of the Ear th your predictions human some societies decades for and from the now? 4% is reected 51% absorbed; this is used in several processes including photosynthesis, heating the ground and seas, evaporation ▲ If Fi 6.1.4 Fate of solar radiation reaching Ear th we go had no straight drastically There the Only the which many ones our re-emit gases atmosphere molecules re-emit with energy atmosphere that but to two in as heat do more way. not heat energy this – is heat Earth absorbed back to greenhouse carbon warmer or this this on would would by Earth. fall gases It’s a in bit the like Earth. can be atmosphere, temperature of vapour, this are it the the some the water in and But around are gases space night. blanket are main cause and a into every atmosphere having greenhouse back than bonds Nitrogen greenhouse it dioxide would joining and gases and be the (GHG) without atoms oxygen – but methane. can make They them. up absorb most of gases. 277 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y 6.2 sttohi oo sga a: Ala a kll: ➔ Stratospheric ozone is a key component of the evt the role of national and international ➔ atmospheric system because it protects living organizations in reducing the emissions of systems from the negative eects of ultraviolet ozone-depleting substances. radiation from the Sun. ➔ Human activities have disturbed the dynamic equilibrium of stratospheric ozone formation. ➔ Pollution management strategies are being employed to conser ve stratospheric ozone. Kwlg a uag: ➔ Some ultraviolet radiation from the Sun is ➔ Pollution management may be achieved by reducing absorbed by stratospheric ozone causing the the manufacture and release of ozone-depleting ozone molecule to break apar t. Under normal substances. Methods for this reduction include: conditions the ozone molecule will reform. This ● recycling refrigerants, ● developing alternatives to gas-blown ozone destruction and reformation is an example of a dynamic equilibrium. plastics, halogenated pesticides, propellants ➔ Oo-dti bt (including and aerosols, and halogenated organic gases such as ● developing non-propellant alternatives. chlorouorocarbons – CFCs) are used in ➔ The uitd ntio eviot po aerosols, gas-blown plastics, pesticides, ame (UNEP) has had a key role in providing retardants and refrigerants. Halogen atoms information and creating and evaluating (eg chlorine) from these pollutants increase international agreements for the protection of destruction of ozone in a repetitive cycle so stratospheric ozone. allowing more ultraviolet to reach the Ear th. ➔ ➔ An i kt for ozone-depleting substances utviot ditio reaching the surface of the continues and requires consistent monitoring. Ear th damages human living tissues, increasing ➔ The mot potoo (1987) and subsequent the incidence of cataracts, mutation during cell updates is an international agreement on the division, skin cancer and other subsequent reduction of use of ozone-depleting substances eects on health. signed under the direction of UNEP . National ➔ The eects of increased ultraviolet radiation governments complying with the agreement on biological productivity include damage made national laws and regulations to decrease to photosynthetic organisms, especially consumption and production of halogenated phytoplankton which form the basis of aquatic organic gases such as chlorouorocarbons (CFCs). food webs. 278 6 . 2 s T r a T O s p H e r I c O z O n e iu z Ozone it is is found ‘good’ Ozone is a and in two the layers of the troposphere molecule made up atmosphere (6.3) of where three it oxygen – is the stratosphere considered atoms – O . to be where ‘bad’. Oxygen gas ozone layer is 3 stratosphere diatomic, O . The stratospheric and protects ozone blocks incoming ultraviolet radiation 2 troposphere from the sun life from damaging ultraviolet (UV) radiation. smog Ozone over is its also a greenhouse environmental gas (GHG) (see 7.2), so do not get confused effects. ▲ t z la Fi 6.2.1 Ozone in the atmosphere Ozone lower is a reactive gas stratosphere. altitudes is between But it The ozone ozone a is very an to of is In split also and of an poles ppm the the oxygen oxygen and an radiation atom. is and then oxygen in 20 the seen at km). ozone. because continuously the Oxygen and The and million) of oxygen layer usually 15 per inuence atoms. with are equilibrium atoms formation Under UV ozone between (parts dynamic combine absorb so-called concentrations the oxygen both into can the 1–10 a from absorbed. and (at about made in ozone km example are can molecule 40 oxygen. reactive, Ozone oxygen layer radiation molecules extremely ozone. back UV oxygen is found highest and continuously converted ozone, layer The 20 thin mostly destruction UV atoms are molecule splits atom of radiation, into can to form an react with energy ox ygen atom electron another ozone molecule, making two oxygen molecules (gure 6.2.2). proton The adsorption of UV radiation by the ozone layer is crucial, for without it, ox ygen neutron life on UV -B land and would UV -A wavelength) the longer The be impossible. radiation. and is wavelength ozone layer UV -C therefore (low absorbs UV radiation the most energy) more radiation than has is the harmful UV -A 99% usually highest type radiation of the divided of is UV -C into energy UV radiation molecule (shortest radiation, relatively UV -C, while harmless. and about ozone molecule half of Hall, the UV -B Upper radiation Saddle River, (M. B. 2003, Bush, p. Ecology of a Changing Planet, Prentice ▲ 381). Fi 6.2.2 Formation of ozone e f ulavl aa Damaging eects Increased exposure to UV radiation ● Genetic ● Damage to ● Cataract formation ● Skin ● Suppression ● Damage to photosynthetic ● Damage to consumers mutation living and will subsequent have effects a variety on of damaging effects: health. tissues. in eyes. cancers. of the immune of system. organisms, especially photosynthetic phytoplankton. organisms, especially zooplankton. 279 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y Ultraviolet radiation This especially risk number People is of protect also of skin. isolines causes denatures In Photosynthetic New in the food – and humans on Zealand cloudy on in clothes burn organisms effects mutations Australia cancer show turns in wear cataracts and disruptive to to cause high skin advised their includes It cases are can the the has daily in a species’ Zealand increased beach and to weather where DNA. the dramatically. use sun report in blocks to summer times. lenses of eyes instead of clear, are changes New sensitive to when the causing UV protein of blindness radiation. This the if lens untreated. can have pyramids. Benecial eects ● In animals, our bodies. are short ● It ● Use can a radiation Vitamin of also as water ● UV D calcium be used sterilizer stimulates deciency and to as too treat it kills soft the causes to production rickets support psoriasis and pathogenic vitamin when the a child’s D in bones body. vitiligo, bacteria of both and skin as an diseases. air and purier. Industrial uses in lasers, viewing old scripts, forensic analysis, lighting. A llu a z l Since in be the the 1950s, called during the the November. that scientists stratosphere the ozone spring Apart ozone thickness of data. Reductions longer. in other Environmental have the this was amount growing. These the Science, and has as 2nd well, ed., of ozone During were of and cycle, the later what years, and conrmed the ozone arctic Thornes, ozone again scientists 30 of later would signicantly increased the last stratospheric 1984 amount decreased drastically including Nelson the discovered ozone reduced results amount measuring They October) annual layer areas been Antarctica. (September ozone taking in hole: from hole the been observed above in discovered the minimum recovery by NASA have region been (K. Cheltenham, Byrne, 2001, 1997 strong long wave weak long wave total column ozone low ▲ 280 average has satellite high Fi 6.2.3 Ozone hole in Nor th America 1984 and 1997 p. 27). 6 . 2 s T r a T O s p H e r I c O z O n e oz-lg uba (ods) Ozone depletion mostly halogenated there is the human-made. are organic others result The of most gases, for air pollution important example by chemicals that ozone-depleting are gases chlorouorocarbons or are CFCs, but too. sbt u/o rk Chlorouorocarbons Propellants in spray cans, Release chlorine (CFCs or freons) plastic foam expanders, atoms refrigerants Hydrochlorouoro As replacements for CFCs Release chlorine carbons (HCFCs) atoms, but have a shor ter lifetime in the atmosphere. Stronger greenhouse gases Halons Fire extinguishers Release bromine atoms Methyl bromide Pesticide Releases bromine atoms , Nitrogen oxides (NO, NO Bacterial breakdown of The nitrogen oxides are nitrites and nitrates in the conver ted to NO, which soil (intensive farming) reacts with ozone 2 O, often summarized N 2 ) as NO x High-ying supersonic aircraft ▲ Fi 6.2.4 The most impor tant ozone-depleting substances (ODS) The action of ODS When chlorouorocarbons 1930s, largely They they seemed because were they used ● propellants ● expanders ● pesticides, ● ame ● refrigerants. Later on, plastic time to of CFCs foam. freons) to were many (non-reactive) developed technological at ground during the problems, level. replaced were in plastics, and refrigerants was radiation inert or answer aerosols, CFCs it are (CFCs the gas-blown quickly before UV in used be as: retardants, Previously therefore to also are were by the the used as extremely discovered very toxic non-toxic and and propellants stable that they stratosphere. UV at in ammable, non-ammable spray ground were and not radiation cans level so and and stable releases it were CFCs. to expand took when a long exposed chlorine atoms 281 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y from Practical Work Investigate changes tropospheric a source road) of and solving ozone the (eg the atoms from a towards of when ozone chlorine They formation. formed One chain These destruction. are atoms. a back chlorine reaction and atom with atoms can In are can can also both of again thus positive react react these able with with to destroy ozone, oxygen processes, react many with which atoms, the results thereby chlorine ozone molecules or of oxygen ozone in feedback problem. While Investigate CFCs. ozone preventing in away pollution attitudes in two examples national approaches have international foam impact an on option The substances toxic and of to atmosphere is the nearly their the used as good less as blowing difcult before the to agents nd a introduction properties. The refrigerants HCFCs effect. also Only harmful to as the CFCs and plastic CFCs (HCFCs). are also and lifetime layer are suitable ozone shorter ozone of most destroy their for suitable hydrochlorouorocarbons as However, them and more dangerous greenhouse makes cans much so-called inammable. contribute spray it refrigerants are are in easy, because replacements environmental discussions. CFCs relatively refrigerant. economic an replacing is than not CFC These non- they in the CFCs. Sun 2. ozone and oxygen atoms are continuously being interconver ted as solar UV breaks ozone and the oxygen atoms reacts with another 1. oxygen molecules are oxygen molecule (FAST) photolysed, yielding 2 oxygen atoms (SLOW) O 1 O 3 O 2 2 O 2 3. ozone is lost by a reaction of the oxygen atom or the 3 ozone molecules with each this interconversion process other, or some other trace conver ts UV radiation into thermal gas such as chlorine (SLOW) energy, heating the stratosphere ▲ Fi 6.2.5 The ozone cycle CFCs for of are up to CFCs thicker 282 extremely 100 into years the ozone stable, after and their atmosphere layer. will therefore release. will persist Measures therefore take in taken a long the to atmosphere prevent time to release result in a 6 . 2 s T r a T O s p H e r I c O z O n e Reducing ODS Using the strategy, ‘replace, gure regulate 6.2.6 and shows restore’ some model actions for of pollution reducing management ozone-depleting substances. stty fo di otio ex of tio Altering the human activity producing Replace gas-blown plastics. pollution Replace CFCs with carbon dioxide, propane or air as a propellant. Replace aerosols with pump action sprays. Replace methyl bromide pesticides. (But most of the gases that can be used to replace CFCs are greenhouse gases). Regulating and reducing the pollutants Recover and recycle CFCs from refrigerators and AC units. at the point of emission Legislate to have fridges returned to the manufacturer and coolants removed and stored. Capture CFCs from scrap car air conditioner units. Clean up and restoration Add ozone to or remove chlorine from stratosphere – not practical but it was once suggested that ozone-lled balloons should be released. ▲ Fi 6.2.6 Table of replace, regulate and restore model of pollution management for ozone depletion t mal pl TOK The discovery international organizations started aerosol cans, to is took boycott and even forges ● studies gives One of Protocol freeze levels of a by 1990 and time was to states, an CFCs forbidden in and many (mainly to by on national international developed spray countries cans). ozone-friendly law, and hardly any The involved in The Montreal Protocol was an international agreement made by the UN. Can one spray group or organization know CFC- what is best for the rest of the world? anymore. protecting Programme), the environment which: a organizations the series the of reduce Since of the the difculties in The many the to is phase CFCs and original LEDCs. Montreal out and to In to 1986 production Montreal The the agreed halons amendments. and the signatories consumption the seven MEDCs public. UNEP agreement 1987, of and direction substances. between and them production in implement agreements international 2000. made public changing these under strongly by strengthened distinction of enforcing and to response agreements to is fast governments produced ozone-depleting substances been more It a Environmental signed consumption these has of by were effectiveness (1987). production before organization and to containing were Nations treaties led general quickly CFCs cans information the the products international the hole even reacted implementing ● But steps, Nations (United ● ozone before spray United UNEP the levels. industry containing The of the Protocol protocol LEDCs got treaty. 283 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y Some 197 world Most at time, countries national laws were still need for of countries the the it also has a plan The reduction substances ventures of has to out to the and economic phase the the air growth ODS do the huge that are is China is of UN before the and made however, These countries’ growing But in agreement. India CFCs. quickly years countries Protocol and experiencing. two all ratied Montreal amounts production because China has schedule now and India so. emissions been of conditioners they – universally accordingly. using and agreement rst rules regulations producing to was followed and refrigerators fast agreed ratied so one of of CFCs the and most other ozone-depleting successful international cooperative date. Timeline in CFC reduction 1970s Ozone-depleting Sweden banned continue 1985 British 1987 Montreal to mount Antarctic 1990 emissions London out and Industrialized 1992 and Further Nobel and 2006 ever 2012 25th to Prize and by for NOAA ozone the United Over strengthen would so 30 USA and Concerns hole. Nations countries Montreal Montreal eliminate countries by accelerate agree to cut Protocol: Protocol CFC phase- amended. production by 2010. phasing out of ODS and chemicals. awarded work record 1974 uses. 2000. substitute their In aerosol the (UNEP). Chemistry for by inadequate to recognized. 1980s. reports by countries measures Crutzen NASA rates developing replacement 1995 half CFCs non-essential organized Amendment dates 2000 through Program by of from Survey Protocol Environmental CFC properties them on the to Molina, solving the Antarctic Sherwood ozone ozone Rowland depletion hole as the issue. largest measured. anniversary of signing of the protocol. Signicance of the Montreal Protocol There 1 are The several best signicant example of facts about international it. cooperation on an environmental issue. 2 An example of the precautionary of many principle in science-based decision making. 3 An to 4 example research The rst to chemicals 5 284 The rst the recognize at different with experts problem and that their different countries depending that elds coming together solutions. different times regulations in nd were on could their carefully phase-out economic monitored. ODS status. 6 . 2 s T r a T O s p H e r I c O z O n e 465,000 440,000 E1 : methyl bromide 415,000 C1−C2−C3 : HCFCs, HBFCs, bromochloromethane 390,000 B1−B2−B3 : other CFCs, CTCs, MCFs A2 : halons 365,000 A1 : CFCs 340,000 total consumption sennot ni SDO ni noitpmusnoc 315,000 290,000 265,000 240,000 2 15,000 190,000 165,000 140,000 115,000 90,000 65,000 40,000 15,000 1102 0102 9002 7002 8002 of 6002 life 5002 4002 2002 3002 1002 0002 9991 7991 8991 5991 6 991 4991 3991 2991 1991 0991 6891 ▲ 9891 10,000 Fi 6.2.7 EU consumption of ODS 1986–2011 However the this is not atmosphere, 2005 still nor will allowed illegal it to market the return make in end chlorine to and ODS of did the not story. reach pre-ODS use some Due its levels to the peak much HCFCs in long the before until 2030. CFCs stratosphere 2050. There LEDCs is also in until are an chemicals. To do To do 1. What steps is your national government taking to comply USSR 11% with these agreements? N. America 2. Name local or non- 33% Asia 15% governmental organizations concerned with ODS S. America 2% reduction. Africa 2% Oceania 1% 3. What actions are they taking to persuade governments to comply? Europe 36% 4. ▲ 5. a. Comment on the signicance of the data in relation to MEDCs and LEDCs. b. Discuss the success of UNEP and other international bodies in dealing with What can you do to help protect the ozone layer? Fi 6.2.8 Percentage use of CFCs in 1986 by region evt the role of national and international organizations in reducing the the CFC problem. emissions of ozone-depleting c. State one change in the data that the pie char t for the year 2015 might show. substances. 285 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y 6.3 photohi o sga a: Ala a kll: ➔ The combustion of fossil fuels produces primary evt pollution management strategies for ➔ pollutants which may generate secondary reducing photochemical smog. pollutants and lead to photochemical smog, whose levels can vary by topography, population density and climate. ➔ Photochemical smog has signicant impacts on societies and living systems. ➔ Photochemical smog can be reduced by decreasing human reliance on fossil fuels. Kwlg a uag: ➔ ➔ piy ott from the combustion of fossil trapped beneath a layer of less dense, warm fuels include carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, air. This causes concentrations of air pollutants black carbon/soot, unburned hydrocarbons, to build up near the ground instead of being oxides of nitrogen, and oxides of sulfur. dissipated by ‘normal’ air movements. In the presence of sunlight, ody ➔ ott are formed when primary pollutants undergo a variety of reactions with other to smog. ➔ chemicals already present in the atmosphere. ➔ Toohi oo is an example of a secondary Deforestation and burning may also contribute Economic losses caused by urban air pollution can be signicant. ➔ potio t tti include: pollutant, formed when oxygen molecules ● ati h tivity to consume less. react with oxygen atoms that are released from Example activities include the purchase of nitrogen dioxide in the presence of sunlight. energy ecient technologies, the use of public/ ➔ Tropospheric ozone is highly reactive and shared transit, and walking or cycling. damages crops/forests/plants, irritates eyes, ● rti d di ott t oit creates respiratory illnesses and damages of iio via government regulation/ fabrics and rubber materials. so is a complex taxation. mixture of primary and secondary pollutants, of ● Using catalytic conver ters to clean exhaust which tropospheric ozone is the main pollutant. of primary pollutants from car exhaust. ➔ The frequency and severity of smog in an ● Regulating fuel quality by governments. ● Adopting - such as area depends on local topography, climate, population density and fossil fuel use. reforestation, re-greening, and conservation of ➔ Th ivio occur due to lack of air areas to sequester carbon dioxide. movement when a layer of dense, cool air is 286 6 . 3 p H O T O c H e m I c a l s m O g Uba a llu UNEP estimates ● 1 billion ● 1 million ● 2% ● over of Air is of is be may air eg eg by pollution in in air to pollution air year pollution MEDCs, LEDCs per 5% in comes LEDCs from old motor maintained. chemicals, – emitted particulates motor directly eruptions vehicle pollution and biological is from or exhausts. from the a process. The anthropogenic A major combustion process (human- source of of fossil fuels and produces: ● carbon monoxide ● carbon dioxide ● unburned ● nitrogen also oxides nitrous sulphur ● particulates ne are Other – from incomplete especially oxide dioxide or particles taken and – combustion of fossil fuels hydrocarbons ● – from solid the nitrogen nitric coal particulate of into and or lungs dioxide, a brown gas, but oxide with matter liquid when high sulphur (PM) – suspended breathing eg content black in air, and carbon or dangerous cause lung soot as – they diseases cancers. sources ● building ● forest variety primary pollutants include: res. of pollutants reactions atmosphere. presence of sites Secondary a due pollution volcanic industry, air outdoor be: pollutants anthropogenic 2. air poorly caused natural, made), this are to prematurely by urban These Primary exposed die lost which pollution may are people 90% materials. 1. people GDP vehicles that: of Examples – formed with Sometimes other this is a when primary chemicals pollutants already photochemical present undergo in reaction the in the sunlight. of secondary ● tropospheric ● particulates ● peroxyacetyl pollutants are: ozone produced nitrate from gaseous primary pollutants (PAN). t z Only it is gas 10% in of atmospheric concentrations with a global of ozone only warming is in the 0.02–0.3 potential troposphere ppm. 2,000 Ozone times is that (g also of 6.1.2). a Here greenhouse carbon dioxide. 287 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y Formation of tropospheric ozone Among the pollutants hydrocarbons not all and the fuel nitrogen temperature Nitrous and is from combustion contributes to the the combustion Hydrocarbons Nitrogen originating during during oxides. combusted. (both oxide emitted nitrogen oxides air) are react as are of fossil emitted formed a result fuels when of are because the oxygen high reactions. formation of tropospheric ozone (O ). 3 First nitric (NO ). oxide This is a (NO) reacts brown gas with that oxygen to contributes form to nitrogen urban haze. dioxide Other 2 pollutants like formation of into oxide nitric react with hydrocarbons nitrogen and oxygen and dioxide. oxygen carbon When atoms. molecules, monoxide this absorbs These forming accelerate sunlight, oxygen atoms it the breaks up subsequently ozone. sunlight nitric oxide nitric oxide + oxygen atom + oxygen molecule ozone ▲ Fi 6.3.1 Under back very normal into conditions, nitrogen slight most dioxide, build-up of ozone creating ozone near a molecules virtual ground oxidize cycle that nitric leads oxide to only a level. Possible eects of ozone ● Ozone is a toxic oxidation, ● Damage In the to Damage reduce may the – an that oxidizing extra O tropospheric ozone are degrades so agent is – oxygen causes worse. ozone is chlorophyll absorbed so by plant photosynthesis leaves. and reduced. humans actions increase throat ● to and has plants leaves, productivity ● gas ozone – of at low the concentrations, lungs, susceptibility to so causing infection. It photochemical breathing also causes smog difculties, eye, nose can and and irritation. Damage to materials ■ Ozone ■ It reduces ■ It also attacks the and products: natural lifetime bleaches rubber, of car cellulose and some plastics. tyres. fabrics. Fa f aula Burning almost particles of Poorly 288 any carbon maintained organic and material other diesel or fossil substances, engines, in fuel referred particular, releases to as release small particulates. large amounts of 6 . 3 particulates or (small particulate Dangers 1. The of so the they Many 3. In with are them passages enter respiratory 2. particles) and in exhaust smaller fumes. than 10 They are called micrometres in s m O g PM10 diameter. particulates: problem lining solid materials p H O T O c H e m I c a l our problems close developing reduces to that our bronchi and and are respiratory and stay even crops or (nose cannot lter asthma, and hairs them lung out cancer, death. (cancer-causing). dense urban covered because lters causing premature become productivity lungs) there carcinogenic industrial regions their the bodies particulates areas of is less areas with and especially particulates, sunlight reaches in which the leaf. t fa f al g On warm, formed fossil In sunny over fuels, days cities. forest Kalimantan, with lots Although burning can Indonesia, of trafc, usually also forest photochemical associated contribute res in 1997 with to the smog can photochemical caused be combustion smog of smog. over much of ▲ S E Asia. The res burned 8 million hectares, cost the government Fi 6.3.2 Indonesian forest res nearly in 1997 causing air pollution over a US$ 5 billion and released a huge amount of carbon dioxide and other wide area gases into the atmosphere. ultraviolet nitric oxide : NO rays nitrogen oxides nitrogen dioxide : NO 2 photochemical reaction photochemical smog oxidants consisting mainly of ozone (O ) 3 • PAN • aldehyde • acrolein nitric oxide oxygen nitrogen dioxide oil tank, paint hydrocarbon gas station ▲ Fi 6.3.3 Formation of photochemical smog Photochemical mixture of pollutants. vehicle smog about The in including reactions VOCs nitrogen different contribution cities. hydrocarbons Complex mainly hundred biggest exhausts gaseous is one It from create (volatile is to formed vehicle many dioxide ozone and ozone, exhausts smog is nitrogen interact in but with PANs a complex air from oxides strong photochemical compounds), is secondary photochemical when chemicals organic and primary motor and sunlight. smog (peroxyacyl 289 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y nitrates), reactive ozone, VOCs breaking up of Because be down ozone seen Even a though afternoon. is a hue main a hours, This is and an and in and city. the reaction, fact so it process. these things. ability that the reaches This Highly without leads – to a build- at higher are smog can strongly concentrations, oxides during its peak and the morning maximum important its smog, concentrate. nitrous is of chemicals At to concentration smog oxides. dioxide component pollutants photochemical nitrous formation. All living and nitrogen the smog decreased primary to into important the maximum due photochemical is above materials reach monoxide oxide molecules level dioxide coughs the hydrocarbons rush ozone affect cause carbon nitrogen ground brown and can evening any near nitrogen as oxidizing smog aldehydes, oxidize in the smog-causing in the afternoon and early reaction sun. Photochemical smog forming conditions peak smog hydrocarbons aldehydes 20 nitrogen oxides time of day mhpp/oitar gnixim aerosols – concentration of 15 ozone varies throughout a 24 hr period 10 – maximum smog production occurs 5 NO NO 2 around midday. ozone 8 am ▲ noon 4 pm Fi 6.3.4 Concentrations of main components of photochemical smog in a day Because often from called this Paulo, The Los type Beijing smog and of including ● local ● climate ● population ● fossil smog Angeles-type of occurrence factors, ▲ photochemical are rst caused smog. problems Other Santiago, cities Mexico in that City, Los Angeles, frequently Rio de it is suffer Janeiro, Sao Athens. photochemical smog is governed by a large number of the topography density Fi 6.3.5 Beijing on a smoggy day. A rainstorm would clear the air fuel use. temporarily. Smog is valleys. of Practical the most The wind Thermal changes tropospheric source road) of and solving ozone away pollution attitudes the in problem (eg relatively from a towards even on formed over mountains warm, this air often inversion warm warmer large cities that surrounding calm disappearance makes has of air trapping warm, the and layer rising, in disperse 290 and or days severe are low-lying these cities smog can take and/or away in most occur. Work Investigate a often hills dry of worse. tendency on the top of rain to the pollution climates. smog: smog. a things at Weather cleans Normally, rise. air an of warm polluted ground plays the On warm air level. over days air This important pollutants cities is however, can occurs role while an prevent in most the winds can 6 . 3 p H O T O c H e m I c a l s m O g To do cooler air lodo-ty o cool air This was the rst time the phrase “smog” was coined. London-type warm air smog (smog = smoke + fog) is a completely dierent type of smog. It occurs at low temperatures. The main primary pollutants are also dierent: sulphur dioxide and smoke particles produced by normal pattern burning coal. These smogs killed many people until clean air acts in cool air 1956 legislated to stop coal-burning (unless smokeless fuels) in cities. Explain why London smogs were warm inversion layer not photochemical smogs. (Hint – cool air what was being burned in homes?) thermal inversion ▲ Under the harmful city where above or itself. damage the strategies even Often, in Complete Fi 6.3.6 Thermal inversion trapping smog over a city the the smog was table the levels. is concentration Smog blown countryside, smog for conditions lethal out is not of the sometimes up of only city to pollutants affecting by 150 the km can life wind away in reach the and causes from the city formed. below reducing to evaluate photochemical the pollution management smog. stty fo di b i otio ex of tio Altering the human activity producing Consume less, burn less fossil fuel – especially in the pollution internal combustion engine. evtio Act as informed consumers for purchase of energy ecient technologies. Use public/shared transit, walking and cycle paths. Lobby governments to increase renewable energy use. Regulating and reducing the pollutants at Government regulation/taxation. the point of emission Catalytic conver ters to clean exhaust of primary pollutants from car exhaust. Fuel quality may be regulated by government. Clean up and restoration Aorestation to increase carbon sinks and lter air. But remember this does not reduce emissions. Re-greening of cities – more trees, more parks – absorb carbon dioxide. ▲ Fi 6.3.7 291 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y 6.4 aid doitio sga a: Ala a kll: ➔ Acid deposition can impact living systems and evt pollution management strategies for ➔ the built environment . acid deposition. ➔ The pollution management of acid deposition often involves cross-border issues. Kwlg a uag: ➔ The obtio of foi f produces sulphur potio t tti for acid ➔ dioxide and nitrous oxides as primary pollutants. deposition could include the following measures: These gases may be conver ted into secondary Altering human activity eg through reducing ● pollutants of dry deposition (eg ash and dry use, or using alternatives to fossil fuels. par ticles) or wet deposition (eg rain and snow). ➔ International agreements and national The possible t of acid deposition on soil, governments may work to reduce pollutant water and living organisms include: production through lobbying. ● dit t, for example, acid on aquatic Regulating and monitoring release of ● organisms and coniferous forests ● pollutants eg through the use of scrubbers or catalytic conver ters that may remove idit toxi t, for example, increased sulphur dioxide and nitrous oxides from coal solubility of metal (eg aluminium ions) on sh burning power plants and cars. ● idit tit t, for example, Clean-up and restoration measures may ● leaching of plant nutrients. include spreading ground limestone in ➔ The impacts of acid deposition may be limited to acidied lakes or recolonization of damaged areas dowwid of major industrial regions but systems but these are limited. these areas may not be in the same country as the source of emissions. Acid deposition Often, wet or the acid is deposition dry the comes general down Dry in term the for form deposition is acid of coming rain when the (or down snow), acid comes from this is down the air. called as ash particles. Acidity + Acids The a are acidity pH scale times 292 of value solutions pH chemicals of solutions 7 is not more a is values linear acidic are neutral whereas is that than able measured (pure above scale, a to it give using water). 7 is solution a hydrogen the Values indicate pH 3. scale. below basic logarithmic. with pH ion A 7 (H On ) away. this indicate (alkaline) solution scale, acidic solutions. with pH 2 The is ten 6 . 4 Normal This is unpolluted caused Precipitation pollutants lower by is pH is slightly presence called increase than rain the acidic the of acidic and carbon when its acidication pH of has dioxide is well rain, a pH in of the below which about D e p O s I T I O n 5.6. atmosphere. pH can a c I D 5.6. Certain sometimes fall 2. 0 1 battery acid 2 lemon juice 3 vinegar increasing acid rain acidity adult sh die 4 sh reproduction aected 5 normal range of precipitation pH 6 milk neutral 7 normal range of stream pH 8 baking soda 9 sea water 10 increasing milk of magnesia alkalinity 11 ammonia 12 13 lye 14 ▲ Fi 6.4.1 The pH scale ma a llua a u Pollutants Air pollutants can be pollutants(6.3). emitted factory directly, or the for pollutants pollutants leave deposition the are into primary pollutants example exhaust secondary acid divided Primary pipe (1.5). those of a So, chimney. sulphur are pollutants car. Primary secondary The and those main dioxide (SO secondary pollutants leaving pollutants primary ) the pollutants and react made pollutants nitrogen are chimney can are air that react Carbon with dioxide water (CO ) to is form also strong oxides (NO acidic the to ). x acids but a form after leading 2 They of to – sulphuric forms a weak and acid nitric – acids. carbonic acid. 2 Sources Naturally, nitrogen sulphur oxides dioxide by is produced by volcanic eruptions and lightning. ▲ The most important pollutants thermal steam are the power to drive human activities combustion stations the which of that fossil use fossil lead fuels fuels to in the emission motor (coal, oil, cars, gas) of industry to Fi 6.4.2 Industrial air pollution these and produce nitrogen dioxide + turbines. sulphur dioxide + Sulphur dioxide is formed when sulphur-containing fuels are carbon dioxide + combusted. natural gas. Sulphur is common in coal and oil, but is usually absent in ▲ Fi 6.4.3 293 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y Nitrogen air, of If oxides which fossil the long fuel. The primary time, dioxide trioxide are readily a can formed takes nitrogen air (SO ). is of the remain oxygen sulphur of high part secondary with Both reaction at not pollutants variety react by place of in air oxygen the the the dioxide atmosphere can be atmosphere and nitrogen during from the combustion fuel. pollutants from and temperature sulphur for a sufciently formed. to form trioxide Sulphur sulphur can react with 3 water and form sulphurous acid (H SO 2 respectively. nitric acid The (HNO nitrogen ). These oxides ) and sulphuric acid (H 3 can secondary SO 2 also react pollutants with are water very and soluble ) 4 form in water, 3 and are removed and snow (wet from the air by precipitation in the form of rain, hail deposition). Acid rain sulphur dioxide and oxides acid can nitrogen oxides enter conver ted travel in atmosphere to sulphuric clouds up and nitric to 1500 km acids from source smog from industries and cars dry deposition local wet deposition distant wet on land by rain, snow and fog deposition leaching leaching run-o run-o through to soil to water body ▲ leaching run-o through to soil through to soil to water body to water body Fi 6.4.4 The eects of acid deposition on soil, water and living organisms Acid in deposition the early ‘waldsterben’ showed signs Revolution air in cities damage 1970s when of trees of term all focus in ‘acid both But 1750), rain’ of Black ages, damage. started the a Germany’s physical (which and became when environmental Forest coniferous before people was showed that, in noticed rst used and the dieback or deciduous, Industrial acidic in attention a rain and acid 1872. e f a Acid deposition can have direct and indirect effects on soil, plants and water: ● direct acid effects, falling affecting ● indirect ■ eg on aquatic and tree ponds growth decreasing in the ■ coniferous pH of the forests, water organisms toxic effects, eg increased which is toxic solubility to sh of and metal plant Fi 6.4.5 Forest death from acid deposition 294 weakening effects aluminium ▲ by lakes nutrient effects, eg leaching of nutrients. ions roots such as and 6 . 4 a c I D D e p O s I T I O n Eect of acid deposition on coniferous forests Acid 1. deposition Leaves the 2. and form These buds of and leached affects forests show lesions, other out several yellowing thinning changes and in of away (loss wax reduce washed ways: of chlorophyll) damage in cuticles. growth, and and and allow pathogens and nutrients insects to to be gain entry. 3. Symbiotic root availability 4. It reduces calcium, 5. It Trees are microbes nutrients, the ability of magnesium releases damage of toxic root are killed further soil and and particles potassium aluminium this reducing ions to hold ions from greatly tree on to which soil reduces the growth. nutrients, are particles then such leached which as out. then hairs. weakened and may die. Toxic eects of acid deposition Aluminium ions – eect on sh and other aquatic organisms Aluminium the pH of released are is the a common soil, from the particularly soil disturbs water body. in its gasp leading shes’ other for to gills, This breath death. toxic the At leading metals to the higher to the salt soil. more ends ability inhibits up in in to by dissolve Acid normal aluminium streams and rivers. a of low the their suffocation. because At intake of decreases The regulate content precipitation soluble. water. concentrations, death can the aluminium sh’s and in aluminium eventually sensitive aluminium Fish element making amount of oxygen bodies solid is Apart is of salt and on and salt. slowly formed from increased Fish concentrations, lost, the aluminium, acidity. Lichens Lichens, found gaseous of which growing only species of pollutants lichen a symbiotic trees pollutants pollution. region are on like and sulphur Immediately a few high tolerant levels increases indicator of species species are more used to an and of are a alga are are As and the species estimate a used as are distance able pollution are to measures industrial indicator from to (2.1), sensitive indirect polluting These are fungus particularly heavily found. pollution. and of They dioxide downwind air more pairing buildings. the survive. source Tables of of levels. Nutrient removal eect on soil fer tility As described soil particles potassium above to ions nitrogen-xing acid hold on which rain to are bacteria affects the nutrients, then and leached thus soil such their by as out. reducing calcium, Acid ability to rain add the ability magnesium also of and inhibits nitrate ions to the soil. Buildings Acid deposition also effects human constructions. Limestone buildings ▲ and statues (including many with great archaeological and Fi 6.4.6 Eect of acid deposition historical on a limestone sculpture – 1908 (top), value) react with acid and simply dissolve. 1969 (bottom) 295 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y Peat bogs Recent research produce bacteria that up to that a 40% use produce methane, has also less the in that methane sulphates methane. GHG, found This the as peat than a atmosphere affected before. food reduction bogs This source in is by acid because outcompete methane rain the the production ones reduces (7.2). Human health Dry deposition and these lung is in penetrate disease such as the form into of small houses asthma and and particles our of lungs. bronchitis can sulphates Premature result and nitrates deaths from from this. rgal f a The or ozone the as effects acid or wet thousand Dry can nitrogen the It is that were It usually consists deposition nitric therefore are all long The the in contrast Earth. This distances, acids mainly occurs of occurs seldom quite sulphur at pollutants. is they to climate because, return to travel further to source change before the surface than a few close dioxide, the sulphur of the trioxide acidic and the slightly It longer consists of distances sulphurous from acid, the sources sulphuric mainly the downwind affected. affected brought by over For acid by areas example, rain of originating prevailing major industrial Scandinavian in forests Britain, southwestern regions and Poland winds. lakes and Industrial N ASIA NORTH EUROPE AMERICA Pacic Ocean Atlantic Ocean AFRICA equator SOUTH AMERICA Pacic Ocean Indian Ocean AUSTRALIA the global problem of acid rain 0 2000 4000 mi acid rain polluted air emissions leading to acid rain 0 2000 4000 km sensitive soils, potential problems ANTARCTICA ▲ 296 Fi 6.4.7 Regions of the world with most acid deposition impacts of acid acid. strongly Germany affect over regional oxides. primary and are kilometres. deposition Wet which spread precipitation. substances. ● deposition depletion pollutants dry ● of 6 . 4 pollution from the USA is blown by prevailing winds towards a c I D D e p O s I T I O n Canadian To do forests. Industrialization in China affects S E Asia. Research the eect of acid Soils or bodies of water are most often affected by acid rain. However deposition and intergovernmental the impact of acid rain will depend very much on the geology of the area agreements or legislation and on which it falls. Acid rain does little harm to soils derived from calcium their eectiveness for one of: carbonate neutralize produce (or soils minerals nearby rocks, ie limestone buffer) that from the are these acids. very soils. and chalk. However sensitive This These to reduces acid acid are alkaline soils, (non-alkaline) rain. Acid biodiversity rain and which a) rocks leaches run-off Canada aected by acid deposition from the USA out affects b) lakes. Sweden and Norway aected by acid deposition from Poland, Germany, UK pllu aag ag f a c) China. Draw a poster to show the impact and pollution management Using the ‘replace, regulate and restore’ model of pollution management strategies. strategy, and the their table below gives some actions for reducing acid deposition evaluations. stty fo di ex of tio evtio otio Altering the human Replace fossil fuel use by using alternatives: Also reduce CO emissions but we live 2 in a fossil fuel reliant economy. activity producing • Ethanol to run cars. • Renewable energy sources for electricity. pollution Demand for power is ever increasing, par ticularly in India and China as they Reduce overall demand for electricity – education industrialize. campaigns in the population to turn lights o, insulate houses, etc. Use less private transpor t – car pool, public transpor t, walk , cycle. Use low sulphur fuels, remove sulphur before burning, or burn mixed with limestone. Regulating and Clean-up technologies at ‘end of pipe’ locations Expensive and costs passed on to reducing the pollutants (points of emission), eg scrubbing in chimneys to consumer. at the point of emission remove the sulphur dioxide. Catalysers are cost eective if well Catalytic conver ters conver t nitrous oxides back to maintained but are expensive to buy. nitrogen gas. Clean up and Liming acidied lakes and rivers (see below). restoration Eective in restoring pH but has to be repeated regularly. Costly. Recolonize damaged areas. Aects biodiversity in other ways. Liming forestry plantations. Trees acidify soils as Treats symptoms and not the cause. they remove nutrients. International agreements Agreements are dicult to establish and to monitor. ▲ Fi 6.4.8 Table of replace, regulate and restore model of pollution management for acid deposition 297 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y t l f aal ag ug TOK a Environmental problems Acid rain is an international issue because emission of a particular are often emotive. Under pollutant from pollutant in one country does not equal the deposition of that what circumstances should the same country. we maintain a detached relationship with the subject matter under investigation? Timeline for political solutions In Europe 1970s Evidence of Practical for German rain accumulates loss of lake including biodiversity death and of vast tracts accelerated Work weathering Investigate acid a of selection acid forests, deposition of buildings. in 1979 UN Convention 1983 Convention on Long Range Transboundary Air Pollution. countries. Canada 1985 modied agreed by 1993. 30 countries Emissions, (from the agreeing 1980 many cut levels) of that and the to by reduce 1993. that European emissions Protocol signed those fteen sulphur adopted countries and to did the sulphur This the on was sign countries, 30% dioxide also USA 1980 of 30% this met and levels Sulphur emissions the achieved have of Reduction called Protocol not by by club. 30% All of reduction, these reductions. 1988 Soa convention levels in 1994 motor UN 27 1998. for reducing Most nitrogen countries missed oxides this by target 30% due of to 1987 increase vehicles. Convention 1980 1999 by levels by countries further modied to cut emissions by 80% of 2003. signed Transboundary Air up to new Pollution protocol to reduce on Long and Range prevent air pollution. In Nor th America 1995 Clean Air below in Act 1980 Eastern Allowance allocated These target levels. states. to Also trading to can – emit be sulphur affected target scheme allowances allowances reduce Mostly of dioxide reducing producers an sold power nitrogen of amount bought, emissions coal-burning acid of and to stations oxides. deposition sulphur gases dioxide. traded. Evaluation of success In Europe Average of developing to increase countries emissions 50% rapidly of these are to Europe countries technologies Due agreements in industrializing developed clean gases. achieved rapidly unless ‘leapfrog’ international 298 reductions countries to the and regional concerning acid by 2000. and can However emissions help lifestyles character deposition are set developing with of are reduced acid more deposition, of 6 . 4 bilateral Plants or regional Directive. installations electricity that plants character. This One directive have and a thermal large example regulates the capacity industries. of is the EU Large emissions more Though by than the Combustion D e p O s I T I O n In USA large 50 Kyoto a c I D MW , basically protocol Sulphate wet deposition aimed 1983−85 at reducing CO emissions will also help reduce acid deposition. 2 rug f a Liming lakes to neutralize acidity Starting in in large lake the 1950s, numbers acidity. By of the loss of many Scandinavian 1990, over 400 sh lakes lakes and was were invertebrate linked to virtually high species levels lifeless. In of the 1992−94 1980s, lakes is Sweden and rivers. quickly inow of raised water; Biodiversity nutrient experimented was balance However but results short-lived liming not as with only were treats the powdered mixed. because immediately nutrients adding of than pH acidic symptoms restored; other The the the of not of the seemed were to treated nature and lime calcium limestone their lakes the cause. to affect absent. Reducing emissions One to way reducing cars and wind the in to reduce the use solar of the emission combustion of switching and loss reduce the cars, to crops sub-topic5.2) and of of fossil sulphur fuels. developing alternative energy food 1995−97 can and do this. increase nuclear more energy Also the power dioxide Reducing efcient sources and the or like biofuels for is electric-powered this reduce and may problems will oxides electricity, waterpower (though malnutrition generation nitrogen need add to discussed SO and NO 2 x <5.0 12.0 19.0 26.0 33.0 >40.0 emissions. 2 kg SO 1 ha 1 yr 4 Precombustion techniques Precombustion techniques aim at ▲ reducing SO emissions by removing Fi 6.4.9 Wet deposition in USA 1983–1997 2 the sulphur the fuel which used can can in from be be the obtained used in construction, production of fuel in the or sulphuric before combustion. several chemical as sulphur acid, one useful forms: industry, dioxide of the The as as the can used removed element gypsum, which most sulphur which be used from sulphur can in be To do the chemicals. Consider Figure 6.4.9 and research the most recent ndings on acid deposition. End of pipe measures End of from pipe the plants measures waste and the gases. motor remove the Examples car sulphur include catalytic dioxide waste converter. gas and nitrogen scrubbers Waste gas in oxides electricity scrubbers are To do intended nitrogen to remove oxides, sulphur together dioxide. with other The catalytic converter removes pollutants. Evaluate the use of catalytic conver ters in cars. 299 6 At m o s p h e r i c s ys t e m s A n d s o c i e t y W E I VE R To what ex tent are our solutions Human society depends on to atmospheric pollution mostly oil but this is not sustainable. aimed at prevention, limitation Discuss your predictions for the or restoration? state of a world without oil. BiG QUestions A a Discuss whether economic development can ever be sustainable development. rv qu ➔ The Montreal Protocol was an international agreement made by the UN. Can one group or organization know what is best for the rest of the world? ➔ Environmental problems are often emotive. Under what circumstances should we maintain a detached relationship with the subject matter under investigation? ➔ Explain why ozone depletion is a global issue. ➔ Explain why ➔ Explain why national economic decisions have an impact on international acid deposition is a regional problem. environmental discussions. 300 C. Quk vw Ozone gas is atmosphere All questions are worth 1 Which impact(s) associated with on the ecosystems release of may be sulphur the Increased living of nitrogen combustion of None above of the uptake of aluminium ions A Which A. organisms. decrease the of these The in certain mineral storages B. leaf surface area in the oxides produced by the fuels. statements is correct. Ozone C. The by and III C. I is correct? of of ozone involves ultraviolet the radiation. is destroyed by by burning carbon fossil dioxide fuels. coniferous forests. II in in soil. III. Reduced I, fossil statements formation released A. upper increase by absorption II. the atmosphere? 6. I. in the oxides D. into of mark amount 1. decreasing because W E I VE R R E V I E W type the of ultraviolet ozone layer radiation does not absorbed affect living only organisms. B. I and III only D. III only D. 2. Which of the deposition A. following from Leaching of is burning calcium not of a result fossil from of acid are fuels? Death of coniferous soils. trees in rapidly escape 7. This to B. Chlorouorocarbons into question the broken graph, the in the down outer stratosphere allowing them to atmosphere. refers right. forests. IV 100 The C. Killing of sh due to high levels in concentration of of aluminium highest ozone is in the lakes. 80 altitude D. Thermal expansion of band: oceans. III A. 0–10 altitude km. 60 3. Which global of these human warming and activities depletes both the (km) increases ozone B. 10–20 km. C. 20–40 km. D. 40–80 km. layer? 40 A. Emission of carbon dioxide from vehicle II exhausts. 20 B. Emission of sulphur dioxide from power 8. The Vienna and Montreal I stations. agreements were aimed at 0 reducing C. Leakage D. Release of methane from gas A. of CFCs from old the pipelines. amount released 4. Which statement about acid rain is Acid rain is countries a problem because it is of developed B. Rain industrial always with pH loss of above 7 is considered to Lime D. Corrosion A. can be used two of of the Ozone of to restore Ozone buildings the main following gas is atmosphere B. in tropical release of all greenhouse burning of fossil gases through amount of acid fuels. rain affecting Europe and rain. C. Which particularly be acidied gas is atmosphere and effects rising of acid statements increasing through the increasing because in of the the global is levels The is concentration greatest in of ozone in the atmosphere the rain. A. upper stratosphere. B. lower stratosphere. C. upper troposphere. D. lower correct? upper action in sea America. lakes. 9. 5. biodiversity, deposited North are substances atmosphere. areas. D. acid the rainforests. C. onto ozone-depleting into correct? B. A. of refrigerators. of CFCs. troposphere. upper warming. 301 C l i m at e C h a n g e a n d 7 e n e r g y p r o d u C t i o n 7 .1 Ene e nd e Sc s: acs sks: ➔ There is a range of dierent energy sources ➔ Eve the advantages and disadvantages of available to societies that vary in their dierent energy e. sustainability, availability, cost and ➔ D the factors that aect the choice of socio-political implications. energy sources adopted by dierent societies. ➔ The choice of energy source is controversial ➔ D the factors which aect energy security. ➔ Eve an energy strategy for a given society. and complex. Energy security is an impor tant factor in making energy choices. Kw s: ➔ F fe contribute to the majority of human a degree of independence. An inequitable energy supply and these vary widely in the availability and uneven distributions of energy impacts of their production and their emissions sources may lead to conict. and their use is expected to increase to meet ➔ global energy demand. ➔ scientic and technological developments, emissions than fossil fuels include enewbe cultural attitudes and political, economic and ene (solar, biomass, hydropower, wind, wave, environmental factors. These in turn aect tidal and geothermal) and their use is expected energy security and independence. low emission non-renewable resource but is controversial due to radioactive waste and potential scale of any accident. Ene e depends on adequate, reliable and aordable supply of energy that provides 302 be inuenced by availability, sustainability, Sources of energy with lower carbon dioxide to increase. Ne pwe is a low-carbon ➔ The ene e adopted by a society may ➔ Improvements in ene eene and ene ne vn can limit growth in energy demand and contribute to energy security. 7. 1 E N E r g y 1990 1995 20 01 so, this climate climate change: yep, we should really c h o i c E s a N D s E c u r i t y ‘I have no doubt that we will change thing could denitely a be getting on with sor ting be a problem... problem. this out pretty soon... be successful in harnessing the sun's energy... If sunbeams were weapons of war, we would have had solar energy centuries ago.’ Sir George Por ter 20 07 2013 2019 look, sorry to sound we really have is this thing on? like a broken record checked and we’re here... not making this up. TAP TAP TAP ▲ Fe 7 .1.1 e sc Imagine having yourself can re to cook Could a you no collect. on? solar-powered enterprising of What Some make Ke pn source could coal you may What for be, it for you washed electricity? charger energy your a year get? up Perhaps on a would smart would be other tough Burn work? phone and and what rewood beach? not than your Could make ● a sources, non-renewable have and renewable. However lifestyle would ● change enormously. We rely on energy from electricity, gas Society gets its energy from a range of energy furniture? you laptop? your to you and oil We demand more and to more energy to run the function in our daily lives. world economy. Energy they to be security can them make to is the produce cheaper to buy an issue right that choices useful energy national between energy from and governments the use maintain another of wrestle resources national country but with security. what so ● available It happens have advantages and may if disadvantages. you ● fall out with that country? If fuel prices increase, how long will Dierent energy sources Societies may choose your energy sources for people keep paying higher prices without complaint? dierent reasons: Energy price uctuations governments so using energy they several have Energy are they and need to sources political spread from changes the risk. several can This places be risky can be for political, cultural, achieved including their by own economic, environmental (if and technological. one). sources clumped in are not some equally areas – spread there over are the large world. deposits Fossil of coal fuel in deposits China, oil Ke e in the from work Middle others. well energy if East, gas in Depending there security is Russia. on peace risks if So other and it some countries countries is something for economic goes a to horribly have nation’s do so. to buy fuels energy But it can increases wrong. Ene e is the ability to secure aordable, reliable and sucient energy supplies for the needs of a The energy choices made by a society depend on many factors: par ticular country. ● Availability ● Technological developments shale harnessing ● oils Politics more also – of and can supply lead expensive impact the to – within domestic nding wave conict decision – national over go new or imported. sources of energy, eg power. supplies to borders energy for nuclear supplies increased or or choices security, this to use may not. 303 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y ● P R O D U C T I O N Economics – globalization of economies can make it uneconomic to toK The choice of energy ● source is controversial produce your Cultural attitudes means we own are power – very our and love cheaper of reluctant the to to motor give import car them it. powered up or by change fossil to fuels electric cars. and complex. How can ● Sustainability – only renewable energy sources are sustainable yet we distinguish between account for a small percentage of world energy supply. a scientic claim and a ● Environmental pseudoscience claim when generation making choices? too – considerations being dangerous phased after the – out backlash in against Germany Fukishima nuclear when accident people power felt it was (1.1) 18 16 tnelaviuqe lio fo sennot noillib other renewables 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 Source: IEA WEO 2007 ▲ Fe 7 .1.2 Projected growth in global energy demand The need keep for energy these to power non-renewable efciencies, the the global fossil economy fuels. inevitable will Even is with happen – rising and we improvements we will run out in of resources. Energy conservation contribute at energy burning the to energy moment. Our can limit security need for growth but it only more and in energy has a more demand small impact energy is and on total use insatiable. Examples of energy security choices 1. Ukraine–Russia After the below to break-up market European they had The Explain how 2. oil with it new economic to Russia 80% In and continued in affected of 2006, debts changes these (gure as USSR, Russian were gas cut using 2010 energy the the exported Russia until demonstrates recent shale extracted But this disputes Some their dispute Have USA Tight 304 paid Europe. Russia. prices. the destinations. not Investigate of gas to ows off gas when security relationship gas gas Ukraine through supplies to intended an at Ukraine Ukraine for the agreement as rest was of signed. issues. between Ukraine and supplies? oil 7.1.4) was is held oil technologies extract. that tightly Since has in been rocks (fracking) 2008, US discovered and and tight not high oil but not economic oil prices, production to it previously extract. has has become increased 7. 1 E N E r g y c h o i c E s a N D s E c u r i t y to Shtokman eld to Yamal elds Barents gas pipeline Nadym Sea proposed gas pipeline Teriberka member states of the European Union Russia 0 500 kilometers Ukhta Punga n a Y FINL AND Gulf of NORWAY s t h g i L 500 miles e r e p h o t r r u o E N l a m 0 Finland Vyborg RUSSIA Volkhow taK taget North Sea SWEDEN Gr ya zove ts-Vy borg Gryazovets d o o h r e h t o r B Bacton gas Terminal rd No m ea Str B B L NEL e p o r u E l a Greifswald Rehden L A G A J m a Y JAMAL L A P O GERMANY Moscow BEL ARUS II -l a m a Y POL AND Oibernhau C e n t r a l z Soyu Transgas UKRAINE rhood Brothe AUSTRIA s ia z u y o S Baumgar ten gas hub K AZAKHSTAN A G A T HUNGARY Subotica Beregovaya S t r e a Sea compressor station m a e rt S Adriatic Stream South m S o ITALY h u t ROMANIA Pleven Black Sea Sea e u lB Varna Caspian BULGARIA S o u t h Durusu terminal Ankara S t r e a m GREECE TURKEY IRAN Mediterranean Sea IRAQ ▲ Fe 7 .1.3 Map of gas pipelines from Russia to Europe The shale gale barrels per day, m United States forecast from 600,000 to 3.5 million barrels a day. Shale gas and oil is also 10 crude oil production extracted in the USA now. The result of this is that some predict the USA tight oil 8 may change exporter think by this from 2020 is being a net pumping importer 11.6 of million oil to barrels being a day the of world’s crude largest oil. Others 6 overestimated. 4 The result is that now fossil fuel security for the USA has improved 2 dramatically. 0 Evaluate the production of shale oil in the USA. 1990 Discuss the Exporting implications Countries). of this for OPEC (Organization of Petroleum ▲ 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020 2024 Fe 7 .1.4 USA production of shale oil 305 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y 3. P R O D U C T I O N Wind Wind turbines energy energy more the any as the can ▲ be the its In the a energy there then but of nuclear to for the wind from wind is that plants speeds grid Denmark energy. the energy wanted offshore national mechanical wind Denmark’s waters to electricity. this power the shallow linked the government Although are in produce reason much the on to requirements The 1970s, ban energy turbine country. solution. and kinetic wind of was high, sited Denmark stations There particularly a other power emissions. seen 30% change. coal-red was drives over than drove converts which produces in to in was reduce and wind onshore. is from carbon power Denmark where This government the are not turbines Denmark is Fe 7 .1.5 Wind turbines in linked to the electricity grids of neighbouring countries and can buy Denmark electricity is less from than them that if the wind generated. This drops is, of and sell course, it if one their own demand disadvantage of wind t d power – you turbines kill need many the wind birds to that blow. y into There is little evidence them. Although some that do, wind most Evaluate the energy strategies birds y over or round the turbines and adapt their migration routes. of your own country and one Power lines kill more birds than do wind turbines. other named country. Evaluate Denmark’s wind power industry. t d e scs All Using gures 7.1.6 and 7.1.7: our would 1. energy be at on Earth absolute comes zero, from which our is Sun. 273 °C, Without and it, there the planet would be no Calculate the percentage life forms. The Sun’s energy drives the climate, geochemical cycles, of global energy supply photosynthesis, animal life – everything. Humans do not only by using rely on from fossil fuels. energy 2. from the Sun via plants, we supplement it other sources Research the population of energy to power our civilization. sizes of China and the Fossil fuels are simply stored solar energy. These non-renewable USA and suggest reasons sources of energy are the compressed, decomposed remains of organic why they use similar life from millions of years ago. Now humans extract and burn them amounts of energy. to 3. release that energy. This combustion of fossil fuels releases carbon Research the population dioxide that was locked up by photosynthesis when they were formed. size of India and suggest This emission of carbon dioxide is having a large effect on atmospheric reasons why its use carbon dioxide levels (sub-topic 7.2). of energy is so much smaller than that of China. other 0.5% nuclear tide 0.0004% solar 0.039% China wind 0.064% 2 1% hydro 2.2% 6.5% gas 20.9% rest of world 49% renewables combustible 13% renewables geothermal and renewable 0.414% United States oil 20% 34.3% waste 10.6% coal Russia 25.1% 6% India 4% non-renew. waste 0.2% ▲ 306 Fe 7 .1.6 Energy sources worldwide (source IEA 2007) ▲ Fe 7 .1.7 World energy use 7. 1 E N E r g y c h o i c E s a N D s E c u r i t y ‘Junkies nd veins in their hw c f fss fs? toes when the veins in their There do are keep gures are ● coal ● gas ● oil Some left only that in in in 230 170 100 say by Two-thirds are in oils and power in and Humans wealth far may If 17 gas is run But out we of shall fossil run fuels out. and Ball we park arms collapse. Developing tar sands is the equivalent.’ of: The and we be oil is more it will but next there to 300 agreed be us as most in that experts 10–20 years the and will think we can. use energy be of We years 30–40 as be Most Canada and China’s more we discovery oil East. and reserves of are if biomass. as will none of the (shale fastest need for coal. richer million soon USA most there are there Middle the because energy the increases, the in burn as more with in the revolution, then, generally are with it lifetime? mostly countries formed use found energy use available fuels fuel stations Some we your now coal, industrial that in reserves is fossil each Since more which to more power the the at known more think sulphur with but we coal left to the future. for But energy it 150 a is dioxide, carbon burn rate We amount stations gas. the left enough power and of at sooner. the oil more oil or which source left, use years than far to many nd out shall it. of we and, the more was fuels, using as use not than from we the our is energy used fossil are us But use capital ago. exhausted years’ that shall we time shall have in – 50–100 in your not looked nd in years’ lifetimes. more most areas then. after is rate likely and sands). after LEDCs in run consumption it some reserves by the fossil Although We of than as we Al Gore, 2008 the that biomass. more time, as Is use when extracting years. Before – stored shall distributed. others. of and years increases, evenly wood we Russia tar increase more years that 2075. rest estimates nding coal We think of the coal’s in use is (CCS) be we future natural that – 80 coal years. is the tonnes of two than Since There energy coal of oil dioxide power making oil’, coal-red that carbon build technology. the more faster can out is than releasing run ‘peak building growing source, will reach billion was it to There say 1,000 2007, States, about fewer people However, should United are decline. are in energy or that some storage this will there burned. and anyway, all China, and of reached and dirtiest when capture use mine week capita produced will years. the per have we coal and stations are a going clean source. e cs We an of are in an increasing well know We over we shall energy rate. US$145 use more have to crisis Oil per and use yet prices barrel. more energy continue per barrel Are they energy sources to use reached and non-renewable an higher that other or all-time lower fossil than fuels fossil fuels high today? will fuels. in at 2008 We run out. Renewable 307 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N sources as produces a well less proposal In the from only to for waste and and Nuclear water ▲ cars to a hydrogen is a will much directly. electrical The renewable EU, for sources example, but there is 2020. hydrogen hydrogen options. humans revert energy use by fuels, where the from have Possibilities is the fuel generation. as their highly to smaller fuel, gain include that are releasing gas energy the provides There ammable their population energy prototype water and as the difcult to store. fusion and 20% we and are energy to fossil solar that But power its unless industry product. transport on of this without economy transport, engines 7% sources dependent hydrogen nuclear increase future, other as than fusing involves two extracting hydrogen heavy atoms to water make (deuterium) helium. In from theory Fe 7 .1.8 The Airship this works, but in practice it is not feasible yet. (Nuclear ssion uses Hindenberg accident in 1937 uranium, a non-renewable resource.) when hydrogen that lled the airship ignited We we have have to increase the our technology consumption and to use of now, increase renewable to its have energy absolute efciency of sources reductions in for which energy use. t d Ene npn Energy consumption is measured in tonnes of oil equivalent or TOE (the amount of energy released in burning one tonne of crude oil). 0–0.25 0.25–0.5 0.5–1.0 1.0–1.5 >1.5 ▲ 308 Fe 7 .1.9 TOE equivalent energy consumption per capita in 2012 from BP statistical review 2013 7. 1 E N E r g y c h o i c E s a N D s E c u r i t y World consumption 13000 12000 11000 )EOM( tnelaviuqe lio sennot noillim 10000 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 86 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 World primary energy consumption grew by a below-average 1.8 % in 2012. Growth was below average in all regions except Africa. Oil remains the world’s leading fuel, accounting for 33.1% of global energy consumption, but this gure is the lowest share on record and oil has lost market share for 13 years in a row. Hydroelectric output and other renewables in power generation both reached record shares of global primary energy consumption (6.7% and 1.9%, respectively). ▲ Fe 7 .1.10 Consumption of fossil fuels by type from 1987 to 2012 Annual energy demand by region Study the data in the three gures, 7.1.9, 7.1.10 and 600 7.1.11, on energy consumption. 1. Describe the pattern of consumption per capita in World 500 gure 7.1.9. 2. Describe the lifestyle of someone with the highest consumption and someone with the lowest. Name 400 the regions they live in. J 01 21 3. Suggest reasons for the sharp rise in energy 300 consumption in Asia and Oceania in gure 7.1.11. 4. Suggest reasons for the drop in total energy 200 Asia & Oceania consumption in 2008. 5. Consider your own use of fossil fuels, list the Nor th America 100 products you have and activities you do that rely on Europe Eurasia fossil fuel consumption. (Remember, plastics are Middle East C. & S. America 1980 ▲ derived from oil.) Africa 0 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 Fe 7 .1.11 World energy demand by region 1980–2010 309 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N rwb scs Theoretically, economy practice, when could our energy to – the obtain about sources in produce energy requirements we resources used get own worldwide renewable Which we and a we need from small to power renewable percentage at the world resources. the But, moment in from 14%. gure 7.1.12 energy? oil 37% Are do any not of release them coal 25% carbon truly dioxide ‘clean’? gas 23% nuclear 6% biomass 4% solar heat 0.5% wind 0.3% hydro 3% geothermal 0.2% biofuels 0.2% solar photovoltaic 0.04% ▲ We Fe 7 .1.12 Percentage of world energy sources know from EU plans gains that to in That 20% the wave TNCs ● It is fuels to – cheaper from most Countries trade ● All ■ solar ■ wind or to 310 What on tidal carbon the has from generated power power or Reasons of a – all change electricity resources at is from the being from cells, for corporations) economy energy is energy or scale solar our and renewables renewable gas. of been is and may fossil US But efcient, compared with be: heavy to more The The renewables. small machines are industry made to are run imagine. fuel moment 2020. sources this hard by produced made. burning (ignoring than the cost). locked or into tidal are power resource a location are requires has the they currently use – by a not possible sunny range of dependent: can you for climate wind think of? land-locked for speeds effectively. reasons that convenience. sources power other oil percentage needs making produce energy operate ● energy renewable are the progress (transnational and renewable wave and more agreements ■ its and the environmental ● increase domestically nding committed fossil of of research in into must resources 12% example research ● get about investment for we renewable maximum within countries efciency which it can on 7. 1 E N E r g y c h o i c E s a N D s E c u r i t y Cb sss f fss f b Although gures about amount the burning fossil to in parts capita on from Carbon these per average source carbon (enhanced) reduce much of fuels. anthropogenic going vary dioxide source, but of there released is to effect. carbon amount to general Most by two-thirds of our which four agreement atmosphere for dioxide over is the responsible greenhouse emissions million to dioxide of efforts may tonnes not per the are look year per worldwide. Who produces what carbon emissions? China and overtaken in China But per the the and US US produce as India capita the most biggest reect emissions the their do and emitter. rapid not China The may rapid now growth industrialization relate to the size have of and the in emissions large size. country. Ice-core data before 1958. Mauna Loa data after 1958. 400 )mpp( noitartnecnoc 350 OC 2 300 250 1 750 ▲ 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 Fe 7 .1.13 Atmospheric carbon dioxide levels 1700–2012 CO emissions per capita 2 20.0 18.6 18.0 18.0 atipac rep )sennot( snoissime 16.3 16.0 14.0 12.0 12.0 9.6 10.0 8.5 7 .4 8.0 5.9 5.5 6.0 OC 2 4.0 2.1 1.5 2.0 0.1 0.0 U g a n d a I n i d a r B a l i z H K C i h n / a r F a n c e U l a t I y K n y G r e m a R s u i s a a C a n a d U S a A r t s u i l a Source: World Bank EN.ATM.CO2E.PC ▲ Fe 7 .1.14 Carbon dioxide emissions per capita of selected countries in 2012 311 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N CO emissions by country 2 China ǀ 23.33% 7 ,031,916 kT United States ǀ 18.11% 5,46 1,014 kT European Union ǀ 14.04% India ǀ 5.78% 4,1 77 ,81 7 kT 1,742,698 kT Russia ǀ 5.67% Japan ǀ 4.01% 1,708,653 kT 1,208,163 kT Germany ǀ 2.6 1% 786,660 kT all other countries combined ǀ 26.45% 7 ,77 1,200 kT kT = kiloton (thousands of metric tons) of emissions ▲ Fe 7 .1.15 Carbon dioxide emissions by country or region in 2008 Singapore, emissions, China The is Source: U.S. Depar tment of Energy per Gibraltar followed and by some the US Gulf with states have emissions the highest several times per capita that of capita. United Nations responsible for calculates more CO that every an average year than a air-conditioner person in in Florida Cambodia is in 2 a lifetime, much as and three that also this to due dishwashing machine in Europe annually emits as Ethiopians. Deforestation table a contributes deforestation to carbon and peat emissions and forest and Indonesia tops res. ev f scs vs svs Ene e F ad vne Dd vne Nn-enewbe c (f Fossilized plants laid down in fe) the Carboniferous period. • Plentiful supply. • Non-renewable energy source. • Easy to transpor t as a • Cannot be replaced once used solid. Mined from seams of coal which are in strata between other • Needs no processing. (same for oil and gas). • types of rock . May be opencast • Burning releases carbon dioxide which is a greenhouse gas. Relatively cheap to mine mined (large pits) or by tunnels and conver t to energy by • Some coals contain up to 10% underground. burning. Burned to provide heat directly or electricity by burning to • Up to 250 years of coal sulphur. • left. Burning sulphur forms sulphur dioxide which causes acid create steam-driven turbines in deposition. power stations. • Particles of soot from burning coal produce smog and lung disease. • Coal mines leave degraded land and pollution. • Lower heat of combustion than other fossil fuels, ie less energy released per unit mass. 312 7. 1 o (f fe) Fossilized plants and micro- • organisms that are compressed to a liquid and found in porous E N E r g y c h o i c E s High heat of combustion, many uses. • rocks. Crude oil is rened by • • Once found is relatively cheap to mine and to fractional distillation to give a a N D s E c u r i t y Only a limited supply. May run out in 20–50 years’ time. • conver t into energy. Like coal, gives o carbon dioxide when burned. variety of products from lighter jet • Oil spill danger from tanker fuels and petrol to heavier diesel accidents. and bitumen. • Risk of terrorism in attacking oil Extracted by oil wells. Many oil pipelines. elds are under the oceans so extraction is dangerous. Pipes are drilled down to the oil-bearing rocks to pump the oil out. Most of the world economy runs on oil either burned directly in transport and industry or to generate electricity. N Methane gas and other (f fe) hydrocarbons trapped between seams of rock . Extracted by • Highest heat of • combustion. • drilling like crude oil. Often Lot of energy gained Only limited supply of gas but more than oil. • from it. About 70 years’ wor th at current usage rates. found with crude oil. • Ready-made fuel. • Used directly in homes to • Also gives o carbon dioxide but less than coal and oil. Relatively cheap form of produce domestic heating and energy. cooking. • Cleaner fuel than coal and oil. Ne n Uranium is the raw material. • Raw materials are This is radioactive and is split in relatively cheap once nuclear reactors by bombarding the reactor is built and • • it with neutrons. As it splits can last quite a long into other elements, massive time. Extraction costs high. Nuclear reactors are expensive to build and run. • Nuclear waste is radioactive and highly toxic for a long time. amounts of energy are also • released. amounts. About 80 years’ wor th left to mine at current rates but it. Needs storage for thousands of years. May be stored in of energy. has the most known reserves, other countries have smaller Big question of what to do with produces a huge amount Uranium is mined. Australia Canada expor ts the most, Small mass of radioactive material • mine shafts or under the sea. No carbon dioxide Accidental leakage of radiation or other pollutants released (unless there can be devastating. • are accidents). Accidents rare but worst nuclear reactor accident at Chernobyl, could be extracted from sea Ukraine in 1986. water. • Risk of uranium and plutonium being used to make nuclear weapons. • Terrorist threat. 313 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N renewbe hdee Energy harnessed from the pwe (hEP) movement of water through output compared with rivers, lakes and dams to power low quality energy input. turbines to generate electricity. • • Pumped-storage reservoirs High quality energy • Reservoirs used for • Dams have major ecological impacts on local hydrology. • recreation, amenity. • Can cause the ooding of landscapes. supplies. • Costly to build. surrounding communities and Creates water reserves as well as energy power turbines. • May cause problems with deltas – no sediment means they are Safety record good. lost. • • Silting of dams. Downstream lack of water (eg Nile) and risk of ooding if dam bursts. B Decaying organic plant or • animal waste is used to produce methane in biogas generators Cheap and readily • available energy source. • or burned directly as dung/ lead to starvation. If the crops are replanted, biomass plant material. More processing • can be a long-term, can give oils (eg oilseed rape, source. When burned, it still gives o atmospheric pollutants, sustainable energy oil palms, sugar cane) which May be replacing food crops on a nite amount of crop land and including greenhouse gases. • If crops are not replanted, can be used as fuel in vehicles biomass is a non-renewable instead of diesel fuel = biofuels resource. Wd From felling or coppicing trees. • A cheap and readily • Low heat of combustion, not Burned to generate heat and available source of much energy released for its light. energy. mass. • If the trees are replaced, • When burned it gives o wood can be a long-term, atmospheric pollutants, sustainable energy including greenhouse gases. source. • If trees are not replanted wood is a non-renewable resource. • High cost of transpor tation as high volume. s – Conversion of solar radiation pv into electricity via chemical e energy. • Potentially innite • energy supply. • can be costly. Single dwellings can have own electricity • supply. • • Safe to use. Manufacture and implementation of solar panels Need sunshine, do not work in the dark . • Need maintenance – must be cleaned regularly. Low quality energy conver ted to high. cnened Mirrors are arranged to focus pwe solar energy on one point (csP) where heat energy generated drives a steam turbine to make electricity. 314 • Solar energy renewable • source. • Cost of power stations equivalent to fossil fuel power stations. Required area of high insolation – so usually in tropics. • Relatively new technology but improving all the time. 7. 1 s - pve Using buildings or panels to • capture and store heat. E N E r g y c h o i c E s Minimal cost if properly a N D • designed. s E c u r i t y Requires architects who can design for solar passive technology. Wnd Wind turbines (modern • windmills) turn wind energy into electricity. Clean energy supply once turbines made. • • Little maintenance required. Can be found singularly, but • Need the wind to blow. Often windy sites not near highly populated areas. • usually many together in wind Manufacture and implementation of wind farms farms. can be costly. • Noise pollution though this is decreasing with new technologies. • Some local people object to on- shore wind farms, arguing that visual pollution spoils countryside. • Question of whether birds are killed or migration routes disturbed by turbines. td The movement of sea water in • and out drives turbines. Should be ideal for an the UK . A tidal barrage (a kind of dam) is built across estuaries, forcing • • may be possible out at sea and • Only a few estuaries are suitable. • Opposed by some Tidal barrage can double environmental groups as having as bridge, and help a negative impact on wildlife. prevent ooding. without dam. Construction of barrage is very costly. Potential to generate a lot of energy this way. water through gaps. In future underwater turbines • island country such as • May reduce tidal ow and impede ow of sewage out to sea. Wve The movement of sea water in • and out of a cavity on the shore compresses trapped air, driving Should be ideal for an island country. • a turbine. • May disrupt shipping? • Construction can be costly. • These are more likely to be small local May be opposed by local or environmental groups. • Storms may damage them. • Can be expensive to set up. • Only works in areas of volcanic operations, rather than done on a national scale. gee It is possible to use the heat • under the ear th in volcanic regions. Cold water is pumped into ear th and comes out as steam. Potentially innite energy supply. • Is used successfully in some countries, such as activity. • New Zealand. Geothermal activity might calm down, leaving power station Steam can be used for heating redundant. or to power turbines creating • Dangerous underground gases electricity. have to be disposed of carefully. 315 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N t d Select an energy source from the table. Research for information on this source. Individually or in small groups, present a case to your class about that energy source. Include in your presentation: what it is, where it is mostly used, how much it is used, whether its use is sustainable, its relative cost, advantages and disadvantages of the resource use, future prospects, reasons why some countries may use this resource although it may not be the cheapest. Peer evaluate the presentations based on: Quality of spoken presentation – did they present in a clear, interesting way? Did they not read it out? Did they look at the audience and engage them? Quality of content – did you understand the content? Was it clear? Quality of associated documentation (handout, slide presentation, data) – did this enhance your understanding of the presentation? ▲ Fe 7 .1.16 CSP and photovoltaic solar energy t nk b te ab nd NORTHWEST TERRITORIES Wood Bualo In Alber ta, Canada, there is a lot of oil in tar sands. It is National Park e k a L a very heavy crude oil, rich in bitumen which is used to a c s a b a th A make roads. It takes so much energy to rene this oil that it is only economic to do so if oil prices are high. The cost of extracting a barrel of this oil is about US$30. Prices for crude oil are high so it is being extracted – Clearwater River Provincial Park by surface mining from the Athabasca Oil Sands in Athabasca For t McMurray Peace River Alber ta. With some smaller deposits, these oil sands Oil Sands Oil Sands SASK ATCHEWAN cover 54,000 square miles of land. Growing on the land Grande Prairie is boreal forest and muskeg ecosystems. Muskeg is a type of peat bog with acidic conditions so vegetation is ALBERTA Cold Lake semi-decomposed. It can be up to 30m deep, is 1,000 Oil Sands years old and is a habitat to beavers, pitcher plants and Meadow Lake Provincial Park Edmonton BRITISH Lloydminster mosses. Caribou deer (reindeer) also live there. Few COLUMBIA humans live there. The amount of oil in these tar sands Jasper National Park is roughly equal to the rest of the world’s reserves put Red Deer together. It is mined by open-pit mining which destroys Ban National Park the vegetation and changes the shape of the landscape Calgary as huge volumes of tar sands are removed. Mining companies do restore the land to pasture or plant trees CANADA Medicine Hat Lethbridge but do not recreate the original boreal forest or muskeg. United States Not only does it cost to extract the oil, it also takes a lot of NORTH MONTANA energy – one barrel of natural gas to extract two of crude 0 oil. It also takes a lot of water – two barrels of water for 50 100 Kilometres each barrel of oil and the waste water has to be kept in ▲ large tailing (mining waste) ponds. Rather than reducing, the carbon emissions of Canada are increasing, par tly due to this mining of tar sands. 316 Fe 7 .1.17 Map of the Athabasca oil sands 200 7. 1 E N E r g y c h o i c E s a N D s E c u r i t y t nk b a greenhouse gas than carbon dioxide. Some calculate Bfe – e nwe e pbe? that maize ethanol requires 30% more energy to make Biofuels are fuels made from crops. than it contains. W? In theory, they are greener as there are fewer carbon The other problem is the land it takes to grow biofuels. emissions as they are carbon neutral, meaning that all It would take 40% of the EU cropland to meet the 10% the emissions of carbon dioxide made from burning them target. And this means less food is produced. are xed by growing the plants to replace them. As 25% of carbon emissions are from transpor t, it is a neat idea but W e e neqene? Deforestation is happening to plant crops for biofuels and this releases things are not that neat in complex systems. the carbon trapped in the trees. Wetlands are being W p e ed? Sugar cane has been used for drained and grassland being planted as well. Indonesia decades in Brazil to make ethanol by fermentation. The has planted so much oil palm on what was forest ethanol (an alcohol) is sold alongside or mixed with petrol land that it is now the third largest emitter of carbon (gas) and 80% of cars sold in Brazil now have hybrid in the world. US farmers are selling 20% of their maize engines – they run on petrol, alcohol or a mixture of the two for biofuel instead of food, so soya farmers there are called gasoline. From 2000 to 2005, the world’s output of switching to the more protable maize, so Brazilian plant ethanol has doubled and biodiesel, made from oily farmers grow more soya bean to expor t, so they plant it plants like oil palm and soya bean, has increased. on grazing land, so the cattle ranchers cut more forest in In the USA, maize production for ethanol is heavily the Amazon to turn into grassland. subsidized; it has increased ve-fold and is set to increase W d be dne? more. In the EU, a regulation was passed that all fuels must contain 2.5% biofuel, rising to 5% and 10% by 2020. The calculations need to be checked and all costs included for both fossil fuels and biofuels. Cellulosic W’ e pbe? ethanol, from wood chips, switchgrass or straw may be Amazingly, in calculating the carbon balance of biofuels, no-one considered the additional carbon costs in the answer as its production will reduce far more carbon emissions than maize or soya bean growing. extracting the ethanol, transpor ting the crop to the There is iner tia in the systems so once subsidies and extraction plant and transpor ting the processed fuel. legislation are in place, it will take time to change Some of those costs also apply to conventional fossil them if we need to. If biofuels are leading to increased fuel extraction, of course, but there is also the cost greenhouse gas emissions, not reduced ones, and taking of (oil-based) fer tilizer applied to the crop. Fer tilizers up land needed to grow food, what are we doing? release nitrous oxide which is 310 times more powerful Practical Investigate Work people's Evaluate the Evaluate an Investigate attitude advantages energy the to and strategy relationship global climate disadvantages for a named b etween change. of dierent energy sources. society. carbon footprint and wealth / education level. 317 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N 7 .2 ce ne – e nd p Sc s: acs sks: ➔ Climate change has been a normal feature of D the feedback mechanisms that would ➔ the Ear th’s history, but human activity has be associated with a change in mean global contributed to recent changes. temperature. ➔ There has been signicant debate about the Eve contrasting viewpoints on the issue ➔ causes of climate change. of climate change. ➔ Climate change causes widespread and signicant impacts. Kw s: ➔ ➔ ce describes how the atmosphere behaves ➔ The potential p f e ne may over relatively long periods of time whereas vary from one location to another and may wee describes the conditions in the be perceived as either adverse or benecial. atmosphere over a shor t period of time. These impacts may include changes in water availability, distribution of biomes and Weather and climate are aected by en nd crop growing areas, loss of biodiversity and pe e. ecosystem ser vices, coastal inundation, ocean ➔ hn ve are increasing levels of acidication and damage to human health. greenhouse gases (eg carbon dioxide, methane ➔ and water vapour) in the atmosphere, which Both ne ve nd p ve feedbk en are associated with climate change leads to: and may involve very long time lags. ● an increase in the mean global temperature ● increased frequency and intensity of ➔ There has been nn debe due to conicting EVSs surrounding the issue of climate extreme weather events change. ● the potential for long-term change in climate ➔ gb e de are complex and there is and weather patterns a degree of uncer tainty regarding the accuracy ● rise in sea level. of their predictions. ‘ The famous quote from C w a century ago, attributed It to Mark Twain and Charles is important with respect to to understand climate the different between climate and weather change. Dudley Warner “everybody Weather is the daily result of changes of temperature, pressure and talks about the weather precipitation but nobody seems to do anything about it” may have been true once. But it isn’t in sometimes over only do too really many uctuate our very so short with variables wildly atmosphere. – a distances. some that very Weather accuracy interact hot day in Peter Gleick 318 temperatures are changing. a try about such or true anymore.’ average We varies a very to from predict ve days complex cold place one to place, weather ahead. way. does but There Weather not can are can mean that 7. 2 Climate on is Earth. kept The for the long The are similarity away again – Human which later in both may – – in – we change is change to gases sub-topic). changes If of dioxide, the the ocean years Earth. For burn fossil a a if timescale and location records are on which atmospheric them GHG, but of ash example, global fuels on or in a if of a gases or reect sunlight regrowth which Mt traps keep circulate Pinatubo temperatures and heat are show is the for in a livestock, inputs decreases it in the few both years. of from (gure and or the 7.2.1) increasing is if the gases, the less may by have (see organisms. to climate atmosphere passed that released outputs both which although happened change: temperature. greenhouse point always climate atmosphere equilibrium tipping has affecting in loss more and inuence scale, output dynamic Earth that global heat a change (see heat change, warms later is stabilize in lost. or eg up. The reach (1.3). global there are average surface uctuations from year. Dierences in temperature Estimated actual from 196 1–1990 global mean Mean value, °C temperature, °C 0.6 14.6 0.4 14.4 0.2 14.2 0.0 14.0 −0.2 13.8 −0.4 13.6 −0.6 1880 for changes by: quantities lowering insolation reduce records temperature to solar there equilibrium Long-term year in increases Greenhouse new is underneath huge Factors climate input by affected heat long-term sub-topic). proportions a and i m P a c t s GHGs. Changing system many a N D them. 1990 ● this climate affected release Fluctuations heat and also carbon cooling erupted activities this trap ● For over trends c a u s E s stores. eruptions release are are above release atmosphere, Climate pattern long-term weather Both Earth carbon Philippines ● that clouds res in Volcanic the is from Forest ● between systems. Clouds ● weather show – measured. circulatory ● may c h a N g E enough. difference they average Climate c l i m a t E 13.4 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 Source: land commodities research ▲ Fe 7 .2.1 Global average temperature 1860–2008 319 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N t nk b sn f epee nee? Since 2000, average global temperature has shown Cherry-picking data is a characteristic of pseudoscience no increase and some climate sceptics (who do not and gure 7.2.2 shows a shor t period in which average believe humans are causing climate change) use this as global temperature fell. 1 evidence to suppor t their hypothesis. But we know that In gure 7.2.2: there are variations in climate and it is very complex. 1. Which was cooler 2011 or 2010? 2. Which was warmer 2011 or 2008? 3. Which was cooler 2011 or 2007? Volcanic eruptions, ENSOs, cloud cover and ocean variability aect it so this stalling may be only a ‘pause’. But how do we know? Taking such snapshots does not give long-term trends as they are minor variations. Global temperature anomalies from 20th century average 20 07–2011 ( °C) 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 C° erutarepmet 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 0.00 0.05 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 0.10 year 0.15 ▲ Fe 7 .2.2 Global temperature anomalies from 20th century average 2007–2011 4. Compare gure 7.2.3 and gure 7.2.4. 5. What are the trends (blue lines) in these graphs? Global 6. What conclusions can you draw? temperature anomalies from 20th century average past decade ( °C) 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 C° erutarepmet 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 0.00 0.05 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 0.10 year 0.15 ▲ Fe 7 .2.3 Global temperature anomalies from 20th century average 2002–2011 1 Char ts from Peter Gleick’s ar ticle 'Global Warming Has Stopped'? How to Fool People Using 'Cherry-Picked' Climate Data. Forbes 2012. http://www.forbes.com/sites/petergleick/2012/02/05/global-warming-has-stopped-how-to-fool-people-using-cherry-picked-climate-data/ 320 7. 2 Global c l i m a t E c h a N g E – c a u s E s a N D i m P a c t s temperature anomalies from 20th century average. Last 15 years ( °C) 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 C° erutarepmet 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 0.00 0.05 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 0.10 year ▲ Fe 7 .2.4 Global temperature anomalies from 20th century average 1997–2011 We know that the decade of 2000–9 was the warmest on 7. record since records star ted in 1850 and that the past 15 If you take records for the last 130 years, gure 7.2.5 years are amongst the warmest since 1850. Global What does that say about gure 7.2.3? shows the data. surface temperature changes from the 20th century average ( °C) 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 C° erutarepmet 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 standard polynomial 0.30 trend lines added 0.35 0.40 0.45 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 year ▲ 8. Fe 7 .2.5 Global surface temperature changes from 20th century average 1880–2011 What does this tell you? But remember, these are only average global temperatures. They do not record variation across the shows that since 1970 far more heat has gone into the oceans than is absorbed by land. 9. So do you now think the Ear th is warming up? planet. We know that more extra heat is warming the 10. And what do you think is causing this? Arctic and melting Greenland and Arctic ice. Figure 7.2.6 321 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N Change in Ear th’s total heat content 250 ocean heating )seluoJ land + atmosphere + ice heating 200 01( 1 6 91 ecnis tnetnoc taeh latot ni egnahc 1 2 150 100 50 0 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 year ▲ Fe 7 .2.6 Change in Ear th’s total heat content T aken from Church et al. Sept 2011. Revisiting the Ear th's sea-level and energy budgets from 196 1 to 2008. Geophysical research letters. Ar ticle rst published online: 16 Sep 2011 gb c s Modelling climate computing been developed greenhouse to gases. approximations. included oceans, The rain land latest predict The not a complex models changes models have solve Now the with a range over they requiring climate complex improved clouds. business of have emissions equations 30 have of huge system years. but The interactive of have early to use ones clouds, rain, aerosols. climate models changes increases is Simple They but and temperature with change resources. to ranging predict those from similar predicted 1.6 to possible by 4.3°C. global models (See 1.2 5 or on average 10 years ago, models.) gs ss There gases) is very but activities The list of methane oxide and three dioxide GHGs of greenhouse nitrous reviewing carbon other (activities and are little and vapour There 322 it are in the atmosphere increasing through (0.04% of the total anthropogenic humans). gases but not also only includes carbon chlorouorocarbons dioxide, (CFCs and water HCFCs), ozone. points statistics on that may climate be confusing change. when reading about or 7. 2 1. The role of ozone 2. The role of water 3. Whether gures (anthropogenic) and c l i m a t E c h a N g E – c a u s E s a N D i m P a c t s CFCs. vapour. refer to total greenhouse GHG effects or the enhanced effect. t c s c As humans increase greenhouse effect believe this that is is emissions of exaggerated causing global some or greenhouse enhanced. warming and gases Most (GHGs), climate climate the scientists change. reected radiation by atmosphere infrared radiation infrared radiation re-emitted back to Ear th emitted by Ear th ▲ absorbed reected radiation radiation by Ear th’s surface Fe 7 .2.7 The greenhouse eect 6% scattered from atmosphere 20% scattered and reected 19% absorbed by by clouds atmosphere and clouds 4% reected by surface 51% absorbed by Ear th ▲ Fe 7 .2.8 The greenhouse eect showing percentages absorbed, reected or scattered 323 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D Ke e E N E R G Y gb w (gWp) The gWP is a relative measure of P R O D U C T I O N gas greenhouse it effect of a molecule of a GHG varies depending which is. how much heat a known mass Carbon dioxide has a GWP of 1. Methane has a GWP of 21 so traps of a GHG traps over a number 21 times as much heat as the same mass of carbon dioxide. of years compared to the same mass of carbon dioxide. Ozone occurs troposphere absorbs a coolant. to are ozone of no the reach troposphere. atmosphere the and a layers the made are is so surface and is of as but not humans well as the global sun In a and there more in to act chemicals processes. as so Although ozone in than 1% of warming. down the present many their links. ultraviolet break not are as indirect less GHGs are There that acts causing coincidentally but so and are amounts the layer warming allowing this that HCFCs. forms signicant stratosphere natural it complex, certainly human-made result CFC-12 by is atmosphere. from between layer the the radiation link Earth of stratosphere climate Earth’s reach CFCs as the reaching they in direct ozone chemicals when CFC-11 is two but ultraviolet because radiation CFCs lower GHG the There thinning solar a of but, radiation the is much depletion The in it in types the eg concentration in 9 the atmosphere contribution has be a high is than up a When data is due the Clouds its Also the The IPCC scientists, on that in the up to a the snow much and water of 25% a of the cause the rest, of on stops gas with it Panel the may of the 30 last million (400 carbon is in the which radiation water but on by type it and acting their carbon concentration years added not but dioxide atmosphere are is as a effect is Climate calculations water of vapour. cloud dioxide – to seem this the each year be recent and to is higher rapid due when an over to and having year last 25 of in is is than of at any increase of activities. due parts 3.2–4.1 years it that of human each through and now rate measured increase the there activities atmosphere much equates may the are human-made) anthropogenic unprecedented may ppm) to 160,000 carbon activities GHGs CFCs due dioxide years of most (except a effect greenhouse contribution (depending molecule molecule largest from large GWPs concentration that a 1. greenhouse vapour 50% of the (Intergovernmental omit a contribution in ice 36–66% each long-wave GWP has have Their means trapping has potent so because That vapour most of gure GHGs these Carbon amount of water, at whether varies they effect. human form the it ), atmosphere. dioxide. which (10 effect the Water region The other processes in to the contribute during 30ppm in most and consider is trillion effective dioxide so in carbon more because per greenhouse excluded. energy work increase time 324 and may concern. or listed remember natural times parts lifetime of carbon vapour. IPCC largest that condensing altitude) the heat water Change), but of Somewhere to long presented, usually constantly GHG. 10,000 is a times included trapping not of in enhanced and molecule vapour on to measured the GWP thousands CFC is to is Gt to per C according in to the 7. 2 c l i m a t E c h a N g E – c a u s E s a N D i m P a c t s 9 the to IPCC. A Gt is a 4,100,000,000 include half of carbon this gigatonne tonnes in above methane. carbon each geene or one the natural Natural year (see billion sinks Carbon tonnes carbon (10 (oceans, cycle ) cycle so that and plants) is does absorb up not about 2.3). Pe-nd Peen nenn nenn gWP % cnbn ape fe enned e/e eene (pp) (pp) ee Carbon dioxide, CO 270 400 1 50–60 50–200 0.7 1.774 21 20 12 0.27 0.31 206 4–6 140 0 0.00025 3500 14 (all CFCs) 45 not known variable 2000 variable not known 2 Methane, CH 4 Nitrous oxide, N O 2 CFC-11 Ozone ▲ Fe 7 .2.9 Major GHGs information se: adapted from 'Recent Greenhouse Gas Concentrations' by T. J. Blasing, from http://cdiac.ornl.gov t d What does this graph suggest about the changes in the relative impor tance of the GHGs? 450 pre-industrial concentation 400 present concentation 350 300 250 PWG 200 150 100 50 0 carbon methane dioxide, CO 2 CH nitrous oxide N 4 O 2 GHG (excluding ozone) ▲ Fe 7 .2.10 GWP (global warming potential) of the three major GHGs 325 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N t nk b heating. But much is not captured and is released into mene eene the atmosphere. Methane is a simple hydrocarbon, CH . Since about 4 1950, the concentration of methane in the atmosphere has increased by about 1% per year due to human activities. About 60% of the methane in the air is from human activity and 15% of this from cattle. We also use methane as a fuel. Natural gas is methane, biogas digesters produce methane which is used for cooking or heating. se f ene: ce There are 1.3 billion cattle in the world and they are ruminants with bacteria in their stomachs that break ▲ Fe 7 .2.12 Scavenging on a waste tip down the cellulose in the grass that they eat. These 2 bacteria live in anaerobic conditions and release re pdd ed cover 1.5 million km methane as a waste product. It comes out of both ends of a staple crop. The elds release up to 100 million tonnes of land and rice is the cattle and amounts to 100 million tonnes of methane of methane per year due to anaerobic respiration by per year. Each methane molecule is 21 times more bacteria in the soil. But they only release methane when eective than one of carbon dioxide at absorbing and ooded which is about one third of the year and the rest radiating heat energy and methane contributes about of the time may act as a sink for methane, absorbing it. 20% of the anthropogenic greenhouse gases. If we could capture this methane, we could use it as a fuel. Some scientists are trying to reduce the amount that cows produce by feeding them special diets higher in sugar N e f ene 2 swp nd b – 5 million km of bogs and marshes release methane. levels or taking the bacteria in kangaroo stomachs and tee may produce 5% of atmospheric methane putting them in cow stomachs. as bacteria in their guts release it as they break down cellulose. te nd – the bogs and swamps of the tundra contain much methane produced by decomposition in waterlogged soils. But this methane is locked up as it is frozen in the permafrost. There is evidence that the permafrost is melting and that some methane is being released. In some par ts of Siberia or Nor thern Canada, you can dig a hole and set re to the methane. As the permafrost melts, it releases more methane which causes more warming – an example of positive feedback . In Arctic seas is another source of methane, locked up as methyl hydrates in clathrates which are ▲ Fe 7 .2.11 Cows produce methane molecular cages of water that trap methane molecules within them. These are only stable when frozen and We p under high pressure at the bottom of the seas. There may Waste tips in richer countries give o methane as waste 10 be up to 1 × 10 tons of methane in these structures and food decomposes in the tip in anaerobic conditions. companies are already trying to mine them. But it is very There can be so much methane that it is tapped and dangerous work as the methyl hydrates can bubble up to piped away to be used to generate electricity or for the surface and sink any ships in the area. 326 7. 2 c l i m a t E c h a N g E – c a u s E s t c c b The only environmental discussion But we to that are, use as is, climate in some more more Climate or change ways, less, and resources change issue and from global and fate national economies of whether if of complex We climate issue talked (topic 2). about on we are There are all will a be and can count more growth. how people many wanting How should we react when we have evidence that does not t with an existing theory? stock. have bound become global up Added suffer, new will of debate population We effect politics, effect. much human with. direct nite as with to this whether equilibrium affected; emotive scientic are the there and you very economics issues the debate about questions will be whether can and begin to of losers the see and power what a is. environmental change what we viewpoints certainly as near inuences technocentrists should do or can do the how and to start you of this book interpret ecocentrists mitigate the the clash effects on that seeing. are ● there ● GHG facts is a that there are not greenhouse emissions probably ● to viewpoint of a deal warming billions shifts climate question a and nations this Your evidence the or different see to i m P a c t s toK caused probably international cause millions winners bases and was can national evidence have clearer where the to a N D are been a debate: effect increasing increasing has in the due to greenhouse recent pattern of human activities and are effect increased average global temperature. There nor is not over The vast total what majority correlation there citing is the But a are all agree Adding the action how Here, we Climate ● as not the change, actions take the ‘Warming of of the of wobble, this eld and rise in temperature not accept weather and effect, activity the the increased different cause sunspot can of mechanisms and the what the our or other that way patterns. some increased round. And to be IPCC in see we done system – and why think very complex though prevention nation there we is states is are in such much so fth or cure have much to or in discuss know. (Intergovernmental their changes are models, climate. individuals begin climate that should that www.ipcc.ch the and GHG, model what observed in the the deniers. behind view of it. emissions change Earth inertia you GHG question feedback the cause working increased exactly lag Change) many the question and managing and may who change that the about climate causing system about doing increased rotational climate improved, no is be scientists minority earth’s complex of causing a temperature there should between temperature, But agreement we assessment unequivocal, and unprecedented Panel on report in since the over 2014: 1950s, decades to millennia. 327 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y ● P R O D U C T I O N Atmospheric oxide have 800,000 ● warming Limiting emissions and of of of greenhouse in change all dioxide, unprecedented on the probability) global require gas methane, in at least and the nitrous last warming will of cause the further climate substantial and [global] system. sustained emissions. climate that gases components will greenhouse inuence (95–100% cause carbon levels changes climate reductions Human of to years. Continued ● concentrations increased system human between is clear. inuence It is was extremely the likely dominant 1951–2010.’ t d anpen e f eene e Copy and complete the table with sources due to human activities. geene se de n ve cbn dxde mene ozne N xde cFc What is climate change and what will happen? Changes in changed temperatures sheet thinning process and average are change 1. and warming There There may 3. There was temperature global be a in a since which gas change (Figure 7.2.13b). It respond may reach until a but new, a not slowly in at rises. the These It may severe It may 1970s could pollution can higher – proportion action but not and be be storms, due the be no in ice a steady rise to in sunspot general trend is change over time due to a rst in but in a more forcing (Figure which linear then (changes in solar 7.2.13a). forcing way. It increases is accelerate but insensitive until it to reaches a 7.2.13c). point reaches much to in climate follow (Figure tipping then 2000. due the buffering equilibrium level relationship change may sea ways. more levels. does It different century. direct more be last in patterns, recorded dimming the ways seen and cooling change changes 328 be rainfall climate new 4. may can or thickening greenhouse radiation), 2. or over ve in climate there global variations for the a – that is the threshold, equilibrium at is climate which makes point reached. it no response changes (Figure to rapidly 7.2.13d). 7. 2 5. In addition new over a occur Figure know to the threshold equilibrium new in threshold just 7.2.13 which even a few shows one and falls decades these we are change, when the rapidly. scenarios. in. get stuck decreases These until threshold problem how (a) then c h a N g E – c a u s E s at it a N D i m P a c t s the then changes tips could 7.2.13e). Our So may forcing (Figure living it c l i m a t E do we is that decide we do what not to do? (b) egnahc metsys forcing response (c) (d) egnahc metsys threshold time time (e) egnahc metsys time ▲ A Fe 7 .2.13 Possible climate change system responses to a forcing mechanism way of forcing In (b) you slowly a visualizing mechanism) – it push has shallower steeper then falls with more gradient again. over this are In it. (d) is to imagine pushing the same force resistance. and you Can the push you In car the uphill. but (c) explain the (e) climate (a) the you moves until In car reach more car in as you car moves a part easily reaches this a push that much of the before the you steadily more hill the edge (the uphill. of with hill a gets cliff and analogy? 329 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N t d what the climate was like at the time the ice froze. Wee e evdene? The propor tions of dierent isotopes of hydrogen and See 6.1 for past climate changes. oxygen give an indication of the climate then and levels of gases can be measured. The age of the ice can be me een e ne calculated by ice rings in the top layers (rather like tree Ice cores have been taken from the Antarctic and rings showing summer and winter) and by the dust from Greenland ice caps. The Vostok core in the Antarctic went volcanic eruptions lower down. It gets less accurate the down as far as ice laid down 420,000 years ago. A more deeper you go. From the ice cores, a picture of CO and 2 recent one reached 720,000-year-old ice. The bubbles temperature over time can be built up. See gure 7.2.14. of air trapped in the ice can be analysed to tell us interglacial 300 period glaciation glaciation )mpp( 2 OC cirehpsomta 250 200 200 150 100 50 0 present thousands of years ago )Cº( erutarepmet cirehpsomta ni egnahc 2 0 –2 –4 –6 200 150 100 50 0 present thousands of ▲ Fe 7 .2.14 CO years ago and temperature levels of the last 240,000 years 2 1. What conclusion can you draw from the two graphs? In Hawaii in the Pacic, atmospheric CO has been 2 measured since 1958. See gure 7.2.15. Since we star ted burning large amounts of fossil fuels, humans have added CO to the atmosphere in addition to 2. Describe and explain this trend. 2 the natural amounts in the carbon cycle. Ice core records 3. What is the percentage increase in CO levels 2 show CO levels have risen from about 270 ppm before between 1960 and 2008? 2 1750 to 400 ppm by volume today. Although CO levels 2 4. Why is there an annual cycle? (Hint: think about were far higher than this (see 6.1) in geologic time, which hemisphere has the most land mass and then the recent increase has been due to human activities when plants photosynthesize.) and adds 27 billion tonnes a year of carbon to the atmosphere. 330 7. 2 c l i m a t E c h a N g E – c a u s E s a N D i m P a c t s 390 380 360 350 annual cycle 340 )mpp( noitartnecnoc edixoid nobrac 370 330 320 Jan Apr Jul Oct Jan 310 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 year ▲ Fe 7 .2.15 Atmospheric CO in ppm 1958–2007 2 5. The temperature of the Ear th since 1850 is shown in 6. What would you have said in 1910 or 1950? gure 7.2.16. Although this has uctuated, there is a trend. What is it? 0.6 annual average ve year average 0.4 0.2 )C°( ylamona erutarepmet 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 year ▲ Fe 7 .2.16 Average annual temperature 1880–2010 331 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N More recently, over the last 100 years, sea level changes 7. Sea temperature has also been recorded. Figure 7.2.17 have been recorded as well. But these are dicult to shows average surface sea temperature since 1980. measure as the land is not static but also moves up and What is the trend? down slowly. What measurements do show, however, is 8. What happened to temperature when Pinatubo (a that sea levels have risen and sea ice thickness at the volcano in the Philippines) erupted? Explain this. poles has decreased. What happens in El Niño years? Explain this. monthly average 0.7 annual average 0.6 ve year average 0.5 )c°( ylamona erutarepmet 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 Pinatubo volcano 0.2 0.3 El Nino / La Nina 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 year ▲ Fe 7 .2.17 Sea surface temperature 1980–2007 What is the consensus view? toK There is evidence There has been considerable increased debate about the causes of caused climate change. Does our climatic interpretation of knowledge atmospheric from the past allow us to very reliably predict the future? others The set since this. variation react IPCC is by the and up swans are Australia. in the as of 332 being further deep an correct’, the a assessment report the climate system the dominant went in 2014 with cause’. could ‘very as to from far was The as eg have activity be due earth), to the has natural some patterns Climate into due are to very, atmosphere, this the rst a until more as major while see – a in about probability ‘9 of human stating swan time 10 case. ‘unequivocal that of likely’, out is example, over their It research used wary for certain stating issue. who black ‘extremely was World reports are theory you the world four condence’, clear Change and scientists falsify possible very 95–100% on look such high as the weather around became terms of may Programme) hypothesis used that quickly, change. language they human oceans. statements experiment as of Panel 1988 climate outcome’, so in scientists some works report of respond the and and Environment of on However, condence eg concentrations wobble climate parts UN qualied white’ fourth activity, the Organization report that certainty, (the hundreds regularly language some slowly, Some Intergovernmental UNEP of But gases Revolution changing. (sunspot and Meteorological made is forcings. very greenhouse Industrial Climate complex up that the ‘all in and ‘ >95% chance The fth warming inuence of was 7. 2 c l i m a t E c h a N g E – c a u s E s a N D i m P a c t s ics f c c Global most average of that temperature since 1980 has and increased this has had by a about number 0.85 of °C since 1880, impacts. 1. On oceans and sea levels Sea levels melting sea water. thinning. levels into This the eg rise and The the eg If there the are carbon is a not of by and the this heats are will is more and on are °C Netherlands that sea would sea entered mean a proportional levels Low of are becoming could a ice and variables 4.5 affected. and volume land mean assuming exceeded, be up the lying lose could states, land area – completely. dioxide and 0.1 this pH anthropogenic corals. is seas 1.5 that will it predictions with between But as increasing sheets the but improves nations by sea ice of clear data). and acidic particularly is disappear carbon more the Antarctic increase 40 expands into expansion (IPCC Maldives absorb the modelling to water and threshold Up produced organisms, and An would slightly land much 15–95cm metres. because thermal how climate Tuvalu, oceans They the By as of many is the Greenland Bangladesh, some, off programmes. relationship. by This slips more. accurate level rise rising. land The rise more sea are on But as as makes they activities. they them have warm, slightly absorbed This may they acidic. about affect absorb half marine less CO . 2 2. On polar ice caps Melting to rise the of as land it Arctic will displacement these melt by will would slow be Melting region the in the release of slow the water. or stop North down, of glaciers of down If shut volume But volume water. Arctic could allow Methane traps the Greenland Melting the of will the water are The the cause oating as ice melting North climate of the of the same into the seas ice Atlantic Drift levels cap has Greenland Atlantic sea ice sheet Drift current UK and and could current and the Gulf Scandinavia colder. and reserves. that and and oceans. water. the even much easier the increase salt or Antarctica liquid completely Stream oor not as in into increase diluting fuel ice ows clathrate methane. methane open up trade exploitation may If this trigger is of a form were a to rapid routes, undersea of ice melt make under and increase travel minerals the reach in in and Arctic the the fossil Ocean surface, the temperature. 3. On glaciers In the size. Little They dimming decrease to many to drought over size. and landslides. 80% of its fed in by the Tanzania and the the 1850, period warming) Glacier (River 1550 for melted below rivers are problems global have living about (except masked Asian which between Some people major Yangtze) Age decreased possibly in ooding supply Ice then and completely. summer glacier Ganges, Loss glacier provides this the has glaciers. It increased when continued of is Kilimanjaro a to fresh Indus, causing glacier in global ice provided Brahamaputra, Himalayan where have melt and glaciers 1950–90 leads water water to Yellow, signicant has lost volume. 333 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N 4. On weather patterns More heat more violent Global soil means and salinization. violent (eg more more may lack There of extreme than in with more rainfall or used climate bigger by will storms up to mean There is droughts and so and more 15%. more hurricanes Katrina). they the increase water were Hurricane often energy sporadic precipitation erosion and and more in This 2007 weather severe will irrigation evidence are the and some that occurring. be droughts. cause and will more consequent were severe more weather Monsoon rains fail to. 5. On food production Warmer so temperatures photosynthesis there has may no expanded. winners well. If earth soils There that and to by the too crop cold seas, NPP . In shift much with its away many variables will spread to to biochemical less of be the fertile certain. growing fertility with soils, latitudes NPP is they be soils rich will so will the 70% what as too season there of its from But reactions increase equator, Ukraine changes higher will crop the on from ranges of the from depends thinner huge rate respiration Europe, northwards state the But as black fall. to +11%. certain will not is be winters. a small marine Heatwaves very shifts pests in biomes It Siberia just some many if predictions are killed But losers. increase increase. increase production Various In be should should food and increase in temperature can kill plankton, the basis of webs. drought kill livestock. 6. On biodiversity and ecosystems Melting of the tundra trapped in the frozen melting and Animals of year can and tundra higher and Plants Loss are of ocean droughts Increase in continually cooler they too and least to to shifting but as them species it could dormancy of cannot. The germinate at is is distribution and about 1 extinct. neither become their which permafrost thaws. slowly go, methane Russia, becoming to shifted salinity and which happens stop release plants seeds nowhere already also Canada to up in in nor the higher in per Species higher extinct ranges grow km wild. latitudes. earlier. marine waters and changes to habitats. then and wildres for of are more likely to wipe out other animals. fresh reserves and salt could water nd may their kill sensitive animals dying species and the static. forest signicantly this winter habitats parks But Polar have temperature for disperse decreased alter are regions have their would Alaska, it slowly regions latitudes. boundaries Indonesian 334 as In on habitats. increase, at national park to breaking glaciers or built butteries currents species and shift perhaps or towards Birds move favourable alpine If can plants more houses permafrost soils. res years. have The carbon in set re amount the to of the peat carbon atmosphere. bogs which released by have these burned adds 7. 2 Pine forests which are is very degree in the many in not British being sensitive can cause corals food are Columbia killed to off increased coral If are the and sea the as they the dies. by pine too – c a u s E s increase are the a N D i m P a c t s beetle mild. of Corals one zooxanthellae Corals ecosystem c h a N g E are An mutualistic coral die, devastated winters temperature. as the corals being cold bleaching expelled webs. by c l i m a t E basis algae for dies. 7 . On water supplies Increased Without says and that water 2.4 their glaciers evaporation a billion water are rates supply, people supply also in may cause populations is live in the reducing. some would river In rivers have basins Europe and to fed and lakes move by the North to dry away. up. The UN Himalayas America, retreat. 8. On human health Heatwaves disease they will spread and to Warmer off. latitudes. and some fungal asthma households. on killed warm dying the in spread and from And Europe to Algal are in fewer 2006. regions Malaria, chest yellow blooms toxic will These may as less fever may (red the be tides) increase; in and drier fever common can kill areas, Insect winters dengue more and increase. cold as means could seas humans. dust In a increases infections. higher the in more disease temperatures people tolls be higher to many will climate, leading of not lakes wetter killed vectors cold latitudes each snow year storms would and and reduce reduce icy roads the number heating means bills lower for death roads. t d 9. On human migration Copy and complete the table If people cannot grow food or nd water, they will move to regions below using the data in this where they can. Global migration of millions of environmental section. refugees states, is quite services 150million possible and and this economic refugees from would and climate have security change implications policies. by The for IPCC nation estimates 2050. ad vne Dd vne f e f e ne ne The Africa will Nor thwest lose food Passage production 10. On national economies Some would would gain Canada suffer if and it if water became Siberia) supplies easier that to would decrease exploit have or drought mineral been occurs. reserves frozen in the (tar Others sands permafrost of or will improve under ice sheets. If rivers do not freeze, hydroelectric power generation shipping is possible The to higher Northwest the Pacic explorers stopped in at by sea recorded Overall, tropics. Darfur has of to nd ice. is seas In a sea of this route the the for Arctic route 2007, will be gains production Africa millions the in shipping Ocean the northern passage was from north of the Atlantic Canada. summers navigable for but the Many were rst time history. there Agricultural Passage via tried latitudes. will seen and may probably lose desertication hectares become losses rise in food on a for national higher economies. latitudes production massive scale but and fall in rainfall. already and the Northern many desert. 335 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y To put the 1% P R O D U C T I O N a monetary former of global change How to fast more chief GDP save up could changes all in value on economist should to of go difcult World to global happen? your is the now 20% this this of It the mitigating GDP is but Bank) in a Stern the in effects recession happening Report suggested now of (from 2006 that climate later. and there will be lifetime. Fbck css c c Feedback to affect There is are two Negative return example, increased kinds any of of of the output from a system as input, so as feedback: is feedback deviation increased snowfall part outputs. feedback counteract For the succeeding on from that an evaporation the polar tends to dampen equilibrium, ice in and tropical caps, down, promotes latitudes which reduces reduce leads the or stability. to mean global temperature. Positive leads to feedback exponential increased levels, While thawing which that feedback deviation of we that away permafrost increases modelling complex is the climate cannot from leading mean keeps be amplies global an to of the increases an increase in change; For it example, methane temperature. improving, sure or equilibrium. some feedbacks are so results. t d Figure 7.2.18 lists changes that may have positive and negative feedbacks. Draw feedback cycles for three of the boxes in gure 7.2.18. Also look at sub-topic 1.3 to see some of these feedbacks. Pve feedbk ped ne Oceans Neve feedbk dpened dwn ne in warmer water Oceans are a carbon sink containing 50 times Oceans absorb more CO the amount of carbon as the atmosphere. They as phytoplankton photosynthesize faster, release more carbon dioxide to the atmosphere producing more phytoplankton that absorb as they warm up as warm liquids hold less gas. more CO 2 so dampening global warming. 2 Stalling of the Nor th Atlantic Drift could reduce transfer of heat to the nor th and increase temperatures dramatically. Huge amounts of methane are frozen in methane clathrates in the ocean sediments. If these are released, the volume of methane in the atmosphere will increase dramatically. Clouds More evaporation leads to more clouds which More evaporation leads to more clouds which trap more heat. reect more heat. It could be either. In the dark , clouds keep heat in, in the light they reect it. But it depends what type of cloud as well. Cirrus (high, thin) clouds have a warming eect, low, thick ones a cooling one. 336 7. 2 Pollution c l i m a t E c h a N g E – c a u s E s a N D i m P a c t s At night, cloud formation increased by aerosols Aerosols from pollution, par ticularly sulphates, acts as insulation, trapping heat. More clouds, form condensation nuclei and more clouds more heat trapped. form. These reect heat and increase albedo, reducing warming in the day. Black soot falling on ice decreases albedo, increasing heat absorption, increasing temperature and melting. Polar ice Forests Ice has a high albedo – reects heat and light. Warmer air carries more water vapour so more When it melts, the sea or land have a lower rainfall, some of which will be snow so more albedo and absorb more heat and more ice snow, more reection, lower temperatures, melts. more snow and ice. Possibly the next ice age. CO Forests are cut down and burned. Less carbon absorbed – forests act as a carbon 2 is absorbed. More CO in the atmosphere so sink , removing CO 2 from the atmosphere, so 2 higher temperatures. Forests die due to high temperature rise decreases. temperature and may catch re, more CO 2 released, temperature rises. Tundra As temperatures rise, permafrost melts, releasing CO which is trapped in the frozen soil. 2 Methane is also released. ▲ Fe 7 .2.18 Possible feedback mechanisms in climate change t d Look at the eects of climate change again and put them in diagrammatic form or pictorial form to include the eects, positive and negative changes and feedback mechanisms. t nk b gb dn Global dimming is a reduction in solar radiation reaching the surface of the Ear th. It was rst noticed in the 1950s when scientists in Israel and Australia measured pan evaporation rates (evaporation of water from a salt pan). In the 1980s, more research in Switzerland, Germany and the USSR also found that the incoming radiation was less than it was. At the time, most were sceptical of the results which showed a reduction in the rates because of a reduction in sunlight and so a cooler Ear th at a time when it conicted with evidence that the Ear th was getting warmer. When aircraft were grounded for a few days in the US after 9/11, the absence of contrails (vapour trails from aircraft) produced a sharp rise in the ▲ Fe 7 .2.19 Contrails range of the Ear th’s surface temperature. 337 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N Other experiments measuring sunlight levels over the hemisphere and may be masking the full increase of Maldives showed that par ticulates in the atmosphere global warming. There is some evidence that, as we were causing global dimming. The small pollutant clean up our atmospheric pollutants, global dimming par ticles of mostly sulphate aerosols in the clouds both decreases and we see the full eect of global warming. block sunlight from reaching the Ear th’s surface and While global warming would increase temperature and reect it back into space. These act as nuclei around give more energy to the water cycle, decreased energy which water droplets form and the clouds then reect input would slow it down and make it more humid with more sunlight back into space. Other par ticles come from less rain. volcanic eruptions, dust storms and incomplete burning It has been suggested that we could control global of fossil fuels which produce black carbon or soot. It dimming and so mitigate the eects of global warming. appears that global dimming aects weather patterns to Putting sulphur in jet fuel would cause it to produce the extent of shifting the monsoon rains and the longsulphates in ight and so cool the ear th. But the danger term drought in the 1970s and 80s in sub-Saharan Africa. in this is that we would be creating more pollution, not The drop in temperature caused by global dimming was less, and may nd ourselves in a cycle of increased about 2–3% from 1960 to 1990 but no drop has been warming and increased pollution to counteract it. 2 recorded since then. The amount varies around the Perhaps not the best idea? Ear th with more in the temperate zones of the Nor thern t d Select and summarize two opposing views of global climate changes and present your own viewpoint. t d Climate modelling Watch the lm ‘An We all want to know what the weather will be and we base our Inconvenient Truth’. predictions Watch ‘ The great global and warming swindle’. are on authority general climate past (the experience experts circulation with these who models since (what the tell and rst it was like last June, us their informed we have been computers. The for instance) predictions). trying early to model ones had GCMs the few Watch ‘Global Dimming’, a inputs and were not very accurate predictors but we now have AOGCMs BBC Horizon documentary (atmosphere–ocean GCMs) which split the Earth into sub-regions and or the NOVA programme consider the inputs of the atmosphere, oceans, ice sheets, land and ‘Dimming the Sun’. biosphere. This includes the effect that humans are having on forests Read peer-reviewed ar ticles (deforestation). The latest AOGCM models quite accurately reect past and books on the issue of climate change and have predicted changes with various concentrations climate change. (There is a of greenhouse gases. These are reported by the IPCC. lot of propaganda out there. Make sure you are reading a reliable source.) Form an opinion based on evidence and decide what actions you will take. W x c c? Humans species and you making are resourceful extinct. should on But it and will understand these climate alter your the change will lifestyle science and not choices the make and politics the human possibilities behind decision- issues. 2 Hegerl, G. C., Zwiers, F. W., Braconnot, P ., Gillett, N.P ., Luo, Y., Marengo Orsini, J.A., Nicholls, N., Penner, J.E., et al. (2007), ‘Chapter 9, Understanding and Attributing Climate Change – Section 9.2.2 Spatial and Temporal Patterns of the Response to Dierent Forcings and their Uncer tainties’,in Solomon, S., Qin, D. & Manning, M. et al., Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press, http://www.ipcc.ch/pdf/assessment-repor t/ar4/wg1/ar4-wg1-chapter9.pdf. 338 7. 2 Your parents’ about the human than to the grandparents’ War, population the Earth ignore, for or Cold of growth. could climate rest nuclear Until provide change your generations proliferation as an lifetimes, the and issue the were and 1980s, were c l i m a t E not affecting climate probably deterrent, we all c h a N g E were really all change not life on c a u s E s a N D i m P a c t s concerned World War utilizing aware debate – of, or Earth. will II more chose Now not or go and Practical Evaluate as it is a moral as well as an economic and environmental issue that two your lifestyle and moral not, as an to these all ethical have a dilemmas drive or not, have an high involve what for standard your type effect question on climate change choices. and The dierent will viewpoints affect Work away, on of personal car, your living and of choices live personal governments of to in a carbon MEDCs why should (whether city or the to they to it. or There peoples deny reaction countryside) emissions. whose y our this is mostly to those in toK LEDCs the by asking economic them model to we decrease have, their LEDCs economic aiming to development increase their rate. GDP In (gross There is a degree of domestic product) and so improve the lives of their people and would be uncer tainty in the extent unwilling to reduce growth rates. and eect of climate The the cost alleviating world’s towards the of GDP this and technology have fuels. the – we should so to not will because do not change cleaner to put for been all something energy efforts democratic plan has governments towards make collective Perhaps elections so climate 50 vote else? to into 100 this is as a value give We production politics or given 2% have as we short-termist years but for less of and systems long of – 2% their can but we can change. How can we be GDP condent of the ethical develop do burn until than of the not fossil next responsibilities that may arise from knowledge when that knowledge is often provisional or incomplete? ve. 339 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N 7 .3 ce ne – n nd dpn Sc s: acs sks: ➔ Mitigation attempts to reduce the causes of ➔ D mitigation and adaptation strategies to climate change. deal with impacts of climate change. ➔ Adaptation attempts to manage the impacts of ➔ Eve the eectiveness of international climate change. climate change talks. Kw s: ➔ ➔ mn involves reduction and/or stabilization with N/P/Fe to encourage the biological of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and their pump, or increasing upwellings to release removal from the atmosphere. nutrients to the surface. mn ee ede ghg in general ➔ should include: ● reduction of energy consumption ● reduction of emissions of oxides of nitrogen Even if mitigation strategies drastically reduce future emissions of GHGs, past emissions will continue to have an eect for some time. ➔ adpn ee can be used to reduce adverse eects and maximize any positive and methane from agriculture eects. Examples of adaptations include ● use of alternatives to fossil fuels ● geo-engineering. ood defences, vaccination programmes, desalinization plants and planting of crops in ➔ mn ee f bn dxde ev previously unsuitable climates. (CDR techniques) include: ➔ ● adp ve p varies from place to place and protecting and enhancing carbon sinks can be dependent on nancial and technological through land management eg United Nations resources. MEDCs can provide economical and reduction of emissions from deforestation and technological suppor t to LEDCs. forest degradation in developing countries (UN ➔ There are nenn e and conferences REDD) programme to address mitigation and adaptation strategies ● using biomass as fuel source ● using carbon capture and storage (CCS) ● enhancing carbon dioxide absorption by the for climate change (eg Intergovernmental Panel oceans through either fer tilization of oceans on Climate Change (IPCC), National Adaptation Programmes of Action (NAPAs), United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), etc. 340 7. 3 c l i m a t E c h a N g E – m i t i g a t i o N a N D a D a P t a t i o N Ss v c c Ke e We do can either try to reduce the impact of climate change or adapt to it or mn involves reduction both. and/or stabilization of There are three routes we can take on this issue: do nothing, wait and greenhouse gas (GHG) see, take precautions now. Science cannot give us 100% certainty on emissions and their removal the issue of global warming nor predict with total accuracy what will from the atmosphere. It is happen. What it can do is collect data and provide evidence. How that anthropogenic intervention evidence is interpreted and extrapolated will depend on individual to reduce the anthropogenic viewpoints, scientic consensus, economics and politics. forcing of the climate system; There is global a minority warming development as usual and so and on Alternatively, scientists climate Earth. approach, progress of out they of say may that we poverty that others change They saying and is a who problem take the may forfeit for many warming is do ‘do by a not for accept human nothing’ and economic reacting good to thing, that it includes strategies to activity and business sources and emissions and development a non-threat. brings benets reduce greenhouse gas enhancing greenhouse gas sinks. and IPCC, 2007. http://www.ipcc. technology can manage the effects. ch/publications_and_data/ar4/ The danger actions fuel to base will effect is a in than results. the sorry, and To slow may feedback could strategy move tipping which see’ process process the positive equilibrium ‘wait long, reach as the have economies we in the and not point 8 °C that global the be it possible our than But the it a long away is it is will of a climate So to for fossil wg2/en/annexessglossary- e-o.html national possible have now. time from disruption actions change warmer takes economy necessary. when mechanisms be is that little a Ke e new better safe perhaps? adpn is the adjustment in natural or human systems in response to actual or The precautionary strategy is the majority choice. Act now in case. expected climatic stimuli Even if we nd out that burning fossil fuels is not causing global or their eects, which warming, we know they will run out and it makes sense to clean up the moderates harm or exploits pollution caused by burning fossil fuels and nd alternative fuel sources benecial oppor tunities. now, before we international offset and run out. targets lifestyle What are we are precautions changes – against seeing – in carbon national emission increased climate policies and reduction, carbon IPCC, 2007. http://www.ipcc. ch/publications_and_data/ar4/ change. wg2/en/annexessglossaryThese precautions can be divided into three categories: a-d.html. ● international ● national ● personal commitments, actions, lifestyle and changes. m ss A. Stabilize or reduce GHG a. reduction of energy b. reduction of emissions emissions consumption of nitrogen oxides and methane from agriculture c. use of alternatives B. Remove C. Geo-engineering In carbon mitigation, stabilize GHG we use to fossil dioxide from technology emissions and fuels the and remove atmosphere substitutions GHGs from that the reduce or atmosphere. With 341 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N respect reduce But climate even GHGs, the to GHG mitigation past gases There if is emissions are a difference GHG atmosphere are adding remove of to strategies will the between stabilizing the emissions at today’s GHGs to (see the an GHG atmosphere. to levels, rise. This atmosphere carbon reduce have future effect for cycle If as emissions and we their is faster stabilizing could concentrations because than our natural in human the activities processes can edixoid nobrac fo snoitartnecnoc to of time 2.3). edixoid nobrac fo noissime To to emissions some tomorrow time ▲ policies sinks. atmosphere. in continue to implementing carbon drastically continue in means enhance GHGs would them mitigation and circulating concentrations stabilize change, emissions time Fe 7 .3.1 stabilize reduce unlikely GHG concentrations emissions to by 80% of in the peak next 100 emission years, levels. we This would is need extremely happen. A. Stabilize or reduce GHGs ● Reduction ■ of Reduce fuel energy economy insulate energy ■ and Reduce practices, driving, ■ Adopt ■ Set ■ Personal national Change change 342 taxes limits reduce development low Improve eg in remove a fossil fuel production can toll for be and by and less schools, or being more business walking often not (7.1). subsidy. a traded and and carbon and credit system. encourage socio-economic educate charge for trucks. energy in footprint. pathways has of electricity lifestyles cycling zones efciency and y government London emission vehicles, education transport, carbon improving appliances. changing which eg electric economy, GHG their efciently, energy by or private and on and efciently, hybrid circular credits priorities attitudes, and less meat, more more for – it engines, bulbs less using carbon to light demand less using car buildings using carbon people ■ eg eat by motor cool overall and consumption. waste in efcient efcient ■ energy production. cars to choices change driving – social into the city 7. 3 ● Reduction of emissions of nitrous c l i m a t E oxides c h a N g E and – m i t i g a t i o N methane a N D a D a P t a t i o N from agriculture. ■ ● Reduce methane reduced by ■ Capture more ■ Sustainable Use ■ of nuclear eg methane from cows can be diets. produced from landll sites. agriculture. high emission their methane alternatives Replace production, changing to fossil GHG ones, eg power fuels. emission energy hydroelectric generation sources and instead other of with low GHG renewables burning fossil and fuels. B. Remove carbon dioxide from the atmosphere This 1. is termed Increase which carbon amount carbon sink restore grasslands. a (2.3) For Emissions is member Carbon capturing industries increase have It is to be energy CCS 3. Use in metal there then by b. Indirectly biogas scale in power rate so – map do not ( UN GHG Removal of rates, get Reducing in LEDCs. aiming reducing at biomass Degradation) road and rocks a mineral using to This allow emissions source the fuel carbon from of pilot power If of the and But stays reacting plants there. there. An carbon Limestone limestone will rocks transported and other this suitable is means but have is the carried out stations. the same carbon captured for it, dioxide making fuel. then next by crop is dioxide planted to that photosynthesis year’s harvest. This fuel. generate biofuels animal store by dioxide This reneries dioxide. pressure few CCS ready to A oil temperatures. amount neutral it produce is To carbonates like carbon atmosphere. carbon carbon high be equal of under amount. an the products. large-scale as to stations, amounts would huge no from in in burning to Bali the a deforestation programme (CCS) captured the replanted a into emissions forest the released from the it year, is be Directly ii. a is oxides burning a. i. is are biomass should it large it so biomass by storage into store following released when to and increasing decreasing UN-REDD of so converted reduce resources energy and carbonate more the is needed but of found with calcium and emit cost and not out pool before pumped alternative to is degradation. emissions which the then dioxide and in the coming done it does Deforestation capture easily dioxide reforesting This countries deforestation (CDR). photosynthesis example, from removal carbon by collaboration more of atmospheric confused. 2. dioxide waste heat (7.1) in or electricity eg Indian villages or on a larger fermenters biodiesel and vegetable oils ethanol or from from waste planting organic crops such matter as or sugar waste cane. 343 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N C. Geo-engineering Geo-engineering projects. because been 1. This so tried is far they and Scatter or iron, have 2. Release sulphur 3. Send mirrors take ethical or up or space large-scale the questions on oceans the to act them. to as a and For increase global the strategies they carbon increase Earth intervention mitigation models, around and airplanes between other computer carbon from – from phosphates more dioxide into engineering different hypothetical nitrates which 4. are they blooms solar climate somewhat have not example: algal sink. dimming Sun to (7.2). deect radiation. Build with light-coloured roofs to increase albedo and reect more sunlight. a ss Adaptation effects. aims to Examples programmes, unsuitable adverse adaptations desalinization effects include plants and and ood maximize defences, planting of any positive vaccination crops in previously climates. Adaptation natural reduce of initiatives and human and measures systems against aim to actual reduce or the expected vulnerability climate of change effect. But who pays? resources individual. Having This available This is adaptive implementation outcomes support 1. a. Do UK ▲ land not in is effective from on the the capacity of LEDC Change on called resulting to depends and the will technological of adaptive a a and economic industry, company necessary condition strategies change. MEDC for to the design reduce nations the can and damaging provide nations. use through planning allow building on 2014, see ood legislation. plains – localized ooding in 4.2. Fe 7 .3.2 Mirrors in space to deect 2. Build to resist ooding. sunlight from the Ear th. Could this really work? a. Plan b. Build water catchment houses on stilts and or run-off with to garages minimize which underneath. Ke e 3. Change agricultural production. adpve p is the ability or potential a. Irrigate b. Store c. Breed d. Grow more effectively in drought areas. of a system to respond rainwater for times of water shortage. successfully to climate drought tolerant crops. variability and change, and includes adjustments different crops. in both behaviour and in 4. Manage the weather. resources and technologies. From IPCC repor t 2007 344 a. Seed b. Plant or capacity. adaptation climate country, clouds trees to to encourage encourage rainfall. more rainfall. ooding. can be ooded the 7. 3 5. Migrate to 6. Vaccinate 7. Manage other c h a N g E – m i t i g a t i o N a N D a D a P t a t i o N areas. against water c l i m a t E waterborne diseases eg typhoid. supplies. a. Desalination b. Increase c. Harvest d. Use plants. reservoirs. run-off water more effectively. harvesting from clouds in higher areas. i c: f s cs f c 1979 First World recognized response Climate as a when Conference. serious problem evidence of Climate change needing increasing an ofcially international carbon dioxide levels established. 1988 Intergovernmental established by Panel United on Nations Climate Change Environment (IPCC) Programme (UNEP) t nk b and the World collaborative Meteorological body comprising Organization. over 2,000 The IPCC climate is a scientists Research and discuss worldwide. Its main activity is to provide at regular intervals an the strategies adopted to assessment of the state of knowledge on climate change. alleviate climate change by: 1990 First that 1992 Rio Earth and on IPCC climate Report change Summit of concentrations. nations were strategies by the for year NAPA (a reporting reality the The Change. and (UNFCCC) reducing to of by on by 154 stabilize to gas conrmed scientic or emissions You ● Your school ● Your town ● Your country. Convention governments. developing ● data Environment greenhouse developed committed greenhouse Report Framework signed is governments The supported Conference Nations Convention voluntarily was Nations United Change objective Climate a (United Development). Climate The on was gas annexI national to 1990 levels 2000. National proposed Programme by the of UNFCCC Action ) for is LEDCs one to form decide of how to Practical meet their most urgent needs to adapt to climate Evaluate 1995 First UNFCCC conference. Governments Work change. recognized the international voluntary commitments were inadequate and eectiveness of that work started climate change to talks. draft a protocol for adoption at the third Conference of Parties in Discuss 1997. Second IPCC report concludes that the balance of two suggests a discernible human inuence on the global The Kyoto Protocol signed by some 160 mitigation adaptation and strategies to climate. deal 1997 two evidence nations at with impacts of climate third change. UNFCCC binding conference. commitments greenhouse 2012. 2001 The Third global The gas US IPCC mean to reduce emissions signed Report but Protocol to has states temperature by carbon 5.2% not that 5.8 °C calls for the dioxide below ratied 1990 the and ever ve levels legally other before protocol. anthropogenic by rst emissions will raise 2050. 345 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N 2004 The Kyoto Protocol adopt to the protocol be than However 2005 Kyoto Fourth have less 55% the US. Western 2007 Work the by Global 2009 but China 2013 2014 must I signed by that they will on to major serious cause. a Bali the is levels. 37.5%. in 2007 map nations Japan, corporations. effects road for 1990 industrial and (fully annexI only of emissions Dec ratify enough accelerates reducing Kyoto to accountable governments of the have countries emissions cost be are according annex warns agreed crisis carbon fall gas the – reduction emissions results overtook climate warming would UN to be far climate have a global in USA lower as emissions. in international reductions the 192 GHG as national emissions country with governments from the at will to economies industry. largest the Copenhagen summit. of 400 pause ppm in carbon warming dioxide in explained atmosphere as oceans reached. have continued warm. Fifth IPCC warming through in damage on this Apparent there regional report Bali of For countries together emissions retard US 55 end. Milestone to to and effect, evident; in greenhouse UN into economic negotiate fall goes IPCC than the ineffective. least which percentage become treaty of Europe, conference 2008 countries treaty except still at commitments) (developed) more is effective the is report was happening, burning fossil the strongest human fuels warning activities and are increasing yet that mostly carbon global causing dioxide atmosphere. C c ss Management strategies management model Use the section research se f edn to Expe f n Altering the human activity producing pollution Regulating and reducing the pollutants at the point of emission Clean up and restoration 346 Fe 7 .3.3 Clean up actions on climate change be gure mitigation complete b en ▲ on in can the looked at using the pollution 1.5.6. and table adaptive strategies below. Evn and your it levels own 7. 3 c l i m a t E c h a N g E – m i t i g a t i o N a N D a D a P t a t i o N t ee 1. a. Find out what major climate change meetings there Calculate your carbon footprint. (This measures your carbon use in tons of CO have been since 2007 and what the outcomes are. not hectares as in 2 ecological footprints.) 2. Find out: b. a. List as many ways as you can of reducing your What your own government policy is on climate own carbon footprint size. change and carbon emissions. c. b. How many of these will you do? What alternative energy sources the country in which you live is developing. 5. Which of the strategies you have listed would be the most eective in reducing CO c. What are the advantages and disadvantages of emissions and why? 2 Consider whether they need people to cooperate, if these? they reduce your quality of life, if the technology is 3. List the possible ways that countries could reduce available, how easy they are to do. Are the strategies their carbon emissions. ecocentric or technocentric? 4. Research your own carbon footprint. www. 6. What do you think are the ethical issues surrounding carbonfootprint.com is a good place to star t. the geo-engineering strategies? t d cbn e nd bn en dn ticket now and you will be asked by many airlines if you want to pay to oset the carbon emissions that you As par t of the Kyoto Protocol in which 163 countries are causing by ying on a plane. If you agree to this, agreed to aim to limit their GHG production, the concept the money should go to a company that invests it in a of bn en dn evolved. In this scheme, scheme that reduces carbon emissions. This is usually countries that go over their quota (set by international in a renewable energy scheme such as wind turbines, agencies) on carbon dioxide emissions can buy carbon tree planting or hydroelectric power generation. Although credits from countries which do not meet their quotas. small the market is increasing as environmentally aware In this way they still produce carbon dioxide but globally individuals invest. But some schemes have minimal the limits are still met. You can imagine how complex this impact on global carbon emissions as they must invest in system is to operate. Monitoring carbon emissions for an a scheme that would otherwise not have happened. Just industry is hard enough but for a country is very dicult. taking the money and planting trees which would still have 1. Which country owns the emissions from an been planted is not recapturing any more carbon dioxide. international ight or container ship – where it star ted Pen bn wne (PCAs) are talked about. In or ends up or the country where the airline is based? this idea, we are all issued with an allowance for carbon 2. Who sets the quotas? While a market has grown up for trading carbon emission permits, it is a volatile one. The EU emissions trading scheme, for example, has seen the value of carbon credits fall due to an overestimate of the allocation required when it started. The scheme does not encourage industries or countries to reduce their emissions either if they can buy permission to continue emitting. Carbon emissions trading is an alternative to a Carbon Tax where organizations are taxed for polluting – for releasing carbon dioxide. emissions. If we travel a lot or live in energy inecient homes, we would either have to change our lifestyles or buy more PCAs on the open market from people who produce less carbon dioxide. To become bn ne is a goal that some talk about. Being carbon neutral means that you have no net carbon emissions – all carbon you release is balanced by an equivalent amount that is taken up or oset. This could be by planting trees, buying carbon credits or through projects that reduce future GHG emissions. Also many TNC (transnational corporations) locate their 5. Do you think this is possible for an individual? What production in LEDCs. would you do? You may want to make a list of all the 3. To which country do the carbon emissions belong? 4. Which do you think is the better option? There are voluntary schemes now to e bn en for individuals and companies. Book a plane things that you do that aect your carbon emissions – researching your carbon footprint may help. 6. How do you think dierent societies would react to becoming carbon neutral? 347 7 C L I M AT E C H A N G E A N D E N E R G Y P R O D U C T I O N W E I VE R Comment on the ways To what ex tent can in which your EVS society mitigate the inuences your attitude eects of climate towards your lifestyle change? choice with respect to Evaluate climate models in predicting climate change. climate change. Big QueStionS C c c Carbon dioxide levels To what ex tent can Examine the factors are now 400ppm in the nations achieve that may make your sustainable own EVS dier from that development and of others with respect to energy security? climate change. atmosphere. Discuss whether you think we have reached a tipping point on climate change. rcv qss ➔ How should we react when we have evidence that does not t with an existing theory? ➔ The choice of energy source is controversial and complex. How can we distinguish between a scientic claim and a pseudoscience claim when making choices? ➔ There has been considerable debate about the causes of climate change. Does our interpretation of knowledge from the past allow us to reliably predict the future? ➔ There is a degree of uncer tainty in the extent and eect of climate change. How can we be condent of the ethical responsibilities that may arise from knowledge when that knowledge is often provisional or incomplete? ➔ Why does a country's choice of energy source impact another country? ➔ What factors determine energy choices for a country? ➔ The impacts of climate change are global. Who decides what action is necessary for mitigation? 348 Qck vw All 1. questions The are major worth 1 greenhouse A. nitrous B. water oxide and vapour, 6. mark gases are chlorouorocarbons. carbon dioxide, ozone Methane is produced I. bacterial II. decomposition by activity. in landll sites. and III. digestive systems of cattle. methane. C. carbon D. ozone, dioxide, water nitrogen vapour and and The rise in the Earth’s mean I and C. II considered between to be 1860 caused only B. I and III only and III only D. I, II and III chlorine. Which of these human activities both increases surface global temperature II ozone. 7. 2. A. W E I VE R R E V I E W and the present warming and depletes the ozone layer? is A. by Emission of carbon dioxide of sulphur from vehicle exhausts. I. release of methane II. deforestation. from wetlands. B. Emission dioxide from power stations. III. burning of A. I, II III C. II and and III fossil fuels. B. only I D. and I II and III Which column in the table correctly Leakage D. Release of methane from gas pipelines. of CFCs from old refrigerators. only 8. 3. C. only shows What might be a consequence of a signicant the decrease in the amount of the CO in the 2 effects of the pollutant gas? atmosphere? a. B. c. sp hened dxde e D. mene A. The Earth becoming B. A decrease C. A rise D. The warmer. cbn in CFC levels in the atmosphere. dxde in sea levels. nee e eene Yes No Yes Earth becoming cooler. Yes ee 9. Which effect pair is of statements about the greenhouse correct? depee pe Yes Yes No Yes A. It is caused by carbon It increases acid rain. zne dioxide and methane. nee B. Yes No No Yes It occurs in the It may cause a rise in troposphere. sea levels. It accelerates ozone It is caused by CFCs. d f n C. 4. If part of the cost to the environment of fossil depletion. fuel use most were likely added effect to the would price be of the fuel, the D. that It blocks UV light. It occurs in the asthenosphere. A. global warming B. use renewable C. more D. consumption of would increase. energy would decrease. 10. 5. Which of produced fossil the Methane B. Carbon C. CFCs D. Methane of would fossil following only A. fuels by and fuels would water list contains only greenhouse gases? A. Carbon dioxide, B. Methane, C. Carbon D. Nitrogen, water and methane decrease. gases CFCs and sulphur dioxide are dioxide, lead and methane activities? chlorouorocarbons and Which produced. greenhouse human dioxide and be water water and CFCs (CFCs) vapour vapour 349 H u m a n s y s t e m s a n d 8 r e s o u r c e u s e 8.1 Hman atin dnamic sigi i: applii kill: ➔ A variety of models and indicators are ➔ Cacate values of CBR, CDR, TFR, DT and NIR. ➔ Exain the relative values of CBR, CDR, TFR, DT employed to quantify human population dynamics. and NIR. ➔ Human population growth rates are impacted ➔ Anae age/sex pyramids and diagrams by a complex range of changing factors. showing demographic transition models. ➔ Dic the use of models in predicting the growth of human populations. ➔ Exain the nature and implications of exponential growth in human populations. ➔ Anae the impact that national and international development policies can have on human population dynamics and growth. ➔ Dic the cultural, historical, religious, social, political and economic factors that inuence human population dynamics. Kwlg ig: ➔ ➔ Demographic tools for quantifying human human population growth. The DTM is a model population include crde bir th rate (CBR), crde which shows how a population transitions from death rate (CDR), tta fer tiit rate (TFR), a pre-industrial stage with high CBR and CDR dbing time (DT) and natra increae rate (NIR). to an economically advanced stage with low or declining CBR and low CDR. Gba hman atin has followed a rapid growth cur ve but there is uncer tainty as to how ➔ this may be changing. ➔ ➔ Age/ex ramid and demgrahic tranitin mde (DTM) can be useful in the prediction of 350 include cultural, historical, religious, social, political and economic factors. As the human population grows, increased stress is placed on all of Ear th’s systems. Inence n hman atin dnamic ➔ Natina and internatina devement icie may also have an impact on human population dynamics. 8 . 1 H u M A N p o p u l A T I o N D y N A M I C s H ppli ii Are the there crash? that The grow are capacity enough ‘World number on Earth. humans difculty of the we able for – At live the the in the of of into give an is it to the the Earth we trying large writing What the Are answer and live use search estimate this, when Have for a these environment. the of and that cannot we look change. will nd population bureau reading is increase Here you human census are can population the exceeded questions We regions engine of US you in we population technology. dynamics a today? heading cities, population clock’ that 7,150,229,812. in study websites time on manipulate population of alive Earth? have to locally, food demographics Type a many capacity humans carrying at too carrying gure is this? World bir th and death rates Estimated 2011 Bir th rate Death rate 19 bir ths/1,000 population 8 deaths/1,000 population 131.4 million bir ths per year 55.3 million people die each year 360,000 bir ths per day 151,600 people die each day 15,000 bir ths each hour 6,316 people die each hour 250 bir ths each minute 105 people die each minute Four bir ths each second of every day Nearly two people die each second Average life expectancy at bir th is approximately 67 years. Sources: Population Reference Bureau & the World Factbook (Central Intelligence Agency) ▲ Figre 8.1.1 World bir th and death rates 2011 Global human exponential rate a of growth population Our 90 current million growth population curve. which This is increases people rates, it are will when rate each born. to the generation growth double has, rate is now, an population from are within followed follows 2 to phenomenal Predictions again until population proportional in population growth is that, 4, – 100 to each even another size. 4 an accelerating with For 8, 8 example, to year 16 etc. about slowing years. Population of the Ear th number of people living worldwide since 1 700 in billions 2048 9 snoillib ni noitalupop dlrow 2024 8 2012 7 1999 6 1987 5 1974 4 1960 3 1804 2 1 1927 0 1 700 1800 1900 2000 year Source: United Nations world population prospects, Deutsche Stiftung Weltbevölkerung ▲ Figre 8.1.2 World human population growth since 1700 351 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e T d From gure 8.1.2, calculate the doubling time in years for the human population to increase: a. 1 to 2 billion b. 2 to 4 billion c. 4 to 8 billion Then complete the table below. Of year patin Dbing time 1804–1927 1–2 billion 123 years the We 7.1 know future we are human number (see billion the gure humans living alive today, about unsustainably population exponential growth curve but rate will we will start half can be, to of live only and level us poverty. estimate when out in and and at even what what decrease 8.1.3). 16000 15000 estimated 14000 U.N. high U.N. medium 13000 U.N. low 12000 actual 11000 elpoep fo snoillim 10000 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 001 2 0602 0802 0202 0402 0891 0002 0491 06 91 0091 0291 0881 0481 0681 0081 0281 T d ▲ Figre 8.1.3 Global human population growth rate over time and three predictions for the future Now watch the 1-hour long documentary from Hans Rosling If you look at any statistics or any graph of projected human population titled ‘Don’t panic–the facts about growth estimates vary enormously. This is because they are based on population’, past and current trends. We can apply mathematical formulas to current http://www.gapminder.org/videos/ gures but they assume human behaviour is predictable. It is also dont-panic-the-facts-aboutvery hard to build in the impact of the demographic structure of the population/ population. Summarize the conclusions of the documentary in 200 words. CBR But of if 352 a 10/1000 you bearing In have years population with will signicant an the have ageing impact a a high population will be far proportion impact with less. on fewer of young population people in people a growth. the child- 8 . 1 In ● gure The 8.1.3, high that the there variant CBR are – will three H u M A N p o p u l A T I o N D y N A M I C s estimates: assumes that continue to CDR fall will continue to fall rapidly but slowly. Ke term ● The medium projection of variant the is the middle ground and a straightforward curve. Measures of total human ● The the low variant other big assumes killers and we will that the not nd CBR a will cure to AIDS or any of population change are: fall. • Crde bir th rate (CBR) is the number of bir ths per thousand individuals in a mig ppli hg population per year. The four rate, main death factors rate, that affect immigration population and size of organisms are birth • emigration. Crde death rate (CDR) is the number of deaths per Fertility rates higher than 2.0 result in population increase, while lower thousand individuals in a than 2.0 results in population decrease, because the two parents should population per year. be replaced Migration by is two not children taken into in order to maintain a stable population. Crude bir th and death rates consideration. are calculated by dividing Fertility rate is the number of births per thousand women of child- the number of bir ths or bearing age. In reality, replacement fertility is from 2.03 in MEDCs deaths by the population and 2.16 in LEDCs because of infant and childhood mortality. size and multiplying by Fertility there is is a sometimes difference percentage: births considered in per a expression. 1000, or synonym Birth hundred to rate (%) is birth rate. expressed of 1000. Write these out as a However, as formula. a the total population, birth rate (CBR) not • of each woman. However, in practice, crude is Natra increae rate used, (NIR) is the rate of human which is per thousand individuals, male and female, young and old. growth expressed as a percentage change per T d year. 1. Calculate the population density, crude bir th rate, crude death rate, and Natra increae rate = (Crude bir th rate natural increase rate from the data provided. Put the data in a table. crude death rate) / 10 (migration is 2. patin denit is the number of people per unit area of land. Calculate ignored) 2 the population density in number per km • Regin pn land Bir th area 10 Death Crde Crde Natra pn bir th death increae denit rate rate rate Dbing time (DT) is the time in years that it takes 6 6 10 6 10 for a population to double 2 km in size. 6 × 10 A NIR of 1% will make a Wrd 6,000 131 121.0 55.8 population double in size Aia 3,500 31 88.2 29.4 India 1,000 3 29.0 10.0 730 29 30.7 10.0 in 70 years. This is wor th remembering. • Africa The doubling time for a population is 70 / NIR. Tanzania 30 0.9 1.3 0.4 730 22.7 8.5 8.2 7 0.04 0.09 0.07 Another way to measure Ere switzerand bir ths is the: • N America 460 21.8 9.3 3.6 us A 270 9.6 4.3 2.4 Tta fer tiit rate (TFR) is the average number of children each woman has over her lifetime. 3. Describe and explain the dierences in the data for the three regions Asia, India and Africa. 353 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e T think abt 1. Research, sketch and describe the shape of the exponential growth curve in the human population over the last 500 years. 2. Exponential growth is characterized by increasingly short doubling times. Doubling time is the number of years it would take to double the size of a population at a particular rate (%) of growth. For example with a 2% growth rate or natra increae rate, the population doubling time would be about 35 years, with 4% natural increase rate a population will double in about 17 years. How long would it take for a population to double if the natural increase rate was 1%? 3. Using gure 8.1.2, copy and complete the table with doubling times for the global population (in billions). Date patin Dbing Date patin time (r) 4. Dbing time (r) 1500 0.5 1,500 5.0 1800 1.0 300 6.0 1927 2.0 7.0 3.0 8.0 4.0 9.0 What do you notice about the changing doubling times? T d Ineqaitie f ife 5 would control 32% of the entire world’s wealth; all 5 would be US citizens If we could reduce the world’s population to a village 33 would be receiving –and attempting to live on– only of precisely 100 people, with all existing human ratios 3% of the income of ‘the village’. remaining the same, the demographics would look something like this: The village would have 60 Asians, 14 Africans, 12 Europeans, 8 Latin Americans, 5 from the USA and Canada, and 1 from the South Pacic How would you illustrate this information? The State of The Village Repor t by Donella H. Meadows was published in 1990 as Who lives in the Global Village? and updated in 2005. It is controversial as some people think she was biased in the use of statistics and 51 would be male; 49 would be female some of these are inaccurate. Examples of this are: 82 would be non-white; 18 white Male:female ratio is 1.05:1 67 would be non-Christian; 33 would be Christian Almost 80% of the world’s population is now literate 80 would live in substandard housing There is less than 1/6th of the world’s population 67 would be unable to read malnourished 50 would be malnourished and 1 dying of starvation About 3% of the world’s population will have a college 33 would be without access to a safe water supply education 39 would lack access to improved sanitation About 9% will now own a computer 24 would not have any electricity (and of the 76 that do The US controls no more than 30% of the world’s wealth. have electricity, most would only use it for light at night) However, it is a stark demonstration of the haves and 7 people would have access to the internet have-nots. 1 would have a college education Do you think this is an example of propaganda in favour 1 would have HIV 2 would be near bir th; 1 near death of a par ticular viewpoint or does it make valid points about the unequal distribution of wealth and goods on ear th – or is it both? 354 8 . 1 H u M A N p o p u l A T I o N Ledc medc The UN Human It domestic used top to of product this Countries based on are in (GDP) recent also their as measures countries. list Index Programme combines rank ToK Development Development country. per a of (HDI) has measure health capita) Iceland, and Norway of (life been the by ‘well-being’ expectancy), education and adopted into Canada the of one have (gross value. been A variety of models and a wealth at It is the grouped indicators are employed to quantify human population dynamics. How can we know which indicators to use? years. industrial D y N A M I C s into more and development less and economically developed, the most accurate models? GDP . Mre ecnmica deveed le ecnmica deveed cntrie (MEDC) cntrie (lEDC) Most countries in Europe and Nor th Most of the countries in sub-Saharan America, and South Africa, Israel and Africa, large areas of Asia and South Japan America Industrialized nations with high GDPs How can we judge which are Less industrialized or have hardly any industry at all Population is relatively rich May have raw materials (natural capital) but this tends to be expor ted and processed in MEDCs. Individuals are unlikely to starve Population has a lower GDP and higher through pover ty pover ty rates Relatively high level of resource use More people are poor with low per capita (per person) standards of living Relatively low population growth rates High population growth rates largely largely due to low CBR but rising CDRs due to rapidly falling CDRs Have very high carbon and ecological Have lower carbon and ecological footprints footprints ▲ It Figre is in easy 8.1.4 Comparison of MEDCs and LEDCs to reality countries Various put this these being other very terms industrialization have been LEDCs are used in characteristics division are countries. The First, Soviet bloc, nations accompanied the At cities the to by provide moment, the table the of the extremes continuum LEDC and and has are replaced called Fourth with but many industrialized workforce, following used countries and trade countries are to and to the stateless have GDP , population least within (NICs) often migration increased considered some or refer states increased and developing as states countries investment, free failed World in and these Communist development foreign differences Developed underdeveloped Newly a describe democracies, industrial massive a countries. and Third economically their to of decline Second, into changing categorize. used advanced respectively. accelerated to MEDC developed terms gradually wealth economic technologically a hard and but is to civil be to rights. NICs: 355 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e China, u s e India, South Africa, Malaysia, Thailand, Philippines, Turkey, T think abt Mexico or and Brazil. And it would be very hard to dene them as LEDC MEDC. Perhaps it would be possible to apply population ecology models to human populations. H ppli gwh There is a range of models Human population causing environmental impact appears to be available that explore underpinned by a set of simple facts: population dynamics and the ● more people require ● more people produce ● people ● so interrelationship between more resources; a species’ population size more waste; and other environmental usually want to improve their standard of living; parameters, resources and internal controls. the more people there are, the greater the impact they have. How do J and S curves If we can control population increase and control resource demand, (2.1) apply to human levels of sustainability should increase. populations? Demography populations, time with and There are remain so there examples Size on we of We and similar impact with in the birth stable is no the and sex the in of death the indirect and of human changes over rates. rate population population. and characteristics composition, death gain examples direct statistical and when net human alone base need to resource on the size) is and also population examples of resource time (or assumption have exploiting Select one of these not our impact of and the birth rate are size. of Modern impact the a that resource history famines is the is failure littered and all on responsible environment wealth Many of a and the with droughts needs resource (or and use principle. in impact all our and impact which resource models populations thus individual dynamic for population, population individuals However, a factor on resource (based use) only the use). same resource). resource the impact consider need environmentally and of age Earth. resource function T d on population live. desire a of the our study size, numerous consequences across the total variations Populations equal is eg have waste the of same associated resource use (and Resource use varies in space. failure or choose your own ● MEDCs ● Urban and LEDCs demonstrate contrasting resource use per capita. and research the reasons for it happening and the and rural populations demonstrate varying resource use proles. consequences, what happened afterwards. ● ● Young ● Amazonian people have different resource needs to the elderly. Sahel long drought Indians have different resource needs than Parisians. 1968–72 Yet ● all these groups may have an impact, though the impact will vary scale, type and severity. And the impact may not necessarily be linearly 1959–61 related ● Irish potato famine 1845 ● Biafran famine 1967–70. About to population 20% MEDCs is negative 356 in Great Chinese famine of us falling in some live as size. in MEDCs, birth MEDC rates 80% are countries in higher (eg LEDCs. in Italy, The LEDCs proportion and Germany). in sometimes 8 . 1 H u M A N p o p u l A T I o N D y N A M I C s T d World population growth, 1750–2150 12 economically developing countries 10 snoillib ni noitalupop industrialized countries 8 1999 6 4 2 0 1 750 ▲ 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 2050 2 100 2 150 Figre 8.1.5 Human world population growth 1750–2150 for MEDCs and LEDCs People’s Republic of China India Indonesia other Asia Africa Europe USA other Nor th America (incl. Caribbean) South America Middle East Oceania ▲ Figre 8.1.6 Distribution of world population in 2005 1. With reference to gure 8.1.5: Calculate the percentage of the world’s population living in LEDCs and MEDCs in 1950 and predicted in 2150. 2. Estimates of human population size vary greatly. List three reasons why estimates might be greater or smaller than the true gure. 3. What are the limiting factors on human population growth? 4. Estimate the percentage of the world population living in Asia in 2005 from gure 8.1.6. Ppli gwh f hg There are supply, two from main theories Malthus and relating to population growth and food Boserup. Malthusian theory Thomas from Malthus and Malthus 1766 to was 1834. expressed claimed that an In a English his text pessimistic food supply clergyman An essay view was the on and the over the main economist principle of dangers limit to who lived population , of 1798, overpopulation population growth. 357 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e Malthus u s e believed that the human population increases geometrically (ie food required 2, 4, (ie 8, 2, 16, 4, 6, 32, 8, etc.) 10, whereas 12, etc.), food being supplies limited can by grow only arithmetically available new land. Malthus Malthusian trap added that the ‘laws of nature’ dictate that a population can never doof fo ytitnauq food T increase beyond the food supplies necessary to support it. produced According These to population, fertile Malthus, prevent land enough which is population numbers the to feed a people available available, food of resources Malthus growing increase is increasing believed limited cannot that population. by beyond certain the support. there would However, as ‘checks’. optimum As long as be more than population and t 1 the demands for food increase, there is a greater pressure to farm more time intensively ▲ and cultivate poorer, more marginal land. According to Malthus, Figre 8.1.7 though, the food production productive Beyond the cultivation capacity ceiling and, decline in returns where, increase serve food in as a increases eventually only the where even to food but is soil still place levels occur. be so limit a certain its levels fullest occurs, known as of of determined extent, law of over- with limited to a general diminishing only marginal did a small returns ultimately acknowledge new food by technology. technology, Malthus that level contributing the These possible maintained and to growth. would to existing used is higher eventually output and erosion This population he take with will increase land land production. check production, of ultimately, yield in can methods supply in that food would population. pop BR growth falling higher demand early marriage for food pop decline lower prices late marriage higher prices lower demand pover ty ▲ Figre 8.1.8 Feedback cycle showing population changes and demand for food Neo-Malthusians are now seeing slowing. The agree the Club with limits of of Rome, Malthus’ growth an arguments as NGO, increase is in and believe food that production we is neo-Malthusian. Limitations of Malthusian theory Anti-Malthusians of food is ignores the Poverty results on is ‘closed’ not the one reality limits food that people so Even it the for food a is actually poor does so, theory not year, ie a only global enjoy an simplistic. the of poor resources, scale, the fair and not possibly is technology the size enough of land This physical community distribution feed of foreseen mean football to shortage hungry. not have which a go world’s even A reasoning. who a area there too Malthus’ could farming from being for distribution on Malthus in as explanation Except changes enough the possible from and spectacular 1,000 criticize production. supplies. produce 358 just we pitch the can to supply whole 8 . 1 human the population. Malthusian Rather than increases. there are theory. there food – could 1992, There 60 food were not have food that 7 is this trend have exist and centuries only Britain million when model is is production tonnes to living in and Malthusian Malthus of repeated Globalization D y N A M I C s contradicts contrary standard p o p u l A T I o N arithmetically. agricultural 26 continue, high This world. two reached in a last increasing will people most the the surpluses imported. across of supply surpluses million and some from food European million though evidence of starvation, In indications are import Thus notion H u M A N lived. and MEDCs something Now enough which Malthus expected. Boserup’s theory In 1965, in population (the Esther optimistic population to change and will theory Boserup’s ideas systems, rainforests Her theory higher new that to technology by the more stages of that, on as intensity methods. population and growth into to act food. various as in in that can of sum up use food supply total population tropical South the from rise incentive invention’. land the any an East agriculture and increase production as We mother increases, arising leads so cultivation innovation conclusion naturally the cropping, population through The research shifting an food suggested and more is that increase food produce multiple asserted to Boserup for ‘necessity her extensive intensive view). demand sentence based from suggests farming the economist, technologists technocentric were ranging Danish increase agrarian Boserup’s a stimulate doof fo ytitnauq in Boserup, would introduction Boserup’s time Asia. moves into of theory ▲ Figre 8.1.9 Food supply and population curves is development. Limitations of Boserup’s theory Like Malthus, community. ‘closed’ has Boserup’s In reality, because therefore migration been Sahel. can this it excessive not in- based at a and difcult occurs in on global the assumption scale, test of are Boserup’s to a ideas. Boserup’s to ‘closed’ are common over-population according of communities out-migration to areas which, lead population From support does so is This is It because relieve theory, not features. the then leads to innovation. Overpopulation land very pressure, technological the constant usually population idea except always is to clear that numbers lead unsuitable pressure to of may farming be certain people. technological practices responsible types In of such for fragile cases, innovation that may environment population and degrade desertication in the cannot pressure development. Application of theories of Malthus and Boserup There may is be evidence suffering ideas. been so Both to On and the other by growing Malthus the suggest at famine motivated meet to appropriate in some hand, at a increasing the ideas scales. LEDCs On of a today national both may scale, population to Boserup global level the reinforce some and Malthus growing Malthusian governments develop their have resources and demands. and Boserup environmental technological that different limits can be while right because Boserup Malthus refers to refers cultural and issues. 359 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e T d 1. Read the description of the theories of Malthus and Boserup and summarize their models in a table like the one below. Math Ber Mde diagram Main idea limitatin Aicatin 2. Look at the graph of food supply in India (gure 8.1.10). i. According to the Indian National Commission on Population, the population of India was about 846 million in 1991, 1,012 million in 2001 and estimated to be 1,179 million in 2009. As the population of India has increased what happens to the per capita food supply? ii. Add a third line to show increase in human population. iii. Whose theory is represented by this data? Explain your reasoning. Index of total and per capita food production, India. 19 61–1998 140 )001=9891( xedni 120 100 per capita 80 60 total 40 20 0 1960 ▲ 1970 1980 1990 2000 Figre 8.1.10 Total and per capita food production in India 1961–1998 3. Gba atin grwth The pattern of human growth is not uniform with most growth currently taking place in LEDCs. Use the following data to construct population growth curves for MEDCs and LEDCs of the world from 1800 until 2100 AD. Plot the LEDCs 9 above the MEDCs (units = 10 Date MEDC lEDC ). Date MEDC lEDC 1800 0.3 0.7 1980 1.1 3.3 1850 0.4 0.8 1990 1.2 4.1 1900 0.6 1.1 2000 1.3 5.0 1950 0.8 1.7 2025 1.4 7.2 1960 0.9 2.1 2050 1.4 8.0 1970 1.0 2.8 2100 1.4 8.0 4. The values for the next century are only estimates. What will be the most impor tant social factor that will determine human population size? 360 8 . 1 H u M A N p o p u l A T I o N D y N A M I C s What will be the future world population? What do fertility Fer tiit rate A have will predicted wrd atin (biin) in 210 0 3.6 2.0 10.1 2.5 15.8 to what rate the it is rise of now to to 2.0 to 15.8 only population about 3.0, has 1.7 in is will at by 2.6 in 2100. to 3.6 and estimates If a every however, of billion. themselves, population a Total 3.4 rate (but do not from woman decides population the second up and increase 2.5, fertility world size population of every two, population will second fertility averaging for 2.1 If, replace the instead although (high), couple children, 2100. sink a scenario child MEDCs, calculated stabilizing two one falling that this billion than billion have rate In 10.1 rather world Fertility means population. three decides UN mean? 1.5 fertility add rates woman rate of fertility to 6.0) continues to is in to 1.5, the now LEDCs. increase. change based on fertility (medium/replacement level) and 1.6 The rates (low). Wh i vppl? If the optimum economic return countries UK and population may per have capita, a Netherlands is using higher have when the all available optimum high population resources, population population produces then density densities but the some than can highest others. support The this 2 population the north the richer with is a high living overpopulated countries have standard. as to resources import Brazil are goods with much and two people scarcer. services The from per km snag is in that elsewhere. Wh ppl hv lg fili? It of 1. appears a High child and that 2. that country some parents, welfare 3. in of an them old the on more help are the but contribute of on to insurance an the the The more (26,500 to have soon look as not correlated may day) more due than with GNP be: according per for asset each need family to UNICEF to you is the child. their in are during the children after they children parents in more burden economic their is reasons mortality: tradition children as children Some one malnutrition may need so adulthood. parents. less land have seconds reach age: their and work are is to wealth. childhood three network, Children Status It of dependent 4. and every disease. care decision personal infant dies Security take the nor If More feeding. their children secure there is no will the social parents. agricultural able. that more In societies. children MEDCs, education They mean children and take are longer to society. women: subordinate to the men. traditional In many position countries, of women they are is that they deprived of 361 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e many an rights, considered depends outside more the girls the than The but ways to 2. Improve simple and by health Enhance seed some size the tools. (at for seedlings by through soil or roads force grow the of small by projects buy cost an not LEDC population into of We which cash is a are status boys. religious), status contributed is in MEDCs. the like prime to cannot diseases way have get them. the adults. nutrition, vaccines. available. a on the practice auto that to to family that buy buy pans mechanic will has some feed through to to get the whole credit community. people may projects, have realized in (eg grow tree prevent projects then cropping and through improving woman an Major is children peasant start Local work. to guaranteed reforestation measures. do is a for may loan management. often this focusing for for yarn, members in and Bank, given enterprises the or rate they by counselling Gramin are of water), medication the or social gaining would literacy spread tomatoes, of them getting and particularly of fertility MEDCs work their probably women basic the family to career, (social capable has low for (boiling the and produce, be in own to: form loans conservation for HEP in transplanting LEDCs and very small-scale as to formed in are and Return projects they discrimination pay simple Small resource for to their agricultural children, many preventing weaver Thus, least). associations Improve a the hygiene some fertilizer bread, family and poor the children LEDCs, in Microlending, and bake In by success. of education contraceptives high making children toward too income of of contraceptives: of providing 4. for having most bearing family measures Make had an education 3. level. are reduce Provide of do barriers of fertility. they 1. get anything reducing them 5. to context Unavailability of only such property, they number down allowing owning Instead worthy on Breaking 5. like education. debt that like large building (Third tobacco, erosion oil dams World debt) palm). T think abt The tat f wmen According to the UN, women’s rights are the key to reducing the population growth rate. Fer tility rates remain high where women’s status is low. Less than 20% of the world’s countries will account for nearly all of the world’s population growth this century. Not coincidentally, those countries — the least developed nations in sub-Saharan Africa, south Asia, and elsewhere — are also where girls are less likely to attend school, where child marriage is common, and where women often lack basic rights. 362 a. Make a list of issues which may maintain the low status of women. b. Suggest proposals which might lead to a lowering of fer tility rate. c. List four reasons why educating women will reduce fer tility/bir th rate. 8 . 1 H u M A N p o p u l A T I o N D y N A M I C s T d patin ramid All pyramids are taken from the US census website at http://www.census.gov/population/international/data/idb/ informationGateway.php. Have a look at this site as it has dynamic pyramids which change over time. Population or age/sex pyramids show the distribution of individuals in a population, by sex and age. They contain a lot of information. 1. List the pieces of information that you can nd in the population pyramid of Afghanistan in 2000. male Afghanistan: 20 0 0 female 80+ 75–79 70–74 65–69 60–64 55–59 50–54 45–49 40–44 35–39 30–34 25–29 20–24 15–19 10–14 5–9 0–4 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 population (in millions) ▲ 2. Figre 8.1.11 Population pyramid of Afghanistan in 2000 What changes are there in this predicted pyramid of 2025? male Afghanistan: 2025 female 80+ 75–79 70–74 65–69 60–64 55–59 50–54 45–49 40–44 35–39 30–34 25–29 20–24 15–19 10–14 5–9 0–4 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 population (in millions) ▲ 3. Figre 8.1.12 Population pyramid of Afghanistan in 2050 Draw two horizontal bands (at 15 and 65 years). What do these bands represent? Population pyramids can indicate political and social changes too. China used the concept of optimum population to try to stabilize its population at 1.2 billion by the year 2000 and reduce the population to a government-set level of 700 million by the end of the century. 363 8 H u m a n 4. s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e Explain the decrease in population younger than 35–45 in China in 2007. Think of at least two reasons. male China: 20 07 female 100+ 95–99 90–94 85–89 80–84 75–79 70–74 65–69 60–64 55–59 50–54 45–49 40–44 35–39 30–34 25–29 20–24 15–19 10–14 5–9 0–4 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 population (in millions) ▲ Figre 8.1.13 Population pyramid of China in 2007 dgphi ii l The in demographic mortality and economic development. ve-stage population sigmoid The 1. growth stages Stage to no poor 2. 1: and is due 3. 2: food Stage more and so Late to 4: Stage 5: fertility As a model, China and Saharan model. transition can be a pattern result can linked to be of of decline social described the stages of and as a the Low the is (LEDC’s) is – rates, rates Death reduced expands so – High cultural due rate lifespan rapidly low. (Wealthier also desire have stationary for and (MEDC’s) passed those – of to birth due factors disease, drops as famine, sanitation increases. child as to – As access emancipation Birth mortality rate falls – Low ageing by in country to women. and becomes contraception, low Population infant death birth or extrapolating may death not countries stages war and rates, sizes. be replaced as workforce. some the a families. Population changes of goods population through affected criticized due material (MEDC’s) Problems LEDC’s) fall smaller Stable explains have been death education, and countries. or High rates people DTM Brazil has birth Declining rate societies) mortality medicine. off that countries It the as medicine. disease healthcare, industrialized 5. families. little expanding level mean Stage is country (Pre-industrial infant population improved 3: high expanding developed, begins 4. large improve, improved rates stationary Early high to which (DTM) a Demographic model, control, hygiene still of curve. High birth Stage model (natality) are: encouraging 364 transition fertility very civil the but not quickly. unrest do European others. Some not sub- follow model the worldwide. 8 . 1 H u M A N p o p u l A T I o N D y N A M I C s 1 bir th rate 40 25 30 15 death rate 20 10 noitalupop 0001 rep etar ht rib noitalupop 0001 rep etar htaed 20 10 5 total population 0 0 time ▲ Figre 8.1.14 The demographic transition model Population DTM pyramids take one of basic four shapes which reect the stages: Stage 1 – Expanding Stage 2 – Expanding Stage 3 – Stationary Stage 4 – Contracting Age 65 15 males (%) ▲ females (%) males (%) females (%) males (%) females (%) males (%) females (%) High bir th rate; rapid fall in High bir th rate; fall in death Declining bir th rate; low Low bir th rate; low death each upward age group due rate as more living to middle death rate; more people rate; higher dependency to high death rates; shor t age; slightly longer life living to old age. ratio; longer life expectancy. life expectancy. expectancy. Figre 8.1.15 The four shapes of population pyramids T d 1. Copy and complete the table with the characteristics of each pyramid stage 1. Exanding 2. Exanding 3. statinar 4. Cntracting Bir th rate Death rate life exectanc patin grwth rate stage f DTM Exame 365 8 H u m a n 2. s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e For each pyramid below, identify the stage. You might like to look up your own country, if not included, and do the same. Comment on the bir th rate, death rate, life expectancy, gender dierences and stage of development of the country. male India: 20 07 female male Thailand: 20 07 female 80+ 100+ 95–99 75–79 90–94 70–74 85–89 65–69 80–84 60–64 75–79 70–74 55–59 65–69 50–54 60–64 45–49 55–59 40–44 50–54 45–49 35–39 40–44 30–34 35–39 25–29 30–34 20–24 25–29 20–24 15–19 15–19 10–14 10–14 5–9 5–9 0–4 0–4 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 population (in millions) male 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 population (in millions) Italy: 20 07 female male Brazil: 20 07 100+ female 80+ 95–99 75–79 90–94 70–74 85–89 65–69 80–84 75–79 60–64 70–74 55–59 65–69 50–54 60–64 45–49 55–59 50–54 40–44 45–49 35–39 40–44 30–34 35–39 25–29 30–34 25–29 20–24 20–24 15–19 15–19 10–14 10–14 5–9 5–9 0–4 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0–4 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 10 8 6 4 2 population (in millions) male 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 population (in millions) United States: 20 07 female 85+ 80–84 75–79 70–74 65–69 60–64 55–59 50–54 45–49 40–44 35–39 30–34 25–29 20–24 15–19 10–14 5–9 0–4 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 population (in millions) ▲ Figre 8.1.16 Population pyramids for ve countries in 2007 The in controversial several through ● ● The these initial model in have fallen as recent fall in the areas death Deaths ● The from fall in always the death the the of was all rate have birth practices and case. it models, it has the fth countries has not or and based all limitations. stage such always no which as on change countries These has Germany only and go are: become Sweden assumes allow to been cities as has sanitation steep as created and this large consequent suggests urban high inrm. diseases increased is that decline. poor rate that suggests countryside young is it when the model yet without AIDS-related religious education Like from of this countries population which rates ● that about years into movement slum 366 stages. clear The thing industrialized for may also affect availability this. literacy It also rates for of this. contraception assumes women. and increasing This is not 8 . 1 ● Some countries Asian ‘Tiger example, this ● have sequence This is a become states’, have compressed economies’ leapt in the eurocentric to the Malaysia, time model This and timescale Singapore industrialized same industrialized. for of status period as assumes may not be of H u M A N these and without p o p u l A T I o N changes. Hong going Kong, D y N A M I C s The for through others. that the all case countries in some will ‘failed example. T d T think abt uing cmter mde t redict atin change Models may be very generalized and simple Go to the UN Economic and Social Aairs oce website http://esa.un.org/unpd/ to use or so complex that wpp/unpp/panel_population.htm they are dicult to use. 1. Using the basic data and median variant, nd the data for the following: They should present the a. World population in 2050 b. More developed regions population in 2050 c. Less developed regions population in 2050 d. Calculate the percentage of total world population that each region signicant factors without extra detail that may confuse us. They should be useful in helping us to make predictions and make sense makes in 2050 of the real world. How far e. Repeat these steps for the year 2015 f. What does this tell you? does the DTM help us or does it hinder our understanding of population change which 2. Now go to the detailed indicators in the left-hand column is far more complex than this a. Look up and make a note of fer tility rates for the same regions and model suggests? same years. b. Which region has the highest fer tility rate and why? c. What has happened to bir th rates of these regions over time and what does this mean? d. What has happened to death rates of these regions over time and what does this mean? e. 3. What has happened to life expectancy in these regions? Using the same website, pick two variables that you think are impor tant when trying to explain population growth, justify why they are impor tant and explain what they show over the period 1950–2050. 4. What are the problems with using computer models to predict population expansion? How valid are they and what are they useful for? 5. For the country in which you live or where you hold nationality, examine the change in population between 1950 and 2050. 367 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e T think abt The AIDs eidemic – Africa, an rhaned cntinent aord anti-retroviral drug treatments. Although the multinational drug companies have agreed to reduce the Information taken from UNAIDS, a joint UN agency on prices of these drugs in Africa, they are still out of the AIDS research and relief. reach of all but a few. The eect is to leave a generation Worldwide, 35 million people live with the HIV virus. of orphan children, looked after by their grandparents. 10% of these are aged 15 or under. In 2010, 1.8 million 1. Describe the population pyramid for South Africa people died from AIDS related illnesses. About 2/3rds in 2000. of these were in sub-Saharan Africa which is the worst aected region. 2. What type of pyramid is this? South Africa is the worst aected country with more 3. Explain why it changes for 2025. than 15% of the people infected. 4. Most people who die from AIDS related illnesses are the Explain the factors that inuence the pyramid in 2050. (Remember economic factors as well.) wage-earners of a family and those who are poor cannot male South Africa: 20 0 0 female 80+ 75–79 70–74 65–69 60–64 55–59 50–54 45–49 40–44 35–39 30–34 25–29 20–24 15–19 10–14 5–9 0–4 ▲ Figre 8.1.17 The 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 population (in millions) World Aids Day ribbon male South Africa: 2025 female 80+ 75–79 70–74 65–69 60–64 55–59 50–54 45–49 40–44 35–39 30–34 25–29 20–24 15–19 10–14 5–9 0–4 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 population (in millions) male South Africa: 2050 female 80+ 75–79 70–74 65–69 60–64 55–59 50–54 45–49 40–44 35–39 30–34 25–29 20–24 15–19 10–14 5–9 0–4 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 population (in millions) ▲ 368 Figre 8.1.18 Population pyramid for South Africa 2000, 2025 and 2050 8 . 1 H u M A N p o p u l A T I o N D y N A M I C s Iig h ppli gwh picie that ma redce atin picie that ma increae atin grwth rate grwth rate Parents in subsistence communities Agricultural development, improved may be dependent on their children public health and sanitation, etc. may for suppor t in their later years and lower death rates and stimulate rapid this may create an incentive to have population growth without signicantly many children. So if the government aecting fer tility. introduces pension schemes the CBR comes down. If you pay more tax to have more Lowering income tax or giving children or even lose your job, you may incentives and free education and decide to have a smaller family. health care may increase bir th rates, eg Australia baby bonus. Policies that stimulate economic Encouraging immigration, par ticularly growth may reduce bir th rates as a of workers – for example Russia allows result of increased access to education migrants to work who do not have about methods of bir th control. qualications to ll the gap in manual labour. Urbanization may also be a factor in reducing crude bir th rates as fewer people can live in the smaller urban accommodation. Policies directed toward the education of women, and enabling women to have greater personal and economic independence may be the most eective in reducing fer tility and therefore population pressures. ▲ Figre 8.1.19 National and international policies inuence human population growth While they do we are not really support. Earth’s live may and All be know our to they how evidence resources within able where count live, many we have or nd many even people at unsustainably means how and the but ways people predict and other moment are to we are is in species that inventive increase alive, changes we what the the Earth are using enough age future, to we can the either productivity? 369 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e T think abt The greing f Ere some countries, fer tility rates are lower than in others. Italy has a fer tility rate of 1.2 children per woman. This Europe’s population growth rate is falling and its is not enough to replace the population yet some see population is ageing (going grey). Who will be the immigration as bringing major social problems as well. workers who suppor t the older population? Immigration may help but immigrants also grow old and need state Ser vices suppor t. social such as suppor t Immigration education, are is not across medical increasing the EU, to care meet mostly and demand. from east to So the combination of decreased replacement rate and west but also into the EU from LEDCs. Debate about fewer workers means it is not looking good for Europe. immigration soon becomes political with terms like Within the geographical boundaries of Europe are some ‘illegal immigrant ’, ‘economic migrant ’ and ‘bogus 731 million people (with 499 million of these in the 28 asylum seeker ’ being used, yet migration has always EU member states). In 1900, Europeans made up 25% of occurred for a host of economic, social and political the world population; by 2050, they will be 7% according reasons. It is inevitable. The skill for politicians will to UN projections. This is because the growth rate in other be to inter vene to change retirement age and countries is far higher than that of Europe. By 2050, pension systems, improve productivity and the median age of Europeans will be 52 years. The total stimulate worker mobility. fer tility rate across the EU is about 1.59 children but, in Some Practical To what extent country's on its Work does control a development economy demographics and that European alleviate depend large the over countries problems their of own are an trying ageing fertility to increase population they rarely their but wish to birth once go rates women back to to have having families. its inuence T d its development Explain the nature implications growth in Discuss of the social, inuence populations. cultural, economic Research population policies in one of India, China, Iran, Colombia, Brazil, and exponential human religious, and policies? historical, political factors human that population dynamics. Discuss in human A the variety quantify of models growth models are of To methods sciences and employed human dynamics. the of the populations. indicators 370 use predicting what of to population extent the are human `scientic'? Singapore or your own country. Write a shor t case study on this and exchange it with your classmates. 8 . 2 R E s o u R C E u s E I N s o C I E T y 8.2 Rerce e in ciet sigi i: applii kill: ➔ The renewability of natural capital has ➔ otine an example of how renewable and implications for its sustainable use. non-renewable natural capital has been ➔ The status and economic value of natural mismanaged. capital is dynamic. ➔ Exain the dynamic nature of the concept of natural capital. Kwlg ig: ➔ Renewabe natra caita can be generated cause damage making this natural capital and/or replaced as fast as it is being used. It unsustainable. includes living species and ecosystems that ➔ use solar energy and photosynthesis. It also products) and er vice (eg climate regulation) includes non-living items, such as groundwater that have value. This value may be aesthetic, and the ozone layer. ➔ cultural, economic, environmental, ethical, intrinsic, social, spiritual or technological. Nn-renewabe natra caita is either irreplaceable or only replaced over geological ➔ timescales, eg fossil fuels, soil and minerals. ➔ ➔ Natra caita rvide gd (eg tangible The concept of a natural capital is dnamic. Whether or not something has the status of a Renewable natural capital can be utilized ‘natural capital’, and the marketable value of sustainably or unsustainably. If renewable that capital, varies regionally and over time. natural capital is used beyond its natural income This is inuenced by cultural, social, economic, this use becomes unsustainable. environmental, technological and political factors, eg cork , uranium, lithium. The impacts of extraction, transpor t and processing of a renewable natural capital may nl pil l i Natural are capital goods or is a resource services that which we has some value Ke term to humans. Resources Renewabe natra caita use. can be generated and/or Natural income is the rate of replacement of a particular resource or replaced as fast as it is being natural capital (see 1.4). used. In the past, economists spoke of capital as the products of Nn-renewabe natra caita manufacturing, human-made goods, and separated these from land and is either irreplaceable or only labour. But we now recognize that capital includes: replaced over geological ● natural resources organisms ● and that ores natural resources erosion protection have bearing that value provide provided to us, eg trees, soil, water, living services by forests, timescales, eg fossil fuels, soil and minerals. minerals, that support life, eg ood and and 371 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e ● u s e processes, respire, eg the photosynthesis water cycle or that other provides processes oxygen that for life maintain forms to healthy ecosystems. So the term services can be natural that are improved monetary values add to value they are still capital not is now or degraded to ecosystems. them, used manufactured eg natural mine and tin but given We or capital. The income in to describe have a may value be – able uranium, terms value goods humans. we to turn resource these to can begin process trees and or They to these into give to timber, natural but capital are interchangeable. Just as yields capital objects, with cherry fresh include it has. goods its In trees water. rate of it extraction this, including Renewable living LEDCs now of species and of the how add may have true to water wealth mineral natural of – cycle a of country by the country ecological produce provides resources, income a capital factories unprocessed wealth and natural services) the greater the dioxide or and resources capital economics, many value calculates carbon of harvest cherries, eg natural natural terms or measure capital, MEDCs and Bank (yield produce The natural from World ● income general The by yields natural us must forests, rivers manufacturing natural by capital. including damage the caused emissions. includes: ecosystems that use solar energy and photosynthesis ● It non-living can be used Ecosystem used Renewable is The to by between transport ▲ 372 its natural natural is the depletion conserve damage sustainably there) replaced such Assessment, beyond much items, political and capital can parties this 1.4.) this run are and of If use out rate. is if a natural at ozone the the ie it Millennium natural standing more will source The renewable layer. capital is unsustainable. is of levels (how than of capital run and conict impacts natural stock taken eventually unsustainable countries. capital (See the Then, often the renewable unsustainably, resources resources and unsustainably growth processing making or income, natural these groundwater sub-topic harvested natural of as can be out. efforts within and extraction, may cause unsustainable. Figre 8.2.1 A non-renewable resource – coal and a renewable resource – a forest 8 . 2 Non-renewable amounts used or and Depending or (or fossil depleted. (high and only on rainfall regions rell rates resources or resource or longer used, water, is soil, need where collected an in you be average s o C I E T y been in used or stocks found. live where I N geological and natural and regions have capital to u s E nite they water natural renewable (drier than exist after normally alternatives rain capital – minerals, is considered most that replaced timescale include drinking be where at long stock of may natural slowly a the of source water non-renewable aquifers As are renewed over sources your rainfall, not resources fuels. New capital are Non-renewable aquifers annual natural Earth depleted scales). are on R E s o u R C E the capital for drinking) underground human lifetime). Recyclable resources Iron ore is processed produce is iron signicant made iron can parts non-renewable is can which iron resource. can or recycled. be used remanufactured renewable replaced commodity from be not but The to the our cast within Old or new iron is parts for in cars other objects. from ore has – cars be or ore mined iron their 90% becomes of ore a a steel down. parts iron ore and we represents However, broken Therefore the and About steel. can been from forms societies. products damaged metal the However numerous modern extracted true Once lifetime. into iron-derived replace into same be resource. in and Their can is car be non- renewable aluminium. T think abt Exiting the e The Arctic and Antarctic are perhaps the last wildernesses on Ear th and are beautiful. Their Kuril Island ecosystems are fragile and contain much biodiversity Kamchatka found nowhere else. Any disturbance has a long Okhotsk Peninsula recovery time as growth is slow because temperature is E a i t u e l A 9 0 S limiting. On land, water is also limiting as it is frozen for Bering much of the year and so unavailable to plants. St. Lawrence Sea Island The Arctic Sea Sea Novosibirskiye Nor ton Bering Until recently humans could not exploit the resources Sound Novaya Strait Alaska Sea of the Arctic on a large scale as the seas are frozen for Zemlya Beaufor t Barents all but a few months of the year and conditions are Sea Ellesmere Franz Joseph Sea Island harsh. But there are mineral riches locked under the Land Svalbard Arctic Ocean and surrounding land masses, especially (Spitsbergen) hydrocarbons. Greenland Devon Island Sea Greenland Sea Ban The world's oil supply comes from many countries. Bay To have a national source of oil is a desire for many Hudson Da vis Iceland Bay countries which would then not be dependent on Str ait 0 a a it E impor ting oil. Some 40% of oil comes from and is expor ted by OPEC (Organization of the Petroleum Labrador Expor ting Countries – 12 countries whose economies N ° 0 5 Sea rely on oil expor ts) and they control oil prices and supply. The USA produces about 10%, Russia about ▲ Figre 8.2.2 Map of the Arctic 373 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e 13% with the remaining dispersed across a number of 0 60 S other countries. The price of a barrel of crude oil varies Maud Rise ATLANTIC OCEAN 45 greatly. It reached over US$100 in 2008 and 2011 while W 45 E South Orkney Princess Ragnhild Islands Coast it hovered around $30 a barrel for much of the 1990s WEDDELL SEA INDIAN OCEAN Drake Ruser Larsen Ice Shelf Passage and in 2009. Queen Maud Land Caird Enderby Coast Larsen Mawson Land Ice Shelf Coast With climate change causing the Arctic to warm up, Antarctic Amery Filchner Peninsula there are more ice-free days. High oil prices means Ronne Ice Shelf Ice Shelf Ice Pensacola Prydz Bay Ronne Entrance Shelf EAST Mountains West Ice that reser ves that were once uneconomic to extract WEST BELLINGSHAUSEN ANTARCTICA Shelf ANTARCTICA SEA 90 South Pole W 90 are no longer so and the Arctic could be the next E Pine Island Glacier T r a goldmine or environmental disaster, depending on your Scott Glacier n AMUNDSEN s M A Getz Ice n u t a n Ross t a Land i n Ice Shelf s r c t i c ec I o Marie Byrd SEA environmental worldview. At 2008 prices, the estimated fle hS no te lk ca hS Denman Glacier Shelf Wilkesland value of the Arctic’s minerals is US$1.5–2 trillion. There Rupper t Coast WESTERN Ross island PACIFIC are crude oil reser ves under Nor thwestern Siberia and PACIFIC OCEAN Victoria Land ROSS SEA Clarie OCEAN Coast Alber ta, Canada. There is also oil right under the Nor th Cape Adelie Coast Adare Pole. Humans have the technology to extract this oil. 135 135 W E Balleny Islands Why would we not? 500 180 0 500 1000 Kilometers Wh wn the Arctic? ▲ Figre 8.2.3 The Antarctic There is no land at the Nor th Pole, it is ice oating this is increasing. No one country owns Antarctica but on water. Under the international United Nations seven have staked territorial claims via ‘ The Antarctic Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), a state Treaty’ which was perhaps the rst step in recognition can claim a 200 nautical mile (370 km) zone and of international responsibility for the environment. It beyond that up to 150 nautical miles (278 km) of rights was signed in 1959 by 12 countries including the US, on the seabed. So it may sh or exploit the minerals UK and USSR who signed it in the middle of the Cold War. exclusively in this zone and other countries may not. The treaty was strengthened in 1991 and covers all land This distance is not measured from the border or edge south of latitude 60 °S. The agreement is that: of a country but from the edge of the continental shelf, ● which may be some distance away from the border of The area will be the country under the sea. In August 2007, a Russian submarine expedition ■ free of nuclear tests and nuclear waste ■ for peaceful purposes ■ a preserved environment ■ undisputed as a territory. planted a Russian ag on the seabed at the Nor th Pole, two miles under the Arctic ice cap. They claimed that the seabed under the pole, called the Lomonosov Ridge, ● There will be is an extension of Russia’s continental shelf and thus Russian territory. ■ prevention of marine pollution ■ clean up sites ■ no commercial mineral extraction. Six countries — Canada, Denmark , Iceland, Norway, Russia and the United States — have Arctic Ocean coastlines and Denmark has sent its own scientic ● Sealing has annual limits. ● Commercial whaling is now tightly regulated. expeditions to study the opposite end of the Lomonosov Ridge to see if they can prove it is par t of Greenland which is a Danish territory. Fishing is less of a success story with overshing of many species which is hard to regulate in the seas The Antarctic around Antarctica. And this is causing the crash of many penguin and seal populations. Antarctica is a continent of which 98% is covered in ice and snow. In Antarctica, no large mineral or oil reserves have been found. But humans exploit the continent There is so much ice on Antarctica, that it is approximately 61 percent of all freshwater on Ear th. If all this melted, 1 through tourism, shing, sealing and whaling. About 10,000 tourists visit the Antarctica each year and 1 Kusky, TM (2009), ncyclopedia of Ear th. 374 it would add 70 m in height to the world's oceans. It appears that the ice is melting and some large ice sheets 8 . 2 are ‘calving’ or breaking up and slipping away from the R E s o u R C E u s E I N s o C I E T y Questions land. Over three weeks in 2002, a huge ice shelf, over Why is there no Arctic Treaty? 3,000 square km and 220 m deep, Larsen B, broke Who should own the oceans? up and oated out to sea. But in other areas, the ice is Who should regulate human exploitation of the oceans? getting thicker. di f l pil The importance available the it past today may previously economic, of types may not be had. not a of natural be a resource resource Our use of environmental, capital today, natural in or varies the it future. may capital technological T d over not A on political A resource resource have depends and time. the available resource cultural, factors. For Find out about uranium in as an example of natural value capital. social, example: What are its uses? ● Technocentrists believe solutions problems; to old that new for discoveries example, will provide hydrogen fuel new cells Where is it mined? replacing Evaluate its use as natural hydrocarbon-based fuel, or harvesting algae as a food source. capital. ● Arrowheads ● Uranium is made in but may not the hydrogen from demand be if we int as rocks raw could are no material harness longer for the in nuclear energy of demand. power by nuclear ssion fusion – economy. Examples of changing value of natural capital 1. Cork forests Cork to from seal lids are And are forests are cut is good a Cork continues to it in live Many is of and their oak tree plastic of fossil land the that cork now from the but forests to the But losing and thing only of cork. made are down oak second bark bottles. replacing they Cork the wine has corks, these are been essential screw-top not for bottles biodegradable centuries and like plastic cork. fuels! value used as for natural other capital purposes. to humans You might so they think that not. Mediterranean the Amazon only the bark region rainforest. is have In harvested high biodiversity, harvesting by hand cork, every 9 the tree ▲ Figre 8.2.4 A cork oak forest years. 2. Lithium We use electric ores Now lithium car. were we More carbonate Thirty in the cannot world get half the desert salt plain in China has found not than years nearly petrol world’s Bolivia. to we because enough some enough batteries ago, in of we we have little did a idea not mobile where use much phone, tablet or lithium-containing of it as a resource. them. known More Tibet. power if had is reserves under But electric the of the lithium Chilean annual cars if they are underneath Atacama production were to of lithium replace a desert. cars is with engines. 375 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e MINING FOR LITHIUM AT S AL AR DE UYUNI Lake Titicaca 3 PERU La Paz BOLIVIA Crust 2 SAL AR DE UYUNI Uyuni 100 miles CHILE Liquid brine 1. The lithium is found beneath the salt crust 1 and above a halite body (a solid bed of rock salt) at Salar De Uyuni, Bolivia. 2. Lithium is either sucked up using industrial Permeable pumps bored into the ground in low–lying halite body salt deser ts, or deep channels are cut into high in lithium the ground and the brine seeps into them. 4 3. The brine-a mix ture of water, light metal lithium, salt and magnesium-is then stored in football-pitch-sized pools so much of the water can evaporate. 4. The resulting slush – a mix ture of lithium chloride and magnesium chloride – is shipped to a processing plant in tanks. 5 5. The lithium is separated out and turned into ne powder and moulded into small bricks. It is then transpor ted as vacuum-packed packages-if lithium is oxidised it becomes unstable and impossible to transpor t. ▲ Figre 8.2.5 Mining for lithium in Bolivia Valuing natural capital We ● ● can Use divide the valuation – Economic price ■ Ecological functions, ■ Recreational Non-use a ■ If it ■ If there has on, are If it has that marketable eg – water eg capital we can two put a main price categories: on, eg: goods. storage tourism, natural into capital or gas leisure that it exchange in forests. activities. is almost impossible to eg: value future uses potential value (Amazon natural capital functions, intrinsic medicines, ■ of valuation price of natural ■ put 376 valuation by (the that gene existing rainforest). right we to do exist). not yet know (science, pool). for future generations – existence value 8 . 2 Many people feel that the only way to make people realize R E s o u R C E u s E I N s o C I E T y the T d importance a price tag of on these them non-use so valuation people realize things what is they to nd are some worth. way Others to put feel Review the resources of a this may just encourage exploitation of them. tropical rainforest using the Whether We may then more 3.3 Slash are and and virgin time to human to are that can be planted, is sustainably agriculture but maintained biodiversity (See in resource think structure If a lost due it and to is is used is sustainable only the what as crops sustainable environment agriculture, can it we if is be are the not need to eaten soil know. and fertility degraded and overall. burn recover. both (shifting sustainable Adequate population provided by a rainforest for humans by making a table and services. agriculture are Identify goods and services with two columns – goods sustainable? 5.2.) forest valuation list in the text. time densities. to Are cultivation) as long recover we as is or the sporadic dependent currently logging environment giving it on has low enough time recover? T d 1. Make a list of resources that you are using. (You can do this by rst writing down what objects you are using and subsequently stating which resources are required to manufacture these objects.) Don’t forget transpor t. 2. Do all humans use the same types and amounts of resources? Explain using examples. 3. If wood became so scarce that we cannot use it for construction of houses anymore, how could we solve this problem? 4. We all use oil and oil products (fuel oil, diesel oil, chemicals, plastics). Sweden however, does not have its own oil reserves. What would happen to the carrying capacity of Sweden, if it could not impor t oil? T think abt ptting a vae n the envirnment In groups, put these in an order of increasing Consider the systems in this list: (1) use value (2) and then non-use value. Your school The Sahara Deser t Your city Lake Superior Your home San Francisco Your local park or protected area Tundra in Siberia Tigers Antarctica Mosquitoes Great Barrier Reef Polio virus Shanghai The Amazon rainforest Tokyo Write down the criteria that your group used. Compare your list with other groups and be ready to justify your decision. If you change your mind, reorder the images to your personal preference and amend your list of criteria. What are the diculties in assessing the impor tance of dierent types of environment and what characteristics need to be taken into consideration when trying to do this? Do you think that environments can have their own intrinsic value? 377 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e T think abt urbanizatin 100 90 The drift from the countryside to urban life star ted 80 long ago and has continued. According to the UN DESA 3400 3314 50% of us in cities. China is 50% urbanized. Some 60% of us will be city dwellers by 2030 and 70% in 2050. % noitalupop of urban to rural population worldwide is now more than 2860 70 (Depar tment of Economic and Social Aairs), the balance 1906 60 50 40 30 3819 3150 1983 20 850 10 0 1955 2005 1985 2015 (predicted) year ▲ Figre 8.2.7 Ratios of urban: rural populations Cities are not necessarily unsustainable. There are eciencies in living in high density populations where transpor t costs are reduced for commuters and moving resources around, people tend to live in smaller spaces so they use less energy to heat or cool and services are nearby. But cities have to remove their waste and process it, they need a large land area to supply them with food and they create pollution. Inevitably they encroach on or degrade natural habitats. 1. Do you live in a city? (If not, select a city near to your home.) ▲ Figre 8.2.6 Which cities are these?* nodnoL ,ytiC ocixeM ,iahgnahS 378 * 2. What is its population and land area? 3. How much has it grown since 1955? 4. Where does the food sold in the city come from? 5. Where do the wastes (sewage, garbage) go? 8 . 2 Since the using a early system 1980s, of socio-economic environment the cost national to of UNEP integrated (UN environmental and track degrading product), assessment resource their the Environmental environmental cost – depletion. natural real and resources and health Programme) economic SEEA) If to try countries within of the R E s o u R C E to value their GNP I N s o C I E T y been accounting would nation has u s E (or the include (gross would be clearer see. From (see the 1.1). their own UN An Earth undertaking plan, community. Summit a local What in was Agenda does your Rio de given 21 local Janeiro that in local involving Agenda 1992 came councils consulting 21 Agenda would with 21 produce the local say? T d Fair trade www.fair trade.net Fair trade is an NGO charity. 1. What is the vision of Fair trade? 2. What does it do? 3. Name three products that have the Fair trade logo. 4. Evaluate the impact of Fair trade on (a) the producer and (b) the consumer. ▲ Figre 8.2.8 Fair trade logo T think abt Gbaizatin Globalization has been facilitated by new technologies, air travel and the communication revolution. The World Did you know? Trade Organization (WTO) controls the rules of this global ● 51 of the world’s top 100 economies are corporations. ● Transnational corporations: trade. Information is one email, website, phone call away. Everyone can access the global market – if they are connected. Ebay, for example, allows someone in Europe ■ control two-thirds of world trade, ■ control 80% of foreign investment, and to purchase goods from another individual in the USA. Global trade is not new. The Ancient Greeks and Romans ■ employ just 3% of the world’s labour force of traded across their world. The Han dynasty in China 2.5 billion. traded across the Pacic Basin and India. European empires and the Islamic world traded via trade routes ● Wal-mar t may be bringing 38,000 people out of around the world. What is new is the speed and scale pover ty per month in China. of the trade and the communication. Since the end of Globalization is the concept that every society on Ear th is connected and unied into a single functioning entity. The connections are mostly economic but also allow the easy exchange of services as well as goods and information and knowledge. the Second World War, protectionism of markets has decreased and free trade has increased. The World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) were set up in 1944 and have inuenced development and world nance, including third world debt, since then. Some 379 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e think that globalization only leads to higher prots for the system not recognizing these dierences. Globalization transnational corporations (TNCs) but there is evidence is making the individual more aware of the global that pover ty has decreased in countries with increased community, its similarities and its dierences. Such global contacts and economies, eg China. Ecologically, globalization is both a positive and negative force. In one international agreements on global issues such as instance it can make us aware of the plight of others on climate change or ozone depletion have tended to be the other side of the globe and in another instance make easier to conclude with increased globalization. There is us aware of what one society has and we do not have. a tendency for it to westernize some countries. Many, if not most, products are now traded on a global Globalization is not internationalism. The latter scale. They are par t of what is referred to as the ‘global recognizes and celebrates dierent cultures, languages, market’ and minerals mined in South Africa or Australia societies and traditions. It promotes the unit as the are traded and shipped globally. nation state. The former sees the world as a single unit or What do you think about globalization? Practical Are there cultural dierences the Work in capital? causes If so, resources we have about to what b ecome make extent to use them. should limit knowledge? scarce, decisions damage environment 380 in natural explain whether what potential of of these. As To attitudes management to the our pursuit 8 . 3 s o l I D D o M E s T I C W A s T E 8.3 s id dmetic wate sigi i: applii kill: ➔ Solid domestic waste (SDW) is increasing as ➔ Evaate SDW disposal options. ➔ Cmare and cntrat pollution management a result of growing human population and consumption. strategies for SDW. ➔ Both the production and management of SDW Evaate, with reference to gure 8.3.15, ➔ can have signicant inuence on sustainability. pollution management strategies for SDW by considering recycling, incineration, composting and landll. Kwlg ig: ➔ There are dierent types of sDW of which the Controlling release of pollutant: governments ● volume and composition changes over time. ➔ create legislation to encourage recycling and reuse initiatives and impose tax for The abundance and prevalence of nn- SDW collection, impose taxes on disposable bidegradabe (eg plastic, batteries, e-waste) items. pollution in par ticular has become a major environmental issue. ➔ Clean-up and restoration: reclaiming ● land-lls, use of SDW for ‘trash to energy’ Wate dia options include landll, programmes, implementing initiatives incineration, recycling and composting. to remove plastics from the Great Pacic ➔ There are a variety of trategie that can be Garbage Patch (clean-up and restoration). used to manage SDW inuenced by cultural, economic, technological and political barriers. These strategies include Altering human activity: includes reduction of ● consumption and composting of food waste. Wh i sdW? Solid domestic trash, of garbage, paper, plastic, (see packaging, gures only agricultural 1.4 in and in the MEDCs. per up is municipal materials It is about waste, capita People or residential batteries, 8.3.2). industrial EU. Why and old makes production kg from organic paint, 8.3.1 it (SDW) rubbish textiles, although SDW waste in per (waste collected day LEDCs is is of about to waste 3.5 we kg produce It glass, is is a and which can in metals, etc. shops and, includes control. the less our mixture dust, (e-waste) homes waste, that (MSW) areas. food), from total waste tend waste urban electronic 5% it solid and USA SDW and than those this? ▲ Figre 8.3.1 Solid domestic waste 381 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e Te f sDW Exame Biodegradable Food waste, paper, green rubber, leather & food waste tex tiles 14.1% waste 8.3% Recyclable Paper, glass, metals, some wood 6.5% plastics, clothes, batteries Waste electrical TVs, computers, phones, and electronic fridges paper 28.2% metals 8.6% equipment – WEEE Medical Needles, syringes, drugs 5 Pesticides, herbicides o t 8 .4 Toxic % c i t s a l p h e r % 3 . 2 1 Paints, chemicals, light bulbs 3 . Hazardous s s a lg yard waste 13.7% Iner t Concrete, construction waste Mixed Tetrapaks, plastic toys Source: Municipal solid waste in the United States: 2009 facts and gures, EPA ▲ Figre 8.3.2 ▲ Figre 8.3.3 SDW propor tions in the USA in 2009 When is something waste? T d A resource List (or collect) the waste human’s that you produce in 24 hours. LEDCs Do the same for waste from round your household in a week. ‘useful’ Put the waste into categories: just Recyclable Biodegradable there are so stuff. they is most In can of a to It areas many trawl (8.2). on how industries going has processes the no to carry it. to on its – bins energy of. and If We another in People it is production, out landlls the city. not create many travel taking the from producer. is why around arrives disposed is SDW . and that waste That collect communal live be out human’s value to waste value needs we up families through and set One we through LEDCs which problem the humans depends whole material becomes in value residential Waste it has resource. recycled waste transport, Hazardous/toxic industrial WEEE domestic processes, construction, selling of goods and services, and activities. How much do you recycle? Who does this? Where does th il it go? Most We goods nd produce down Our and is our in materials (make). model a or linear Often has model natural these been to – capital goods discard ‘take, (take) become and then make, and dump’. use energy redundant replace or them to break with (dump). global its no produced raw goods and others are the economy resources away. obtaining available Even been nite reducing resources to has are only so built we fossil delay on this cannot fuel the use unsustainable really and inevitable throw premise. things becoming dwindling away. more of Earth There efcient natural at capital humans. 1 The It circular aims ● be ● use economy is a model that is sustainable. to: restorative of renewable the environment energy sources 1 http://www.ellenmacar thurfoundation.org/circular-economy/circular-economy/the-circular-model- an-overview 382 8 . 3 ● eliminate ● eradicate or reduce toxic s o l I D D o M E s T I C W A s T E wastes ToK waste through careful design. The circular economy is To do these things, the model relies on manufacturers and producers a paradigm shift. Does retaining ownership recycling them of their products and so being responsible for knowledge develop through or disposing of them when the consumer has nished paradigm shifts in all areas using them. The producers act as service providers, selling use of their of knowledge? products, products and not when return This the husbandry they them model has and products to are the no longer This needed, means that disassemble they or take back refurbish them market. similarities soil themselves. to agricultural conservation lead to practices in sustainable which growth good of foodstuffs. http://www.ellenmacarthurfoundation.org/ s e d /manufa gn ct u re g n il cy cer a li re e r o t c e s circular e economy s / r L / A r p a e i r / d l r e c h y c li n g c o ns ▲ um e / o h u Figre 8.3.4 The circular economy Linear economy Circular economy technical biological nutrients nutrients take > make > dump waste technical & biological nutrients all mixed up living systems something useful After W McDonough and M Braungar t ▲ Figre 8.3.5 Diagram of the circular economy and linear economy 383 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e u s e princie Agrictra tainabe ractice Circar ecnm ractice Design out waste Reduce or eliminate food waste Recycle plastics, metals Build resilience through Manage for complex ecosystems Build for connections and reuse of diversity components Use renewable energy Use more solar energy, human labour, fewer Shift taxation from labour to non- sources chemicals and fossil fuels renewable energy Think in systems Systems are non-linear, feedback-rich and Increase eectiveness and interdependent, emphasize storages and ows interconnectedness in manufacturing Use all stages of a process. Decomposition Do not produce waste. Use it to recycles all nutrients. Burning wood shor tcuts produce more products Think in cascades this and breaks down nutrients ▲ Figre 8.3.6 Applying principles of the circular economy ToK T think abt To what extent is emotion involved in environmental knowledge claims? To what extent is language neutral in reference to environmental knowledge claims? ▲ Figre 8.3.7 Shell adver t The caption on the adver t reads: If only we had a magic bin that we could throw stu in and make it disappear forever, what we can do is nd creative ways to recycle. We use our waste CO to grow owers and our waste sulphur to make 2 super-strong concrete. Shell, a multinational oil company, was criticized by Friends of the Ear th (FoE), an NGO, and others when the adver t in gure 8.3.7 was produced in 2007. To show chimneys emitting owers, according to FoE, misrepresents Shell’s impact on the environment. According to FoE, the adver t implied that a signicant propor tion of Shell’s emissions were recycled to grow owers or reduce sulphur emissions. (Growing owers is theoretically possible if carbon dioxide is captured and it can raise the rate of photosynthesis.) But the reality is that these are small research projects. 1. What do you think about the ethics of this adver t? 2. Were FoE right to complain or should we take advertising with a ‘pinch of salt’? 3. Find another adver t about the environment and society that you think may be misleading. 384 8 . 3 s o l I D D o M E s T I C W A s T E mgig sdW We have a choice. somewhere but We we can can minimize not throw it waste or we can dispose of it away. 1. Strategies to minimize waste These best can be action summarized we can take is in three words: producing less reduce, waste reuse, in the recycle. rst place. The See http://www.nrdc.org/thisgreenlife/0802.asp Reduce This is the resources. best We place do to not start have with to the stop 3R’s our and it lifestyles, requires we just us to need use to fewer cut back. ● Make last ● sure you know how to maintain your possessions so that they longer. Change shopping ■ buy ■ look ■ buy ■ choose ■ avoid ■ be things for that items products will with that products things aware water, habits: of last, less are that that are how made are from energy recycled materials eg paper efcient imported many electricity packaging, resources you are using in the home – etc. Reuse This is where original the purpose products or they are are used for returned something to the other than manufacturer their and used repeatedly. ● Returnable to the bottles – take the bottle back to the shop to be returned manufacturer. ● Compost ● Use ● Hire ● Read old food waste. clothes DVDs – as cleaning don’t buy rags. them. E-books. Recycle This is probably kerbside for recycling In Germany, ● In the UK, best This before ● they the recycling. it for there produce known is the leaves the example, is more R. each the of towns waste and into cities now separate have containers home. discussion than Many sorting household about has charging standard four bins for households amount of this. more if waste. 385 8 H u m a n s ys t e m s a n d r e s o u r c e ● In u s e India thrown ● In MEDCs, Recycling stream is of is to fo r The or materials production no t or very fed 50% to of little r e us e. a nd waste a nd (I f cost from thi s of the is worthw hi l e food food waste as this is either not of can waste. s ep a ra tin g are wi th out se p ar a t ed the in so fro m the so m e c os t ha ve r ec yc l in g Al u m i n iu m a nd a of cans of it is the hi gh t h es e a re w as t e wa y, wh e t h e r ma rk et m a t e ri a ls a nd co mmer cia ll y. m a t e ri a ls d et e r m i n e wi t h S om e mate ri al wa st e pr oc e s si n g re c yc l in g v ar y r e cy cl ing. ra w is ma teri a ls r e us ed e co nomi cs a nd waste animals. co l l e cti ng washe d reuse.) particularly ▲ or up them and commercial raw China, involve s processing this and away c os t is p ro b abl y Figre 8.3.8 Recycling bins in the best example of thi s. Orchard Road, Singapore T think abt German: what beng where? Adapted from www.howtogermany.com/pages/recycling.html Many, but not all, German households are allocated three waste bins of dierent colours and what goes in which is carefully controlled. Brown bin (biological waste) Kitchen waste: old bread, egg shells, coee powder and lters, food leftovers, tea leaves and tea lters. Fruit and vegetables: peels, apple cores, leaves, nutshells, fruit stones and pips, lettuce leaves. Garden waste: soil, hedge trimmings, leaves, grass clippings, weeds, dead T d owers, and twigs. Wate eectrica and Other: feathers, hair, kitchen towels, tissues, sawdust, and straw. eectrnic eqiment Blue bin (paper) (WEEE) Envelopes, books, catalogues, illustrations, car tons, writing pads, brochures, The Wate Eectrica and writing paper, school books, washing detergent car tons without plastic, Eectrnic Eqiment newspapers, paper boxes. Directive (WEEE Directive) Yellow bin or yellow plastic bags (plastic, etc.) is a term from the European Community. It had a target Aluminum foil, plastic wrap, inside packaging materials. of minimum recycling rate of Tins, cans, liquids rell sachets/bags, yogur t cups, body lotion bottles. 4 kg per capita of electrical Plastic bags, margarine tubs, milk sachets, plastic packaging trays for fruit goods recycled by 2009. It and vegetables, screw-top bottle tops, detergent bottles, carry bags, vacuum failed to meet this target but packaging, dishwashing liquid bottles. awareness was increased and more recycling of WEEE Grey bin (household waste) goods did happen. Ash, wire, carbon paper, electrical appliances, bicycle tubes, photos, broken 386 Find out the fate of unwanted glass, bulbs, chewing gum, personal hygiene ar ticles, nails, porcelain, or broken electrical and rubber, plastic ties, broken mirrors, vacuum cleaner bags, street sweeping electronic goods in your dir t, carpeting pieces, diapers, cigarette butts, miscellaneous waste. Those country. households that do not have a brown bin put their biological waste in a grey bin. 8 . 3 s o l I D D o M E s T I C W A s T E T think abt Reccing atic drinks bottles to make one eece garment. Sadly, most plastic is used once and then put in holes in the ground. Plastics are made from oil and the world's annual consumption of plastic materials has increased from Many LEDCs have an informal recycling sector – see around 5 million tonnes in the 1950s to nearly 100 earlier in this sub-topic. million tonnes today. As much as 8% of the world’s oil PET production may be used to make plastics and we throw 1 pethene terehthaate – Fizzy drink bottles and oven-ready meal away most of this as it is used mainly in packaging. trays. Plastic is a dicult material to recycle as there are many HDPE High-denit ethene – Bottles dierent types of plastic and it is bulky and light. Some 2 for milk and washing-up liquids. types of plastic are wor th more than others to recyclers but these have to be sor ted from the rest. However, PVC 3 plastic recycling is carried out to some extent. pvin chride – Food trays, cling lm, bottles for squash, mineral water and shampoo. A repor t on the production of carrier bags made from recycled rather than virgin polythene concluded that LDPE 4 the use of recycled plastic resulted in the following lw denit ethene – Carrier bags and bin liners. environmental benets: PP ● reduction of energy consumption by two-thirds, ● production of only a third of the sulphur dioxide and 5 ● reduction of water usage by nearly 90%, ● reduction of carbon dioxide generation by two-and-a- microwaveable meal trays. PS 6 half of the nitrous oxide, prene – Margarine tubs, ptrene – Yoghur t pots, foam meat or sh trays, hamburger boxes and egg car tons, vending cups, plastic cutlery, protective packaging fo